(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "ARAMAIC LANGUAGE (Hebrew Dialect) of the BABYLONIAN TALMUD by MARGOLIS"

CLAVIS 

LINGUARUM SEMITICARUM 

EDIDIT 

HERMANN L. STRACK 



PARS III 

THE ARAMAIC LANGUAGE 
OF THE BABYLONIAN TALMUD 

BY 

MAX L. MARGOLIS 

I. GRAMMAR 
II. CHRESTOMATHY AND GLOSSARIES 

ENGLISH EDITION 




l og^rg"' 



mOnchen 

C. H. BECK'SCHE VERLAGSBUCHHANDLUNG 

OSKAR BECK 
1910. 

ENGLAND: 
DAVID NUTT, LONDON. 



A MANUAL 

OF THE 

ARAMAIC LANGUAGE 

OF THE 

BABYLONIAN TALMUD 



GRAMMAR 
CHRESTOMATHY AND GLOSSARIES 



BY 



MAX L MARGOLIS, Ph. D. 

PROFESSOR OF BIBLICAL PHILOLOGY IN THE DROPSIE COLLEGE 
PHILADELPHIA, PA. 




MUNCHEN 
C. H. BECK'SCHE VERLAGSBUCHHANDLUNG 



OSKAR BECK 
1910. 



ENGLAND: 
DAVID NUTT, LONDON. 



Printed by Fischer & Wittig in Leipzig. 



TO MY WIFE 

IN LOVE AN0 GRATITUDE 



PREFACE 



As far back as 1894, Professor Hermann L. Strack, 
of the University of Berlin , who had favorably noticed 
my first two publications, both dealing with the textual 
criticism of the Talmud, suggested to me the writing 
of a work to all intents and purposes similar to the 
present one. The plan was elaborated in detail, and 
I actually commenced work on a number of larger texts. 
Soon, however, I realized that with the means at my dis- 
posal it was impossible for me to arrive at a satisfactory 
form of the text. Moreover, my professional work lying in 
other directions , I was forced to abandon for the time being 
all thought of prosecuting this plan. When in the autumn 
of 1907 I visited Germany, Prof. Strack urged me to let 
go for a while my Septuagint studies and to resume that 
long neglected piece of Talmudic work. 

With the aid of Judah Seni's n*?y min** , Israel 
Michelstadt's "paTT l^D, MoiSE Schuhl's Sentences et 
proverbes du Talmud, and Moses Lewin's Aramaische Sprich- 
worter und Volksspruche, and a manuscript collection of a 
similar character compiled by my sainted father, I transcrib- 
ed a large number of short and pithy Aramaic sentences 
from the Talmud, noting the variants from Rabbinovicz' 
work. I then copied a large number of connected Aramaic 
texts from all parts of the Talmud, with the variants 
belonging thereto. I once more realized that unless I 
secured manuscript, evidence at first hand, my texts as well 
as the grammar that I had constructed from them would 
be unreliable. I therefore proceeded to Munich where, 



VIII PREFACE 

beside the famous cod. Hebr. 95, I was privileged to collate 
the manuscripts and early prints enumerated on p. XV. 

Only when the grammar , as far as based on my 
own texts, had been completely worked up, did I proceed 
to an examination of the grammatical works of my prede- 
cessors (see p. 98). I found that there were two points 
which placed my work on a footing entirely its own. In 
the first place, my own examples were marked by that 
certainty which comes only from a personal perusal of 
the sources, the otherwise scholarly work of the author of 
the Variae Lectiones being entirely unreliable in the province 
of grammar. Then again my linguistic point of view differed 
from that of my predecessors in a number of vital questions. 
I say all this with no intent to criticize the labors of others. 
I merely wish to point out the independent character of my 
own work. In the Syntax I had no predecessors at all. 
I therefore followed the guidance of Noldeke in his ex- 
cellent Mandaic and Syriac Grammars as closely as 
feasible. The examples, of course, are my own. 

In the first part of the Chrestomathy, the sources of 
each form, phrase, or sentence, were indicated in my manu- 
script. But in order to reduce the bulk and cost of the 
volume, it was deemed advisable to drop them in all but 
a few cases. As for the Connected Texts, not only are the 
sources noted, but also a certain amount of variants. Here 
again economy was imperative. I therefore chose for each 
piece that witness of the text, which seemed to merit distinc- 
tion because of its correctness or originality, giving the 
authority for all deviations therefrom in the margin, where 
are likewise registered not only important variants bearing 
on grammar, lexicon, or meaning, but also scribal errors of 
the codex chosen (for silence would have led to a false 
impression as to the actual contents of the manuscript). 

Both in the Grammar and in the Chrestomathy I 
refrained from adding vowel points. Only in the Connee: 
ted Texts did I here and there deviate from this rule; 



PREFACE IX 

the reasons in each case will be found to be obvious. 
The first part of the Chrestomathy, the "Forms and Sen- 
tences", being arranged according to a graded system, 
with references to the paragraphs of the Grammar, the 
student, with the aid of §§ 2 — 5 and a moderate know- 
ledge of Hebrew and Biblical Aramaic, will be able to 
accurately vocalize every form occurring in the Grammar 
and in the corresponding portions of the Chrestomathy. 
Moreover, he may look up every form in the Glossary 
under the proper root, where he will find the forms oc- 
curring in Grammar and Chrestomathy recorded, defined, 
and vocalized. There is also another reason why the 
vocalization was on the whole sedulously kept out of 
Grammar and Chrestomathy. The orthography of the 
sources being adjusted to unpointed texts, the introduction 
«f vowel-points would have created naught but confusion, 
since the latter presupposes an entirely different system 
of orthography (such as we find in Biblical Aramaic). With 
the method adopted by me, each system is allowed to 
exhibit its own characteristics without confusion. Moreover, 
whatever subjective features may attend the vocalization 
are thus kept out of the texts themselves which are pre- 
sented with utmost fidelity and accuracy exactly in the 
form in which they have come down. 

As for the choice of material, the texts naturally come 
largely from the Haggadah. But the Halakah also is not 
only represented by a few specimens which, I believe, 
meet the requirements of beginners, but also in the first 
part of the Chrestomathy by phrases and sentences judi- 
ciously culled from the large frame-work and thus exhibit- 
ing the methodological terminology of the halakic dis- 
cussions, concisely explained in the Glossary. Additional 
information is to be found in Mielziner's Introduction and 
in Bacher's Terminologie (see p. 97. 98). 

In writing the Glossary, I naturally availed myself 
of the great Talmudic lexica and of the lexicographical 



X PREFACE 

works concerned with the cognate Aramaic dialects. My aim 
was not so much to discover new identifications, as to give 
that which was tenahle and most adequately supported. I 
have followed tradition as far as it is embodied in the <Aruk, 
in Hananel, Rashi, and others, both with a conservative 
bias and with criticism. The discerning critic will find that 
the lexicographical material has been thoroughly consulted 
and just as accurately weighed. The student may confidently 
feel that he is everywhere treading upon safe ground. 

It is a pleasant duty for me to acknowledge my in- 
debtedness to the directors of the Libraries of Gottingen, 
Hamburg, Karlsruhe, for the readiness with which they con- 
veyed their Talmudic manuscripts to Munich for my use ; but 
above all to Dr. von Laubmann, the director of the Royal 
State and Court Library at Munich (whose recent demise is 
a source of deep regret), and his able assistant, Dr. Lei- 
ihnger, for the uniform courtesy extended to me for five full 
months. I am also beholden to the National Library at 
Florence for the permission to have certain pages of its 
Talmudic manuscripts photographed, and to Chief Rabbi 
Dr. S. H. Margulies for securing and forwarding those 
photographs. Above all others, my sincere gratitude is 
herewith expressed to Professor Strack who not only sug- 
gested this work but also read a number of proofs and 
was untiring in his efforts, in which he was aided by his 
wide experience, to enhance the accuracy of the contents, 
the economic arrangement of the details, and the appea- 
rance of the whole. Nor would I be derelict in acknow- 
ledging the kindness of Commercial Councillor Herr Oscar 
Beck, head of the publishing firm of C. H. Beck in Munich, 
who most readily consented to undertake the publication 
of this work. 

Philadelphia, Pa., February 1910. 

Max L. Margolis. 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 



Grammar. 

Introduction (§ 1 — 3). 

Page 

1. The Aramaic Idiom of the Babylonian Talmud. Its 
Place in General Aramaic 1 

2. Script and Orthography 3 

3. Means of Fixing the Vocalization 7 

I. Phonology (§ 4—7). 

4. The Consonants and their Changes ...... 8 

5. The Vowels and their Changes 10 

6. Syllabic Loss. Loss of Sounds through Collocation 

of Words in the Sentence .. 15 

7. The Accent 15 

II. Morphology (§ 8—41). 
A. The Pronoun (§ 8—11). 

8. Personal Pronoun 16 

9. Demonstrative Pronoun .17 

10. Relative Pronoun . . 18 

11. Interrogative Pronoun ..18 

B. The Noun (§ 12—23). 
(a). The Nominal Stems (§ 12—18). 

12. Preliminary Eemarks 19 

13. Nouns with Shortened Stem . . . . . . . .. .19 



XII TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Page 

§ 14. Triconsonantal Nominal Stems with Vowel Gradation 22 

§15. With the Middle Radical Geminate 22 

§ 16. With Prefixes 25 

§17. Pluriconsonantal Stems 25 

§18. Denominatives formed by means of Afformatives , 26 

(b). Inflection (§ 19—22). 

§ 19. Inflectional Endings 27 

§ 20. Modification in the Stem occasioned by the In- 
flection 29 

§ 21. PI. fern, from Masculines and conversely .... 30 

§ 22. The Noun with Pronominal Suffixes 32 

§ 23. Numerals 32 

C. Particles (§ 24—26). 

§ 24. Adverb 34 

§ 25. Prepositions 34 

§ 26. Conjunctions 35 

D. The Verb (§ 27—41). 

§ 27. The Modification of the Stem 35 

§ 28. Inflectional Elements 36 

§ 29. Perfect 37 

§ 30. Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive 38 

§ 31. The Participles , . . 40 

§ 32. Itpe'el 41 

§ 33. Pa"el . 43 

§ 34. Itpa"al '. . 45 

§ 35. Af'el .-'•'■ - • 46 

§ 36. lttafal 47 

§ 37. Verbs 5>"s 48 

§ 38. Verbs i"is 50 

§ 39. Verbs *»"ib . 56 

§ 40. Pluriconsonantals .56 

§41. The Verb with Objective Suffixes . ... . . .57 



TABLE OF CONTENTS XIII 

MI. Syntax (§ 42—74). 
A. The Noun (§ 42-54). Page 

§ 42. The Neuter . . 62 

% 43. St. absol. and determ 62 

§ 44. St. constr. and Periphrastic Genitive 63 

§ 45. Coordination 65 

§ 46. Construction of ^d 66 

§ 47. The Joining together of several Nouns. Distributive 

Repetition 67 

Pronoun (§ 48—52) 

§ 48. Personal Pronoun 68 

§ 49. Demonstrative Pronoun 70 

§ 50. Interrogative Pronouns 71 

§ 51. Relative Pronoun 72 

§ 52. Numerals 73 

§ 53. Adverbial Expression 74 

§ 54. Prepositions 74 

B. The Verb (§ 55-62). 

§ 55. Person and Gender 75 

§ 56. The Perfect 76 

§ 57. The Imperfect 77 

§ 58. The Participle 79 

§ 59. The Imperative 82 

§ 60. The Infinitive 83 

§ 61. Government of the Verb .... 84 

§ 62. r^s 86 

C. The Simple Sentence (§ 63—68). 

§ 63. The Copula 87 

§ 64. The Casus Pendens 88 

§ 65. Concord of the Parts of Speech 89 

§ 66. The Order of Words 89 

§ 67. Negative Sentences 90 

§ 68. Interrogative Sentences 91 



XIV TABLE OF CONTENTS 

D. Compound Sentences (§ 69—73) Page 

§ 69. Copulative Sentences 92 

§ 70. Attributive Relative Sentences 94 

§ 71. Conjunctional Relative Sentences . 95 

§ 72. Indirect Interrogative Sentences 96 

§ 73. Conditional Sentences 96 

Literature 97 



Chrestomathy and Glossaries. 

Chrestomathy. 

I. Forms and Sentences 1* 

II. Connected Texts 34* 

A. Earlier Language 34* 

B. Later Language . . • 37* 

(From the "Chapter of the Saints" p. 58*. — Wonder- 
stories p. 70*. — Halakic texts p. 74*.) 

Glossaries. 

A. Aramaic Glossary 84* 

B. Hebrew Glossary . . 180* 



Abbreviations and Signs, 



1, F — Florenz (Florence), Biblioteca Nazionale codd. II, 
1, 7—9. 
G = Gottingen, Universitats-Bibliothek cod. hebr. 3 (init. 

saec. XIII). 
H = Hamburg, Stadtbibliothek , cod. hebr. 165 (1184 

p. Chr.). 
K == Karlsruhe, Hof- und Landes-Bibliothek cod. orient. 9 

(1400—1450). 
M = Miinchen (Munich), Hof- und Staats-Bibliothek, cod. 

hebr. 95 (1343 p. Chr.). 
Mi = Miinchen, codd. hebr. 6. 140. 141. 
B = ed. Bomberg. t, Venetiae 1520—23. 
ArM = 'Aruk cod. hebr. 142 Miinchen (1285 p. Chr.) contains 
only the second part, not made use of by Kohut \\ 
ArVfl V = SAruk cod. Wien (Vienna) , ed. Pesaro, 
ed. Veneta (cf. Kohut). 
Han M = Hanan ; el cod. hebr. 227, Miinchen. 
R a M = Rasi; RSbMM = RSemu*el benMeir. Cod. hebr. 216, 
Miinchen. 
En = 'En Ia 5 akob, ed. princ. (Saloniki c. 1516). 
Hal-ged = Halakot gedolot, Ven. 1548. 
Tes-geon = Tesubot ha-ge ! onim, Ed. Harkavy, Berlin 1887, 

2. Ar — 'Arakin |j A.z. = ; Aboda zara. 
Ba, ba = Biblisch- Aramaisch (Biblical Aramaic). || B.b. = Baba 
batra || Ber(akot) || Bes(a). || B. k = Baba kamma || 
B. m. — Baba mesi'a. 



XVI ABBREVIATIONS 

Chr. = Chronik (Chronicles). 

Dal(man), cf. p. 98. 99. || De(uteronomium). 

Erub = J Erubin. || Ex(odus) || Ez(echiel). 

Ge(nesis). || Gers(om)™ (MS apud Kohut) |j Git(tin). 

Hag(iga). || Hul(lm). 

Jb = Hiob (Job). || Je(remias) || Ieb(amot). || Jo(sua). || Is(aias). 

Ker(itot). || Ket(ubot). || Kid(dusin). 

Meg(illa). || Men(ahot). || mend(um), mend(osum) || Miel(ziner), 

cf. p. 97. || M. K. == Mo'ed Katon || 
Ne(hemias). || Ned(arim). || Ko(ldeke), cf. p. 99. || Nu(meri). 
p(luralis). j{ Pes(ahim). || Pr(overbia). j| prm = praemittit , prae- 

mittunt. || Ps(almus). 
Reg(um liber) = Konige, Kings. || rell — reliqui || R. h. = Ros 

ha-sana. 
Sab(bat), Sanh(edrin) || st. a. = status absolutus || st. d. — status 

determinatus. || Str(ack), cf. p. 97 || Suk(ka). 
Taan = Ta ? anit \\ tr = transfert. 

_*_ = prima manus || > = omittit, omittunt. 

_c_ = corrector. || ^s = margo || _L = textus. 

_*_ = hebraice. || P_ — nomen proprium. 



Grammar. 



Introduction (§ 1 — 3). 

1. The Aramaic Idiom of the Babylonian Talmud. 1. 

Its Place in General Aramaic. 

By Talmud (Gemara) we understand the inter- « 
pretation of the Mishna, which usually takes the form 
of discussion; hence, the large framework. The language 
of this framework is throughout Aramaic. Whatever 
there is of Hebrew in the Talmud is confined to quota- 
tions from Hebrew sources, or to certain expressions 
which had become part of the spoken language and 
certainly of the scholastic speech. But even within 
the framework there is a considerable amount of Ara- 
maic consisting of sayings of scholars whose vernacular 
was Aramaic, or of the conversation of the common 
people, or of the mass of popular proverbs, stories, 
legends, and the like, some of which are even of a 
non-Jewish origin. 

This framework, which belongs to the editors b 
(redactors) of the Talmud, is on the whole uniform 
and did not vary greatly from the vernacular employed 
by the Babylonian teachers (Amora'e, Sabora'e) in 
their daily life. This language had as its area Upper 

Margolis, Gr. Bab.Talm. 1 



2 § 1. The Aramaic Idiom of the Babylonian Talmud, etc. 

Babylonia , the seat of Babylonian Jewry, with the 
towns Neharde'a, Sora, Pumbeditha and others in which 
scholastic institutions were found ; it was spoken during 
the 4 th , 5 th , and 6 th post - Christian centuries , during 
which period the accumulated Talmudic material was 
subjected to frequent redaction ; until it reached its 
final form. 

c The language did not really die out until the ninth 
century when it was supplanted by Arabic. Its nearest 
relative is Mandaic, the language of Lower Babylonia. 
There certainly existed between the two dialectal dif- 
ferences; but it may be doubted whether there was a 
noticeable Jewish coloring to the popular speech of 
Upper Babylonia as handled by the Jews. Whatever 
there may be of Hebrew influence; should be looked for 
rather in the syntax. The phonetic decay characteristic 
of Mandaic may be witnessed on Talmudic ground only 
in its beginnings; at any rate the spelling of the 
Talmudic Aramaic is more archaic. Both dialects are 
closely related to Syriac ; compare for instance the form 
of the st. d. of the masc. pi. in the noun and the prefix 
of the 3. person masc. of the imperf. in the verb. 

d Much more ancient is the Aramaic which we find 
in certain tractates (Nedarim, Nazir, Temura, Keritot, 
Me'ila, Tamid) apparently belonging to an earlier 
redactional stratum. Elsewhere we find remnants of 
the earlier language in (a) quotations from the Targum, 
usually in the name of R. Joseph, and paraphrastic 
expositions of biblical passages after the fashion of 
the Targum, cf. Ber 38 a ; Sanh 95 a a. e.; (b) fragments 
of Megillat Talanit; (c) the pastoral letter of Gamaliel II V 



§ 2. Script and Orthography. 3 

Sanh 11 b ; id) fragments of formulas for public docu- 
ments (contracts, deeds, etc.); (e) the sayings of the 
older Palestinian scholars (Hillel, Samuel the Little, 
Meir, Hiyya, Bar Kappara, Johanan, etc.); if) old 
popular texts, particularly incantations. Of course, 
there exist also mixed texts combining elements of the 
earlier and the later language. It is interesting to note 
that in M there is a tendency towards reducing the 
earlier language to the level of the later and common 
speech. 

In the present work the earlier language , no less than e 
the later, is the subject of grammatical treatment ; ancient and 
modern forms, however, are clearly distinguished. Thus in the 
grammar, the archaic forms have a f prefixed; in the chresto- 
mathy A designates the essentially earlier and B the essentially 
later or common speech. 

2. Script and Orthography. 2. 

The letters are the same as in biblical and tar- a 
gumic Aramaic. Vowel signs as well as diacritic points 
are wanting in the printed editions and, barring sporadic 
cases, also in the manuscripts. 

In contrast with BA., it is to be noted that fc? has b 
been replaced by D in ^D, D'D, *Ot^D, hmox. to is kept 
in xntyy, yat?, *6x»ff ; xns^, pp. The two are used 
indiscriminately in the fllg. instances: JOEO and >OD^n; 
12% mtry, nt^y, yiwv but id in, etc.; nntp and ,ta inD; 
KJtSD and jobs'; n s D and n^nu^i; ^D and nntt"N; 
amytp and xmyo. 

n als a vowel letter is the rule exactly as in BA. c 
after K: hxd, na^pn, mi% nKBix, etc. In the absol. 

i* 



4 § 2. Script and Orthography. 

st. of the f. sg. n is rare: rto (but also xte), nym«, 
won, mt^V; more frequently it occurs in 3 sg. f. of 
the perf. (,tqd, r6pp, nyD&>, m^, nj?i, nop, mw, r6"ts>, 
nrpta, r^ana, np^a, nnna) and in the pt. sg. f. (rao-iD, 
runts) and pi. f. (nnw); but even there x will be met 
with ordinarily. In verbs ^h we find n only in mn 
(occasionally also Kin), n is extremely rare in the st. 
d. m. sg. : nrmx, nyix, nm annx 

d Occasionally X represents a quiescent n (§4m): 
*on: t = rhna = rnnj; x»n = nwi = ntfn; *6"D, etc. 

<? In the middle of a word a radical x, though 
quiescent, is always expressed in the words )r\Xft, 
""IKD, K^XDtr. Elsewhere X may and may not be 
written; thus we find XJKDD and KJDD, USD and 
UD, nuxy and NJV, nnx(l)"is and tfTns. The same 
holds good of K taking the place of V (§4*): lOK^in 
and K&n. 

/* x as a vowel letter in the middle of a word for a 
(after the fashion of Arabic) is only occasionally found 
in Occidental prints and MSS.; thus universally: IJOTIK; 
B: 7*9, i^idd, anx^y, mon:i; G: anxna; H: waton 
(r. ••tDNtDin), anion, nn*nriK, anai^a, KnauTD; M: 
'nxo, i«nn, an*ote, vikb>; M x : an*oip, anion, anatpus, 
nana, "jams', uax Universally for a in )xn „who?" 
(rarely p); there is, on the other hand, no fixed rule 
when the vowel is followed by 1 (and preceded by l 
or ■>: "law, but *1W H; la'itt'D H, but Tntt>0)n; la^D ©, 
but T^D HM; laiTD B, an«n; otherwise -tfa, inD, etc., 
where the absence of *, as in nn^, p^ntr, etc., sufficiently 
indicates the pronunciation) ; cf . also anaD ib, '•liaa ©M, 
'lan M, lana ib. The common and incorrect pronunciation 



§ 2. Script and Orthography. 5 

with kames is indicated by K in s nxu H, wnb M 1? KJKn 
G = , »nD, >tfts, wri. 

1 and s designate universally the long vowels (whether g 
of Semitic or Aramaic origin) Tc, 0, e, 1. In contrast 
with BA., it is worthy of note that the historical ortho- 
graphy has been replaced by the phonetic in cases like 
awn, ID", etc. (BA. *tt£*n, iBiO, etc.)- Cf . also ^inn, etc., 
for BA. N]nn. Note, however, xw (also w), xnn = k.t, 
snn; ron* 1 '^ nan;, cf. BA. nna, etc. 

Consonantal 1 und s are written n, "; e. g., Krvtt,A 
w«i, v™> n " J 7 armi, *d":i = N)}i K ^ V^? n W? 
xnn, xd^. Before or after K as vowel letter the repe- 
tition is unnecessary (cf. §/). Defective writing in general 
is the rule in the older MSS.(GHM 1 ) and frequently also 
in IB (particularly in Ber)* e. g., D>p, xm, Kmn, '■m, "D^D, 
mn, rw = D"p, xm, anra, ^3, in^a, n^in, rv:. When i 
is immediately preceded or followed by \ only one of 
the two is written twice; thus ^1, Kn"U, yvh, miB^, 
n»w>h = % >*rp u, ?];&, n^' 1 ?. (Less frequently: an^ya) 
Similarly, 1 is expressed but once after ^ as a vowel 
letter (§#/): arvpn, Tpn = arvpn, "Ml- 

At the end of certain forms of "'"'i 1 ? roots (nominal i 
formation /#"«/, §15&; 1 sg. and 3 sg. f. perf. and 
imptv. sg. f., §39) as well as in the pronominal suffix 
of the 1 sg. with the noun (§22&) -at is expressed by 
n< ? e. g., '*«n = ^n, n«n = s in, wn = nn, wn = ^n, 
'KBff = >Btf; but occasionally also by ", e. g. "yn 
(MMJ = ^i, "^2 = M, "run = Tijn. Observe that 
B. k. 17 b H vocalizes ^aotf; very likely, however, the 
word was pronounced 'iOtf. In the fcfial formations a 
appears to have crept in from the plural; cf. §20/ 



g § 2. Script and Orthography. 

j 1 resp. ^ for the short vowels u, i (e) is employed 
with utmost economy by *B in Ber, and on the other 
hand with utmost extravagance by M throughout. 
Examples of extreme cases : in^D = in*>3 (unless irfo 
was intended), ^2 = rfe — NllTn, KO^h apparently 
= «nn, Kofyi. In GH^ u may be said to be ex- 
pressed almost universally; e. g., *noin, 'IttU = *non, 
npa; defective writing is rare: xpm, Kiv^n, perhaps 
to be read Kgrtt, ^rp^n. Before a geminated consonant 
the vowel letter is predominantly expressed, e. g., G: 
jo:pk == *nax, t^x = nj3N, mrva = run** (but 
nmna == nrpnp), nyrvK == i^na, rrn^ = naV, 'sn^a 
= 720, arV^D (by the side of "ante) == an^p, rrmn 
(by the side of '^m) = njian, etc.; H: XTpn = *ojn, 
>dd^b = ■'ppnp, rwo = nap, lrwa = irpsp, xry = 
«jV., V n ^* (by the side of "pro) = vnt£>',' etc.; M^ 
■pnn^ = vnn>., fyt* = ^.p, a*wy = a^y., ayun 
= tfyto"], etc. After the preposition D we find as a 
rule no vowel letter (even in M); note, however, WD 
= iap, n:PD apparently = H5p (for HDD), etc. 
Elsewhere (in closed syllables not formed through 
gemination) defective writing is favored in particular 
by H, e. g., "lyntra = iynate, ^yin = xyn, nan (and 
ni^^) = ntfa, xjdi (and jod^) = «jp., xn^D = xrjttto ; 
-psnrvK = ^?nnx, n^Ta = n^"i3, kjb^ = xjb6, etc. 
On the other hand, defective writing is met with 
occasionally also in m (in other parts than Ber), even 
in M. By means of vowel letters the fixing of gram- 
matical forms is facilitated. Hence the unique value 
of MS. M. 
k The long vowels o, e originating in certain 



§ 3. Means for Fixing the Vocalisation. 7 

accentual and syllabic conditions are, with the ex- 
ception of m in Ber, almost universally expressed by 
i resp. \ 

"» very frequently indicates a reduced vowel. I 
After tf it may represent _ (or __) : wvx = ttto (#}«), 
wwx = twx 7 l^l'K = &.X.' Once I find in M, : ))p_\ 
i. e. with artificial gemination (§5o), = ^jh. I doubt 
whether the same kind of gemination is to be pre- 
supposed in all other cases, e. g. in Tn*y for "ny, 
lT^y for rny. Perhaps the vowel letter merely 
indicates _, in other words the reduced vowel. Of 
course, defective writing is also met with: mx, "Toy. 

Word- division. The compound numerals for 1 1 — 19 *» 
are written indifferently as one or two words; cf. §23. 
xp (§38) is very frequently joined to the next following 
word (K then drops out), so esp. in M. 

Abbreviations, particularly frequent in ffiM, are» 
indicated by a stroke ('). In the older MSS., a point 
over the last letter of the abbreviated word serves the 
same purpose: in = "IBIK; ^BJ = ^n^bj. ,% represents 
the tetragrammaton. 

3. Means for Fixing the Yocalization. 3. 

In addition to the vowel letters (§2c — k), the 
vocalized texts of BA. and the Targums, esp. those 
supplied with superlinear signs, furnish means for 
fixing the vocalization. To be sure, even the super- 
linear vocalization must be used with caution (cf. Dal, 
79 f.); the same holds good of the vowels sporadically 
inserted in the MSS. of the Talmud. The traditional 
pronunciation is of subordinate value and may lead, 



8 § 4. The Consonants and their Changes. 

when uncritically used, to the worst aberrations. For 
it is not uniform, and, moreover, it rests itself on the 
vowel letters. Criticism everywhere aims at the better 
and older form of tradition. Mandaic with its less 
ambiguous orthography (No §12) and Syriac with its 
fixed Masora offer invaluable aid, occasionally also the 
other Semitic languages. Many doubts naturally remain. 



I. Phonology (§ 4 — 7). 

4. 4. The Consonants and their Changes. 

a 1. (a) Laryngeals: X ? , n h, n h, V l . 

b (b) The other consonants: J g, 2 k (Palatals); p k 

(Velar); 1 d, n /, id t (Dentals); D(fr) s, tf s, S s, l z 

(Lingual Fricatives) ; a b, s p (Labials) ; a m, J n, h I, 

"i r (Sonorous Sounds) ; 1 u, * t (Non-syllabic Vowels). 

c 2. n, 3(p), "i(t), n, a correspond each to two distinct 

Semitic sounds. 

d x replaces 1 resp. , in map and the like in Earliest 
Aramaic. A late change is na^pn from **o!?pn. 

e The laryngeals are still kept distinct in Talmud. 
Aram. Nevertheless, a tendency in the direction of 
reducing n to n and V to X is discernible; e. g., "Hiri, 
nm, nn, etc. ; ana, htik, kduk, idk „dive", k = hv 
(%J),™=W, etc/ 

f Intervocalic a (y) appears as *: l 1 ?"^ = ^*tf, 
m«Bf = nw, 1K*D = TD, D"D = d?d, etc., for *^Nttt', 
*itw, *1VD, *DHD. 

#r n may become % e. g., Nrvns by the side of Nros 
(cf . also §*). 



§ 4. The Consonants and their Changes. 9 

inn (orig. *l'»Jn) and xaDO (orig. *aaDaa, §#) are£ 
early examples of dissimilation. Other exx. in Talmud. 
Aram.: K&nj by the side of Xftrf?; the reduplicated 
formations Vp-JJH and ^pYH by the side of Nnpnp-i; 
Ka^i 1 ?, H2T1 (foraa^n) orig. *xaW>, *tfarn; aoDtsntp 
by the side of JODffDW (§5ft); xn^tw for xnhwbw, 
xn^p^p by the side of «n^p^p. The simplification may 
take place at the end: anp^p, >mp")\ 

Metathesis takes place in the Itpe. and Itpa. in the i 
groups *tfn, *on, *sn, *tn, which are transformed to 
ntf, nD, ttB 7 *ti (in the last two examples at the same 
time partial assimilation). 

Exx. of total assimilation: (a) progressive: 2Wtoj 
= atfp for awtfp (but hxtfp), TnrvK =f nnnx, lan^a 
= nana for *Tn»nx, *"ipxnK (but inpKnp), n^p = nsp. 
for HRSp, na, arira == xn'ia but *yra, Vtp>s = kj?b by 
the side of xyp^D, kitidq for xninop; as in the other 
Aramaic dialects pD" = pD\ for phu> m and in the Ittaf., 
e. g., -tfinp for *-|JiKnp, D^pnp for *D^pxnp; (b) regressive: 
p>aTD = prnp, -mt^a = ^1PM for *pann&, *ntsnx, 
y*?wx = i\hpi» but p.^.pnp; }\2Q\, aDTi = apn but awn; 
aax for aa^i; (§0); kb^'kbd by the side of KBia, xsria; 
KiltD = «|tD for aoyitD, *nap for aiaya, ana = kjk by 
the side of NJTIK, etc. 

Contraction: ^>'prPK = ^?F]K and the like for *^i?nn«, A: 
wn for *wnn, yea d^eaj for •psa (§29); -w"for 
"T™, etc. 

N (V), when preceded by a reduced vowel or by a / 
vowelless consonant, may be ignored in pronunciation: 
# *a for *^>«a, tjb^» for ^xp, ^o for yytp, iruxjp for 
injx»KD, xnw for «niy^, kj(k)do for **ukdd (butVowbp), 



10 § 5. The Vowels and their Changes. 

«j(«)Vin by the side of KJ^.in. Loss of a at the end of a 
syllable is old in *«(*% v(x)n, Ktfn, «? , 3, *^p;b, "i&" 
and the like. A secondary development is Kn**o = *o*o 
for *o*q (cf. Hebr. nafr by the side of nxfrh). Inter- 
vocalic x was lost in early times in liOp and the like (§5tf). 
x is always lost at the end of a word: ^D pi. ]W*P_- 
m n at the end of a word may be left unpronounced; 
rfe (^"D), atfn for rfo, ntfn. 

n U^n = viJn (for * , an = *an) may serve as an 
example of a consonantal insertion for the purpose of 
resolving gemination. 

o Closing consonants have disappeared in *ud, Kt£j, 

X)N, KD^X for "UD, 2W2, *?1K, "1B>K ; COmp. also -IP = 2-1H 

and the forms of the verb Dip: -ipj, ipn, >j?iK. 
i? 2, ^ 1, D, D, n are spirantized after full or reduced 
vowels, e. g. '•s&x, asrD, etc. 

5. 5. The Towels and their Changes. 

a 1.1m, u, o y o; __ o; *» 7, i, e, e, e; (K) _ a; _ a; _ d. 

b These vowels proceed from the Semitic vowels w, t, «; 

«, i, « and the diphthongs ««, «/. a appears sporadically as 0, 
e. g. wiTo, but commonly as a. 

c 2. The production of the orig. short vowel in *U(N)^, 
^(n*)d (== *w^, *'»JXD) which in consequence of the loss 
of the X at the end of the syllable (§4/) comes to stand in 
an opened syllable, belongs to Early Aram. ; of somewhat 
later date (observe the assimilated vowel, §*) are kb^I, 
xte'O, ^d>fi, -iov> for *Ktf*n, etc.; *q'3 for *N3*g is of 
course perfectly regular. 

d In consequence of the loss of an intervocalic X (§4/) 
there arises a (falling) diphthong, e. g. kdrau for kdrcim. 



§ 5. The Vowels and their Changes. 11 

Diphthongs, both coming from Early Aram, and those 
originating later, may be monophthongized: au becomes 

o, at — e (I), e. g., aai*, ilp, x^n, a^n, anT^. But 
the monophthongization need not take place, e. g. xmn 
= xrvn, xd": = xo% xJ"Jn = w.Jn; the diphthong 
always remains when the non- syllabic vowel is situated 
on the border-line between two syllables, in other words, 
when it is geminated, e. g., liT'Un = irran, but WB = "too. 

The monophthongization of az may take place also e 
in such a manner that the non-syllabic vowel is com- 
pletely lost, so esp. before n, e. g. ]V2 for * ]\y_2, )j_d for 
*)\yo, )hj m for *"j^ (in the two last exx. am represents a 
contraction from a?Tn); «jnrj3«, )n\ ynn for*xr ^, *V : -_ 
(and accordingly Vrpx, Vny^, §22); before n a becomes e: 
ftlJB (cf. §&). Elsewhere «2 is also found contracted to a: 
7]^ Tjfcyp, Tjrjjn for^._ (and accordingly ^"ix, T^x). 

fa 3^ i, when followed by the laryngeals n, n, y or "l,/* 
is sounded as a; thus in primitive times in forms like 
ntPD>J, yirn, at a later period in forms like yw, nyDfiy, 
-id", y^n, nn:, ino, npyrpx, -n#, nw, yriD, -ipiD, etc. 

At the same time we find x^yn, x^nn, aorw, TnD, 

xmxn (by the side of XJTH), etc. 

The same effect appears to be produced by other g 

consonants (emphatic and sonorous sounds) , cf ., e. g., 

•>p2TX = >p;rm by the side of p^nTD. 

When followed by a labial, « or t becomes u: e. g., /< 

innu, Nnniw, xttan; wsu; xjd{?ow, etc. uw is an 

early example of this transformation. 

When preceded by a laryngeal, i becomes e: e. g., * 

xt^n, ^ipwx, etc. The full writing with a vowel letter, 

e. g., XD^n , ^ip£"X , need not necessarily point to a 



12 



§ 5. The Vowels and their Changes. 



pronunciation KE^n, ^iptPx (§*2/). I* 1 ^ ront °f a laryngeal 
(cf. §/) "nn^ = inn 1 ? (cf. also §c). 

/ When followed by a geminate consonant , though 
preceded by a laryngeal, i remains; thus KtfK, Nntste, etc. 

* So-called compensative production takes place for the 
purpose of making up for the loss of gemination in front 
of laryngeals and the sonorous sound "1, i (over e) becoming 
e and a — a. The rule is by no means a fixed one; but 
in general the possibility of compensative production 
rises in the order n, n, y 7 x, 1. Hence point "pnv., 8^1 ED 
(riTsn), h'vh&V'h), -lnnn (lnrpn), but xt^yD (hbi^b), etc.; 
kb£js, ^/in Dnn )> ^]ir3« CprPK), nytj^x; but niys, ^nru, 
TiT, etc. Before n, a is transformed into e (at least 
according to the Tiberian system ; cf. §e): Kins. Note piT. 

/ The following table illustrates the modification of 
the vowels in as far as it is effected by accentual and 
syllabic conditions: 

Tab. I. 





In closed 


In open 


In 

opened 
syllable 


un- 
accent- 
ed 
syllable 


accent- 
ed 
syllable 


un- 
accented syllable 


accent- 
ed 
syllable 


after other 
consonants 


after 
laryngeals 


u, o, i, e, a 


with 
meteg a 


un- 
changed 


unchanged; with 
meteg P 


un- 
changed 


u, 


Y d 





-r^ 


T'. 


- u * 


- o\ -'" ? x 

T 


i, e 


•<5 d 


_ e s 


-V 


_ «, — # 


-v ** 


— e \-~c x 


a 


a* 


a 


_»f 


=® 


^a* 


-.a, _ <?* 



§ 5. The Vowels and their Changes. 13 

Explanations and exx. : m 

« *p^E3|D. The meteg stroke means: „so!" Otherwise the 
vowel might be shortened. j| P When not in the syllable immedi- 
ately preceding the accented syllable. Otherwise the vowel might 
be reduced after the manner of short vowels. [| r «as» (snsis), 
in^3(in^iD); bbpn (^lopin), *& (i&a^); asba, aaa* '|f <> *,irpa, 
■ir&s, -bs; aabh.' Note Kfrbaia (ahb^tt), T ^fcbap (■pr&inp); 
the meteg signifies: „so, against expectation". \\ "« a'lfi (a'nfi), 
bbpfi (^lopin), si&> (ibn»); a^m (a'nn), "lasJa (^twsI), rnr^ 
(raw), pauj (p^ass), Tjaqna (-panma), r&ap (n^ap), &&s (a^sj. || 
£siana (lairo), kwi^, aV^a, d^id, araSizS. || v K^rr*, nan, iia? 
(I^as), sibi» (ibins),' rasa (lO^x), -nrW'with a, "may take the 
place of _; it is just as correct to read tibtx. Cf. also ansa©. 
After emphatic consonants and sonorous sounds we find occa- 
sionally semi-reduced vowels : wa 1 !^, *j|p^B^ ("ja^pinB^), IB^M 
(loips^a). I write — in deference to the system; very likely, 
however, the words were pronounced tifrukinnan, ninkutu.\\ 
# iiana (iama); ^as (i^as), ^Ba(^hna), &npa (a^ps), 
^tok' (l^noa). || * ^h^j; phsntpi-nsin; or tfitrok), isas-ix || 
» rn» (mi«); an ha (kwd) , 'pi?5>; ^n. 

Note l. In the place of a we find frequently in Aram, n 
i in unaccented closed syllables, e. g. wpii (Hebr. •jjst), aa-i^ 
by the side of aa^, ana 1 ^, ^lap^n ior*taktul, etc.; in the case 
of the nouns we are perhaps dealing with ancient by-forms. In 
the Talmud, idiom note Af<el forms like p^OBiK by the side of 
pi&a&t, lai^a, •jbs"^, etc. 

Note 2. By means of artificial gemination a vowel in ana 
open unaccented syllable may escape reduction, e.g., xywb (Mfflib) 
(Arab, lisan), a^r: 0*p^n), ^ Opa^), etc. Artificial pro- 
duction is found in'aaiao, X T irra, etc., and in the imperf. and 
infin. Pe'al of i'",s verbs" (cf.' § 38). 

Note 3. In using the table for words of more than two/> 
syllables, the following should be had in mind. The vowel of 
the open syllable next preceding the accented syllable suffers 
reduction. When then further back an open syllable with a long 
vowel precedes, a closed syllable is the result, in which the long 



14 § 5. The Vowels and their Changes. 

vowel is protected by a mcteg: Pirjnsiaa. On the other hand, 
when a closed syllable with a short vowel precedes, two con- 
sonants come to stand together: then either attegro-TpYommo\&- 
tion or lento- pronunciation with an inserted parasitic vowel is 
possible: yb$*i», an:™ and Kftano (Kh^ia), fcO'nsJa. The 
meteg stroke serves to protect the vowel now in an opened 
syllable. Still the vowel may succumb to the pressure exerted 
by the accented syllable in the front ; hence forms like ■j'fos^K, 
arvitth, fctt^ttS by the side of «n^i» (am*^©), anbstijp (anbaiiba). 
When an open syllable with a short vowel precedes, a closed 
syllable results: »Brj3. When two open syllables with short 
vowels precede, double forms are possible: ssnp^s and stripy. 
When two syllables precede, of which the one immediately ad- 
joining is open with a short vowel, while the other is closed 
with a short vowel or open with a long vowel, there is but one 
possibility: snbbaa, tfftana, w^arya, »n^a§tj, srpiBK, strijttJiiB, 

q Note 4. a\n at the end of a word becomes through the 

insertion of a parasitic i: aiin, provided of course the diphthong 
has not been removed through monophthongization (§<?); so 

r Note 5. Two consonants without an intervening vowel are 

also possible at the beginning of a word: SKattG stamd for 
*s?tdmd. In such a case very frequently a vowel is placed in 
front of the first consonant: thus pfitJa (pirnB^K) for * stele by 
the side of pr^a (pir\V>), ■ititis by the side of im». All three 
examples show the same consonantal combination; cf., however, 
also isa&s (*sa») and snrpK (m^r^a), arpa (s"wk) by the 
side of tnnn% inn?. 

,? Even long* vowels may be completely lost in an un- 
accented syllable at the end of a word. Thus n(:)x for 
'anffi, 'anfi, l\\:s (§q) by the side of the older form ^:n, 
\:x (at the same time the laryngeal disappears) for 
xjrux. From ^tsp resulted the form *^t3j?, which, how- 
ever, in the Talmud, idiom has been transformed into 



§ 6. Syllabic Loss. Loss of Sounds etc. — § 7. The Accent. 15 

^iBj? (vocalic epenthesis). Forms like 12 (T2), nx, etc. 
for *ben, *'ahl are to be explained as due to the 
recession of the accent to the penultimate. 



6. Syllabic Loss. Loss of Sounds through Collocation 6. 
of Words in the Sentence. 

Syllabic loss is to be registered in in for *irii<.« 
In consequence of the collocation of words in the& 
sentence contractions (loss of sounds, syllabic ellipses) 
arise through the force of the sentence-accent. Thus 
rv 5 ? (§5tf) for rvx xb, ao^x, syh m (xih) for *o rvx, n^ 
*o, *d (wo) for yrKB^tw "o by the side of mx in; 
especially in the combination of an adjective or participle 
with the personal pronoun forming a complete sentence, 
a sort of a new inflectional form arising thereby (cf . §8a). 
But elsewhere, likewise, a pronoun pleonastically joined 
to a verb may coalesce with the latter so as to constitute 
one form; thus )P$h Cp"V^) for )2_x )>yh and in all 
probability xiaon by the side of mx ison.' 

7. The Accent. 7, 

There is no reason whatsoever why different rules 
from those in force in BA. (which are here presupposed) 
should be formulated for the accentuation of Talmud. 
Aram. It is quite possible that a shifting of the accent 
did take place ; but it has exercised no influence on the 
vocalization which is wholly rooted in the older system. 



16 



§ S. Personal Pronoun. 



II. Morphology (§ 8—41). 



A. The Pronoun (§ 8—11). 

8. Personal Pronoun. 

The personal pronoun appears either as an inde- 
pendent subject-form or as a suffixed form indicating 
possession (with nouns) or the object (with verbs). But 
even the subject-form coalesces in the 1. and 2. person 
with the adjectival or participial predicate to such an 
extent that the pronoun may assume the form of a 
mere suffix. 

Table: Tab. II. 



1 s. 

lp. 

2 s. m. 
2f. s. 

2 p.m. 
2p.f. 

3 s. m. 
3 s. f. 
3 p.m. 

3p.f. 


in casu recto 


in casu obliquo 


separatum 


suffixum 


2S3N 

f «in<5, nn*i&<«, nn^a^ 


n- 
n- 
(i)in- 


"| -; as objective 
suffix f 13, )- 

ffitt-; )", as objective 
suffix }l- 

r 

fa-; T 
fjw-; ia- 

■Mrr; »-, n- 
t»ri-; ft", n- 
fpri; in- 



§ 9. Demonstrative Pronoun. 17 

°§5j. II P For "jinis no reference is available. |] r § Aj. \\ 
Hsa resumptive form (§§ 48 b; 63 c) also in the later language. || 
c iri^S (in Targumic) may be meant for siriK; opinions are divid- 
ed on the explanation of the form. || ? = y\t\ -f- "pa (§ 4 J); *p» 
probably a deictic element. || v With unassimilated tt and loss 
of ). || * Copula -forms (§63a); the a in front has been explained 
as a pronominal deictic element. 

Pronominal suffixes joined to adjectival predicates: »w^p, c 
•pi-iant, na^n w*an, irvraiari; to participial predicates cf. the 
Verb (§§31-40). 

For the manner in which the possessive and objective suf- d 
fixes are joined to nouns and verbs cf. §§22; 41. 



9. Demonstrative Pronoun, 9. 

1. For the designation of the proximate („this"): 
Early forms : sg. m. "JH (V% f. *n, pi. T»^K; with pre- a 

fixed deictic element (K)n: sg. m. "JHH, f. KTi, pi. I^n. 

Sporadic forms: sg. m. Hy, f. *ny (my), pi. ny.6 
These forms still requiring explanation are specifically 
Babylonian. 

Late (common) forms : sg. m. (incorrectly also f .) c 
'KH, f. (esp. in a neuter sense) KH, pi. >Jn. 

These forms are contracted from "pin, *nn, i^n ; in rf 
the last instance, h has been transformed into J. Through 
combination of y\n and Kin arise in the same manner 
(but with retention of J) irn (U"n) ecce <?wm f*#, „that 
is"; f. wn. 

•>*PK, formed from pn with s « (§8& e ?) in front, ise 
found only in the expression '•TKl ''TK with correlative 
force, „this and that", „both". 

2. For the designation of the distant („that") two/* 
series of forms are employed, of which one results 

Margolis, Gr. Bab. Talm. 2 



18 §10. Relative Pronoun. — § 11. Interrogative Pronoun. 

from the addition cf. "O or ") to the demonstr. forms just 
mentioned, while the second = the pers. pron. of the 
3. person plus a prefixed (x)n. Hence: (1) sporadically 
sg. m. >3H, pi. "J^K, commonly sg. m. "pan, f . "in, pi. -pn ; 
(2) sg. m. Kinn, f. aonn, pi. injn. 
g From * "p (= yi m. and *p f .), through prefixing 
'K (%e) } arise sg. m. TPK, f. TPK, „that", „the other". 
In a similar manner (at the same time with transition 
of h into 3) the plural "P'K „those", „the others", is 
formed. 

10. 10. Relative Pronoun. 

a fH, usually shortened to 1. 

& By combining the relative pronoun fH with the pre- 
position h, in the common language with the noun T, an 
independent possessive pronoun is formed, "^n, HH, etc. 

11. 11. Interrogative Pronoun. 

a 1. In a substantive function: 1XD of persons, fno, 

fKD, ^ND (§6&) of things. 
b 13& (§4/) by side of Kin !«&; , »3& = *on )Xft. fjn ™ 

(whence S K&), cf. Hebr. m nD. 

c 2. In an adjectival function : '•n (but also in a subst. 
function), f •pTK (cf. Hebr. ni *x). 

{/ For the employment of the pers. pron. "jko, &ro in front of 

the relat. pron. as an indefinite pron. of. the Syntax (§516). 



§ 12.— § 13. Nouns with Shortened Stem. 19 

B. The Noun (§ 12—23). 
(a). The Nominal Stems (§ 12—18). 

12. Preliminary Remarks. 12. 

There are but few compound nouns, i. e. nouns a 
standing to one another in the genitive relation and 
forming a unit. In addition to the compound numerals 
for 11—19 (§23«) cf.: «nm ^yn, "nnj 'OD, pi. mm UD; 
nn >n (nra); >nrn (= *xyn in), pi. 'rim. 

In the case of the simple nouns we distinguish between b 
the nominal stem and the inflectional endings. The nominal 
stems are of Semitic origin or formed after the pattern of 
Semitic types. The genetic origin of the Aram, nominal 
stems must hence be looked for in the parent language; 
at all events the original status has been so obscured in 
historical Aram, through semasiological development as well 
as by the forces of analogy that only sporadically may we 
succeed in cleanly dividing the nominal forms according 
to functional categories (nouns of the agent and adjectives, 
nouns of action and abstract nouns, etc.) ; in all probability 
such a clear distinction was felt by the speaker only in a few 
particularly specific types. Even the formal classification 
is capable of being earned out only with triconsonantal 
stems; and even there it breaks down in part in ,7/ iy and 
*"\h roots. The following survey of the most important 
nominal formations subserves in the main practical ends. 

13. I. Nouns with Shortened Stem. 13. 

Some of the nouns mentioned here may have been a 
orig. biconsonantal. 

"n, tH, Kit pi. ist, T*, pi. sos, D1S, d-ira. With feminine b 
ending: anna, arra, anrap, ansnto, w©. JK^ias, (n)in«, 
(M)inn; with feminine ending Kr(K)n«, (-j)rran. || rA(»)a „city" 
comes probably from the Assyrian. 

2* 



20 



14. 



§ 14. Triconsonantal Nominal Stems. 
14. a. With vowel gradation: Tab. in. 





I 
stirpis sanae 


ii 


in 

med. 
9 sive a 


IV 1 V 
ult. 
9 sive X 1 i " S 


1. fa'al, 
fi'al 


K1S113 

«rois0 


in 




KnpB 




2. fa'il 


»ism 
swab 










3. fa'ul 


kmisd 










4. fa'l 






Kip 


f(^^)BS«, (^K)BK 


5. fi'l 


Kbi^ 6 




«n^3, ksim 


ap^a, (rn)aip 
awn 




6. fuU 


Ktrosin 




X31I3 






7. fa ; al, 
fa'il 








^i(k)o 




8. fa'al, 
fi'al, 
fu'al 








sip, (l)^P 




9. fa/.'ll 






TU^a 






10. fu'al 


amis* 










11. fa'ul 


»p13" 

anpis^ 










12. firail 


kW-ik? 











§ 14. Triconsonantal Nominal Stems. 21 

14. a. With vowel gradation: Tab. in. 



VI 


VII 


VIII 


IX 


X 


XI 












603p 
&035 
pi. Kiatt)« 


»n»i 


3*1 




vn.d.»nino 




















VII. »nii3« 


X. »niin 




ampa 










in.»nii»^ 








K&ia 






pi. KH^IS 
















Kbba 


Op)Tnt, n^ 








«Wa 


"lilS 













































22 §§ 14. 15. Triconsonantal Nominal Stems. 

II. Triconsonantal Nominal Stems (§ 14—16). 

14. 14. a. With vowel gradation 

(s. Tab. Ill, p. 20. 21). 

a The nouns adduced under 3. are not quite certain. The 

forms 7. (act. partic.) and 9. (pass, partic.) will be treated at 
length under the Verb. To the eleventh formation belong several 
denominatives (nouns indicating an occupation or trade). 

g I. « It is questionable whether the i originates in a parallel 
form or is to be explained on a phonetic basis (§5?*)- H^&wn'n 
and arans* after %bh. \\ r By the side of aana also ass (§4;). |j 
a as* by the side of asm (§4/); wsia (§5A). || » aiairn (5m*). |j 
£ M18 by the side of mtik (§4/). || n §5o. || * %bmn. 
II. Cf. §60. 

III. Cf. §4/7; be. 

IV. Cf. 4/7. Note the transition into the ■>"•& class. 
V. Cf. §4/ 

VI. A form of the infin. »na^tt) with geminate n; brought into 

conformity with column VII. 
VII. « With i ana^a (§5»); in addition with the gemination 

resolved pi. iSi^n (§4n). 
VIII— IX. « §5d. || P NS^D has replaced staid (which is met with 
occasionally in the MSS.) almost entirely; through analogy 
with its opposite WB'n. In the table are wanting i"is 
forms like s^i, f. anps (1. or 8.) and arm; Dip (pass, part.) 
corresponds to the 9. form. 
X. XI. « With shortened stem. || P Cf. §5p. 

15. 15. b. With the middle radical geminate 

(s. Tab. IV, p. 23). 

a 14. seems to come from the Hebrew. 1 5. forms denominatives. 

Some nouns of this formation betray an affinity with the Intensive 
Stem (dip = D?p73; xnspn nomen actionis); the same holds good 
of 20. (for the most part nomina actionis ; from the Hebr.?). 
16.— 18. form adjectives; 16. and 17. adjectives of color. In 18. 
and prob. also in 19., the gemination seems to be unorganic. 

Continued on p. 25. 



15. Nouns with the middle radical geminate. 23 

Tab. IV. 











8 
n 

35 

ri 

35 

r 














P ? 






r 

r 
r 

35 


j: 

r 

T 

r 










•i-i 
B 








8 
IX 

a 

35 








4> 

o 

.1-1 


w Pi 


| 
| 


35 






IX 

r 
rxf 

r i— I 






o3 

a 


m 35 


i 








JD 

?- 

? ft 








PI 

a 






r 
9 
35 

« 

r 

35 

P " 

r t. 

35 35 


r 

r 
*~ 

IX 


r 

r 
ix 


r 
r 

f 


r 
n 

35 


P 

r 

35 


,0 

• 


« 


35 

P 

r 

n £ 

r C 
i- 35 


j: 

r 

35 




35 

n 
a 


r 
P 

JT 
J — 


p 

jr- 

r 

r 
"p« 


35 35 






J? 

CO 




"3 

id 






"c3 

OO 


"eg 


© 



24 



§16. Nouns with prefixes. 



r 


of 


P 

r 
C 
55 






Pk 
*-» 

C 
55 






55 

*- 

r 

r 
r 
C 
55 




M = 






8 
P 
D 

j— 

C 
55 
















8 

P 

*- 

55 




















a a 

p ..Xl 

55 55 




















P 
C 

n 


8 
P 

c 
n 

55 




P 

M- 
J~ 
Pl 

55 












► f 

M « 


p 
% as 














8 

55 
*\ 

r 
C 
55 


55 

n 

jr- 

n 


M ^ 








p 

55 

o 

55 












R 'S-s 

Pk 


P 

r 
11 

n 
r 

55 






7T 
r 

r 

55 

P~ 
C 

55 












» 


8 
8 P 

P 9 
r n 
n ^ 
r t 

55 55 


P 
11 

c 
n 

55 






c 

P 

r 

r 

55 


C 

P 

*— 

r 

55 


55 

P 
n 

55 






"e5 

a 


1 

a 


5 

Is 

a 

CO 


IP 




1 

CO 




CM 


13 

OS 

(M 



o 
IS 

m 



JT 

n 

c 

w 

o m 

a 

«m '43 

•3 o 



•as S 
2 1 s 

a ^ n 

Goo 

O o 

!!^ ^ £* 

© . a> 
<§ |W 

Pi 

° ® a 



o -^ 'd 

<d ee r 

s ® 2 

--> w *- 

2 o o 

■S ^ m 

• S ^* 

(—i 43 i— i 

> %> 
rt 



a 



i© 



o 

. a > 

o o 

U O) 



a 

s p 

c3 n 

P 55 

Pa 

n o 

55 "*"« 






2 ^ 

o 
o o 



< -3.5 



S r^T 



•/ 03 

-i J, 
55 









a 



o o 
'-^ £ 

02 ^ 

£§ Pi 

^^ 

S o 
a> 

8 § 

= e6 
too ^5 



a 



^> cS 

c 
n 



2 P 



§ 16. Nouns with prefixes. — § 1 7. Pluriconsonantal Stems. 25 

I. « The fern, of jobi* is amiBiX. c 

II. Cf. §5Ar. 
III. Cf. §4/. 

V. « &ni^ after the manner of Hebrew. || P Belongs perhaps 
originally to 17. 
VII. a Probably a re-formate from the st. d. (cf. $4d). 



16. c. With prefixes 16. 

(s. Tab. V, p. 24). 

21. — 24. nomina actionis, loci and instrumenti; 25. nomen a 
actionis of the Intensive Stem and its Reflexive ; 26. and 27. come 
from the Hebrew; 28. is formed from the Causative Stem. 
21. (mif'al) is the form of the infin. of the Simple Stem. 



17. HI. Pluriconsonantal Stems. 17, 

a. /"<//: miff, BltDlD, 1UB1P. a 

b. flfi: kW>:i, xhfcz, kW>u; xTrtt; f. anpip^fc 
Nn^p^p. With dissimilation (§4A): Vpiyi and 'pm, 
Kn^p'p and xn^BW (§5rifp); the simplification may also 
take place at the end in front of the fern, ending: 
xnp^p. From stems with n as second radical (accord- 
ing to §4#; hd): xnrrD, imbib, xnTT An old form of 
this category is wW. 

c. fHH: f. (with simplification at the end) VfipT.s 

d. With I at the end: a^siy, vhr® } x^ttDff;,/ 
f. xnteix. 

e. Other nouns : *0*tt2, «mpy, annay, asrw (Assyrian e 
loan-word); f. KWiro, etc.; also the adjective "ittlt, 
in shortened form kbit. 



26 § 18. Denominatives formed by means of Afformatives. 

18. 18. IV. Denominatives formed by means of Afformatives. 

a The afformative serves to form abstract nouns from 
adjectives and participles, and adjectives from abstract 
nouns; or it is added pleonastieally, without effecting 
a change in the meaning. 

b -an (-en, -in): 1.— 2. WO^, f. (with the addition of 
an -i the nature of which has been differently explained) 
wta; 4. kjid (VIL), *umD (VIIL); 5. py (VII.), 
1^» (IX.), aom (XL); 6. yehw, Kjnn« f. win* (§4/), 
)hz (IV.) d. k*Ab f. xrv^s, «rsn (VIII.) ; 8. f. an^; 
21. aipsa (IV.), XJpDB ft/pte), «^yo (VI.); from y!?in: 
xjy^in (*0*6in, KJ^in, §4/) ; from a pluriconsonantal stem : 
*UBff(D)W (§5A; 4rt); from the partic. of the Intensive 
(§33) lOWD and, with loss of the prefix, i«»m. From 
fern, nouns: 5.^1 (IX. and X.); KJnrM; with loss of the 
fem. ending: 23. wisa (V. -f- VIIL). 

c -at (-aij: 1. ixh^V (XI. with shortened stem); 
2. >*rQ (VII.); 4. rm^pn, riNEHp, NDp (§4;*; 15c VIIa ), wnn 
for >annn (§4/), runo (VIL), f. pi. Kn"U (VIII. + VIL); 
5. HX1U (VIL); 6. nNIDU; pleonastieally after the affor- 
mative -in: 4. nxrriT; from the fem. with loss of the 
fem. ending: 4. HXi'3 (VII.); nxun (and ruoun, with a 
double afformative) from anun (§rf). Gentilic nouns: 
r\mix, nx^^, etc. 

d -ut (properly *uat) (for the dropping of the t in 
the absol. si cf.§44c): 2. xnmn, Kmrte (with spirantic 
k; hence from the original malik-, not malk-\ TPn (VIL ; 
the underlying *Tn has probably been transformed from 
in pi. nn in conformity with ^'ly formations like pn and 
the like), arvpjy (XL); 4. n*to (IX.), ann^D (by the side 



§ 19. Inflectional Endings. 27 

of «nnD, from no); 7. Nrnpj', idn (X.), similarly mDi, 
Knun, anitDB, Krnttff; the c in xnnw has not been satis- 
factorily explained; 8. (')nna^; 9. xmynj; from rvD: 
NmrvD, similarly from fyl (analogical formation from 
j/^n): am^l; 18. (')niTny. From pluriconsonantals : 
Knttt^n (§40), amsrw. From the pass, partic. of the 
Intensive (§33): NmpJSD, «m^y». From a noun with the 
afformative -an: Knw*?. The foreign word HKIDD^ 
(with the afform. -at) furnishes KrvPttD^. 

-at (-ej: 1 0.K^nn,«'S'l3D;^D , lD (from DID) ;*0:iTD, etc. e 



(b) Inflection (§ 19—22). 

10. Inflectional Endings. 19. 

1. Preliminary Remarks. We distinguish in the# 
Aramaic noun two genders (masculine and feminine), 
two numbers (singular and plural) and three states 
(the absolute, construct, and determined). 

The gender of a noun is properly recognizable b 
through the construction in the sentence. Feminine are 
not only nouns designating female beings (NB S X, K^m, etc.), 
but also certain other categories, as the names of the 
members of the body (KT, *OTtx, **V"D, etc.), of instruments 
and utensils, the words „earth" (ayiK) „sun" (Xtftrff), etc.; 
though not always uniformly. In the morphology, all 
nouns without a fern, ending are regarded as masc. 

Remnants of the dual are the numerals (])^n f . c 
COTTin and inND (§23«) ; but traces may also be found 
in forms like TOTn, etc., where the third radical is 
not spirantized. 



28 § 19- Inflectional Endings. 

d 2. Table of inflectional endings: 



Tab. VI. 





Masculine 


Feminine 


sing. 


plur. 


sing. 


plur. 


absol. a 


f-r 


tr-, v J 


fn T (!* T K 


tlT 


constr.^ 


f~ Y 


t 11 - 


fn- 


t n T 


determ. 


K t 


t^-^T 6 


5<n TJ ir\ T 7 ? 


an T 



Explanations. 

« Barring the shortened form in the pi. masc, the forms 
are found only in the earlier language. In the common language 
the st. d. takes the place of the absol. Cf. §43&. 

$ Exclusively a part of the earlier language. In the common 
language the genitive relation is expressed by means of circum- 
locutions. Cf. §44<?. 

y Coincides with the bare stem, since the case vowels in 
which the forms terminated in Semitic have been lost in Aram, 
both in the st. a. (which is properly a pausal form) and in the st. c. 

<* Only with adjectives and participles. 

6 With substantives and substantivized adjectives and 
participles. Reduced in meaning so as to replace the st. a. 
Cf. §43&. 

C = * -ah, pausal form from * -at. 

v In certain adjectives: 1. ^n^in (§4&); 2. inm (VII.); 
16. inpvii (II.), •wnn (V.); 17. irvasia; also ^ip^ (§i7c) 
and WifiK (§186). 



§ 20. Modification in the Stem occasioned by the Inflection. 29 

20. Modification in the Stem occasioned by the Inflection. 20. 

The stem is shortened in the sg. d. K3N and pi. >nx a 
(§13c); the artificial gemination (in the latter instance, ow- 
ing to the n, it is only virtual (§5A)) serves as compensation. 

The stem may furthermore be shortened in *> ,h h forma- b 
tions of the types 1—6 (§14&c); thus pi. ^ntD (sg. d. *ontD), 
>jp (sg. d. x^p), *ooip ; f.sg.d. amp (pi. «rvn[>]p), an^o 
by the side of Krv^tP (xn^ty). 

J as last radical may be assimilated to the n of the c 
st. d. fern. sg. (§4/); hence ants> (abs. xw, §13&). 

The plural endings in the forms 4 — 6 (§14c) arerf 
joined to the expanded stems of the type fetal-, ffial-, 
fu'al-. Hence, in the place of the explosive, we find 
in the third radical the corresponding spirant (§4/?). 
E. g., ^&, ^hx, *pDn, anfro^D. 

The plural of xnnx (§13c) is xnnnN; i.e., the<? 
plural ending is affixed to the form l ahau-, language 
identifying therewith the stem 'aha- underlying the 
sing. Similarly, a. sing. *xns: is presupposed by the 
pi. arms:. 

The shortened nouns xn&x and ansny (§13&) form/' 
a plural derived from a stem expanded by means of 
n or 1 and assuming the type f a \}al-\ KnnDK, xrvnD'W. 
The pi. xnHDN from tfnDN (4 VII.) rests on analogy. 

The stem as it appears in the shortened sg. d. xna g 
is expanded in the pi. by means of n (type: fi*al-): 
anrax (note the fern, ending). The pi. xrins-x from 
xwx (5 VII.) rests on analogy. 

^"h (orig. Y'h) stems of the form 7. may resume h 
the l-sound in the pi.; thus xmiDX from x"h stems may 



30 § 21. PI. fem. from Masculines and conversely. 

be raised to the same level : thus xmil^ from the sg. ^(K)&, 

xniUD from the sg. od. aniunn (from KJnn 1.) is properly 

a double plural presupposing the intermediate *Nrvunn. 
* Similarly the pi. of *oW (§17fc) is xn^^ C^^); of 

*odid (§18^) — «niDiD; on the other hand nuto — armm:). 
/ The pi. of stems of the type 11. are expanded by 

means of K: >*niDK, wisd. 
k Stems of the types 4 — 6 may receive in the pi. a 

pleonastic -an (itself an af formative with pluralie function) ; 

thus k^s, (fl'ODD, *nrn (from *orn, §12a). But also 

Tiumm from mm (§176). 

I The inflectional ending may be pleonastically 
repeated; thus sg. d. annyDtr; pi. abs. injpjx, d. NnnyDty. 
The simple forms, however, are met with as textual 
variants. 

21. 21. PI. fem. from Masculines and conversely. 

a In %2()gh we have met with plurals possessing femin. 
endings, from masculines. 

b Of a different character are fem. plurals of nouns 
which, though lacking a fem. ending, are nevertheless 
syntactically construed as feminine (§196); thus ]mN 
from mix. xnp forms both sn:ip and (D^p, the former 
being used in a metaphorical sense, the latter (prop, a 
dual) in its proper sense. 

c Masc. plurals go with fem. nouns in the sg. serving 
as nomina uniiatis. Thus fl)^, '0^3, ^EH, nau, vyh, 

The pi. of Knrpx is (K)'tw. The underlying form 
is nisai- (in itself a plural) which is then shortened 
(cf.§140*i«). 



§ 22. The Noun with Pronominal Suffixes. 



31 

























55 




> 
4 


1 
o 
> 




n 
c 


55 

n 


rj 






n 

t. 

r 






n 
j: 

j: 








h— 


4- 


j— 






JI 






-K 




















55 




n 






C* 




a 


r 


*s f 








n 
c 




£5 






.s 


^ 


38 n 


V\ 


r- « 






«Q. 


j- 


<SL 




n 




sib 


<o 


n r 

r- -h 

*" a 
n n 
r *■ 
j- r 


J^ 


r C 






n 


j: 


n 






o 


d a 


~ 55 

55 r- 


I— I" 


55 




JT 




r 

55 


n 

*- 


r 




B 


bi> 


r r 

M-\ j 

55 


P? 


n 




fi 
r 




P 






X 






-5- H- 




i— r~ 


-j- 




n 




j: 


.^ 
















<*a. 










,rs 














3 


r 










r 






* tt> 


r 

c 


8 

r 


55 


9 










r 

J" 
r 




rt 






55 


*- 


j - 


n 










n 




.2 






r 




i 












jr~ 




a 








8 


8 


ox 


oa. 








Q2. 




o 


bo 


. a 


3 


55 

r 


55 

r 


9 


a 
p 








P 




o 


g 


t>0 


P 




*\ 


j- 


r 








r 




»H 


o 
,3 


to 


55 


r 


n 


n 








j: 




Pn 


2 




r 




1 


a- 


r 








*- 




,C| 










<=3. 








9 


oa. 




+3 


c3 




9 
'■ n 


8 

n 




55 

n 
n 








r 

n 
n 

n 


55 

n 
n 

r 




PS 


l—( 




jt 55 


r 




n 








55 


n 




o 






r r 


-* 




«~ 








•h~ 


*~ 




fc 










«o 




to 


^ 








Kj> 










<53. n 




J-S 


n 








fL 


<D 






s 




f- ? 




n 


r 








t 


XI 






n 




p r~ 


^ »_- to 


r 


n 








n 

r 


• 




. a 


55 

jr 

rT 


r 
n 


n 
n n 


sag 

{— n n 


n 


n 


55 

£1 


P 

n 


r 

n 








r 




I— r 






j - 


r 


55 










i 


r 


M — 


I H- 


4— 




■k- 


•i- 


-K 


4- 












55 






















bO 




n 














55 






i 


* C M 


















n «. 








a o a 
1 * ? 




5? 

n 


55 55 


55 

n 




55 

n 


55 

n 


55 


^ 55 








.3 




^ 


n n 


n 




n 


£ 


n 












55 


Jr~ M~ 






r 




















r~ f 


-!-- 




4- 




n 


4— 














a «* 


a 


«*-5 


a 




*M 


8 


«H 








CD 


d 


OQ EG 


d, 


dt 


50 




m 


A 


d 








T-( 


^ 


(M es 


<M 


o\ 


CO 




en 


co 


CO 



32 § 22. The Noun with Pron. Suffixes. — § 23. Numerals. 

2. 22. The Noun with Pronominal Suffixes 

(s. Tab. VII, p. 31). 

« For the form of the suffixes cf. §8&. 

c Explanations. I. Cf. §13c. The suff. of the 1 sg. is joined 

to the shortened stem(§20a): *iriK shortened to fia. „My father" 
is ani* = st. d. 

IK a An orthographic variant, [j P The diphthong mono- 
phthongized (%5de). || r The same pronunciation as in "pii. || 
d §bq. || « The diphthong remains. || £ Defective writing. 

IP>. Analogical form after the pi. m. || « The ^ is mute. || 
P Defective writing. 

Hcd. The st. d. appears to be the basis. || « The ■« only 
graphic. || P Defective writing. 

III. « Shortened form. || P The n quiesces ; i and a graphic 
means. 



23. 23. Numerals. 

a Cardinal numbers: 

1 in (inn); f. *nn (§6a). 

2 t^-in, nn; f. tpmn^mn (*»n^n) (§l9c); pnn, 
winn, in»nn 

3 n^n ; f . xrfrn 

4 yma ; f . nyma 

5 wnn ; f . hew 

6 rw ; f. xrw 

7 tynty 7 nt^; f. nyn# 

8 ^Dn ; f . *w»n 

9 ytpn ; f . nyt^n 
10 iffy; f. rwy 



§ 23. Numerals. 33 

11 id in, idhh; f. no in 

12 tn^y nn, nonn; f. no »mn, no nn 

13 t^Bfy n^n, iD^n; f.trwy rhn, t^y n^n, t n ^n 
no, no^n 

14 iD(')m«; f.tmtpy ymx, no(')mx 

15 io(^)Dn; f.frrwy tyon, "Md t&>Dn ; nD(')&n 

16 id rptp, ")Dn^ (idtw); f.tmtpy rw, no rptp 

17 ion(>)ff (iD^nty); tJmwy (y)ni^, non(>)^ 

18 iD^Dn; f.trwy ^on,no ^on 

19 iDt^n; f.trrwy yts>n ; tno ytwi, nonwi, noiwi 

20 in^y I 30 vr6n | 40 +vyma, ^mx | 50 v^on | 
60 ty>n(>)ttvrw | 70 y>yiv | 80 iO)J&n | [90 vjwn] 

100 n^D | 200 inxD | 300 n«a rV?n | 400 hkd ymx | 
700 rwa yn&> | 800 nx& >jDn 

looo ke&x | 2000 >b*>k nn | 6000 vh* Krv» | ioooo 
anm, aram ; pi. i«nn, linn, tfrmn(>)i. 

Ordinal numbers: 

1 tn«t3ip, a&p; f.tanwp, «n«op 

3 "»Nn^n (also in a multiplicative sense) 

8 n*wan 

„Last" *onn; f. arpnm. 

Fractions : 

■I- a:te, ute I i an^n, an^n | | ayin | -j- xtran | 
-J- Kmn», arpnip. 

Kn^n (Kn^n, artan) multiplicative. 

Margolis, Gr. Bab. Talin. 3 



34 § 24. Adverb. — § 25. Prepositions. 

C. Partieles (§ 24-26). 

24. 24. Adverb (s. Glossary). 

a 1. Adjectives in the adverbial case; thus tdw, h*hp, 

Ipn, hwy, 'stD, etc. 
b 2. Feminines in -tit (§18rf): mra, niy"ts. 
c 3. Nouns in the adverbial case; e. g. JOits. 
d 4. Preposition -f- Noun (Adjective) (the st. a. very 

frequently preserved): thwh, btyh, wm, mrD, Tin 1 ? (with 

suffixes ynnh, nnini>, m^nin^), wax, , »x^y», ^xnnD; 

xD^n, xip^ya, etc. 
£ 5. in shortened from mn (Imptv.). 
/" 6. The petrified Imptv. ITi. 
</ 7. Compositions like xn&>n (= xnyp xn), xiTxn 

(= >o-py an), xjd (for x:d = lirjp cf. Hebr. VXD ; for 

an explanation cf. §5e; ifo), M*h (for xm x^>) by the 

side of xh, etc. 
h 8. Other adverbs originating in pronominal 'roots, 

as xsn, x^n, etc. 

25. 25. Prepositions. 

a Prepositions are properly nouns in the st. c, either 
in the adverbial case simply or in conjunction with other 
prepositions (n, 3, h f p). Note ^iddx with the closing 
consonant dropped : ltDDX by the side of ltDX = * *ptDX 
= "pyex. Some of these nouns were originally plurals 
(or duals) ; hence the endings " r e (at), rr at; in the case 
of others, the same endings are due to analogy. In ''hv, 
at (e) is naturally part of the stem ; but in the expanded 
form n^y it is a late increment. In miD, r\vh, rr is to be 
regarded as the final part of the stem, a + femin. ending /. 



§ 25. Prepositions. — § 27. The Modifications of the Stem. 35 
Prepositions with Suffixes. Tab. vin. 





orig. in a 








short vowel 


in -#f 


in -0* 


1 Bg- 


1*, t^o, tr», 


two, tf»ii3i 


iKiib^s 




IW^B 


■wiis 




1 P 1. 


tw*», ^ 




•jii^s 


2 sg.m. 


-fr T* 


-jniis, -j WD 


^(1)^15 


2sg.f. 


T> 




t^iaa, T^iiaa 


2 pi. m. 


13 ^5 "TO 


IS^MIS 


f ■paiaip, is^nn 


3 sg.m. 


m?, msia 


mrvD, fiinbiaaK 


t- , ma ta ip, niibi* 


3sg.f. 


nb, ria^a 




mi^s 


3pl.m. 


fprri, im, 


imwD 


f pn^nna, 




f lina^jin^^a^ 




wii^s 


3pl.f. 


^ 







The preposition t> may take on in Talm. Aram, c 
before suffixes also the form ^TJ; hence ^.TO, n^H'J, 

26. Conjunctions (s. Glossary). 26. 

D. The Verb (§ 27-41). 

27. The Modifications of the Stem. 27. 

(1) Simple stem (Pe'alJ; (2) Reflexive-passive thereof a 
(Itpe'el, abbreviated///^; (3) Intensive (Pcfiel, abbr. Pa.); 

(4) The Reflexive -passive thereof (ltpdral, abbr. Ilpa.J; 

(5) Causative (Apel, abbr. Af.J; (6) the Reflexive-passive 
thereof (Ittapal, abbr. Ittaf'). 

In the remnants of the earlier language, the initial & 
consonants of the Causative, and also of the Reflexive- 
passives, is n. Exx. : rnrnn, nripn, Knojnn. 

3* 



36 § 28. Inflectional Elements. 

c )wn is borrowed from the Hebrew (as in Syriac). 
d Earer stems (esp. from roots V"V and *"ly): /tiffe# 
and ItpaC*al)\ Palp(el) and Itpalp(al); Sapel. 

28. 28. Inflectional Elements. 

a 1. Perfect. Tab. IX. 

1 sg. tn-, trv-v- 1 pi. t«i_ tp_ <j_ 

2 sg.m.n- 2 pl.rn.tym-, in- 

2 sg. f. n- 

3 sg.m. - 3.pl.m."h- 

3 sg.f.tn-, n-(x-) 3 pi. f. t-|_, x- 

b Note 1. In the common form of the 3 pi. m. the ending 

is dropped and a new form is created by the insertion of u in 
front of the last radical, which thus takes the place of the 
stem vowel (§5*). 

c Note 2. In front of the endings 0)5, in) we find occasionally 

the vowel i which appears to have been imported from the parti- 
cipial inflection (§31), e.g., 'p'-ii by the side of pap, wp^nffl (but 
pnpniB), ir^naiBK. The forms are to be regarded as less correct. 

d 2. Imperfect. Tab. X. 

1 sg. -K 1 pi. -J 

2 sg.m. -n 2 pl.m.ty-n, i-n 

2 Sg.f. f V- n ; '~ n 

3 sg.m. -it, -),-h 3 pLm-tii-^t-ji-^i-i,-!-^ 

3 sg. f. -n 3 pi. f. )-h 

e In a few examples, we find in the 1 pi. — h for -J, 
incorrectly (by false analogy) imported from the 3 person. 

f 3. Imperative. The same endings as in the 
2 person of the imperf., but without the prefixes. 

g 4. Participle + Personal Pronoun(vgl. §8). 
For the Tables of the Pe'al s. § 29—31. 



§ 29. Perfect. 



37 











?» 






































"p3 






JT 

c 






.r 




r 




a 


«4-l 






r 

n 










n 




JT 








c 






n 




H— 




( 
















CO 




























o3 
















K 






"p3 
















n 

«— 
-t- 






















«0~ D 




D 


















£> •** 






















IX 

jr- 






■ 


9 




















3 


£ 










j: 










"o3 


a. 

r 










r 

jr- 

n 












9 






















n 












I - 










j* 








n 




n 










ri^ 








55 




*— 


















r 




a 










„ 








9 




isT 










3 








s^T 




55 






i 


9 


n 








JT 


9 


9 




o 




CI 


n 








n 

r 






c3 


,r\ 


jx 








9 


11 


IX 




a 




*" 


-5- 








C 


55 


*— 




03 

02 




9 


9 








JT 

ri- 










£1 


55 












IX 




0Q 




r 




S 

r 






ix 

JT 




J- 

n 




ft 




c 


55 


n 






j- 










+- 


-s- 


c 






9 




-t- 






a 


9 










9 






0E2 


i 


n 

JT 


n 

c 

D 
fl 










IX 
n 

5JT 

JT 








o3 

"c3 


*- 


r 






9 




n 

CI 

C 


D 

n 








35 

P 

r 


D 

n 

r 

rt 

55 


n 


9 
n 
ix 


n 

IX 


9 
IX 


9~ 
IX 

rTV 


9~ 

IX 

j- 


c 
r 






-f- 


+- 


c 


c 


-J- 


^rv 


-J— 


+- 


-s- 










B 


«H 


a 


a 


q4 


a 


S*H 






fcJD 


,— ; 


&b 


bb 


,-i 


&b 


bb 


,_; 


,_; 






OQ 


ft 


OS 


OQ 


ft 


OQ 


OQ 


ft 


ft 






^ 


*"' 


<r* 


CI 


CS 


co 


co 


CO 


CO 



30. 



38 § 30. Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive. 

30. Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive. 



Tab. XII. 



stirpis sanae 



St"5 §4/; be 



1 sg, 
1 pi. 
2sg.m. 



bitap^n 






max 



n^pn 






Vis^n 



-na^K 



na 1 ^ 



2sg.f. 
2pl.m 
2 pi. f . 






i-pba^, n-n^^n 



3sg.m. 
3 sg. f 



t lists-', 

bipiaC 1 )^ 
pTn(i)2)^n 



•pat"**, 



■hs^,:npib, 



bl^b 






fin^i 



3 pi. m 
3 pi. f . 



t'piBov&^C'O^, "I'Hr^ 



•na*^,- ib^a 



"h&W 



sg. m. 

Bg.f. 
pi. m 

pl.f. 



Viap 


T^n^s? 


^1pl», ipSTB « 




isiro, 


•hiss 


ian(*i)D* 




"jbiap, 'jbopa 





snp [bias (bis) 



inns 



ibs^a 









pt*»a, cirsnia 



ba^a, ana^a 



x"3? §4; 



bKttJia, 



« The accent shifted to the inflectional element is the 
cause of the reduction of the second stem vowel, cf. the cor- 
responding forms of the imperf. 



§ 30. Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive. 39 

30. Imperfect, Imperative, and Infinitive. 



3"£ (p^D) §4/ 


V'S 


u 


i 


a 


U 


i 


a 


alpaca 
pis^a 


n*»rvaC 


pt3^3 









laps^n, in(i)r^n£ 


tyimin*, inn^n 


pis^a 


tpoi 


rmin 


nwb 3 




t-jiab^, OjVipsnb, loipiia^, oipia 


tyirv^, i»i^ 




I3lp3, pia 


s^os 


pt3 




wr\(i«) 


an 


pB^, nryvaS; 8on(i)a£, pt3*>B 


i 
! 
nn^o, 5*1 ^a larvae 

i 

i 



§bm. || y §5r. || <* afifi , the gemination for the purpose 
of artificially increasing the volume of the form. || e With com- 
pensative production (§5&). || C A mixed form from *,n3 and am. 



40 



§31. The Participles. 



31. 



31. The Participles. 



Tab. XIII. 





active 


passive 


sg. m. 


p*OE, »■»"> 


K"3> 


^Bp, ^D», 3nT* 


s^ra 


f. 


»^t», asm 




KB^M, WXS 


pi. m. 




who 


tr^^a, "^ss 


f. 


fjVt«, f^m 


n^© 


f lb^pE, wnan 


1 sg. 


xab-iDp^, wnia 




w^iaa, twa^ttm 


lpL 


•p^op, "ja^ni 




•pip^M 


2sg. 


nbap, n^n^e 




radian* 


2 pi. 


fprmaK, itrmw 




ir^piin* 



« The ending imported from the perf. 
P By its side the form wVap, which however is not so 
well attested and is met with only sporadically. 
r Sporadically inW&t. 
<5 Forms like lna^s are not well attested. 
« Femin. forms mn», n^BK. 



§ 32. Itpe ? el. 



41 



r 


j- rl j- 
?> £ 35 




35 

^8, 


35 35 


r 

>> — ' 
£. 
9 

r 


*3> 


35 35 r 35 

C C p c 
C r 35 


35 *n C 
r r r 
C C C 

ODD 

r r r 


. ^ 

B ^ 

•a c 

r 


r 4-- 4^ r * 




a «» 

ft 

*- 


*^ *T *■ 35 

M JT J- ^ 


.1— 

r 
n 
r 

+- 


a «* 
■a o 

» ,. 

9 


9 


r 
^ 9 

n *- 

V\ 4- 


ten 

o 


&£* ££££?§££?•£. 


of o 

£p? ^ 

if? « « 

r~-H r £ 




a a «w a «* 

£ ft IF ft If -g, 


*- C* CO ft 



'J&A 



•jjodrai 



42 



§ 32. Itpe'el. 



£1 
jr 


! 








7a 




35 

-- — -. 

r 

c 

r 


P^ 

9 

r 




> 

a 
35 




35 

E 

r 


P"SE 

£ *~" V 

C f~ « 

P ? 

r 35 


p^ 


ft a 


35 
35 a ? 
3 r p 
r -h r 


35 

» 

r 
r 

r 


p 

I" 

a 
r 

JT 

r 


P 

35 J- 


. -5 

ft 

*- 




35 

r 

r 
n 

r 

r 


P 

M 

a 

r 

JT 




•C o 

ft ~ 
9 




35 
D 
t. 
P 

r 

r 


£s& - P 

£9 p f 
g^ 9 9 

P F f - p 

35 -*- .j- * 






35 

£1 

r 

p\ 

35 

ja 
r 


1 35 

i" 

D 

*- 

n 

r 
35" 

c 
c 

D 
fl 
35 


p~ P 

p lir 
P ?A.P P 

35 o~ P 35 

9 35 -J- 4- 


35 P-G 


j 


a a 




s s 

0Q Pk 


bCr-H bC 

is Phoq 

*-4 1-i <M 



A^duiJ 



jni 



;«d 



•jjns-o^wj 



§ 33. Pa»el. 
33. Pa«el. 



43 



Tab. XV a 



33. 







med. laryng. 
§5* 


! 

K"S§4/ 


K"3> §4/* 


l»g- 


win 




t ryn^tt 


ipl. 


t«rv»pa 








2 sg. m. 


r\)>^p 




m*^© 


2pl.m. 


t •prvb('*)ap, t-,in*iBfi 








3 sg. m. 


^ap, iiib 


^3©, -p^o 






f. 


K^ps, mniB 






n^i*© 


3 pi. m. 


tnnaro, tamp 






tnb^io 


lsg. 


•pniK, &^b"»«, -n©0)a 


-|«n^«, 










tt^&a 




lpl. 


n^pa, nitzji 


V^M' ! 




2 sg. m. 


•psion, ^psn 








3 sg.ui. 


t-ap% B^n^, 1 ^©^ 








f. 


-nujn 


1 




3 pi. m. 




i 


•ty^©*^ 


t 


tpw^ 


— -- -— 







sg.m. 


■pat, -nis 


f. 


i^nffia 








pl.m. 


is^at . 


w>p 







44 



§ 33. Pa"el. 



Tab. XV b. 







med. laryng. 


a"s§4Z 


tf"3> §4/ 




lainp 


^15£, lai-ia 




i^tt) 


sg.m. 


•pata, saaa 


^•nfia 




Wtta 


f. 


ftaata, is-ip^a 








pl.m. 


t •pboaa, "nitta, laasa 


t'j'nssa, 
t-panpa, 
■nssa 




fp^iittJa 


f. 


t'jtana 








lag. 


N(a)aiata, Ka^iiaa 








lpl. 


•pmaa 








2sg. 


naata 


mssa 






2 pi. 


■pna^iaa, in^apn 


itvumsa 






sg.m. 


ipna 


an pa 






f. 


wpna 


aa-ipa 


asba 




pl.m. 


■»iBS*ia, lfima 


■Wfia 






f. 


f p^aa 


t •jsanba, 
apma, 
aa-ipa 






lsg. 


»anawa 


xaanpa 






lpl. 




•jaipma 






2sg. 


mpea 








2 pi. 


tyimpma 









§ 34. Itpa«al. 
34. Itpa"al. 



45 
Tab. XVI. 



34. 



= 




med. 


prim. 


prim. 


prim. 








Jaryng. 

et *> 


ttJ, G 


t,s 


n 


H"3> 






§5Ar 


§4* 


§4* 


§4Jt 


§4/" 


lsg. 


■nwa 




TlBMBK 








2sg.m. 


np&snia, 
npwa 












asg.m. 


^p^a 


-prr-^ 








"l^MBK 


f. 


tmnpr^a, 






waWK 






3pl.m. 


tn^n^^H, -\nn5?*i» 




imnniBK 








lsg. 
lpl. 


»»•*» 






^stasis 












nsaaa 






2sg.m. 
2pl.m 




a^nnn 


bant^n 


*\s»sn 






■nnsnin 












3sg.m. 


-iSDb 




bsnts^s 








f. 


^>apnn, bapin 












3pl.m. 








iwit 1 ^, 












iB*nos^ 








•nns *b,* n "i^3 












f. 






f^snt?^ 








sg. m. 






Issneia 








f. 


itattpNK 












Inf. 














sg. 


"issna, bap^a 




bJ>ni»» 


'isaxa 






f. 


K^COnswa 




K-onwo 


Knaosn 






pi m. 


■ •towvq 








ispr^a 




f. 






fc&anoa 








lsg. 






woiwao 








lpl. 








•jsiaait^a 






2sg. 
|2pl. 






m&nttjo 


namtn 










wp^nt^s] 










& 



46 



§ 35. Af<el. 



Si 



a 

M- 

"r 


$ 5 ** 

c r »- 

n C r 


r n 
r II 


35 

IX 

r 

r 

r 


35 

M~ 

D 

m- 

£1 

JT 


D 

IX 

> — * 

£1 
In 


as 

D 

r 
IX 

°p£ 

§ kit- 

IX d >»; £1 « 
£ f- ? El p. 


r r r J_ 

c a 3 +- 


*, *5 
£1 j- 
CL i=~ 


35 

D 

w~ 

IX 

r 

35 

*- 

IX 


P 1 « 


35 






35 


£1 

w~ 


r 
r 

r 
I— 


c t 

*- vt 

U 


35 

n 

r 
J" 


35 
n 


35 35 

n 3 
r n 

r 35 35 
T 35 E? 

3 9 35 F -g jk 35 

fnCCp 9 9 
o E J" *" r « n 

~ C 35 r t *: 
r ^ « T ^ n sf 

f £ ' £ £> n f, 

+- -y- c +- ix£ +: 


r 
IX 

r 
£» 

r 

35 „ 9 
9 9 f ■ 

* C f r~ 

35 ^ r C - C 

■* t 9 L a ** 
r r n n n JX 


35 
£1 

J3 a- +- 


35 

r 

a 

r 

n 

r 

35 

p 

r 




3 «*4 

£si) ■— * 6»i> > — * &Jb •— ' 

m ft oa ft os ft 

i— i i-l (M <M CO CO 


s a ^ 

DQ ft VI ft 00 ft 

ii i-i <M !M CO CO 


a a ^ 

02 ft 





•JJOd 



•jdrai 



•A^drai "^ -juj 



§ 36. Ittafal. 



47 



p\ 



JT1 55 £".£" 



o p 
" n 



- p * P ~ 

„- A n - H fl 

r n " a n 

* »X* j j 

JX 55 +- -t- 



P 



9 



Ji-a. 



P P 

r « 



2 * M 



p £ 

n jx 

*- r 

55 £- C 



P ^ P 
r 



f* ja 

2 ^ 






p » 

11 « 

« J. 

55 J^- 



*-* i-h « es 



&b- 



•IJO'B '^ibj; 



-jjns *o ^-'ssBd ^.rej c© 





S o 




t - c 




£>D *r 




OQ ft- 








Ph ~ 




& 




..-. 




-K 9 




E g-ri 




Q »- ^T- 




« % "£- 








c .. c 




E £ 00 




p £ w 




+- c . 


^^ 


jrtSB 


<v»9 






3- c a 


^ 


CO |- o 


e3 










03 


6Dv p 




« 5 .li- 


CO 




CO 




* . • 




-£■"* «4-i bQ 




*—^ DQ 




#- '^ CO 




O- 3C . 




r q_, 




.. &D ft- S 




50 |_| 




^ a = 








PU| CO J2 




o 




.^ « 




M ?*" 




HE. 3 






c ^_: 




. a 




a co 



ec 



48 § 37. Verbs »"*. 



37. 37. Verbs 3>"3>. 



a Forms without prefixes (Perf., Imptv. Pe) are made 
by geminating the second radical (before consonantal 
af f ormatives we find occasionally for the sake of protecting 
the gemination the vowel -e imported from verbs ^"ih: 
iVBD, irpsn ; otherwise the gemination must naturally be 
given up: nsD, etc.); on the other hand, in forms 
lacking a prefix, the first radical is geminated. 

b Forms occur which are made exactly as in the 
strong verb: KJBnffp, imn, *nrh. 

c Through analogical force, ,/7 iV formations have 
penetrated into the participles of the Pe. and into the 
Pa. (Itpa.). 
d—j s. Table p. 49. 

k Itpe.: Perf. 1 pi. f "ppplPK; Infin. 'plpirK; Part, 
cum suff. 1 sg. iMp^OD, 1 pi. p^pntCOo, hence after 
the manner of strong verbs. 

I Pcfiel: strong forms: Perf. 3 sg. W>y; Imptv. 
sg. m. Tin; Infin. m«*; Part. act. pi. m. ^no, WD; 
Part. pass. sg. m. *]E>y&, pi. f. f pinD. After the fashion 
of '•"ly : Perf. 2 sg. m. rh»V ; 3 sg. m. h»V ; f- *b(W 5 
3 pi. m. t^"V> W; Impf. 2 sg. m. ^>"yn; 3 sg. m. 
h»vh; 3 pi. m. l^yj, i*r»n^; Imptv. sg. m. ^y; Part, 
act. sg. m. tD"riD; pi. m. fy^yo; cum suff. 1 pi. 
)vh(yvz> || Itpa.: Perf. 3 sg. f. KJJim 

m Pa-el: Part. act. sg. m. tDBno. /#>«.: Perf. 3 pi. 
m. lXBprvx (the form may however be Itpe.). 

n Palp.: Perf. 3 sg. m. imn; Infin. ^1^1; Part. act. 
c. suff. 1 sg. *U^£tD. Itpalp. : Impf. 3 sg. m. hwhnw* 1 ?, 
hJ?2^)h ; Part. sg. f . vhphp^. 



§ 37. Verbs s"5. 
Table: 



49 



Tab. XVIII. 





Pe'al 


Af'el 


1 sg. 

ipl. 

2 sg. 

2 pi. 

3 sg. m. 

f. 
3 p. 


tWlBp, tfiUttJiEp, t'pittSp, 

tr&s, np% &&$, npp-i 




1 sg. 
ipl. 

2 sg. m. 

2 pi. 

3 sg. m. 

f. 
3 pi. m. 


■ppn, bvnn 
■pp^a, ^15^, W*>b 

pTTTl 


bipb, n^pi2 


sg. m. 
pi. m. 


pn 
nip 


^pK 




"ip'ia, cma, Vstd, -l^a 


*mpS, "wrm, ^lna 


sg.m. 

f. 
pi. m. 

f. 


pap, tiia, ^i^s, ta i^-is 
fj^sa, iV^s, lb^s, ^nr^> 


^pa (bp^a), d^na 

awaa 

■ma 


1 sg. 
ipl. 
2sg. 

2 pi. 


•pii»(i)in 


M^fiiwa 


sg. m, 
f. 

pi. m. 
f. 







ptt». 



Margolis, Gr. Bab. Talm. 



50 § 38- Verbs v "^. 

o Ittaf. : Perf . 3 sg. m. yirpK, ^prvK (after the fashion 
of '"ly) ; Impf . 3 sg. m. ^nn^ (and after the manner of 

•»"iy: ^nn^), ^nru, ynrv^; 3 pi. m. I*?ir6; Part. sg. m. 
^nnD, f. a6nn(*)o. 

38. 38. Verbs ^"12. 

« In the Afiel the forms, as a rule, are conformed 
to ^''lD verbs. 

fc The parallel forms in the pass, partie. of the Pe. 
proceed from the same basic form. In the one case 
*kaum appears as kim\ in the second, the same form 
has been turned into *kaim (cf. §5<?) which of course 
became kaiim (§5#). 

c Forms like yinD^>, etc., are due to the analogical 
force of verbs y"y. 

d The verb Dip loses occasionally its closing con- 
sonant; thus lp^N, ip^, ipTi, wp (whence ap, -p, §58/), 
s plK by the side of resp. for Dip^x, Dip^, Dip^n, D'wp, D*piK. 
<;— fc Table p. 51. 

J Pa. fltpa.) as a rule with "» as middle radical : Perf. 
1 sg. f rvD"p, >D"J, 1 pl.fp^y; Impf. 1 sg. D"pa, etc.; 
Itpa.: Perf. 3 sg. m. n^nrvK, n^rva, etc. — With 1 as 
middle radical from the root yo : Impf. 3 sg. m. yo*h ; 
Part. pass. sg. f. "p(i)l3»; Itpa. Perf. 1 sg. -won*. 

m Palp. : Inf. ^Itt^tf ; Part. act. sg. m. DJDJD ; pass. pi. m. 
^tD^tDD; Itpalp.: Perf. 3 sg. m. ayiyn(>)K. 

n Ittaf. (Itpe.J: Perf. 3 sg. m. unirva, lyrva; f. amrvx; 
3 pi. m. fiy^rix, innO)x; Impf. 3 sg. m. "iyn^>, 3 pi. m. 
OTPJ, f. rmn^; Infin. H12n( s )i<; Part. sg. m. D^pnfc, 
iinC»)D, opinio, f. anrpa, pi. m. HsnO)&. 



§ 38. Verbs i"1S. 



51 



Tab. XIX. 





Pe. 


^. 




lsg. 




insa 


e 


lpl. 


t«asn, t-pap, tpi-ii 


t«Daim», tasj-iast 




2 sg.m. 


nop 


trcina 




2 pi. m. 




tyinaipiK 


TJ 


3 sg.m. 


dp, n*a, ^t> 




It 1 * 


f. 


tnap, tnma, nap, an^a 


-pnx, d'ipix 




3 pi. m. 


trap, tin-ia, fin^n, dip 






f. 


«l»fc 






lsg. 


dnp->a 


d^pix 


/• 


lpl. 


dip^a 






2 sg.m. 


tnun 






2 pi. m. 

3 sg.m. 


f laipr., tiro^n 

tdip% dip^, d^s, ns^ 


dipib, nss 


3 

M» 


f. 


tman, dip^n, ns^r* 






3 pi. m. 


t •pnna'* t ima% t ■pwa^, iaip^;>, 








lapib 


Ttpsk 




sg.m. 


dip 




f. 


inin, dip 




pl.m. 


131% 1«nb 




<5 




tnna, ilia 


-oin^iaipiKjimsx 


A? 


sg.m. 


o^p, d^3, n(^3, ti 1*1 


tnipia, tsi-ja, dipia, 


f * 






h^ia, naa 


3> 


f. 


Ka(i)ip, siijfl 


! 




pl.m. 


t'pn^a, "na^p, ia^p, ibkuj 


tinina,iapia,i:sna 


89 


f. 


f la^p 






lsg. 


JOa^p, M^T, S«*|i»1, Kin^l 


i asaipia 


j t 


lpl. 


•pwa 


piapia 


3 


2sg. 


nai^p 


1 napia 




2 pi. 


ir^n^s 


I "miopia 


r* 


sg.m. 


dip, d^p 


naa 


*5 


f. 


stpii, fiw^p 


amao 


« 


pl.m. 


IB^©, la^lT 




S 



« After the analogy of i"lb. 



4* 



52 



39. Verbs ^b. 
Table: 



Tab. XXa 







Pe'al 


Itpe J el 


e 


1 Sg. 

1 pi. 


finiaa, f r^tn, ^«sa, iisa 




U 


2 sg. m. 
f. 

2 pi. 

3 sg. m. 


&6s, nin, ^ma, ixbik 




Ph 


f. 

3 pi. m. 
f. 


fnaa, i»a.o, »ibb 
fiaVa, f inns, isn 


f , p , ^ntt}(i)K, fp^im 


/ 


1 sg. 
lpl. 

2 sg. m. 








f. 

2 pi. 

3 sg. m. 








f. 
3 pi. m. 


w^r, iinib, ins, ^tv^ 





§ 39. Verbs i"iK 
Table: 



53 



Tab. XX a. 



Pa"el 


Itpa"al 


Af'el 


Ittaf'al 


firv^s, ^?s 


^»&n(^)K 






tWJ», 




tV^ins, f "j^n^ 




f 13*»Dtt5, "p3tt: 








n^E 




niasK, n^n^a 




*i3ttJ 


*Wl»(i)K, , W(' , )K 


■nies, in^a, "nis 


itnn(i)» 


Nama, «^i 


fn^s^K, 


fn&ona, ifi&n^K, 






fn^&n^, 


a^r^a 






K^S^K 






lira 


i»mo(i)K 


f w^k, iaa», ins 




^SttJiK 




■nriK, t^k 




inn^a 








"•tnn, wpr\, 


i^arr, 






•na^n 








■fo(i)n 






itnnn 


tJlS&i, ^S"i3 


^snV 


in(i)^ 




in-in 




i^wn, wn 






inna:^ 


ltv^b, in^: 





54 



§ 39. Verbs v"£. 
Table: 



Tab. XX b. 



Pe J al 



Itpe'el 



sg.m. 

f. 

pi. m. 



isa, tub, Ttt3*»«, ^m, »m h^piK 
itn, in©, inttJO)K t in(») 



asa^a, ^sa^a, Kirpa, ^ma, 
ama 



^la-in^K 



f. 
pi. m. 

f. 



iaa, ^iM, ^n 

i*i=a, fi^sn, «^in 

f "p^sa, f "jao, f ^ana, ^aa, iaa. 



"»»niTva, ■np'-'a 
fpsana, isa^a, ^2^ 

t-p^pna, r^p* 



1 sg. 

1 pi. 

2 sg. 
2 pi. 



wiaa, w»in, as^ai* 

•pith 

n^sa, niin, n^n 

(■•pri^a, irv*sa 



w^ana, aa^aa 

•ja^pa 

trnana, rvssia 
irpsnoa 



sg.m. 

f. 
pi. m. 

f. 

1 sg. 

1 pi. 

2 sg. 
2 pi. 



»*»an 

fp^a, i^a 

f "jK^a*!, fp^iB 

sta^sa 
n^sa 



§ 39. Verbs <ib. 
Table: 



55 



Tab. XXi). 



Pa«el 


Itpa"al 


AM 


Ittaf'al 


•to 


limttJK 


ti'voaa, f i&w^x, 




f hKDK^lOK 


friKGan^t^aao 


^laaa, ^mO^K 


■"iimmK 


iVaa 

fp^oa, •foa, 

ioa 
fp^a, 

a^a^a 


larna, isnttJ^a 
a^ama 


*»«5pa, *»ina, TV^a, 

^-na 
aoasa, aona 
tptsa, f prv^a, 

tpiia, laaa, lr^a 
f i^ana, fpn^a 




Ka^aa, 

W&a 

•jaiiBa 




aa^aria, so^nO^a 
•jaisaa, p^a 




^3>a 
f p^a^a 








mioaa 









56 § 39. Verbs ^""i?. — § 40. Pluriconsonantals. 

39. 39. Verbs *"i*>. 

a Forms like i"nWK, V"^n, ]X"&1, n"DDD, etc. 

resemble to all intents and purposes the strong verb. 

In the other forms, the non- syllabic character of u 

resp. i appears clearly. The diphthongs are treated 

according to §bde. 
b According to §5s, hi is easily explained (by-form 

of ^1, Imptv. Pa.), 
c In the imperf. of the verb mn we find by the 

side of the regular forms W, "niT^, etc., shortened 

forms like W, >nj, etc. 
d In the table, forms from doubly weak verbs are 

included, since with the aid of the rules given in the 

strong verb they admit of easy explanation. 
e—l s. Table p. 52—55. 



40. 40. Pluriconsonantals. 

Exx. of pluriconsonantal verbal forms (including 
the Sapel and the verb \wn %11cd): Perf. 1 sg. wn; 

3 sg. m. lO)3ffD; 3 pl."hD^:nn; Impf. 3 sg. m. 11W J; Inf. 
•HnytP, "rn:>; Part. act. sg. m. TnytPD; c. suff. 1 pi. 
panna; pass. sg. m.p™, ^n^D; c. suff. 1 sg. aoaviD 

Reflexive forms : Perf. 3 sg. m. tttnD^ , nmn&»K, 

ItDlPK; Inf. ^1to"l»0)K , ^lrnniPW; Part. sg. m. ^Ji'D, f. 



§41. The Verb with Objective Suffixes. 57 



41. The Yerb with Objective Suffixes. 41, 

For the form of the suffixes cf. §8b. a 

In the 1 sg. the suffixes may be joined to theft 
shortened form, e. g., iru^xtP ; such forms, however, are 
less frequent. 

The ending xr in the 1 pi. appears as U" in thee 
remnants of the older language. 

The stem of the imperf. may be expanded by d 
means of J 1 " -inn-] this element intrudes itself then also 
into the perf. 

Concerning ^"V? stems s. the Table. Occasionally e 
we meet with transitions into the '"l!? class also in other 
verbal classes. 

rVK is treated as an imperf. f 

The suffixes "p^-, m*~ } W coalesce with the verbal^ 
forms to a less degree than the other suffixes. Hence 
we find them occasionally written as separate words 
(so esp. Ti^N). They also influence to a less extent 
the vocalic modification of the verbal form. 

Table s. p. 58—61. 



58 § 41. The Verb with Objective Suffixes. 

Table: Tab. XXI a. 







1 sg. 


■"■ 


2 sg. 


2 pi. 




1 Sg. 


— 


— 


m. -pnsns, 

f. -prnm:; 






il* 


" 


" 


-jtv»tri 


135*'( , l)ltt5 




lpL 


— 


— 


iab(i)ap 






ilV 


— 


— 


-p^m 






2sg. 


•jrty-Oap 


•piniisn 


— 


— 


. 


*"ib 


•jrvi'npa 


Vnitn 


— 


— 




2 pi. 


•pwvsb 


... 


— 


— 




nl* 




... 


— 


— 




3 sg. m. 


■ppa, in 




■jCOpTM 


■oaiopiR 




^ 


■|K , iirra l 'pi©3 


■,rti 


"p^b 






f. 


■jns*ip 


... 




1 

1 




3 pi. 


•p-iss, -ppniu 


"j^pn\a 


■jna^ip 






^*> 


•pinpa 


... 


"pi TO 

! 





§41. The Verb with Objective Suffixes. 59 

Table: Tab. XXI*. 



3 sg. m. 


3 sg. f. 


3 pi. m. 


3 pi. f. 


mrvrottJK 


nnaat, 
nmaat 


ina^nim, lnaisnz? 


ihaimnaiBK 


timaana, tmana», 

maanp, maipia 

tima-npK,ma^pE!* 


na^pix 


nna-ianau?, ina^pi» 
nnatn, nnaism 


"•naatn^naan 


rpnVnw 
mniin,nin*>rn»(i)K 


KtroipiK, 
nrvroK 


+"p3imas, ina^nbap 
inairprviK 




mn(^)G6n 


mrvan 






n^aaa 


asam, naat 


t^ai^so, ina-iVjp 


ina^naa 

%iaaa 


ninpaaj 


anion 


irt3in[i]Da l 'K 


^naniaaa 


1 mama, 
mrra ! 


t-pa^isp, nnaipaie, 

irta^ana 

t"pa^r{i)^, inaitn, 
inaiBOOrtatrtji^a^a 


^hanie, 



60 § 41. The Verb with Objective Suffixes. 

Table: Tab. XXI b. 







1 sg. 


1 pi. 


2 sg. 


2 pi. 


1 


sine 
aff. 


pG2*>3 


■jsisattjs 


m. "paSK, 

-pitas 
f. -pbaia 


133lpia(i)K 


Pi 

2 


**b 


•pitsa^ 




^^1B^ 






c. aff. 




"JS'naiPJ 


-pbapi* 






i"lb 






... 


... 


/ 


sg. m. 


tisaiima, 








>" 


ilb 


T^mr 


... 


... 




Pi 

a 


sg. f. 


ta ppt3it 










pi. 


*jia*«m» 










i"rt 


... 


... 




... 


k 


Inf. 


■piss* 


•pisiaiBab 


*pim&& 






i*i* 










I 


Part. 


•pssa 




"jsba 






^ 


... 




... 


... 


m 


Part, 
c. aff. 


-pnyns 








n 


mK 




■p^rnK 




1D3(i)fiiK 



§ 41. The Verb with Objective Suffixes. 61 

Table: Tab. XXP>. 



3 sg. m. 


3 sg. f. 


3 pi. m. 


3 pi. f . 


smpattJOOK, 
maOOnnt'Os 


rfWlp(i)K, 

na^pnu^ 


t'jia^apis, 
ina^-jp^at 




i-npm^a, mai-api 


naibnn 


inaibrapn, ina^aana 


w^a^a 


mbp», i-i^mn 


nVdp 


ina^psiB 


iru'va-i 


r^pnia 








mtasn 


... 


inaitaax 




mbrspc*)^, niaistb 
rj^a&a 


niBM^ab, 
iraiatb 


nfia-i-jpaiab, 
nna^aistls 


ifia^pa^, 

inaaisn 
^na^aaa^ 


h^&3s, nwata 


ir^avp^aa 


s.ina , n:in,pl.ina b n:: b i 






nna^ta 






i-nrva 


nn^ 


inarms 


^narva 



62 § 42. The Neuter. — § 43. St. absol. and determ. 



III. Syntax (§ 42—74). 



A. The Noun (§ 42-54). 

42. 42. The Neuter. 

a With adjectives used as nouns, both the masc. and 
the fern, may be employed in order to express the neuter. 
Thus wih ntD yz ^between good and evil"; W2 Tny 
„a doer of evil"; xnp*ny „the old", xmn „the new". 
The fern, of the demonstr. pron. may be equally used 
for the neuter : J"P2 vh'O rr>3 am „in whom this is, every- 
thing is"; «n vhi an uhl „ where neither this nor that is". 

b Frequently the speaker may have in mind the noun 
xn^B (cf. §55<i) to which then a pronom. suffix may be 
made to refer; thus m*D V&& „learn therefrom"; rwti yn 
^conclude therefrom"; wo )h xpDJ S ND „what follows 
for us therefrom?" 

43. 43. St. absol. and determ. 

a There is a clear distinction between the two in the 
earlier language; thus x^lWDJ xin „he is a man in every- 
thing"; 13^ '•in pn 121 n^H -man „ where there is no 
man, there be a man"; but Vpiyn xnowi pm x^m 
„the pigeons are tender, and the lambs small". 

b In the common language of the Talm. this distinction 
falls to the ground, the st. a. being almost entirely re- 

^ placed by the st. d. As a textual variant , the st. d. 
penetrates even into archaic texts; thus in the second 
of the examples cited in %a, M reads xina rp^n inxn, 



§ 44. St. constr. and Periphrastic Genitive. 63 

but characteristically "Da ^n pn (after mn as a 
predicate noun). 

Elsewhere the st. a. is retained in : ]^B „a certain c 
one" (thus )hs xron B. b. 73 b bH [xwihz M] and )ha *yn 
Ber 18 b ; Sab 66 b B reads n^s in, but the abbreviation 
mark merely appears to be missing, read with M "n 
xrpJ*?B; x^D precedes), t^x „a man", „some one" 
(hence in a worn signification), and in certain compo- 
sitions with prepositions constituting an adverbial phrase: 
uhwh „in peace", h'vhn „above", yte „below", hwh 
„soon", m^h „ to -morrow", ffns „at first", r\inh 
„finally, at last", etc.; the st. d. may, however, like- 
wise be used: xrnnm „gently", xjhh „rightly", xzhvn 
„merely", xip^yD „at first (opp.: ^iD^h in the end)", etc. 
After hi we find usually the st. d. : XDr hi „every 
day", xnyan xnyts> hip) „at every hour", JOny hi 
„every slave", etc.; but im nn ^o „every single one". 

The st. a. is of course indispensable as a predicative d 
adjective: xntD xd^pid ppy XB"n XD^n „an evil dream 
is better than a good dream"; xipn n» *wm Suk 56 b 
MM X Ar (xntD © is therefore an incorrect reading) 
„a young gourd is better than an old one"; Tinx 
"•X3D XTStsn „my sister who is more beautiful than I", etc. 
A seeming exception: ^rh xntsi xin xntt; but supply 
xo^n and render: „a good dream it is, and a good 
dream it shall be". 

44. St. constr. and Periphrastic Genitive. 44. 

The st. c. for expressing the genitive relation is« 
frequent in the older language and in proverbs; thus 
xnun nnx „at the door of the shop", rmnn hp „the 



64 § 44. St. constr. and Periphrastic Genitive. 

voice of his neighbor"; x s Dtt> 'BBO „in the heavens of 
heaven"; mn« nrva „his brother's wife"; hxiw run 
„daughters of Israel". 

b But also in the common language the st. c. is 
preserved not only in proper names like ichn TO, 
ichti iru, etc., but also in certain combinations which 
have become quasi-compounds, as: *USU ~\OV „cotton", 
xm» tt>n, „new moon", ants' t?n „new year", an^n no 
„housemaster, landlord", ayix mis „custom". Cf. also 
§12a. Esp. in combinations with "in, nn, which are 
very numerous. 

c Exx. of a partic. in the st. c: tsnn Tny (§42a), 
XD1 WK „shedder of blood", ^n "WBD interpreter 
of dreams", etc. The fern. end. n is dropped in ins 
rrrvn Ioma87 a © „the needs of his house", apn ute 
B. k. 13 b H „half the damage". 

d The st. c. is also maintained in nouns turned into 
prepositions. Thus nxzh ^according to", *]^n „instead 
of", Dlt^D and n^« „on account of", "pyn, 1^ „after 
the manner of, like", inn „behind, after", un „within, 
in", (^ninn „under", ^V „on, over", ^p „before", 
mnx „behind", etc. 

c In all other cases, two constructions are used to 
express the genitive relation: (1) the governing noun 
is put in the st. d.; (2) it is given a pronominal suffix 
which agrees with the noun governed in number and 
gender ; in both cases the noun governed is introduced 
by the relative 1. Exx.: (I) hmwi *nnx Samuel's 
place" ; wvxi whs „people's garments" ; ao&BH amrto 
„the kingdom of Heaven; ^W^i Knno'K „the mothers 
of the little children"; similarly after a demonstr. 



§ 45. Coordination. 65 

pron.: kjubh nn nh „that of R. Hamnuna; (2) Jinx 
^NlDtsn „Samuers father"; tt"rm nmt „a man's money"; 
>pUH linnnn« „the fathers of the little children"; mi mrm 
xion „R. Hisda's daughter"; arvm WSJ etc. Instances 
of the latter construction are exceedingly frequent. 

The genitive designated by means of 1 may stand/* 
by itself, without an antecedent noun. Of course, the 
noun is easily supplied from the context, thus Knit? 
■tdw ik mam ix Kpitfn KpUH „a child's talk in the 
market-place is either that of its father or that of its 
mother"; ^rpl '•ySDi^the middle belongs to the orphans". 
But also : K111D KSHy K3*n „that of the father is better 
than that of the son"; xnsi iniD xnsJI ana „that of 
the smith is better than that of the smith's son". 

45. Coordination. 45. 

The attributive adjective agrees with its noun in a 
gender and number, and accordingly is placed either 

in the st. a. or in the st. d. : Nnp^Dy Kin 1 ? m i:i(>)kd 
Hag 5 b „from a high roof to the deepest pit"; anna 
nm „a great man"; wmx anna Ber 56 a B (x:nnx M 
incorrect) „another woman"; Nn^ftp Kn^B „the former 
status"; ansnn xvid „a sharp knife"; ^ttp >tn:i 
„small bones"; KrVTPn n&n „white she -asses". || 
HTiy *wy „a blind eye", xts»n xry „an evil eye", 
Kinn *ut5^ „the latter (last) expression" are no ex- 
ception to the rule, since wy is used both as a masc. 
and as a fern., while xwh is always masc. But note 
XBU BWK Meg 27 b „a small man", N^yfc ff^x B. m. 101 b 
JBH „an excellent man". — Ex. of an attributive 
participle: anynDp KnD^D „a curtailed kingdom". 

Margolis, Gr. Bab. Tabu. 5 



66 §46. Construction of bs. 

b As may be seen from the above exx., the attribu- 
tive adj. follows its noun. Ordinal numbers may 
however precede: T3 nxTtsty „my tenth son". 

c In ^nra wvx „cheerers", nM nn* ^carpenters", 
the second noun is an appositive; the first noun is 
best omitted in the translation (cf. Hebr. D*n« D s tt>JK). 

d The object measured is as a rule construed as 
an apposition; nevertheless textual variants are found 
presenting the more common genitive expression. Thus 
niDi Kivwp *op non *3p nn Ioma 79 b MM x (b reads 
nDm, an^tPpT) „two kabs of dates are equal to one 
kab of kernels and something over"; ^"tt HND n^n 
ktod B. b. 73 b jbH (but 'won M) ,,300 pitchers of 
oil"; *od vno nn ib. H, anon uid (sic) >mn ib. M 
(jb reads N"iorn) „two cups of wine". 

46. 46. Construction of £a. 

a The independent st. d. *&"D „all, everything" is 
found only in the older language (cf. the ex. §43a); 
but also in a saying by Rab Judah (Str. 103; Mielz. 46). 

b hi (st. c.) followed by a noun in the sg. means 
„every"; thus im "in hi „every single one", >nny hi 
„every slave", «n^D ^ „every thing", anntsn kd*p ^ 
„every sabbath". 1 hi „every one who". When follow- 
ed by a noun in the pi., ^3 = „every" (in a distributive 
sense): ]W> )T\hr\ hi „every thirty days". hi may be 
followed by a preposition (cf. BA. hyp to, Hebr. nay ^3; 
it is not necessary to emend it into hlphl, nDy'pD): ^3 
*J# "pn ^ Ber 18 b M „exactly the same number of years"; 
Kn'^yD ^o >n ^ hi Bes 28 a „just like these 
excellent things". 



§ 47. The Joining together of several Nouns. 67 

!?D followed by a pi. usually means „all": *^D hlc 
„all things". 1 hi „all who". 

^o with the suffix of the 3 sg. = „ whole, entire", d 
with that of the 3 pi. = „all". Its relation to the 
noun is appositional, and it usually precedes the noun : 
xip n^lD „the whole Scriptural verse", KTiD^n ^h 
Sab 63 a M „the whole Talmud", Htohv ^ (§4m) tout 
le monde; xnD rh*0 „the entire city"; Kmix K^D „the 
whole way"; "P MJ in^D „all thy goods", 'xn H^13 
Ber7 b B (M reads ^1D) „so much". It may, however, 
follow the noun: XD^n *6i n^iD D"pD antD KB^n x 1 ? 
it^D D^pD «ty»n „neither a good dream nor a bad 
dream is wholly fulfilled". 

In independent position, without a noun: y\?t?X2 hv e 
„on account of all of them", '."t^D „all of them". 

47. The Joining together of several Nouns. 47. 

Distributive Repetition. 

When more than two nouns are joined together, a 
the 1 is usually omitted in front of the middle nouns; 
thus rpn^Ki PP3tPD mznn „its fat, its skin, and its 
fat tail"; JOltn aian x^Jin „a cock, an ass, and a 
candle". In enumerations, the nouns may all be placed 
in juxtaposition without a conjunction (asyndetically) : 
NPBt&nio xmsn KnDDDn . . . ^d n^n ^m „cqncerning 
the following three things . . . their treatise, couch, and 
lodgings" (note however the variant KVDttnxm). 

When the connection is a close one, the governing b 
part of speech referring to all is put only once: hJ? 
nsddi *om „all gold and silver". The objective pronoun 



68 § 48. Personal Pronoun. 

in the sg. : rprpitP „she threw it", which follows, proves 
that hoth nouns are conceived as a unit. Similarly a 
preposition is put only once: )inn •p fW ' 1 WB» „than 
Moses and the 600 000". On the other hand: ^plt^n 
xn^inil „in the market-places and streets" ; so also in 
a negative sentence : on vh rpmitfl nmxi „who spared 
neither his son nor his daughter". The sign of the 
genit. 1 may equally be placed but once: "n *OH ^ 
■>DX 'm s dx „the court of justice of E. Ami and (or) that 
of R. Asi"; but it is repeated when both nouns are 
separated from each other by a word and in addition 
form opposites of one another, e. g. nnn «ron 
lmmrt wn TTTir6 „a separate place for men and 
women". 

• Distributive repetition: an^n!? ^wa^ „one brick 
after the other"; 'yrn s ym „all sorts of holes"; ^lpH 
«mm ^lpH „one basket of fat after the other". 



Pronoun (§ 48—51). 
48. 48. Personal Pronoun. 

a The independent pron. of the 1. or 2. person, by 
the side of a verb or a partic. with a subjective 
suffix, signifies emphasis: ^DX irvm loan *ox „7 meant: 
water that has remained overnight"; p^D xh . . , ]}$ 
Ptid Tim w^na yins iD"nTD wd „we . . . cannot 
become like you, but you circumcise yourselves and be 
like unto us". 

b On cases like prv rpp'Bin xin xjx, Kin mk 
riThnvn, etc., cf. §63c. Of a different character is the 



§ 48. Personal Pronoun. 69 

„enclitic" Kin for the purpose of strengthening individual 
parts of speech; thus arise the compounds in&, ixh. 

A determined noun is frequently anticipated bye 
means of a pronom. suffix. Such is the case (1) with the 
genitive relation (§44e, 2) ; || (2) with prepositions, (a) as 
in the case of the genitive, by means of 1 : arpm n W 
„into the house"; ttwm T\*hv „on a man" (bwk is 
determined by itself); pm ^p rvDBH rvap „before one 
who associates with scholars"; 1»n n^PD „from you"; 
(b) by repeating the preposition: fcrvnn n s n „in the 
snake"; Kti^p 1 ? n^> „to the elder"; ID^p 1 ? n^ „to Caesar"; 
ann^n^ rh „to that woman = to me"; s pH^ in^ „for 
the righteous"; \TiJn inn 1 ? in 1 ? „his two sons"; pmn inn 
„in the scholars"; nwnnro KJniD inn n^n *6 „do not 
provoke death against us"; || (3) with the objective relation, 
by means of objective suffixes joined to the verb (§61c). 

The independent possessive pronoun +~*rH, "THrf 
(§106) is found (1) by itself: *pH „is thine, belongs 
to thee"; KB"p ^Tin „it stands in thine (= thy 
book)"; inn KD*?yi inn nm „Rabba is thine, and 
the world is thine"; || (2) in conjunction with nouns 
in the place of the personal suffix : lonm kddd 
n^H „his gold and silver"; HH ansa „my man- 
sion", etc., esp. after a Hebrew phrase: rwatpn «p3 
ITn „thy twilight". || (3) after prepositions with suf- 
fixes to add emphasis: HH ^y „over me"; nnro 
nn „with me"; || (4) in the place of a suffix, with 
prepositions: fylh n'KB >x „if he listens to me"; 
^ 'in nni» „Isaw"; p^ „forus", inTny„forthem"; 
onnn „with you"; so also HH^, etc., as objective 
pronouns (cf. §616). 



70 §49. Demonstrative Pronoun. 

e The reflexive pronoun is expressed by means of 
NtPDJ „soul , person" -f- personal suffix : t^sn (wtPBJi) 
„in myself ", 1^ DJn »i n ourselves"; ntPBJ^ „for herself"; 
rptPBJ hv „for the sake of himself"; rpffDJ „himself". 

/" The ethical dative (? with a personal suffix which 
according to the sense is reflexive) is exceedingly frequent. 

49. 49. Demonstrative Pronoun. 

a The forms denoting that which is distant, in con- 
sequence of a shifting of the meaning which is easily 
explained, are employed also as indefinite pronouns. 
Thus K"QJ Ninn vir quidam, KnrPK KTin femina quaedam, 
N2D Ninn „a certain old man", Kin** xinn „a certain 
place", NDV Kinn „upon a certain day", W "pn „goats" 
(the pronoun is best left untranslated). In a peculiar 
manner, these pronouns are used in a mysterious sense 
in connection with the nouns *on:i, xnrpK, wx to in- 
dicate the person of the speaker or the person addressed. 
Exx.: .tt ms^ ^ym rprpn unr6 ^yn am ^nn Ktsnip 
xmj xinnn „God wishes to destroy His house, and would 
then wipe His hands with me!" sm \m xh) "pruto pis 
s tW'K -pm aoniD inn „go forth from our place, lest thou 
provoke death against us"-, rwyi ^yn m:u «inn nao 
*on rvyn *kd Kin *on:i xinm „since thou art my enemy, 
what doest thou here?" xnrva -jn ay^s 8^ '•xox 
?in *6x rna^D r6 rv^i xnrpa in 1 ? rh rva ^n rroy ntid^i 
„why art ffaw not secretive in sin ? / have ten sons, 
and only one from my husband". 

b All demonstr. pronouns may be employed attribut- 
ively with a noun, or by themselves without a noun. 
Exx. for the latter: yi2 ... tfJPX in „a man . . . like 



§ 50. Interrogative Pronouns. 71 

this one"; TPK „the other one"; ■»arrt> n^> vtwk 
77 I married this one"; ^nxn XD^V in "»*a „this one is 
a son of the world to come"; liiTJ s n*n N^y >:n >bj ^n 
77 these also are sons, etc."; ntm ">DM inirD „the whole 
property belongs to this one". In a neuter sense: nto 
Wi „what is this?" Wi ^D „all this"; xn^D in 1 ? 
^except this"; *n *?y 7 ,on account of this". So esp. 
at the beginning of a sentence as predicate: poy "jH 
B"n „this is a bad business"; Tn nawn xtm "jh 
„this is the bone of my tenth son"; Kin W „that is 
he". The demonstr. pronouns are used also nominally 
as the antecedent of a relative pronoun: "") ")»*n an 1 ? 
prm „that which R. Johanan said". 

When serving as an adjectival attribute, thee 
demonstr. pron. may either precede or follow its noun: 
(a) Kn*»n im „this house"; xn^D «in „this word"; 
K"D*6b I*?"** „these angels"; ]W mwy l^nn „in these 
ten days"; WK ^n „this man"; ann s a an „this 
woman"; S ^D ^n „these words"; ami "jn „that corner"; 
W*x "pn „those men"; rpa "JTN^ „for another dead 
person"; (b) in *nw „this document"; inn XDy „this 
people"; «l(n) aym „this land; V^x N^ff „these years". 
On the whole, the pronoun more frequently precedes 
the noun; I do not know of an example where wn 
follows the noun. 

50. Interrogative Pronouns. 50. 

1«D is used of persons, no, s kd of things; thusa 
"}BtP nD 7 *pw ^D , 7 what is thy name?" 

1KB is used nominally. It may therefore be ft 
dependent upon a preposition: nw: ]XQ nnn 77 through 



72 § 51. Relative Pronoun. 

whom shall we send?" In the ex. «m *on:i )Xft ^n 
r^hv THDD „see, what a great man testifies for him", 
I^D apparently has adjectival force. 

c ^D is not inflected; number and gender are, 
however, indicated in the construction. Thus win *JND 
Ktmo nnn xmn Ket 65 a M „who (which woman) was 

d to -day in the academy?" 

WD may be accompanied by a noun in apposition : 
inn nny xnn>is wd R. h. 20 a b „what favor they have 
conferred upon them"; KDyts WD „for what reason?" 

51. 51. Relative Pronoun. 

a The relative pronoun may be inclusive of its 
antecedent: ^ffD "pnpK x^> n^np *j"lp*n „ whosoever 
(= he who) taught thee Ecclesiastes , did not teach 
thee Proverbs"; wn >^d jode> n:p niDDl *ow ^d „is 
there one who molests God so much?" ^D *]hv*i 
„ whatsoever is hateful to thee". So also after hi: 
"pJH hi „every one who is needy". 

b Just as frequently the antecedent is expressed by 
a demonstr. or interrog. pron. (or 'TD): ^riD Kpl wn 
*OD kdv „he who desecrates the holiday"; *]W "JXD 
Nnntt> „he who lends the sabbath"; "lDDn zpnm hd 
xn^mx „that which is written in the Book of the 
Law"; ^>XB"D^ ))lh rp*n HD ^ „ whatsoever you have 
to ask"; mp^D ■pnyix p^on wd^i „and concerning 
that which first came to our mind"; p*n >TD *OW 'D 
pyT *6 J? is there anything that we do not know?" 
A double antecedent: T.T1 *)ND wn „he who is 
arrogant". 



§ 52. Numerals. 73 



52. Numerals. 52, 



The cardinal numbers may stand nominally by a 
themselves: im "pr^Dl in „one (a single one), who is 
more capable than sixty"; rhnn *mn «atD „two are 
better than three". Of course, the numbered objects 
are easily supplied from the context. 

in, *on as an adjectival attribute (§456) properly b 
follows the object numbered: in asy „one people", 
(Xnn N&V „one day", *nn xjom „once". But the 
numeral may just as well precede the noun: Km in 
„one zuz; NIttnD ini „with one beating"; n^sns mx 
„on the one shoulder" ; anra *nn „one benediction". 
The other numerals almost without exception precede 
the noun, e. g., 'np nn „two kabs"; TO »mn „two 
women" ; "pnin ^ „thy seven daughters" ; w no ^mn 
„twelve years". 

The numerals from 3—10 are still construed mc 
accordance with the well known Semitic rule, i. e. 
masc. forms go with fern, objects and conversely. The 
numeral is put either in the st. a. appositionally, or 
in the st. c. Exx. of the latter construction: nynt? 
arn^- nyntsn ynv „7 days and 7 nights" ; *»b^« nynty 
njH ,,7000 denarii 1 '. The circumstance that, where 
the numbered object is not specifically mentioned (§«), 
the numeral nevertheless appears in the correct form, 
proves that the Semitic (Early Aram.) principle is still 
alive. Thus an^n ^san „before three (sc. men)"; yt^n 
kd^ ^rh „9 (cubits) on the one side". To be sure, 
incorrect readings occur, but they are proportionately 
infrequent. 



74 § 53. Adverbial Expression. — § 54. Prepositions. 

d On the other hand, the fern, form seems to be on 
the wane in the numerals from 11 — 19. As far as my 
observation goes, we have no right to speak of a pro- 
miscuous use. It is also to be observed that, where 
the numbers are used absolutely, even when the number- 
ed object is easily supplied from the context, the numeral 
may be taken in a neuter sense ; in which case of course 
both the masc. and fern, are proper (§42). 

e Beginning with 2, the numerals are followed by 
the pi. of the numbered object; after the numbers 21, 
31, etc., the sg. may likewise be used : im intPjn 'jnKO 
*xh ,,201 logs" (variant xnh); ant? im "jn^V „21 years". 

f Ordinals may be replaced by cardinals: *ot&Q in, 
K3tf3 nn, etc., „first, second day in the week", etc. 
Cardinals are of course indispensable for those numbers 
which possess no ordinals of their own. 

g "jnn in hv has a multiplicative force : „twice as large". 

h nil signifies „one another"; with prepositions miN, 
nil nm. „To one another" may also be expressed 
by the phrase nnnn^ in. 

53. 53. Adverbial Expression. 

« The adverbial accusative in specifications of place 

and time is uncommonly frequent. 
b An adverb modifying an adj. precedes it : b^bj HDD 

>TD3 „how great is the man!" 

54. 54. Prepositions. 

a h to introduce a point of time : in&^ „to-morrow", 
hty 1 ? „soon", ppD^> „at last". Also in general adverbial 
expressions: ohwh „in peace", nn^ ^separately". 



§ 55. Person and Gender with the Verb. 75 

h to introduce the logical subject with passives : b 
cf. §58*. 

p (jf) in a causal sense: "p^H KnuiyD „because of c 
grief"; "phi anno ^because of joy"; (2) partitively, 
cf. p ^dk; (3) comparatively, e.g., ?py xt^n ao^n 
KntD m^riD „an evil dream is better than a good 
dream"; frequently with "»stD superadded, cf. '•so pftlD 
„is redder finnm kd*td than the blood of thy fellow-man)". 
p pleonastically in s £p£, TiinD and the like. d 
un and ,ta inn take the place of 2 both in a locale 
and in an instrumental sense, n has orig. a local force 
in s n^n nosno „thou wilt be caught into the thieves 
(among the thieves, as a thief)". 



B. The Verb (§ 55—62). 

55. Person and Gender. 55. 

With a finite verb, the personal pronoun is ex- a 
pressed solely for the purpose of emphasis (§48a). 
Nevertheless, even in the latter case, the pronoun of 
the 3. person may be wanting: rpn K^prvKi ^prvx 
rp^DJ „he stumbled, and his camel stumbled over him" 
(so HM*; M su P erscr adds 1.TK). 

The 3. person is often omitted with the participle b 
serving as predicate, both when the subject is indefinite 
(„they", „one") and when the definite subject is easily 
supplied from the context. Exx. : (a) ^Toa „they say"; 
Xttit xnpn wh ^"D xzhv ^ „to everybody else they 
measure with a small measure"; vh ^pt^ft 'pnm nn"»o 
\hpw „they give, but they do not take back"; 



76 § 55. Person and Gender with the Verb. 

(b) rwfc H'D *h p'nt? ^ „does he (sc. the tenant) 
leave aught thereof for me?" 

c An indefinite personal subject may remain un- 
expressed with the finite verb as predicate ; thus pnpx 
„it was recited to me (by God or by an angel)"; 
*]h ^rw xh „they have not benefited thee". When the 
subject is a human person, B»rK or wk is usually added. 

d On the other hand, when the indefinite subject is 
to be conceived as an impersonal, neutral- one, the 
mere verbal (or participial) form is sufficient, the 
fern, and masc. being equally permissible (§42): vh 
mnm xjiddk mV nsrPK „bis fellow-man's property 
does not concern him"; ^ non "•« „if I had it 
(= means)"; whv N^np >kb „how does he fare (how 
fares it with him)?" ^ «V>D^ vh „I have heard 
nothing"; xnn^nD tan ^rr^r id^> n^ xn\J (with the 
epexegetical infin.) „is it acceptable to you, that you 
become the head of the college?" ■j^n'N „it grew 
dark"; ann if? yw n*B pTD in the accus.!) „hast 
thou heard aught in this matter?" The indefinite 
neutral subject may, however, also be expressed by 
means of xn^D, xzhv and the like; thus ^ anna 
Kn 1 ?^ ,,it is troublesome for me"; xn^o ir6 apTH 
„it was straitened about them , they were in straitened 
circumstances"; xnhv ^h pmi „it is straitened about 
him." Incorrect readings: ND^y n^ 'JTQ'n „he became 
well"; x&^y rvh xpnx 

56. 56. The Perfect. 

a As historical tense; exx. uncommonly frequent 
(though the participle is used likewise, §58/). 



§ 56. The Perfect. — § 57. The Imperfect. 77 

As a perfect proper: \S2l "jK^ntD „my master has& 
struck me" ; KjPpTi am^ns^ p^>D „he is gone up to the 
heavenly college". 

Occasionally in a subordinate clause to express c 
coincidence in the past (the partic, however, is more 
frequent, §586) ; the main clause, of course, has the per- 
fect likewise : Tfin ~\hv P'OTl -p^m mi „when we 
saw thee, we pronounced over thee two benedictions". 
To designate the pluperfect: ro 11 S 1D *?xiDff an*n iy 
mi*n .t#dj „before S. had come from school, his 
father died"; ten imsa win „I saw, that the house 
had fallen in". So also after the conjunction "O 
(§71d). 

In conditional clauses to designate unreality (§7 3c). d 
So also rwD ^pt&n 1K&3 ^b>sj ^w „I acted as if I had 
taken from him". 

In cases like w&sh nn» n^ X1W the perf. de- e 
signates a fact (not a wish). 

57. The Imperfect. 57. 

For the future proper only few exx. are available a 
JON yip*** nm "|T1 yip „cut off thine, then I shall 
cut off mine"; i"p ^P' ^ 1 n ^ ^ » woe to tne one ? 
when the other will arise". 

Usually a modal force attaches to the impf.; we& 
then use the auxiliaries „be able, may, shall": >«& 
Tiya „what shall I do?" n<rvi wan t!?»w ^tk 
„let me go and take counsel with my family"; wh 
in xi^y 2 ? i^id „let us all be one people"; a 1 ?"! ynrn 
nsrvn „thou shalt sow, but not reap"; "pnDT NJBm 
Dt>tt6 „God remember thee for peace". So also in 



78 § 57. The Imperfect. 

indirect questions: nnyn ^n in , »y ta i'» ah „you do not 
know what you are to do" (it continues then epexe- 
getically -pr6 lrm^ttpn . . . irte nmn^tDpn „if you are 
to slay them all . . ., if on the other hand you are to 
slay only those"). 

c The impf. has a modal force in subordinate clauses 
after the conjunction ■»** „when" and esp. after final 
conjunctions like 1, 1 'DM >D: w*? arte nxhpn *>$ 
„when a rustic becomes king"; mtDin *ws» ah „I do 
not like to trouble myself (prop. „I have not the 
strength that I should trouble myself"); 1D"^D xnitDBa 
man xh*i ntm wi *6i p'o s nvn xh ntsp iinn k^h 
ants' r6lD rattan „I pray you that you be not with 
me either in Nisan or in Tishri, in order that you 
may not be concerned about your sustenance the entire 
year"; "nnyrvm o*n ^ mm TpplK „honor your wives, 
in order that you may become rich". 

d On a line with the Hebr. perf. with 1 consecutive 
or the voluntative with weak 1, we find in Talmud. 
Aram, the imperf. with 1 continuing an imperf. (imptv.) 
(or a partic. replacing an impf.) with modal force: 
'^l mffy mh n^ ^mh „let them assemble for my 
lord ten persons, that he may pray"; HH^ />DJ ppix 
^2txi „cause me to arise .likewise, in order that I may 
pray"; nwJ?K KJK1 "pa n ^ „take off thy garment, 
in order that I may put it on" ; iDTm min wish najK 
!"Q „teach your sons the Torah, that they may study 
therein"; dwji w> inK ant^n . . . „soon days are com- 
ing . . ., when we shall sleep"; x^nsi njJ ^ n\T }Na 
■p'yatMl „would that we had feet of iron, that we 
might be able to hear thee". 



§ 58. The Participle. 79 

58. The Participle. 58. 

I. As in Hebrew, the partic. denotes: (/) duration** 
in the present, but also the simple or real present: 
-po nap riD"p mm „dost thou stand with hy back 
in the presence of thy Lord?" any* >Km TDK yT 
„does our father know of this grief?" nvr *o\n aoarrn 
„and where does God dwell?" 

(2) a continuous state in the past, esp. in sub-& 
ordinate clauses: wax nviH ^hh rvin „he saw Levi 
sitting outside"; au >mra nan p^uzn mn m riDtyx 
„he found therein a snake which was cut through and 
lay in two pieces". So also after the conjunctions 
IX, 1 mn: xnxi t>ix annx „ while they were sitting 
there, he went and returned"; inn hz* in 1 ? min^n Hnn 
xm „while they were cleaning them (the fish), an 
odor arose in them". 

(3) imminent or certain futurity: „you say that*; 
you are wise; tell me then, 'Xt&ra xnn ^Xfc what I 
am going to see in my dream"; rvin „thou wilt see"; 
-int^> x^nxi xrp^s m xn\te*i xti „by the hand of 
N. N. who is coming to morrow" ; W inx xnt^n „soon 
days are coming"; '•in x:m inn „thy son will (is 
destined to) be a thief"; irmn pm /irpfin „both of you 
will be scholars". 

II. The partic. is met with very frequently (as md 
Hebrew) in gnomic sentences. It is furthermore used 
to designate a habitual action in the present as well 
as in the past: p^mnD 1«D^ „whom are we in the 
habit of blessing?"; xvhn n^ ltt>SD xm ,Tt> nviH )xn 



80 § 58. The Participle. 

n^ „ whoever gave him a zuz, he would interpret 
his dream favorably". 

e The partic. denotes a future action after the con- 
junctions T), o, i inn, i iv; thus *OTny i^> tup^n id 
arte mh „when I cause you to go forth, I shall do 
for you a miracle"; xn^B yatswi ^rx WW ^ "prpUl IV 
„until you prepare for me the bridal chamber, I will 
go and hear something". The partic. has replaced 
the impf. even in conditional and final clauses: "JND 
)h n\m „would that we had" (Hebr. ]rv *»»); wynnD XD^n 
„lest I am sought"; irvyrn (^n •>:>) „in order that 
ye may know". We find W^sai as a variant for 
^XNl in the ex. §57tf. The partic. shares likewise in 
the modal nuances of the impf.: wipe JUKI ^DK Kin 
„he is eating, and I am to wash myself !" The partic. 
is particularly employed in the sense of the imptv. : 
•jnTO Tim "irv^nft "pna „rather you circumcise yourselves 
and be like unto us". 

f The partic. is frequently used in the narrative as 
historical present in continuation of a perf. Through 
this device, the style ceases to be monotonous, and the 
narrative becomes more vivid, description taking the 
place of mere narration. The retarding tempo serves 
in particular to describe concomitant conditions, or to 
emphasize a marked event with which the narrative is 
rounded off at a certain point: XJTID inrpN -\vxh 
arte 1>Dsm inai jo^di (kjpu 1.) „on the following day 
the royal customs house was broken into, — then they 
came and arrested Raba"; xzhv ^"D 'h'pw . . . wn 
rvyjh in>o lmnsn „he discoursed on it ... , then 
everybody took his pitcher and came to him"; vh 



§ 58. The Participle. 81 

n*m ^mi mapV ma iDKp >xd ^y v „they did not know 
what lie meant; so they came to E. Banna ? a". 

The partic. is frequently strengthened by a prefixed g 
xp (p): rvanp 'kdn „why art thou weeping?"; iDXpl ypty 
mrpm^ ytsn in n^> „he heard a godless person say to 
his wife"; rwa kisd ^ p^D api nnn „as he was 
departing, he dropped a book"; Npl kb>j>*o "jin^ WK 
xmx np „he appeared to them in the guise of a 
man, and called at the door"; ap n^> nxinn^ nnx 
pm n*? "jnitt „she came to show herself to him; but 
the disciples pushed her away"; xp XJ"ya KinnN 2>jv 
Xftm ^"OK „he seated himself beside a spring and ate 
bread". In a conative sense: mt> ^op Np „they were 
about to kill him"; KrU'SD*? ny^>n Xpl „and it was 
about to swallow the ship". 

Very freq-uently the idea of duration in the past/* 
conveyed by the partic. is made more precise by the 
addition of the verb mn. | Occasionally mn also is in- 
flected, e. g., 1"1 Win = habitabam; n^> ktik mil ^ 
rh tJ^rto mn KnrpK „ whenever a woman came to him, 
he would have her put on". Almost universally, when 
the partic. is placed in the pi. : ^nrv Tin = sedebant, Tin 
^txp = ibant. As a rule, however, mn remains un- 
infected: KJB'Kp mn Suk 44 b M x (M, however, reads 
*Kin) = stabam; NnrT 1 mn = sedebat, etc. The partic. 
with mn and the simple partic. are frequently found 
by the side of each other, e.g., *m iytD2D ap mn 
«n^D ay^nDD ap N 1 ?! maoDB^ „Eabbi endeavored (on 
various occasions) to ordain him, but he never succeed- 
ed in bringing it about". For the use of the partic. 
with mn in conditional clauses cf. §7 3c. 

Margolis, Gr. Bab. Talm. C 



82 § 58. The Participle. — § 59. The Imperative. 

* Just as the act. partic. succeeds to the functions 
of the impf., the pass, partic. takes the place of the 
perf., e. g., :pro „it is written"; TT yTB „it is well 
known"; maie frpw „its claws have been taken away"; 
rw*D in aw „one of them died"; mmn wh KMtf 
„his daughter died". The pass, partic. with mn takes 
on the sense of a pluperf., e. g., nra mm mn xm „he 
saw again that it was written"; mn XD'H nn 1 Yin xV 
Mt? „they did not know where he had died". 

j Quite popular is the construction: Pass, partic. 
with h introducing the agent, with the connotation of 
an active perf., e.g., *h V^W „I have heard"; x^> 
^ xynst? „I have never heard it"; ^ ^n HH^wn. 
With a logical object: x^nx ^ s in hh(j „I saw a 
gazelle"; with no attempt at concord: n^> y>DBH "jxo 
xn^D „any one who has heard anything"; *h >tn HH^ 
xnpnpx x\nn „I saw a frog". 

k The (pass.) partic. of the form ^ys> in an active 
sense occurs with doubly transitive verbs and elsewhere, 
e. g., VytD „(laden with,) bearing"; Wlh „(clothed in,) 
having on"; n^ „they say"; xJTon „I remember"; 
)W>pl „we hold"; p^oy and l^poy „we are occu- 
pied". 



59. 59. The Imperative. 

The imptv. is really the 2. person of the impf. 
minus the prefix. With a negative, the impf. is used; 
hence hwp „kill", ^lttp^n ah „do not kill, thou shalt 
not kill". 



§ 60. The Infinitive. 83 

60. The Infinitive. 60. 

The infin., when corresponding to the infin. constr. a 
in Hebrew, is usually preceded by the preposition h, 
particularly when an aim or a purpose is to be ex- 
pressed: l^n 1 ? IDn „an ass for riding"; *pv innp 
nDD 1 ? „thy days are drawn nigh that thou must 
die"; wnan «nnyi "nyo!? . . . 1B1.Y1 „be alert to do 
the will of your Lord". This function goes over into 
the objective one, so esp. after verbs like „wish, be 
able to., permit": innnn amp nyvh xyrt „he wished 
to wage war with them"; 12V^h WSO vhl arpo in!? 
„barring that which I am not able to do"; wnn 
nwiyfth 12D xhl Kn^lD „a certain province which they 
were not able to conquer"; ^h ps^ wh xpnB> x^i 
xt&niD „she would not permit him to go to the 
academy", etc. The infin. with h may epexegetically 
also represent the subject, e. g., l2V®b ayix mix i>6 
^n „it is not customary, to act thus". Exx. without h: 
DJ^D ID ^yn x^> „does not my lord wish to sleep?" 
l3"nyD WD p^D xh „we cannot be like unto you"; 
rwn "1*^1 rvnplty *6 „she did not permit him to 
uncover his head". 

In the place of the infin. with h, the finite verbfr 
with 1 may be found to express the functions referred 
to, e. g., ^r*n aryn „I wish to go"; nnTi nx ^n ^x 
-pnxDn „if thou art accustomed to carry in thy city" 
(cf. miph irp^n *x „if you are accustomed to dine 
early") ; XHBH HTny B. b. 74 b IB (M on the other hand 
reads "iw&h) „she is destined to throw". 

With x:px, mn, s y:PX, the infin. denotes obligation, c 
necessity, or ability : ID W xr^x S XD „what shall (may) 

6* 



84 § 61. Government of the Verb. 

one say?"; 2.td^ *]h mn „thou shouldst have given"; 

hvm wv(?) n^ s y:px „he should have taken heed". 
d I find a subject by the side of the infin. in the 

ex. mtao arpBi »om NynD^> „that you may pray and 

that rain may come". 
e For the infin. absol. cf. §61#. 



61. 61. Government of the Yerfo. 

a In the older language we meet with the independent 
objective particle IV, bat only with suffixes, hence in 
the place of objective suffixes. Cf.prv rpp'SK Ber 38 a IB 
= iDJnp^DN M. 

b In the later language, the pronominal object is ex- 
pressed either by means of objective suffixes or by 
means of h (or 'T*6 §48d) with its (nominal) suffixes. 
In the case of the partic, the latter mode of expression 
predominates; but even there the simpler method of 
appending suffixes directly to the verbal stem is met 
with. — || Exx. : n^> ^DDX „he rendered him unfit" ; 
^ l^BBW „cause (f.) me to hear"; nn^> ^n „look at 
me". — With the partic: "pyxD „who vexes me"; 
yhto „teaches thee" ; rpyTO „he informs him"; rpnraio 
„she invites him"; n»Jn „he rebuilds it"; m^Dfc „he 
fills it"; 'pny-is „thou payest me"; inyTO „thou in- 
formest me". Much more frequent, however, are exx. 
like wh ^ttp „he slays him", )h rhup „thou slayest us". 

c Where the object is particularly emphasized, the 
pronominal object is pleonastically expressed by means 
of an objective suffix plus 'Tlh with its suffix: mH# 
rsvih „they cast Mm"\ HHH mV"ff „ask Mm 11 . 



§ 61. Government of the Verb. 85 

The nominal object when (syntactically) undetermin- d 
ed, requires no specific designation : am WJl „I have 
built a house"; JOSD& J? nn ,,give me a pair of 
scissors"; xntem wh* p*DK „take out purple gar- 
ments"; X121 Kin „he saw a man" (accordingly also 
*on:i xm xin). On the other hand, when the nominal 
object is determined, the following modes of expression 
are possible: (1) iOK *U>yn „I am looking for my 
father". So esp. when the verb and the object con- 
stitute as it were a compound, as in the case of rmn*t 
Isk, s b>dj xjidd. || (2) ]wxi n^i2ph itDnn „beat the 
grave of your father" ; Kin: xmh ^ttp S N „if they slay 
me"; armn ^r\h ^nff 1*0 „who planted this carob-tree?" 
The object may precede: W mnN ^nt> „his brother's 
sons he has appointed"; p^~QD )Xfth „whom are we 
in the habit of blessing?" || (3) Xfthv 1 ? rrmnK „I shall 
destroy the world" ; lnrvrrti xyaw ??ne heard his wife" ; 
imnt lnrrvrPK „thou hast brought their sons"; inj"irpi6 
n^KtD^ „to fetch his garments". This is the most usual 
construction. The object may again precede: mriN 1 ? 
nw „his brother he has appointed". || (4) n^> mjnp 
WT& „they cut open his belly"; \r\hish rrh lrmtep 
WiH „they slew all of the villagers". 

Exx. of the construction of doubly transitive verbs : e 
min "D^nO?) n(^)»i« „teach your sons the Torah" ; ^na 
^pnx pm ^ „permit me to see the righteous scholars"; 
i<m *nn:i rt"W „he made of him a great man". 

Exx. of the transitive construction of the passive/" 
of a doubly transitive verb: lrwrvo^N „she covered 
herself therewith (with the garments)"; yisn< n«s ,,be 
paid with bran"; ^hvp nn nrPTpft „thou art worthy of 



86 § 62. n^. 

two deaths". The verbs wsh, xhft and the like are 
similarly construed: "lnrntyn^ „she clothed herself there- 
with"; NDl arm *6» „the spot was filled with blood". 
13TO and tD^ntsw are equally construed as transitives: 
xiisvn ITJD1 yimrm ^ „if you remember the date of 
the document"; int^Dnt^x „it escaped us". Note also: 
pna „it was lost to me". 
g Very frequent is the absolute object (the infin. ab- 
sol.). Usually it precedes , e. g. wa^n nBTPD „I am 
esteemed"; mDX Np tsb> ID^D „thou speakest well"; 
rvriD >bj Nn^D „thou strikest in addition"; «p tD^» 
ir6 ntt"^? „thou art cursing them"; y*T y-p D ^ i s 
well known". Rarely it follows : "l^Stf l^ftl „as they 
bent (their body)". 

62. 62. rri». 

a rv« (negatively rv« xh, n^) is properly a 
noun in the st. c. signifying „existence". Gradually, 
however, it becomes independent so that it may be 
separated from its noun and assume verbal force („is, 
are, there is, there are"). Thus it coalesces with *o 
into K3*k (K3^). Exx. : ina n^n man „where there is 
no man"; Kp^in lD^m )h rvx „have we a share in 
you?"; *TD k:pk ^ „is there anything?" In accord- 
ance with §44e : n»*n K3*K „there are those who say" ; 
myttttH *o**n „and there was none who heard him". 
The noun may even precede a^K: >on *cx NnitD Kn« 
„there are many Abbas here". Of course, the interrog. 
pronoun always comes first : i«w }XD „who is there ?" 

b The noun in the genit. may, of course, be replaced 
by a personal pronoun (pronominal suffix): mrv^ mn 



§ 63. The Copula. 87 

rrrptf nnn "D „his son no longer lives, but his grand- 
son does" ; XDn nn^ „she is not here". — The suffixes 
are originally posessives, but, as the forms become 
independent (§a), objective suffixes may be appended 
exactly as in the case of the verb: p^rpK „we are"; 
idjtpk „you are"; inirpx, -»njrPK „they are"; irtin^ 
„they are not". Even the independent pronoun is met 
with: p« s rpx (read thus for lrpK) Pes 50 a B. 

Conformably to the construction with objective c 
suffixes, the noun may be conceived as an object and 
thus be introduced by means of h: iJ? rvn^ nnn^ 
JVITN nnn Taan 23 a M. The pronominal object may 
likewise be introduced by means of h: HDD 1D^> rPK 
pj w „you have been with us these many years" 
Pes 87 b M. 

As a mere copula: Tny Kin n^> (var. Tny nwh)d 
„he does not do". 

Although in itself rPK possesses no temporals 
connotation, it may, when referring to the past, be 
strengthened by nin: ir» nn kd^k nin „there was one 
among us". 

C. The Simple Sentence (§ 63—68). 

63. The Copula. 62 

The function of a copula is assumed not only by a 
rVK (§6 2d), but much more frequently by the independent 
pronoun of the 3 person, originally being nothing more 
than an emphatic resumptive of the subject. Whereas, 
however, the forms f Kin, fKVt, i.TX, vpk, fl^K, wx, 
WK are used both as subject and as copula, Talm. 



88 § 64. The Casus Pendens. 

Aram, possesses the distinctive resumptive forms 1!"PJ, 
vp:, ihj^, vu^. 

b The copula lends emphasis to the part of speech 
which precedes it ; hence it drops out when no emphasis 
is intended, e.g., :&n TO „the mountain is (covered with) 
snow"; so esp. with an adjectival predicate: imiN 
nd>D2 ititixi Kp*m „our road was long, but our society 
pleasant". Contrast, on the other hand: Kin nmiD ny 
„this man comes from Sora"; Nin ^KlBBH Kina ion 
„here is the place of Samuel"; m (var. Kin) im ID 
„you are master"; Ti^ xnnn xnn s r6n „all of these 
(benedictions) are one". 

« Kin may be resumptive of a pronoun of the 
1 . person serving- as subject : irp^m Kin *o*n „that 
it is I who brought out". But the pronominal subject 
may be resumed by the corresponding person: KJK 
XJWB1 KJD^Kp „I will rise and throw together". 

64. 64. The Casus Pendens. 

A noun which is to be emphasized is very fre- 
quently taken out of the sentence and placed at the 
beginning as a casus pendens. It is then resumed in 
the sentence by a corresponding personal pronoun, and 
its syntactical relation to the sentence is thus indicated, 
e. g., n^ ^>"3 pmD ^n Kan xipn n^ ^"o xnbv ^ 
Ml *Op3 „to everybody they deal out with a small 
measure, but to this disciple with a large measure"; 
ir6 Tnya \xd *pw „what shall I do with the children?" 
^ yDtt> xh xjusn an an kjk „/ was not acquainted 
with the saying of R. Hamnuna". 



§ 65. Concord of the Parts etc. — § 66. Th e Order of Words. 8 9 

65. Concord of the Parts of Speech. 65. 

Exx. of the masc. form gradually becoming pre- a 
dominant at the expense of the fern, have been met 
with in the preceding sections (§§45«; 50c; 52; 55tf; 
Wit). In the verb and in the partic. (or adj.) with 
subjective suffixes, the specific forms of the fem. in 
the 2 and 3 pi. are found but rarely ; for the most part 
they are not used at all. With an adj. or partic. serving 
as predicate, concord is imperative. 

Incorrect readings are easily removed in the face of the 
evidence of the older MSS. 

Constructio ad sensum: KTQX l!?SDl Knyn Ber l h b 
M m e (jbM ^SD) „when the congregation prays"; \rm 
Nfc^y V ^D „and everybody concludes"; on the other hand, 
n^ ^"3 itehv ^13 (§64). When xnttte is subject, the 
predicate may be placed either in the sg. (masc. or 
fem.) or in the pi. 

For the construction of 1KB cf. §50c. c 

*TB construed as a fem. : *01D ^TO „something that d 
stinks". 

When two or more nouns are joined by means of^ 
1, the predicate is put in the pi. and agrees so far as 
the gender is concerned with the subject next preced- 
ing or following: yvDB "jrum -pn Ber 56 a M, but mz inai 
rpruai ibid. 

66. The Order of Words. 66. 

Normally the predicate follows the subject whether a 
in the verbal or in the nominal clause. The least 
emphasis suffices to reverse the order. Exx.: rpnnp 



90 § 66. The Order of Words. — § 67. Negative Sentences. 

not? ^TK 211 „a relative of R. Ide died"; Xtftrty 
xmy x^bb „the sun sets of itself"; xnizte xssin 
xjxn vhl „impudence is uncrowned royalty" ; *m xiTp 
XTIp x^ XD^n x^> ^srw „a pot belonging to partners 
is neither hot nor cold"; on the other hand: nnj 
xnb'm „a dog barked at her"; n DJ tt"X Dim *w> 
„let Nahum of Gimzo go"; xnntP )ni >W>nap „the dis- 
ciples are desecrating the sabbath"; yT x^i x^y 1"»B3 
„a poor man is hungry, and knows it not". 

b The object follows normally the verb, but it may 
also precede it, e. g., "|T ^ an „give me thy hand"; 
nifi^y ivh ^sjd^ „let them assemble for you ten per- 
sons"; on the other hand: nrpo*? ^ mn XUX „thou 
shouldst have paid the reward"; *yn x:& xj&m „God 
demands the heart". 

c Exx. illustrative of the position of adverbs and 
adverbial specifications: XD*P ^"D imn „he mused over 
it the whole day"; maxp TSt? „thou speakest well"; 
•>XDp ttnnn x^> nan ^rm pu ^vn „do not appear before 
me either in Nisan or in Tisehri". || ^J is with preference 
given the second place in the sentence. rvriD S DJ xnD^D 
„thou strikest in addition". 



67. 67. Negative Sentences. 

a xh is in the main used to negative a verb which 
it then immediately precedes , e. g. : ■) vni3 xii: l^DX 
n^ "»s^n x 1 ? „I have not flattered even a manlike thy- 
self"; m rwx X 1 ? „he paid no attention to her"; minx 
inna x^> xnrpDX „he does not go about begging". — 
When the predicate is a noun or when a single word 



§ 68. Interrogative Sentences. 91 

is negatived, 1*6 is used, which is placed immediately 
before the negatived word: Kin on in 1*6 „he is not 
capable thereof"; on nnyD^ xyix mix 1*6 „it is not 
customary to act thus"; nu *Oin *6a 3U xnnDy 1*6 
„not the mouse , but the hole stole" ; 1*6 *o"n xn 
larvx x^6dd x*?x iDn^K tsn-pBn „this opinion of Raba 
was not said expressly, but is only inferred"; ix 1 ? 
xd^ ts^mnB xdv ^ „a miracle does not happen 
every day". 

xh, however, is used (I) in x 1 ?! (e. g., wna *6n6 
„outside of my home"; n^ty X 1 ?! ^prematurely"), *6l 
(e. g., xjxn x^n „uncrowned"), wwx *& „nobody", *6 
'TD „nothing". || (2) in repetitions : *U"n X^>1 wn *6 
„there is neither law nor judge". — Note double 
negation: . . . x^s *6i . . . xh^l *6 ff\P*6 n6 lino ah 
„they show a man neither a palm-tree . . . nor an 
elephant . . ."; "»TB X 1 ?! n6 n&x x^> „he said to him 
nothing"; || (5) elliptically : vh „no"; ah W „and 
if not". 

68. Interrogative Sentences. 68. 

A direct question concerning the predicate is a 
introduced by ^D or itsx, which is always placed at 
the beginning of the sentence: rwo *T» 6 p>3ff xp >D 
„does he leave ought thereof for me?"; S TD x:px ^D 
^yT nDDl p^yT x^> pxn „is there anything that we do 
not know, but the scribes know ?" — A casus pendens, 
however, may precede: V*™^ x:i6sn p^DX *o *wn 
„shall we say that the first case is at variance with 
our Mishnah?" 



92 § 68. Interrogative Sentences. — § 69. Copulative Sentences. 

b Much more frequently the interrogative particle is 
dispensed with: *nyx ^m TDK VT „does our father 
know of this grief?"; irvna np^DX Kr^unn „has thou 
taken out of thy house a hen?" KlDK nh rvx „have 
you land?" 

c With a negative: rwh'h k&^b> ID n^> "inty»V> >6 
„does not my lord wish to send greetings to Jaltha?" 
amis d:pd "1& ^n x^> „does not my lord wish to 
sleep a little?" — Together with ^: rvDp p^ron *h *>& 
„should we not carry before him?" 

d The interrogative pronouns and adverbs are for 
the most part placed at the head of the sentence, 
e. g., KpltJ> ''Km *o^ *|XD „who is in this market-place?" 
s *onx rarp ^kdk »why dost thou sit outside?" ny 
on irVQV nan* „how long will ye act thus?" Fre- 
quently also after the word to which the question 
refers, e. g.: >cn "ill „where is my money?" *oomi 
nTP *oti „and where does God dwell?" >kbk xjn 
„and why I?" 

e The phrase XDTn 1HD is to be taken interrogatively 
= quid est, quod dicas? 

f Interrogative sentences often assume the meaning 
of exclamatory ones : . . . a Klltf b^sj HDD „how greater 
is this man than . . . !" 

D. Compound Sentences (§ 64—73). 

69. 69. Copulative Sentences. 

a Two verbs designating actions closely following 
each other, or congruous, or one of which expresses a 
modification of the other, are very frequently joined by 



§ 69. Copulative Sentences. 93 

means of 1, but may frequently enough be placed beside 
each other without 1, e. g. : yDt^xi h^vx „I will go and 
hear", but wx hv* „I will go and see"; ^nrra pisw 
„let him go forth and enjoy himself", but ^n pis „go 
forth and see"; ^xi Dlp^« „I will arise and go into 
exile", but vh* Dp; apD^y Tnyj ^pj Dip'O „come, let us 
go and do business". || Very frequently one of the two 
verbs is best rendered adverbially, e. g. : pl^D DHp 
lnrpnrr ami "jnD ^::y „the clouds rose first at the 
corner where his wife was" ; "ppn DHpl -jipbj ypn ywn 
"l^DJ „set thyself aright (ease thyself) early and late" ; 
ipis lDnnx \hw lsnnx „enter early and go out early" ; 
mrr&pff rmn „thou tookest them again". || In the 
same manner *XB „be able" is construed: xj^d Nt 5 
XJD^p» „I am not able to fulfill"; max rvsa N^ „thou 
art not able to say". 

Circumstantial 1 : ^id Tltt mm . . . Wty xnx K^sn & 
myDBH *o^i . . . xa^y „in the evening a poor man 
came, while everyone was busy and there was none 
to hear him (= Hebr. yjotof V*®)" 5 witn tne P erf - in 
the sense of a pluperf. : XTps xtn xrpim n^DJ m 
„the girl died, having left no will". || 1 = nevertheless": 
^xn ^13 imysi XD"p -jihi „it is written in thy book, 
nevertheless thou hast vexed me so much". Cf. also 
§57rf. 

IK serves to introduce the second alternative in ac 
double question: XD^>y n-6 xe&h ix vpm xin nn*6 
Vprn 'DJ „did he ordain it only for his generation, or 
perhaps also for all the generations of the world?" 



94 § 70. Attributive Relative Sentences. 

70. 70. Attributive Relative Sentences. 

a tn, 1, orig. a demonstrative, has been reduced 
to a relative particle. The precise specification of 
the relation is expressed in the relative clause by 
means of a personal pronoun. 

b This pronoun is usually dispensed with in the case 
of the subject even in nominal clauses: ^tDpl won W* 
„days which are (at the same time) long and short". 
Nor is it always necessary to indicate the object ; con- 
trast n^> wyn xpl *m$ „the man whom I am seeking" 
and *h mm XJnm^ mrfcpff „I took the portion which 
thou gavest me"; am m Tny mm an^ya ^d ">jrtD „of 
the excellent things which R. Huna was wont to do". 

c On the other hand, the pronoun is indispensable 
in the genitive relation and with prepositions : NinK Kinn 
r\^w awipl „a place the name of which was Truth- 
town"; «nitD ppdsj ^sj mm *»U «inn „a certain Gentile 
who had great wealth"; 'pm np& nn mn ana „a 
city in which there is no teacher" ; im^y imrtel -pn 
„those over whom you are ruling". 

d The pronoun is usually wanting, when the ante- 
cedent is an expression denoting place or time: "inac 
"in:i rp^i „in the place where there is no man"; XHD 
inrvm xwp mm arm „at the corner in which his 
wife stood"; vh»V"i NDV Ninn „on the day on which 
she enters"; rw nnw kdt p „from the day that 
Sarah died"; rY?"y «H ^ -pn >D ^ „all the years 
during which thou didst not go in". | So always after 
certain adverbs : xtmo ^h h"V mm r\WX hi „as often 
as he entered the house of study". 



§ 71. Conjunctional Relative Sentences. 95 

The pronoun may be found occasionally in ae 
second relative clause: i,t*?k hwi mrn NTon *onn 
mm s ynB>D mm „a certain saint with whom Elijah 
was wont to associate". 

When a relative sentence refers to the 1. oi'f 
2. person, the resumptive pronoun will be placed in 
the corresponding person; esp. is this true of the 
1. person: rvp^on am xjk „it is I who brought out"; 
^pBH 1XDD WffSJ WW „I acted as (one who had taken) 
if I had taken". 

71. Conjunctional Relative Sentences. 71. 

1 as a conjunction transforms a whole clause into a 
a noun; it may then serve as subj. or obj. or be 
found in the genitive relation or in dependence upon 
a preposition. 

Exx. of subjective sentences: ^irrtn -\fth wh *m^& 
annTiD t^n „is it acceptable to my lord that he become 
the head of the college?" pTTW )h ^i „woe unto us 
that we must die!" A pronominal antecedent may 
precede: rrfox xhl s xn „the circumstance that they 
did not eat him". 

Exx. of objective clauses: irvD^jDm innDK „youc 
say that you are wise" ; irpj *on . . . xm:n «jyT yTD 
„I know that the man ... is here". 

The most important of the prepositional com- d 
pounds is m „ while, as, when" which occurs only 
in the older language: *n>n p'SJ "id „as he went away"; 
nwii ]M7\ m „when we were small"; "|H Dlp^ m „when 
this one will arise"; 13^ NJp^Stt m „when I bring you 
out". || In the later language ID is replaced by "O: 



96 § 72. Indirect Interrogative Sentences. — § 73. Condit. Sentences. 

IT rwo xh o „while thou hadst not washed thy 
hands"*, Wish ^tDO O „when I came to him"; TiK O 
afoy „when a poor man comes". — O is found also 
in front of an unfinished clause: aon o mn „he was 
as a bear (is) = like unto a bear". "O may be 
strengthened by a preceding h; 00 = „since". 
* Other combinations: 1 mn „ while, as"; n t>ibdn 
^because"; 1 iy (in) „ while, until"; n M bv *)* 
„although"; n o>n o „in order that, that"; T 'DpD 
„before"; 1 "inn „after"; 1 dispd ^because". In some 
cases, 1 alone suffices; thus it signifies „because", 
„in order that". 



72. 72. Indirect Interrogative Sentences 
are treated exactly as the direct ones. 

73. 73. Conditional Sentences. 

a ">$ with the partic, rv« ? or a nominal clause 
signifies a condition conceived as real or realizable: 
s nriK -}t> *U2\T "p mnn 'K „if thou wilt reform (begin 
a new life), I shall give thee my sister"; 'OW *K 
"jTID iu^!> „if they steal, let them steal of yours"; 
^hh Tvhnv* ^n ^13 W3W *K „if I am esteemed thus 
much, let them cause Levi to go in"; 1KB WX **t 
xwh xn^D n*>h y'Dtsn „if there is any one who has 
heard anything, let him say it" ; ^tx Kin haw "D ^ 
^riKi „if he is an Israelite, he will return"; on on *k 
"iDKp „if it is so, he means as follows". 

b When the condition is placed in the past, the 
perf. is used: n^n ttipj *mn ntopj ^ „if thou hast 
married two, marry three". 



§ 73. Conditional Sentences. 97 

Unreality is expressed by means of the pf. both in the c 
protasis and in the apodosis: "jinJDD s xnx xh antm "D'K 
^lA „if I had not come this moment, you would have 
endangered my son"; jniD*x J? rPSD "jrvin xh WX awn 
„if I had not seen thee this moment, thou wouldst have 
given me something forbidden to eat". Frequently we 
find in the apodosis mn with the partic.: ")B TTVK >K 
■yhto mn ID xh on^l „if my lord had given himself to 
study, would he not have become the head of the 
college?" Note also: "jjnwa mn xh nx ^omn ivhw 
i?nv TV>h Git 45 a M „if it were not that thou art Nah- 
mani, we should not have sent it back to you" (the 
conditional particle is strengthened by 1 and the pro- 
tasis is a nominal clause). 

Sometimes the conditional particle is dispensed <J 
with entirely: DiytD KDyui ana km inn „when you steal 
after a thief, you taste thereof"; pD x^pHn *mn B>n 
KTCX^ „when the head of the ox is in the basket, go 
up to the roof". 



Literature. 



1. Introductions. 

HermannLStrack , Einleitung in den Talmud, L. 1 1887, 4 1908. 
MMielziner, Introduction to the Talmud, Cincinnati 1894. 
SSchechter, Art. „Talmud a in Hasting's Dictionary of the Bible 

V (1904), 57—66. 
W Backer et alii, Art. „ Talmud" in Jewish Encyclopedia XII 
(1906), 1—37. 
Margolis, Gr. Bab. Talm. 7 



98 Literature. 

2. Dictionaries. Lexicographical Works. 
MichaelSachs , Beitrage zur Sprach- u. Alterthumsforschung, 

B. 1852—54. 

JosephPerles, Etymologische Studien zur Kunde der rabbinischen 
Sprache u. Alterthtimer, Breslau 1871. 

JacobLevy, Neuhebraisches und chaldaisches Worterbuch tiber 
die Talmudim und Midraschim , 4 volumes, L. 1876—1889. 

AlexanderKohut, Aruch Completum, Wien-New York 1878—1892. 

MJastrow, Dictionary of the Targumim, the Talmud Babli and 
Yerushalmi and the Midrashic Literature, New York 1886 
—1903. 

SamuelKrauss, Griechische und Lateinische Lehnworter im Tal- 
mud, Midrasch und Targum, B. 1898—99. 

GDalman, Aramaisch- neuhebraisches Handwbrterbuch zu Targum, 
Talmud u. Midrasch, Frkfrt.a.M. 1901. 

WBacher, Die exegetische Terminologie der jiidischen Traditions- 
literatur, II: Die Bibel- und Traditionsexegetische Termino- 
logie der Amoraer, t. 1905. 

3. Grammars and Grammatical Treatises. 
SDLuzzatto, Elementi grammaticali del Caldeo Biblico e del 

dialetto Talmudico Babilonese, Padua 1865. || Grammatik 
der biblisch-chaldaischen Sprache und des Idioms des Talmud 
Babli. Deutsch von MSKriiger, Breslau 1873. || Grammar 
of the Bibl. Chaldaic Language and of the Idiom of the 
Talmud Babli. Translated by JGoldammer, New York 1876. 

IsRosenberg, D. aramaische Verbum im Babyl. Talmud, Marburg 
1888. 

Arthur Liebermann, Das Pronomen und das Adverbium des baby- 
lonisch-talmudischen Dialektes, B. 1895. 

CLevias, Grammar of the Aramaic Idiom contained in the Baby- 
lonian Talmud, Cincinnati 1900 (= AJSL., XIII— XVI 
[1897—1900]). 

4. Other Linguistic Works. 

1. CBrockelmann, GrundriB der vergleichenden Grammatik der 
semitischen Sprachen, I, B. 1908. 



Literature. 99 

W Wright, Lectures on the Comparative Grammar of the 
Semitic Languages, Cambridge 1890. 

ThNoldeke, Beitrage zur semitischen Sprachwissenschaft, 
Straflburg 1904. 

JBarth, Sprachwissenschaftliche Untersuchungen zum Semi- 
tischen I, L. 1907. 

— Etymologische Studien, L. 1893. 

— Die Nominalbildung in den semitischen Sprachen, 2 L. 1894. 
PdeLagarde, Ubersicht fiber die im Aramaischen, Arabischen 

und Hebraisehen ubliche Bildung der Nomina, Gottingen 
1889. Register und Nachtrage, 1.891. 

2. — Gesammelte Abhandlungen, L. 1866. 

— Armenische Studien, Gott. 1877. 

SFraenkel, Die aramaischen Fremdworter im Arabischen. 

Leiden 1886. 
ImmLorv, Aramaische Pflanzennamen, L. 1881. 

— Aramaische Fischnamen, in: Orientalische Studien, Th. 
Noeldeke zum siebzigsten Geburtstage gewidmet, GieBen 
I (1906), 549—570. 

3. MLidzbarski , Handbuch der nordsemitischen Epigraphik, 

Weimar 1898. 

4. EKautzsch, Grammatik des Biblisch- Aramaischen, L. 1884. 
HLStrack, Grammatik des Biblisch -Aramaischen mit den 

nach Handschriften berichtigten Texten und einem Worter- 

buch, 4 L. 1905. 
K Marti, KurzgefaBte Grammatik der biblisch - aramaischen 

Sprache, B. 1896. 
HHPowell, The Supposed Hebraisms in the Grammar of the 

Biblical Aramaic, Berkeley 1907. 

5. GDalman, Grammatik des jiidisch-palastinischen Aramaisch, 

2 L. 1905. 

6. ThNoldeke, Uber den christlich-palastinischen Dialekt, ZDMG 

1868, 443—527. 

7. — KurzgefaBte syrische Grammatik, 2 L. 1898. 

8. — Mandaische Grammatik, Halle 1875. 

9. A J Maclean, Grammar of the Dialects of Vernacular Syriac, 

Cambridge 1895. 



I. Formen und Satze. 
Forms and Sentences. 

jMBUiay | po^y ,poy ,vwx ,vmk ,iny ,idh ,5]on A. I3.i4c 

.-j^d did 2j ?yi Mhn tiu | xri>& ntD ,xyix mix ;xrm tynl 43 *** 44 **)- 

.XBTl ,X^Sp B. || ,X^>m lli Xin . 3 D1 XJX XniD b tt>nn(43&;44e). 

,«mn ,x^>ni kh ,xig ,xt?n ,xjy ? xsyi ,x&yts ,xrpi ,xb:» 

,«D^n ,KD1U ;Xnn ,Xiyi ,xWl ,XD»:i ,XB>D ,XB1D ; X:i*?Bl XDl* 

,xTiTn ,«jh ,xn^i xt^in ? xpy jXanq ,xn^> ,xp^s ,xyp s B 
xux | x^n ,xbu ,x^tD ,xjnt3 ,x:nx ,«ni« ,xibw ;xnri 
. 5 xry^ xdd xju /^y Y'dd f'u . 4 x&rpi xpTBi 
,xnm xro ,xjbd B. j| .m:i rv^r inxn ,xn^a iru A. ub. 
,x^p ; 6 nm xm:i ,xbd ,xsro ,xmn ;xmw ? xn^n xjpn 
.xjntp x^bji dib^ | xnwn xinx ,xnwm xyix -x^m ,x^nn 
.'an^an xit^D mm xtpanp .xntn x^nm xas .xjix xhnto 

.xirnD ,r n 7 xinD *n 
,*nom xibd ; xD^y "in B. || .xrpn no ; xm te>x A. i4d/. 
xwd ,xmn xnm xntso | xpir /yine> xn*?D p*»i x^yi 

. 8 xmn xinm 
,*o#^ ; xd^ B. || .m in ? B>^xm ,twx in ,idh ,im A. i4<?. 

.*rt£i ,ximyi xbu ,xp^in 
,xt^n mwh ,xTDn B. || .xu t^^n ,s»n -pay ,mt A. u*/: 
xipny | x^nx ;Xttnn^> ;xn"»nn xd^d ,xTiy x:ny ,xnin xWn 

. 10 tob> x*? xttEnp , 9 rrw 

1 §63ft.|| a §§10fl;51fl.|| 8 B.b.58aHM.||*Ber6b.|| 5 Ned54^M.|j 
6 §45a. || 7 Taan 3*> M. || 8 B. k. 11* ©. || • §43rf. || 10 Sab 104*. 

Margolis, Chr, Bab. Talm. 1 



2* 1. Formen und Siitze. 

ug 9 vhm xtDin xh® ,aoi B. |) .nu nh nu d*?b> ;»©•» pp A. 
vin-ix/?. a « KntD K&^nD ipjnv xt^n K&'^n I xit^ni am ,«pty ,xdd 

. 3 xrpnn arms xrvnn xno 
i9_2o Tin vi?n /pat , , i , »»t» /pion !?&} /pinj /piatt ,v:n A. 
«&/*. ; n*di Ktin I x&^y *y?n hi /in \n ,nDn "»dvs | kww vtwi 
; wtans ; x^ibti ; wat? >&tso ,*oinn ; xms ; awt ; *odid ; *ona 
fe win . 4 iDn mk •pn hi twqn | *ojd^ /pao I **' n 
; ^pn /-n /yra ; w ,»n ,nn: ,nnu ^nx/n B.|]. 5 on xjx ^yia 
j >Jp ,^d ;xim wa ^nra >tw*a ;nso ;>»m *m pnix 
^dj ,^?yn *>n ^yn | "wisd /xtidx in [ ^irn ^jbd 

. 6 wm w \^ytsi s n(x)o ^tM 
22. | t? ,n» ,^i ,tps: ,^w ,t ? nx ,to ,nn rai^ox l sg. A. 
; pnx 2 pi. m. I^jn 2 sg. f. | >oib ,xiy_ix ^hunx 1 pi. 
,vnsjy ,viikm ,\-n£n ,vn:n ,\tdx 3 sg. m. | pyix ,TD>m 
3pl.m. | xhjisd ? xhjd ,xnnx ,xmnx 3sg.f. | ^mn ,\m*oig 
muhd ,^nnj x^> \td^d | pn^D ^rpris ^lnno^ ,]in^i ,"prwK 

,'XffDJ ,'KT ,WQ ;'*OBD /1«3 ,"J3 1 Sg. B. || . T< pjntt X 1 ? 

,inx l pi. | witDt? 7 ">x:n ,»iid ,^«Tis ,'«mo ^xn^ ,"b»i 
2 sg.m. I "jhd'k ^mx /pmiK ,VQ^n ;pD*x ,^d^ ,irmx | ym 
,-pn in I -pv ;^33 ,-pyiD ,yzn ,y-w ,^dm ,r\»* ,?px 
,T&ytD^> ,^$nx ;T^P ,inns /po 7 "jp D ^ ,in^o ,"|T ,"]Di 

2sg.f. I T^P jT^I W.^ jT"!& ,T n ^ ;T D ^ jTP^jT^" 1 

2pl.m. I insy ,-pa>K ?T^ ?TP ;T^ ;TT^ ,T.P jm^x 

I v^BID ;^;n33 2 pi. f. I 13'H3iy ,13^SJ ;"D"JB P"P 

,xitt rpnn ",rwx» ,;toi;;d ;1 t:i ^xibbh nna 3 sg. in. 
,n^ypn ,nnnn ,nnsits ; n^nN 7 n^^ ,n^i^n ,K0)*irp nwyi 
,^37 ? n^n s n ^j^x /nnxi n s tD^i 7 nnn | n^^yo ? nnmy3 
,nnt^^ /^Dty*i^nii nnn« 7 n^nxn finhv ^12 i«^ s n^m 



1 § 43tf. || 2 Ber 55* M. || 8 Ar 19»B. || 4 B. b. 58^> B. 
5 ib. HM. I! «' Sanh 52a. || 7 g ab 152 a 



I. Forms and Sentences. 3* 

? rm-iD ,nw 3 sg. f. [ rron /nn .t*dk ,to^ ^am H'a 
| m^ ? xnD rfei^> ,jodk (atpni/'n^-n anan ,101:1 
;in"»^:r /irpyiD ,in«3D ,irpsTi /in"D ,in»T ,in^:n 3pl.m. 
| irto ;irpn» ,mno p ,imnB& ,i,tjdib> ,wmw /imaytD 
mx xinn -jinn .^n ^ upto | vto ;vraa> ^rt^np 3 pi. f . 
.^dO)-]^ wi yah pwy .rr>^ rpa *onn pm ionm ,n^ 

.rrtDtPBi *om *oru 
nrpa ,mnx mva ,«dt» nn ,*6p nn | ns ;r&o ; >w' A. 13. 14. 19. 
«dd« B. || ."jhvs nrso ? nnvn 2 ins ,rrwsj myin ,nnnn 20&c *- 
anran ^arete ;xnnx ? xn&> tit ,«ns^ ,antfp ,x-qi anin 
KniTi 7 *oDtn anaw ,xnnin ^n^ ,xri3U ^n^oi >onn 
an^a jXnn^ ,xnnjn< ? xnrn ; xnnp ,«n^« ,^^idt a myi 
snDDin ;«n^o ,«n^ ,Kn"^ ,Krw-i ,wti snyn? ,xmn 
ann^a ? xnn:y ? snn:^y ^npis ,ann^n ;Knnn ;xnnn 
xnrm ,xnTU ,Knrn^ ;xnnya&> ,Nnyai&> ; anyis ,amsy^ 
an^nn ,*«™ ,an>tMt ,xra-b jan-nyo ;xn-inn xao ,pmn 
,xnty^D s n ,Kny*xa ;xmon ^nnn^ ,Kmyfr ;«npir ;*osyn 
? xn-n ;xmm: ;KnTn*y ,xnTny ,xm^ ,NnTss ? sn: s DD 
ix Kpitta xpun *«w' I ^nm «n3^n ,'mn xnt^ ;«npy 
as^y 3 xn*o . 4 ionD anyatsn *o:ik .ma^n ix 8 mn*o 
■. 6 xrr»3a aa^o xnm xnno . 6 m 
,«n«5te ;xnn | inyjs ,injn B. || fhsnw run f^n A. ' 19.20*-^. 
;xn"^mK*a ;xn^m »n ,Knxi^N ;Krpn(>)p •un ,xnvn 
Knna«_ ;«nnyaty ;Knrnff ;Kn*wp ,an"E>p_ ,«nmn ,Knra 
/»nx irppirn pmin^ | amis: ,>puH anna** ,annaa ,m m 

.anuria jp^udi ^md 
|| /p^a ^wn wnn /ptf ,inn« in /pnp ,ppnn ima A. 20^. 21. 
ppun xnnnx ,«niunn",«mno ,Knno« ;«nnp ^np B. 



1 B. m. 52 a JB H. || 2 §44^. || 8 ib.f. || 4 Ber 6^. || 5 B. b. 90 1» H. 
fi Ar 19 a B. 

1* 



4* I. Formen und Siitze. 

;T2 ,^3 ,^XD ,^1X3 ,^3 ,'JP ,^xn , S D^3 ;.nXD ,*wm *W 

xi&n ,n»i:n xd3 ; xa^yn ^a ,x s aan ^a ,^n ,*yan 
| xnnan w ;xn^»nB ,^ns ;nyfcH xaru ;^a^ parya xrrrn 

.^D NltDin x aax 

22. | xjnnax 1 pi. | 'nnax ,*»rvmD pnnx ,rna /nil l sg. A. 
/•xnnx l sg. B. || /pun pinnax 3 pi. m. | xnnanw 3 sg. f. 
;Vnyi /jnyi l pi. | s xnaa^ ,"nja ; s xrwx , s xnyn ,*xrfe(*)D 
,-jrpffx, inrvx ,ina>x ,1*™ 2 sg. m. | vnnya&> ,ynmx ,y>np 
lyn&i 2 sg. f . | *jn:a ;-pjv> ,*prmyD ,-p nn ^ 7 T nni < ^ 
an rpma 3 sg.m. | wnnax ;ia>rrpa^y ,i3pyrntna 2 pl.m. 
,,Tn^x ,rrnax /^o?a:i pm mnnx *Drt>tp'xaw ^xnon 
,rpnmx jHthiW ,rprmnx ,rprua ;rpnaix ,rpnn s x ,rpnnjp)x^ 
x-nn | lrpnnax ^.ttitu 3 pl.m. | nma 3sg.f. | rpnnyap 

.imam xanx 
s. xjx B. || .i3*Dtt max ,*nrux rax ,nnfr ximx A. 
?(f.) nx "jxa .nx pi .px *nna WX .i3"»du inx .jwuds^x 
(63a.) .im xin .m xjx .xn:in3 tu*x .xm xjx 

9 (49)., xi xrfra ,xn xyix ,d^i pi xa'p p ,in x-i&b> A. 

,XplDD "|Hn ,XJtP^ 1H n ?^ n1 3 V^H ,"}^X XW ,^X X"W 

|^h na ? xn^a xin ,xin xyixa ,xrf^a inn ^nn xay 
. 3 x:tDDT rwya xt»:i *jH 2 ?xty^ ia3 in .t^a poy "p 
,t^jx s xn B. || ."jnau ^ymrm in^u ny .xin nx-no ny 
-pn ,xrvn >n n^nn xai ; ^a un ,xn^a ^xn ,xruvx xn 
xTin ? xia:» xinn pna -pm -pro *n /j# *pn ,*tw»x 
| ••txi ••tx /p">x /jvx ? *|Tx ,nsa irun ,nrva imn ,xnrvx 
.xann nau in:n .xn ^n .^n^ ^n 
i5.ia^y ? xmty irx | ion /wt /wa ,071 mt^ /wx A. 
7 x^aup ,xn»^x I x^d pinna ? ^Tn nyty pina ^d ,[x]:^d^ 
\TiD3a .xnp^y xT»a^ di i^^xo | ix^d py ,1(x)Trp | x^y^i 

1 = aa-b?. || 2 §6Sfe. || » Suk 38a ©. 



I. Forms and Sentences. 5* 

(l-.xpnn Kmixi i^p "p™ .rvn piy \ivh wwx im 
7 xi&n in ,wbu 7 Kip^y ,m^n ,nnn ,nss ^misx ,xis^ B. 
,kiiw ,*y?x ,»mp> «mn ,'msn *nju ,«ms ,Kins ,«-wn 
,»"irn Km ,Trn ,Kntynt5> ,Knjpn ,xy^tD ,kb"t ^jph ? k:ph 
;*npn?o ,*prp /npm ; pm ,[«]mvn non ,*rrmr£ wpn 
,pm> ,^n»niK^ ^ddin ,xnwiK Krrmtsn an"*?^ jKddik ions 
,Kp*>ny ariam xrau ^rmn Kirnn ,KpDio xnn ,xp-ii , » 
k^dd ,T»rr» ,D^nn Krrpny ,wn^ kiwi Knwt> Kt^n"' 
,«mm ,x-nnM ,xtsiy^D ? kiid^k ;Knnn ;mru ud ,«nsnn 
Kniyi Kmy .^nsj iniD kiidji Knu | [x]mn^ ,nn^ 
ix kj&ik in Knjj ik ?D"p *b *^von •'jim rmn .Kmyi 

n^ . 2 Ki:pKD Kin K 1 ?! KyiK& K2p .K%1D IK KmtD 

nsipnn 7i i^dk kidii . 8 K-mnD Tnyi n^i ,xnb» >jyi 
7 KyiKn Kn^ . 5 rr»nff K^on 1 ? xmn . 4 n^ Tip Mi&n 
•jrrnK . 7 KTiy K^y Kp*m k">dk 6 !K^ty >dbq kti^i 
^nao Ky^pn ^nts> ^ nvu . 8 K^on ^misi Kp^m 
kh^d . 10 nybnn "|pm x»m /Tips "jtm . 9 KynnrT 

I k^hd ,[k]"ibd& ,KrvniK idd ,arfrn nniDn ,"pao A. 16. 
,pm dis^ «rn KiDn .id* nr6 mnx .dW> "|"jv» i>m 
l^y:Di ,*imn in ft iiDn byi ."iinn^n d^ »m Ki&n 
,xmno jKrniDDD ,kisdd ? KiniD ,KnniDB.||. 14 ^^K invn^nn 

,'3*6& ,KniD1 KDK^D ,Krta'tPB ,Knbtt>D fiyWQ ,K^ffD 

,n"»npB» ,Km^tD Kruns ,k^d ,k^& ? mnntyn& ? Kinb 

,WTD ^ITOID ,*»^tDD ,Xn^tDD ,KD3>» ? Ktin&1 ^KSip ,K^DD • 

»n ,msin ncona ,Knn» ,xnroa ? K"nt*>D ,ktwb jin^ia 

1 Sanh 96 a. n. = Johanan Nappaha; Bar N. = Jishak bar 
Joh. N. || 2 Pes 113a MM r || 3 Sab 155b. || * ib. 53». || 5 *Meg 7^> 

to EaM. || 6 Emb 9a _|_ f 11 7 B t # 85a; § 45a> || 8 g uk 52a M> 

(rrasn ArM). J| 9 Ber 58b M. || 10 Sab. 55*. || " ib. 10b M. || 
18 Ber 6 b jb. || 13 Sab 67 b M: || 14 ib. 152 a M. 



6* I. Formen und Satze. 

,arvtDtt ? idi xn^jnD ,*prpjno ,arpjn& ,rpnn>n» ,»nTno 

2TI KJKDB ,K^1TD >3 ,,T^pnB ^KplDDI >6m:n KHZM 

j «m^n kisd ; kdddd^ ; aniB^n ,x$mo /mik •♦jkdd ^Kyiao 

kuk .^pint^a k^di kdd .aymrun pniDi 7\hs nx 

.^anmn ^xriD 8 *6n /aw wrm , 9 Knpis arwyrn 

17. afefei B. || .vpnyn Know p*n a^m | numm A. 
>hph*p ,«n^p'p ,xnp^p ,xn^p^p ,rronn xhfr* ,(WpTT) 
^k^ pn an!?witp ,xn^ttw ,KnDi ^7 ,*oonD «ntn 
yxmh'h ,«Wa ,»n^i^T apDio ,«idh kim ^pnn ? *npipi 
m «^nn ^rpjuat* ,*wwwi nnat* ,*rnpT ,K-pn:i /iM> 

, ,KWirD ,n^3i3 ,ants>rD /mpy 7 xTns ,nnara& ,k-ikix 
antDin mmx pirn | nan ,non ,>mtDiT ,*ntDiT ,*6ns ,«^siy 
KDpin . 5 Knt? nn «mn n^i ,kot» in xpn n^> .rprau:i 
.'Na^ait^ w-\p o arpnn [x]n^t . 6 kd#bib^ anp ^ anm 
xD^nn *& >srw -ai *OTp . 8 nsb ^ltD-iam ^» nnnop 
. 11 x^x»vn ntD'p b . 10 nJHx a^tsn *nnay . 9 *onp *6i 

. 19 Kntei« *rQtn xrw anto 
is. 2o&. 7 n , tD ,it^»n 7 win ,n6*y 7 pnn 7 im ,^d "jn^ 7 p^i&> A. 

;xnmN mm ,^^ns pan , A yD^ nxnp* p^y pirn idk ,rvn 
,*omo 7 *snD B. || .wvny ^nm^n /Tvrjy ,>jxnn ,n»j^k 
k^di man 7 n^yow ,*omip ? xrn ,*o^*n rp^n ,ppmyn 
,Knyfe «n^» ,Nn^^ anna^m win ,xjd^ ,xn\&s in 
,*oyhn ,x^m ,kj"ixd 7 xj^yD ,*opDD ,xjpsD 7 xjnnn 
? Tinn« anna ,[a]jnriK [xpno 7 *wrm ,KJBtw ,*UDffDw 
7 nann ayp^s ,«nn ,wv:i ,n*6pn ,«n»jnnK tyn ,win*ri> 
,n«i3w NDy ,n«^y ayp^D ,n*rp:i ,«nO);u ,wu ,nwy 9 nxio 
,n«DiK ,^i^,nxt3D^,nxj'm',nKJun'nN , iJn.,Kn^inm >piBo 

1 Meg 18a GMM ± . || 2 Ber fi\ \\ 3 §67&. || 4 Sab 145^> Ar. || 
5 Hul 58t> ffl. || 6 Sota 3b. || ' ib. M («nist B xn^st Ar; «ins ^s? 
v. Ar). || 8 Ber 51b ffi (itarjnaba M; ^bp Ar). || 9 Erub 3» M. || 
10 Sanh 29 b. j| u gab 66 b. || 12 Xaan 6 b M r . 



I. Forms and Sentences. 7* 

,xrra!? non ,wh in stnhs ,nxm>n *mirp m ,nxW:t 
7 "] s nn^ /|rvin>tD ,>xDn ^xdib ,wx»"r xWn 7 nxisa xW>n 
,-jniTty ,xmyn:i ,xmw ,xmtDD ,Tiun ^nn rrmox 7 rvrvn^n 
.,xnuDvr ,xni^>yD ,xnipJBD ,xni^s ,xrri^t ,xrnyj2n xnnn 
/irpmo'iD ,x^did ,x>Bun ,x^tan ,nwoD^ ,xnus^ ,xrnsrw 
*j«jd hi ^xpitso xd'x ^an xmu | xnx^TD ,x*rri3 
. 3 xnnrr xj^n ,rrnDixi turns yT&yi Km . 2 xdxi x»bo 
xian . 6 wm s n rpnrpxi np.'a in>x . 4 xipa ntD xrm 
xsam .'xrnrva ix xnmn ix /^ptsn xrnn^i man 
xWn xmno ,xmn xWn xmp^ . 8 x:ixn xbn xro^a 
x^> xjw ^n nnx /ami ^nx ^bj xnun nnx . 9 ^m 
x^did^ xpmo xrra xrmy •'XTin^ A n*p . 10 'Dm x^i ^nx 

."xTnn 
,xrpn m 7 rprmx nsx ; xxin ^nn ,xb»3 xjt&>^ dwd A. 25 (54). 
ltDK ,xm xm:i p ,i^n^ nu p ,rryiD no ,xi&n u^ vhn 
;xm ib&x ,xitsD ^itDDx ,tnw mnn ^DnfOJ na inn , h mw 
,'B^n wn ,xrn ^ ^"inj ^sxn ^nnn ^sjxn 7 pm >ap 
,rwn mnx ,n^n *i^ya ,nn*p ^y ,xav nr& ,x2in nm 
^a ,'3*a ,"^rn ,^> ^3 l sg. I 7BJ3 vnn ,xrp&>x x>nn Tnnn 
7 x:bjx3 ,xj^p^? ,x& 1 pi. | mif? /m*? ,rmn ,™n ,^p^> 

,1^^H 2 pi. m. I WJD 2 Sg. f. I XJaip^ ? XJaip ,XW3 

,\manp p fmhv ,"1BX3 ,\tibjx3 3 sg. m. | pwp ,p:pa 
J yiptfO)& ^imnnx ,yirr^y ,TinH ,T»n^ 3 pi. m. | nvfoaax 
.x^a&n xmn^a pya xyixi xrnn^a .xnB>3B> xsnin dib^ 
||. 12 VT^ Minna ?x'at? **h2 xnnnn .xm xibic? ^n 
,'xi^y jvhv ,^y ^xinn ,">xa:fr ,^xbx^ ,'xnnn /x-j^d l sg. B. 



1 Pes .51^ m x . || 2 Sab 66^> M. || 3 Sanh 14» (»3nm K; 
"nia'i M). || 4 Suk 56^> MM X Ar. || 5 Meg 12^b GArM. || e B. k. 
92t> M. || ' Taan 23» IB. || 8 Sanh 105» KM. || » Sab 152». || 10 ib. 
32» Ar. san^t *a] sic 1. pro wiifa, WM ia, ia-iita; cf Ber 
56» F. || " Hag 9b G. || 12 Sab 152* ("W^ns] Ra^i). 



8* I. Formen und Siitze. 

2 sg. m. | -pi^y ,pa , j^D ,^nu ,1^1 ,£ ,p 1 pi. | WlS* 
,ini£ ,Tnii3 ,irma /pra. /ira ,^,tj ,t*? ,Y> >T3 >1- 
,T*? 2 sg. f. t t^ a^v ,lh> ,T^ /"P* 3 >W >T™' 

,13^3 ,1D«3J ,13»rVrt3 ,13»J'» ? 13^> ,1Dn 2 pi. m. | ^JD ? ^ 

mA ,^rp.s xin ,.n^.TJ ,n^ ,x^na ira 3 sg. m. | wnna 
jpiaxn 'a^ ,n»a^ /am rpma ,rminx^ ,irai htd ,xn^an 
n 1 ? ,r£ ,rn 3 sg. f. | rrmnD ,m^y ,wx*vrt tAv ,nnna 
,in»^TJ ,ina 3 pi. m. | rm^y ,mnax ,mna ,nw jH^n^ 
,i.TB»a ,irr»BJxa ,i.T*&p ,in»rm3 ,irpnna ' ,i;w© ,imm 
| wmno /innna /irrn^y ,in^Ti^y ,in"t>y ,"irwa ,in^a 
.mnax xitsini 7 rvmx nt^a | wrm ,wd /r6 7 tq 3 pi. f . 
.^an x^ina xpis-n [n]^p ^ibn xidh 'nan [rfl'Bp- 

?' 2 i? rush Kjonn ^m nna 
23. (52.) yat? ,vj» rfrn ^m •pmn ,in n nn ^ jT*™ A. 

-j^xa ,niB*3n xdi^ xn&> ten *ai iw mtpy yhni ,pw 
7 xnt? tit *w nn ,niB3T xbi^ xn# B>n 'an w mtyy 
,xrv:yn mtry n^n ,*ptD3n i&ynhn ,xn»nnx •ptp no >mn 
rwy yaix ,"ptp no^n ,no rfrn ,xn3^n >sx n»y. n^n 
,rrw a&> 1331 rrw rw -oa ,no t^nn ,rwy pan /pjip 
,no yts>n ,r\*wy yen ^mt^y ^an ,"py*a mtpy yatsn fnxa 
^x*»n rfrm y^wy ? xn&> irn *pB>y ,x:r6 in\ int^yi inxa 
^n(^ /ppon ,tsfom •pyaix ,yaten "pr&n /par yrhn ,H^ D 
^mn s 3J pan ia ? s m pana ,"p° n ^aixi VViw na ,nt>m 
? xnwp xnjDin ; nxanp xj^jy s d ; "jn:n i»s^x nyaixr in»y 
••xn^n ixmx ,x-w:n [x]j^jti xaix ? ^^n ,xn;Dip ^y^ ri^n 
fc ^^ ? 3s xn^n mn ^xn^n ova s xn^n *t ^y *xn^n oy^ 
7 xiDnD ma ,xm in ? ni ^ntyDi nn B. || d xn^n h^p ••xn^n 
x^i ,in n^snax jH^sna nnx 7 xin xjm ,in xor 7 nn xny 



1 Sota 10 a M. (s^mina] a">tt ^na M!).. || 2 Ber 10a H.: §68rf. || 
* Sab 88* 3 (rms] Mn«g). jj * Ar 16^ M. 



I. Forms and Sentences. 9* 

in ,mn n,i3 ,nn3rt> in ,ini in b ,nn s xina ,n s n xin 
,.Tiin^> ,-pin*? /Tin 1 ? xyiD mi iin^> xyis in 7 xin3 ,x3bo 
im w>3^ mx nn ;in(*)mni> wm inp)mn^ nn^i xnan 
,i3»inn ,^rnno ? xn»3n Ti^nx jm s nin ,-p3 nn ,x3 v lTi 
xn^n inn ,^»d n^n ^nn /ixd nt>n ,^w n^>nx ;in»nn 
,[xn^3] ts>an ,m xynix ,w y3ix3 ,«n^n *b«3 ,nviy 
xnw ; xaan s mm xn^i n s tp ,*pw rwsnh wain ntp»n. 
nynty ,^at xy3t&> ,xnnyotfi> 3tp ,w 3&> ,*pw xnn&6 >itd 
nymK, «n^ ; x\j&n ,rrw ; *]nb n&n^i -pnw 312^1 -£ ,^"p 
? m mtpy ,xd^ >xn^ ytrni xdm s xn^ xnnax yts>n ,[*d3] 
nn ,*Jty no »mn ,no m ,ionn ,icnn3 /ntsra id inn 
,iD»m iD3ix 7 n:ni xnx^y no^nn ,io^n ^nnx w no 
noon ,no3ix ,no>3ix ,io^nm id*31x3 ? iD s Dni iD3ix 
13 7 nit iD3K> ,iD3Wi lonw ,>D3 lonw ,no>&n ,*nniyo 
,nD3B> ,v^ 3 ^ D3Bf ?^ D ,JDn ln:yi ^C3^ "Q3 >-^d *w 
in xms ? x^nin ^n: >y3ix ;no^n ,nDt?*n ,iD»n ,io^on 
nx» y3ix ,>!?dbd ,ixd n^n ,id nn&n ,ixd ;>tdi:i tw 
xs^>x ; s mm jwm nxD >j&n ,^dbd ,ixd ynt^ ,^dbd 
nx& pom ^x nn /dib xb*?x ,n^n^D xnnn n^xatpo 
,n35 s b^x innn ? nJH s b^x ny3t? ^dib *s^x xn^ ,*tdi:i 
no m3 ,xnim lonnn ^xninn ,ixd n^n ^b^x ixd n*t? 
,xn"Dp *»ytr n^n ^xap >x&p ,xn"Dp ? x&p x&p ;xnmn 
nn ;xn»m3 n^yiD ,non3 wd ,xn»in3 ,nxron n»v 
«n^n ? Nni^x xn^n 7 xnyDtr xn^n ;xpu i^b ? x^bi 
x^jy ,>n^n nn ,xn^m xn^m v n ^ nKD ,Jon ; 1s ^d 
| xmnt^ jXn^n^ ,xt^Din •ojj 103^ ? xn^n xn^^x ? xn^n 
xn^B xin X3D ,xn»i3i3 noty xim ,xnn3n nDt^ xin 
xn^:n» ,\tjj xnDi3 xin ^h^id . 2 npi xjs x^?dd xnsnn 
i.i"^» im .moi xn ss ^p X3p ^ion '3p nn .mix ■j^typ 



1 Sa&h 38 b JB. || 2 Meg 7 a M. || 3 §45</. 



10* I. Formen und Satze. 

.rhm >mn xaa .rpy nn *m x^d .pa nro *py 
it^y in ,*KipD^ rw 12 .^bh^? nyaix ,*&6 nyaix 
Kim ,*obW? s ra ats> . 2 arroyrk ionn -ia ^rut^ 
nyi aw /ynty nn ,noanx .no in ypsa . 8 tsna Tay^> 
•pr&m 'jan .no >mn ,noti>n iyi ara .no nn ? no ^on 
hxd .^xrai xin x^i ,*">bb nx» .ty&m vyaix xn yatsn 
. & xTiDrn xn 1 ?^ xyixa ^m nx& ; *n&m xnt^n apD(>)yn wt 
xnttf »m xdp xd*p . 6 pnn "prpan ^nt^D» xia:i t^s: n&2 
.xmp xnty n^iD *inp w ,xDn:n xnt&> rfriD a^n ">x 
xrvtsn vn^nD ny^n wph wipi xnna KJts^te xn:£m 
. 7 *uiDri>Ki wain nm xnsx xynna xhdx ^ .xyan 
29 (56). ,xnaD I rv*w ,rv^xtj> ,iv^bip ,rpDBX ,rvyDB> ,n^pff A. 

? npa&> ,ny^a | "pnpnff | yaw /pan ? in:x ,inao ,wnns 
/I'-nx /6pt&> ,mo ,inte ,ipnn I npny ,m^ ,nVw ,rApff 
,i^xb> ,ipwx ,ia>DB> ,ianp ,ian ,iam ,i^bj ,n»a ,itax 
,n^>nn nnoK xjx | irf?«> ,pnj | mv ,ipo ,ip^o ,irrro 
]"jy^i .xw i 1 ? *oarr .n^n^ max ?xmi ppbipbi 
.wit pnay x 1 ? xrw xvin .yowp xj^xeh xn^xtp 
.rpnyi ^y rnayi n^nx .n^n^ r6 p^pis xrnriDx dw*? px 
n^ ns^x x^n ? xn >xn .nwsb xrrmt may xn ?)x 
t&^ai xama x^n nay xijwi xnanrD .nnam widdk 
,^bx ,n&x 7 ^ix ,^>ntp 7 ^yw ,^od 7 nao ,^ai B. || .x^u 
,]-nn ,]rnw | ^w 7 ^dj 7 ^xe> ,^w ,mi 7 nay 7 nay 
7 narr 7 nupj 7 may ,rmn .n^pt? 7 npa^ ,mao ,nm | p^tr 
? tt>na I innay | may ; npa^ | na^n^x ? na s n s ; np^D 7 na s D: 
,pv\ur>x ? p^nt^ ,psj ? ^s: ,s]on ,^x ? osn ,^p» ,^0 ,piD 7 t^tsa 
? xDitD I an^x ; a^n^x ,a*»iv 7 y»tr 7 i^>xa 7 tom ,tDm ,tynp ,D>ytD 
7 ^i3x ^iix piao I m^ 7 ny»t^ ? xa^s^ ? x^tx 7 r6pt2> ,mao 



1 B. b. 5 a. || 2 Ket 50 a JB. || 3 Sanh 7». || 4 Pes 89 1> (in MJ. 
Ieb 63a MM, (^^Bni M,). || 6 Hul 7^ B. || ' Suk 8» MM X . 



I. Forms and Sentences. 11* 

| piho .,nnn ftyv ,uim 7 (f.) m* 7 pisj ,^isj ,nns ,tox 
,V« ^ap^ ^3« TnTnyn *6i ? apT ^x wjyn n^ njk 
■>p*ntt ^ . 3 ^>k£> *6 xnx 7 ^x&' ann . 2,, DDn nm /sun 
wdk . 4 xnnn rw» psj /rmrp m^ nnnn n^ ip^nenn ■£ 
.runtD w^ntD xno^p .n^top x^tsp x&y ?hd n^ya *6 
Ninny 5 in^ .xn^n -p^ n^top ?m"j>& ">tb n^pty n&^h 
*nn ^sni. .w ^^V l^i .Nrvjyn ^m in 6 .n^ Niin n^>n ,nw 
Niim >pu inn .wdjn J"py&tp in my!?N >m -po xh 
rm mms^ rpym idni N^inn upJN 'tin 3ntsi rvrm 
Ntsin xte .id ion .Nip^yD "pnyjK p^>Di *nb^i .rpDp 
Nnmte nm njdhi "pin .xnb nn nnj .myi ry»^ N^>n 
, 7 Kjnn ^rm phiw r\*h nm n*»bbh Nnmte v? 3 ^Vix'r 
n^^ i>^nx in *>tn mi rvnnp .pnr& m^ &»rta ito 
niDx .nnj nidh ."^nnp^ ahpi ^n„ :idni N^pi pntsn 
.nun ir6 rpym irn 7 ndn irt'rpym in iidn .dn ^ 
,tibd> ,-p^tr | piD^n 7 pinxn ^unrn ,yitmn | v^ni(^)n A. 3o« (57). 
,ptM$> ,ptDJ3 I yun^ 7 (f.) yips^ /pno* ,-jnsD* | ts>n^ ,ibn* 
^dti n^> . 8 djhu >nm yirrpn.N^ 7 ^td xmtsDn | ibW 
7 w nhj *k ?m>" ^d ?^t" ind /n«in:i nnn xom 
7 pi^N ^ipt^N B. || . 9 yirrp Niim «mm Nin !NTDr& po* 
7 nittN 7 nTPN 7 *)nN 7 iepn ,^pn ,nn>x 7 itsB>N ,Tny^ ,^nt?N 
,io*n ? iO)nyn 7 ?p^nn ,^in>n | nTH 7 po^ ^>itsp^ | pox 
^ip^.jBi^ I nam 7 nnyn ,wmn ,iJntn | n*>rpn ,n">wn 
,)^vh ,pis*j ,tio^ 7 pin^^ ,tDiw>j ,tDin^ ,pnn^ ,^pt^0)J 
,1335^ J piTyTi ; pny^n | po^ ,nty»^ 7 nTi^ 7 ^r: ^^^ 
7 nny^ ,tDip^ ,itDipj^ ,ips^ ,^n^ ,i^n^ ,^s^ ,idim ,idi^^ 
Ninip inn 10 ^s^ ^rx | iyi^ ,iy»t^^ 7 inn^ ,mn^ 7 hd^ 



1 Sab 140b. || 3 B. b. 33b. || s B. k. 29^. || * Sab 29^ M. 
5 §67«. || 6 Git 45*. || 7 Ber 58* M. |j 8 Ioma 72^ ©. || 9 Sab 116^ JB. 
10 §69«. 



12* I- Pormen und Suisse. 

noxi io">x .xtrno no xr6(">)o yotrxi bvx .ris 1 : 

tD1pJ*»K ?110K V3 *,iJ3D X3^1 X3^H , A rtf3D X3W X3M ^31 

(?tj .in(^im xo^tp T2yji pis>j .xim b H'i xiob> 
?^2ii rprro T2y^ ,«in ^xideh xmx X3n .xpo^y -pnyj 
yiiO)n .2ipn xt> xoi3^> .xrm\3 n^Drn x^> 3iop s n x^> 
po>n x^ .xi:p:j in»n x^ .nrn^n xb .iim( s )n x^O) 
/xra ^nTn x^> .nn s i2yn x^> . A yotp nnp* xb xms^ 
.ra^njrn ioprn x^> .n^ nrom xn"i22i '•pitto i2irn x^> 
B>in3( s )n P^t^i nitfir^ xbn n *ornox .X3.i irnrvn x^> 
x^ 21 n in /to id oiyo^ . 2 mo tanns^ x*?i ,xyix 
I0)nn nnnf^ . 3 i3D^> nm b^jpx 10:1^ .xpT» hmh 
.xmsx 10 3'n\» 3t$> tdb>s3 xipij .^wix n^n^r 
xrra ,xi2 ^Dipon .xj«i n^ nip^ ,xjh n^ ivxi ixo 
. 5 xd^so pm i^ >y*? ^r»n . 4 niTn xb 
soft (59). p to ,ih p b . 6 ^ip» xpT xpT no 1 ? | ^iop ^13 A. 

|| .",t^> uni toinm mns,, xib iox .xA i3ioo ,]n 
? p]ion ,oim ,2T3i ,tyn*? ,hipw ,iis» ,fnp ? ^op ,oi^d B. 
| po ,nns 7 2ip ,bxw ,b*xw ,oi»: ,piD ? ps ,bo ? ^o ? ^3x 
,fex ,ioim ,uite ? i2n3 ? i2in3 ,13113 | ^i ,*p3t? ,^p# 
I inns ? i2^rvx ,'favx fiv ,nny ,10^0 ,i^pff ,(f.)i^20 ,imn 
-psn ."iO)piDS ^ pios zoiyo xoyoi 2i::i xn^ irs2 
? s mn nop: w ;^mn oipjn xb . 8 ^>03 "jidti x^n nn^2J3 
.wntsw im xm po ,xnrpx yon xm mm . 9 nbn oip: 
.rtf> tjd rwTyn x^>yn .nb t^in^ni ."j^rn ,xsu iO)nrpx 
^i ; xin ^^xiot^i xinx X3n .xipi h^d^d 1 ? ^sty ,x s o^ 
.ino^ iy io: .^mn x^i yn .xnisx n^n /213 n^ m^y 
\nm ^n ,^ni2 ^ 2n .-}i^ ^ 2n .^ms^ s x^y po 



1 Git 33a M. || 2 B. m. 104 b HM.(ttMna^] ffiinsn HM; an 
UJ^nsn Af'el legendum?). || 3 Sab 63*. || 4 ib. 116^. || » Taan 9^ IB. || 
6 Men 85a En. || ' Ber 5^> ArM vid. || s Pes 113a jb. || 9 ib. M r 



I. Forms and Sentences. 13* 

'Hbx *^y x^i ? uti *aoDna xn»i ^p^px .ir6 no*x 

j^nx nn s D^D n p nn^ ntD .tsa*?^ nay A. . soc (60). 
,-iyDB^ ,nBx(»)D ,piO)a^ B. || 3xb»d^ p*? rrxi n» fei^xtp 
,ps^ ,nt^»D ,x-iDn^ 7 ")&W ,f]^o*? ,hynh ,*prr& ,-nno)t^ 
wp 2 xnp s ny2 id:pd | yTD ,po^ ,nrPD*? ,x2nO)D ,2rpD 
.^n i2yt^ xyix mix i*6 . 8 xmn2D 
,Vtep ,p^ /piny /pnDJ /l^ " 1 ,T^» ?1^« ? V^x A. 31 (58). 
,rwxy t>y x*>yn rn id | "prpyT ^innox ,*pDE>n ,v arn ,intsp 
,i? ~\h„ !yDB> nx n^n ,max r&n . 4 xrpao xti:^ T2y 
x 1 ? \-n2^>2 ." 5 2ipn x^> xdi^> ,*nno lino !xtu„ ,inDx 
|| .i^pt^ X 1 ? ^pt^D 7 *p2.T 2?tb .'pjn.B x^> Tiuna ^m: 
| 2"t? ,^xty ,:ino ,itid ? ino ,idd ,ibd ,idx /-prix B. 

,'pBJ ^H.} ,"»2"ff ,^0)^ ?^ Dtr S~m> ^ ntD 7^* ? nD ^ I ^^ 
,XJ^tX | H2^ ,pPP ,1^K ,"frp» /p3y I ^p ? un ' >^rr >?^ D 
,XJtDWB ,XJ2*n2 ,XJ2\T , e XJtrm ,XJtP*ro ,X^DX ,xrVtx 
,Xj1^X ,Njy2tD ,XJmtD,Xi^ttp,XJH2y,X:T2y,X3p^D,X3^DJ 

jp^pty I xnoD ,xjidx ,xmn ,x:n&x ,xjinD ,xj"dd ,x;t:ix 
I (f.) ni2y | n^p ,mrp ,nn2tt 7 ny^2 ,rfox | P72&* ,p^ap 
h*d ^ p^2t^ ^d I inn>2y , 7 in^ix ,in^i?o ,irpyT /innox 
xin ,x2 , »(x)2 n^ 2^01 . 8 on^ m(x)on x^d xian ?,T>ra 
,p|^i x^> *-nDnD A ^p ,p)^ *Vp» A mt3n ,x*dx ^b ^tx 
.y^>2 ^ n*jB2*? X2b .nn: x^> "|w ^ rvn(x)D x^2 X2b 
nn2H2 x^rn ,yn xV^ x2n^D ? s! ? yis ^xd ,xipy x^iid 
. 10 idx •'xd yT x^i xt^^D i^i .yT xhi x^jy ^ss . 9 yT 



1 Ker 6 a M. || 2 §42«. || 8 Ioma 29 a. || 4 B. k. 52 a H ( Kn ^52t3 
H* ArM). || & Sab 13 * M; Pes 40 b MM r || 6 Sanh 89 "b K. || ' Pes 
101 a jb. II 8 B. b. 98 a. || » A. z. 22 *> Ar » v. }>^ m II io s ta 22a ArM. 



14* I. Formen und Satze. 

.xnte xnw nnn xnrvx ^ixw nnxai xsnnx xian 
xpsj •'xa .xmy x^aa xtpa(*)#' .xnwy »^« x^y inn 
X3» x!?a pnyi xpho ah ?nra xpsj ^xa^ ?rwa ^ 
x^>i /l^a ^nx x^> ! xnmxn s poy x*? ^nm ,xrnn xtrnm 
xijn x*yi .xniiDDD n^ nny b^pxv rprn /jra ^no: 
[x]iax *x .xjaann m oxi ? ^a xiain nnx ,"jtsm ^ryi 
np!?D . 2 nn [x]nn vh\ [«]"ipy ,"xna xnpy„ :x[rn]rf>a 
xn^x s a .niaxp -pst? !nt?a /psjnn Tnrw ,xi:px^ 
,*Dvm p^n :inD id ?T"p nsDi i^yT vh pxi *tb 
•ppte xnn ?irpoy ^xan . 8A Dvm i^tm x^> :ino iai 
nun '■x ?*"Tm nnnian x^i*„ max xm .p^nm xnm 
>xr6 ^nt? ^xa nyT .^xsa xtbbh Yinx ^ xjqvp pn 
?*»ynn npntsn 7H2 n^pt^ xa^i ?in^ n^rp r:\i ?xnnn 
xaya ^xa ?>xmx nnn^ s xax ," A mn2 ur> h „ :n^a nyat? 
na^x iy Pinyoy ^xan ?n^x xnv6 (f.) nxi ?np^o x^> 
Pxjsnn xvhvh n^ m^tDpvon innny 
^•pnn in 'man ^>yi pt>a did ^yi | iww ,1^^^ A. 
na Tnpi Tsm ,xn x^i xn x^i ; tswx in Mi^in ]^yjai 
,P^dd p>a:i B. || .xpwn Titi v^ V n ^ n ^ ^^^ ^y .rwa 
,x&ns>s ,xn>sy ? xs^dd | mi ,yn* ,d^x ,^nx ,»]^ff ? ^ap 
? xrpan /j^ptp ^TDa | *»tD-»pj /Tny ? ^na | xnyap xmrte 
,(f.) nyjs ,nn>tsm | p^n^n | xa^n ,xrpa:» | xp^nty 
xip .mni? ^nj ,xiin^ ^nj | irv^n ,in>nns | (f.) m>ox 
xin .rpnnxn ^nxi laj ,rpa^Ji ^pt^ xjh s nai .n^nn 
ty^^x Tny ! "ND^yi ^^on„ : max nxi ,xn>nm ^nn p^oy 
»>mTny .n^ao)i un yisi t^»j , »x i^ny .t»i^ x^i on^i 
y^at^ >t& ,*v^ »^i n^yix ix-'di ^^x i^ny In^jH vnn 
x^> :*-idi!?d) ^ xy»a^ x 1 ? .xn^0)a ^ xnna ?xnn -j^ 
pnax ^d xtrn j^n^nax x^s /l 'xii xd^d .(^ xi*»nD 

1 B. b. 96b m. II 2 ib. 3*> H*M. || 3 Ieb 12\ II 4 B. b. 41 b JB. 



I. Forms and Sentences. 15* 

^tdj .m Tim 1 >ons ah — iKtWB P^rvjnDK xvhai 
!rra wh* £>&z> an .*"n*o >«jn t?y i^bk osn rttp A „ 
.p:m an^x w^b "o ,^b *6 KD^>y ^12 tkb >an xi^x 
rrnn'Di ,wi^n «^> rpniprn .nw>a n^n sV hdt sI to ^ 
.p^oy h nv® )nm h i ^d ?p>p>oy ^BBitro .kjtd*t 
?m^y ">kbk ? fe Tin .id^o p^ny px .yp^y nron *on 
^"lrpBTirpx&x,, :ir£ }v*\nx ,wnm xntpn .^ lrppnn *6 
^ry^x ,*up:iTX 1 pi. | rpy^pn* Perf. 1 sg. A. 32. 
3 pi. m. I n^wx ,m\Tnp)x ,niD3n^ 3 sg. f. | py^x 
Impf. I lyip'K 3pl.f. I npy^x ,npyrvx ,wh&x /D'Bnn(')x 
Inf. I lyDnts^ 3 p. f. I Tnynn 3 sg. f . | imr 3sg.m. 
^nDJD^yBn^Dj^pn^^pl.f. | vy^P»Pt.pl.m. | xnwrpx 
7 *ot3BH mm 8 yim:nx ^x ,nnn >jn ^mris "o | proa 
1^1 .l^tDpnn x 1 ?! lmnn i^t .xdjid mro ,x^> w ; mro 
7 x&"n xnny .xnnynD xnnsn xnns .n^ uinsi nDt^x 
|| .vnanffD x^i vmxn *?y *?nn ? pteno }nnyn inn 
I iy^x l pi. I ^wrpx ^p'x/rrit^x^ynn^xPerf. 1 sg. B. 
7 -pBnn( s )x 3 sg.m. | iivtob^x /inntDB'x 2 pi. | nmrpx 2 sg. m. 
,-|(*)Bnffx ,y£n*x pnyx ,n^x ,t^« ,TMrpx ppyrvx 
,i&rpx /-pnrpx pnnx /]n^C>)x ,pnrx ,pmrx ,yDntP0)x 
,xyfcax /xyj^x 3 sg. f. | yTrvx ,^wx ,y-irpx ,mrpx 
Jtkdb^x 3pl.m. I xyirvx ,xsntDXx ; xrporx ,xnorx yXy^x 
jIbmyi 2 pi. m. I norvx Impf. 1 sg. | XT^"nx 3 pi. f. 
pDDj ,iDDn^ ,s]'dd^> ,TDDn^> ,Tiyn^ 3 sg. m. | mtsn 
3pl.m. I lorvn 3sg.f. | ^ffnc»)j pon^ /innp)^ ,ym»^ 
,mtDB^ Inf. I ["fjlDEPX pi. m. I "lDtt*» Imp. sg. m. | IBDD^ 
f ^bti(>)x ,>mjnx 7 hiid^ ,nmi^ ^TOnDx 1 ? /msn^x 
,"jntDSD ^p^a ,iwq ^mD 7 r\^n ,p>nT& pWD Pt. sg. m. 
,*™b>b ? xuDnt^)D sg. f. I *?wn(*)o ,rono ,-pnrPD ,Tit^& 



1 sc. &&a. i| 2 Ket 19*M. || 3 §61*. 



16* I. Formen und Satze. 

| ^arro s&*>(?p ,odjO)° ,'yj»*» /ffrnna pi. m. | naojD 
| (f.) *uawD ,«nnt3C»)o l sg. | XBDnt^D ,«ntoro pi. f. 
jop^D I (f.) nawfOo ,nronO)D ,nosnD 2 gg. | i*aw»D l pi. 
nonna ^sx ,w6 n^> o>d:px ;h?j m *nanna ^ax 
xrpn xapa iux .xri"Dp xri»t& ^'nm xrwm pxian 
.n^i^ia ^pnt?o)x .nnoy fis ,n^ rnlivx ?iaa s paTx 
xm ?*xdx .XD^>y Tit^x .'XBwTxTa xE&y -idd">x 
xri>ao *6k jinn^x rmsa ix 1 ? ^xan xn lo^rvx ora 
;xts^s^x rp v ya .rr»toi no x^prpxi ,V»prpx .non^x 
.•rami /xno w>xa "p&0)xi ^x .mnx "p 1B ? xn^jnD 
.n>iat&>D xnym "lomn x^n n^ xtnj idt n^nunm idi 
^ ix 1 ? /|,tpxi xrnn 0:6 mp .yisx nxs iO)mtn nao 
xnnj ma .xd^jj ff>mnD xnyty ^ ix 1 ? .xd^ tenmno xov 
xrfcn ^&p xiDxnnn xn^D *?a ?^ no^ km n^ enmntfi 

/xt^a x:t^ Di^D na n^ 
33. pom ,x»na 7 xj-i7j ; x^op l pi. | n^ap Pf . l sg. A. 
faw ,watp ,ww ,ianp 3 pi. m. | iin^^D /pnty)ap 2 pi. m. | 
pl.m. | vhpp nt^SD Pt. act. sg. m. | pDV^ Impf. 3pl.f. | 
2 pi. | v^wd /pwo ,pMB /panpo ,inyxo /pat^no /pteaa 
xn | ittvpmD 2 pi. | ixnoa ,pnnD pass. pi. f. | fino^o 
■pmtDB .Dib >xD*Tp ^x ^an nn"# x^i /pp wbj rvanp 
>x^>aa .nnv imp^n iap s .xiid^xd yi^x tynsx ^rx .tp 
.ptpnan xnyDty pnoox xDitynn xynxa onn ^iddx /x»bb 
xnat? ^yoa xnTa*y pay x*n aj ^>y *)x /xnn&n w >jn 
. 2 pay xV ^: xdv ^a xnn /jpaBon dwd 
,^ap 3 sg. m. | m«» ,n^»ap 2 sg. m. | ona Pf . 1 sg. B. 
| -iito 3 pi. | n^"tp ,rmv ,xTps 3 sg. f. | "pa /W ,"nt? 
| ™ 1 pi. | "iO)-ia^x ,tw(*)k , rhwx , vatx Impf. 1 sg. 
,inn^ ,"inn4 ,tD^n^ ,*p^ 3 sg. m. j y^wn 2 sg. m. 

1 B. b. 39^HM. || 2 Pes 50*> M 1 . 



I. Forms and Sentences. 17* 

/jprv^ ,'DJ3^> ,top^ 3 P L I intJfn 3s g- f - I ^^ /"P^O) 3 
,vryn ,i3^n /iBnp ? irntpl.m. | ^nlmp.sg.f. | lty)*^ 
Pt. act. | yta ,nw ,wn ,myx ,wnp ,'onp Inf. | i3np 
,«:oyDflg.f. Iikitd ,V3bb ,pisB ^nnB ,topa /pans sg.m. 
? n^D ,nyso ,nn»B ,m» b ,>rfcxD ,nmts pi. m. | anp^B ,ru3tB 

1 pi. | jutwb ,*o*3tB ,w3^itD l sg. | "jibib pi. f. | ibitib 

2 pi. | (f.) rnyxo ,(f.) mmo ,nniB 2sg. | p^db ^rmo 
| mno ,mpo ,ipnB ? i^dd ,p3iB pass. sg. m. | uvfenjB ,in^3pB 
| xnn^^D ,xmnnB ,anmnB ? Nntt>3&>B ,x3ipB ,x:ipnB sg.f. 
,xjnBt?B i sg. | xpmB ,«mpo pi. f. | inmo , w3»d pi. m. 
ws\ vh x s b ,i? tit kti | mpsB 2 sg. | p^pniD l pi. | «mpD 
*6 -prm3 *rn:i i^sm wiyi xrvi3 ,kb^v Kinn^> p^tx ^3 /£ 
xrvn ,«s*nn ^ nt&> i,tx(V) ,K^in n^ n^ xjx .it*? ^jn 
ino ^jy ^d onp .n^Di^ DHp ••Bnp .rtapi rrao ntopi 
*c»py '313 )vi2V s b h T\h\s r\wr\ ^3 A ito« .inn[']3T7 xmi 
^ xbvb ^b r6i3 rupn *?3 — ? K3*py ni3 T3$n xntpm 
*bj ion ;yipn *6 nDWi ,ppn no ^Bn ? x3*py oi3 p^3y 
DHp^ inB 1 ? .anno ^m DHpj .ppn vh "OBn ,*ppn 3t* 
*6 .■p-n'u nn .-p3j 3n .^pisai )h 3n .^d arrruo ^y>yi 
wh "ntrt *6 .annx HH3 rwsj tc^rx s]ntf^> .X33 ipyn 
,Yyi3x x^mx !xnM> xb 1 ^ ib n^ nw ?nnM> xb 1 ?^ ib 
in 1 ? *w .i»dj v? n ^V ?1^ d:i VP n T OT -V m 1 rnt 

/Xlp *p1DB^ NDnm X^3D .N1H XB^3 ^b ^bibs .xm(i)|? 

aontsxan U"n ,*nBnm nm A ^ipi in :kb*?b>3 niBx ^x 
3 ?^v^i -nna^ *h nBt> ,tjnpi s txi >tk :niBK ^ k^k ;^r^ 
n^i rvytsnn ^i ^3131 x^n m ''313 xn^B ^ ^xt^Bi ^?3 
,nwn s pKp .xjy3Bi xnpo^B kjVsj ,^n^nBB n^ xia^s 
^isbi ^«jb ^3 .snn3 x^> "»^3n xd^bi ."w»in s b^ ^n^B 

.«3B^ IHI Vy3lS ^ISB X^ll ,^1SB13 

1 §69 a. || 2 Suk 52 a M r || 3 Nid 6»> M. 
Margolis, Chr. Bab. Talm. 2 



18* I. Formen und Satze. 

34.Impf.3pl.ni. | vwx3pl.m. j nttHpn 1 * Pf, 3 sg. f. A. 

.•pooy rrn •ppoyrp | x^no^lnf. | f?:>nD^ 3 pi. f. | yhvyh 
npoya ,npoyrpK 2 sg. m. | ^DnDK ./ntDntsw Pf. l sg. B. || 
3 sg. f. | ip»« ,i"ntrx ,"pn\x ,pTK ,nyts^)K 3 sg. m. | 
| -nnyw /rantPK ,rDrw>K 3 pi. | ^y^a ,Ktopp>K ,xjdtpx 
|-tanD(*)n 2sg.m. | lytDJU l pi. | nayw ,iyusx Impf. l sg. 
,p]itD^,^nD^ 7 pnD0)^,p]nn^3sg.m. | nnyn(^)n 2 pi. m. 
/ritDB^/nny^/iJini*?3pl.m. | hipn ^npnn 3 sg. f . | iso 1 ? 
,wiBnffO)xInf, | Wp'Ksg.f. | tanoO)x Imp. sg. m. | Tnn^ 
Pt.sg.m. | nip^n^^Dnn^^DiDn^/Dion^^^iDnD^ 
sg. f. | mno ^Dy^D pyusa ,pnD(^)D phnwQ pssnD 
pi. f. | ISprPD /BDn'D ,^:mD /SltDX^D pi. m. I Ni(i)iynD 
2 sg. I ■p'omrB l pi. | NJp^nDD ,iwon#D 1 sg. | N^noD 
.nnya «^> ,Kmro 1 x:n s DJ nth *a | "irpp^noa 2 pi. | nmiD 
in ,tnnnm *pm >^b b .iyusn *6 nai /pnr^ amp yin in 
jThhikid '«n .id iyus(^> *6 .uinnn «!?i v^m aiana 
arm ,«nntts» nmnn kbk 3npC»)B *6 mrvn wxx i^sk 
H*? ^3J>D w /d^sdd ^pts> •orfr . 2 annum X 5 ? KD^n 
n»^n»*B ^ ks'wb w , A yp"ip- rfrpt? -on*? ;-j^d >o»*?nt^& 

35. ,nnipn 3 sg. f . | ny-nn 2 sg. m. | ^ropa Pf . l pi. A. 
ip^DK ; irvriK ,ip W ,inntPK /ithdx ,ip^n« 3 pi. m. 1 nm^x 
,Vps» Pt. act. pi. m. j iwrfr /]lpB , » /[UDIV Impf. 3 pi. m. | 

xm I inn^pass.pl.f. | ftnio ? lvnD ,yiDBB pi. f . | (f.) v^ma 
ta rwnn r6yi *>rpntp& to nwix rfryi d^ih amp kvi 
[Kpaay >m-^D& at^n km *6n .KTyi ion *6n ?[«]nriD 
*n*n >d ,ar&& id 1 ? xrpny ,1:^ wpw id P^t fjipni rwam 
•pnonnx }H nD *Q^^oo "prp rvp'san «in aum w^th 
'om« ,^*ntj" pxn *oib>bk "prpnnn "jinx ti:d ?^np^ 



§73c. || 2 B. b 80* Ar. || 3 B. m. 109* H. 



I. Forms and Sentences. 19* 

/d^bw Pf. l sg. B. || /nruon *6p ^ iy»tiwi pvp .iomx 
,rmn«,nDnnx,ntD , »^K2sg.m.| irotpx l pi. | v^rna /p^rm 

,p>DSK ,^DSK ,TpSK 7 THDK 3 Sg. m. | lnTttBW 2 pi. | nDllN 

3sg.f. | n^rna ? p^o« ,t:ix ^sk /-ma ,-jnix ,Tinx 7 p s os^ 
Impf. l sg. | thsx 3 pi. | nnna ,np>s« ,pfa&na ,arnriN ,rtppiK 
,-jmn ,rDtsn 2sg.m. | rvm ,rotw ,p^m l pi. | yDtys ,p>triK 
,nn^ ,nn^ ,jdb6 3sg.m. | imn 7 ipinn 2 pi. | T^in ,p>sn 
,(f .) DHpa Imp. sg. m. | ltnp^ 3 pi. | p wi 3 sg. f. | rou 
,>tid:ik M. | ip^SK/isnnK/i&^BWpLm. | p^sa ,1*™ /ipsa* 
^pio^ ,>piiK ,^iBna /^din^ , wis*k /f "inna ,vnDna ,mnK 
,nDntt ,rDtPB ,thdb 7 p^^D Pt. act. sg. m. | '•mrnx ,*bidik 
,Tpi& pTiiD ,:pdj& ,to^pJD ,rpna ,p^» ,^tsnD ,i^id ,^okd- 
pi. m. | xipvs ,«tDpjD 7 xpsD ,*6s» ,*6nn0)& sg. f. ] mia 
,KjrotPBisg. | umo/sTiD^psDj^iD^rnDDjnpsD^p^D 
i •p-ania ,i^psD /p^nna 1 pi. | wno ,kj^xb ,Kjnn» 
| lnTDtya ,inMnj» 2 pi. | mpia 7 nmno ,r6s«o 2 sg. 
*mn | TinD pl.m. | anniD ^rima sg. f. | nna pass. sg.m. 
*Dm 7 xn -jnn wnp ^ i&k ^n /t&npx *6 iod /anptf 
,. . . x^W? kbb* *pn pm u^di ii-dew nn^ kb^bo .n^> mnx 

row n Nip /sk ir£> inox «^> .nn maw j6 ? -jrpno np^DN 
.* anion kbd n^ t>d"n xhi ,"m ndd n^ v&^n •^* 1>i 
nn^j ?i;t:pb '•tb ^>pa> wro nn kb^h .tsm-n m^a *op 
"in t^iki ^x ?t? nn< nwn •»«» ^nt? m^ inrvs !rfc 
."n lmm ^n >d ,xnty^D ^ "Dnymo lonpx .im "jv^o 
^ ,"Dnw nyis ,nn idi^i ^\n ^ /mm lD^^n mmx 
2 ?d^nd •'Di :**»#« m n^> p]^pna ? , »nd s piD^ .nnyn^m wr\ 
^ .iin® vh «nn^x nnnx .n^n^n nnno 7 n^p ns*i 



Sab 88b M. || 2 A. Z. 68^ M. 

2* 



20* I- Formen und Siitze. 

snyt? *«n tidi anny b ?"»«n ^id xw s ap mtDDi wx 
yaia>D "p^x„i u^s >6 xD^y ^id A "«^i»„n .n^D 

^ aoaion,, 8 :*-itnu») yDt^D "p>Dxn„ >dj "K^sion,, :nno 

"p^BD*!,, "K^IDH,, :"QD H^m Wl ,("ff*D^nn TISD D^D 

s xd , 4 ("Dnuo nteo nnnD osnx aoxiDn,, : 8 ibkj#) yotpa 
x^dd ?n^p^DD n^ma ? x^pd r\>h wtn i»d ?f? yatyap 
/"ivon nawn,, :-)»*n ik^ a&^&a .wp xpDBB xnsnn 
nynt^tti ,*"nff& -fru m«n nynt^n^ :i» id*h) nh nnDtpa 
:iD*n i^d 1 ? x^x ;^nT xn^n fe "ypDn nts^*,, ny *"nan 
?.-6 nnatPB ^n ,*"iD^n nmo onpyn*, 

36. oy o^iy nnin w hdd nx | lsoinc*)** Pf . 3 pi. m. A. 

3sg.m.|npurxPf.2sg.m. B. || .^un wan innm* ,«n^nn 

3pl.m. | pin\3 Impf.3sg.m. | KBDin^M 3 sg. f . | pin^x ,*>xna 

| ^pirvD pi. m. | fccmn^D sg. f. | laina Pt. sg. m. | isoin^ 

/pmCOxi -odd kjk | n!?xnO)a 2 sg. 

37.,NJty^p ,iwp ,*o">#p 1 pi. | n"n ,n^y Pf. 1 sg. A. 
| \hv ,rap ,iw 3pl.m. | npi ,n^n ,n*?y ,rtn 3sg.f. | l&^p 
j ^"y pi. f. | yhv Pt. act. pi. m. I )\hvh Impf. 3 pi. m. 

2 pi. | VPpp-ma Pf. 1 pi. Itpe. || ib*3 pass. pi. f. | lin^2pl. 
|| V^^yD Pt. act. pi. m. | A»y Pf. 3 pi. m. Pa. || "pn^^x 
Pt. act. pl.m. | fan* Pf. 3 pl.m. Af.|| lXXpnnt Pf . 3 pl.m. Itpa. 
?]mh ansa in ^yo "jko ,xt^»«n in* 1 V^i 1<irt VP^ n 1n ^ n I V^ no 
2sg.m. | i^nyp 1 pi. | nwp^xem^Kn 7 "n ? ^nPf. l sg. B. 
,h»v ,hv ,^n ; an 3 sg. m. | in^n 2 pi. | n^n 7 n^D ,nsD 

3 pi. m. | npp-i ,npi ,xhv ,*&? ,»»n ,*tfn 3 sg. f . | ma 7 ^p ,is 
| yipn 2 sg. m. | tann(*)j l pi. | ^y^xlmpf. l sg. | hw 
| prpn 3 sg. f . | y^ ,^y^ ^lyu 3 sg. m. | nun 2 pi. m. 

| ^iy ,TlO ,*plmp.sg.m. I im^ Jiwh ,1U^ ,1SpU 3 pl.m. 



1 Nu 24 6 . || 2 De 8 15 . || 3 Ex 6 ? . || 4 Ber 38 *M. 



I. Forms and Sentences. 21* 

Pt. act. sg. m. | *nx(»)D ,Ti:p» ,hyts ,oito /ip>& Inf. | lsip pL m. 
.,-inx ,t>x ? f]«y ^"d ,f)"3 ,D"n ,u"n ,r^ p^sp ,D"»«n /pap 
,i*?"y /^"y , s d"d ? tm pi. m. | xV"y ,*<s"n sg. f. | anon 
| m^"y 2 pi. | n^y 2 sg. | p^C^n 1 pi. | «A^y ■ 1 sg. | *nni> 
,p*n ,^p ,^«a frh* ,h*>* ,*py ,*py ,w pass. sg. m. 
|| ^p shw pi. m. | xy^yi ,»rhy d. ,«^x ,k^i sg. f. | p'pn 

|| w?^0)° i P 1 - 1 *up?"nO)°" Pt - * s g- I W^k M- xt P e - 
,x^y 3 sg. f. | W?y ,!?«y 3 sg. m. | rh»v Pf. 2 sg. m. Pa. 
| ^y^ 3 sg. m. I *>»yn Impf . 2 sg. m. | hwv 3 pi. J vh»v 
Pt. act. I ^m Inf. I h»V Imp. sg. m. | far* ^vh 3 pi. 
pass. sg. m. | p^C^yn 1 pi. | ^nD ,*W>no pi. m. I tD"nD sg. m. 
Pa. || WJffX Pf. 3 sg. f. Itpa. || ITinD pi. f. | *|?yB 
Pt. act. 1 sg. | imn Pf . 3 sg. m. Palp. jftDtDna Pt. act. sg. m. 
Pt. sg. f . | W>np)^ , Wiritt^ Impf. 3 sg. m. Itpalp. || *u W>iD 
Impf. 1 pi. | yi* 3 sg.m. | ri?j?K Pf. 2 sg.m. Af. || *ri>p^O 
/ym>6 ,nipa ,^UK Inf. | ^pk Imp. | ^ 3 sg.m. | 1 Tip^ 

,*o:ib sg. f. | ^p D ? D ' nD ?^ nD ?T DD Pt - act - s g- m - I " irw 
| 2t ??"to pass. sg.m. | nyiD ,n^D 2 sg. | las pl.m. | MpD 
| ^prva ,y-irpK Pf . 3 sg. m. Ittaf. || Wpp pi. m. | Wttpp sg. f . 
|| K^nn^D sg. f. | *?nnD Pt. sg. m. | yin^ Impf. 3 sg. m. 

^iyO)x ,mx ao^po™ .K^nn ?]TO0)j mm ,*au am xdd 
*6 ,kijw ma man Kirn .id pp*j 3imn vh\ V*\ -.am 
^top armtsn dwd ?«&ya •>«&) .^dd *6n tpwx ns ^iyo 
m^> n*rp wi ,wtDp w:i x"»vnn mn nw ,m^> ^3«i K^rfr 
/anm ^y irp^ (.•pno^i ,p^j *6 ,my-DK x>rm kdi:i 
mm ypn pip .n^n ra^m ? ton pn .*ox fip^x mm 
to wate^i wn o ;ipiB lenna ,i!?iy iDnrw ;ti pip*a 
wit? *»nn mmp .miai *nao (ny^> ,*tpm ^»yn «dm .>bwk 



1 Pes 118 b M (1. ^p^). || 2 A. z. 66 b IB (sic 1. pro aVpia; se- 
quitur s). 



22* I- Form en unci Siitze. 

,^"jn ^sroD *">dx ••zm ^dx \n .xd"h x^ xi"p xs 
•psrDB xh >d ,*"prrp *m ^ y*?p^o i^x„ :nax 7 "»pDJi *sr\m 
^nrv^ ? >xn -jo .xm^Dn ^uW> xyix mix ix*> ? "m&p 
^rm .tdm ^nr& ? •'xn }xd .xnats^ n^> ^na xpi .tdu 
^■p ^ .sou xbv ^na xpn ^xn .tdi;i ^nnj .xnu x&i> 
e":px v^ '^ ; ^^ ^^ >^n ^n ^ ^r nyjm wwx 
.x!?p n^ pis^i >a\n >d ,*pm x^msn 
38. 3 pi. m. | nrpo ? n&p 3 sg. f. | pm ,^Dp Pf. 1 pi. A. 
3pl.m. | man ; Dipn 3 sg. f . | niD^Impf.Ssg.m. | UV»,lBp 
| VK^Pt-act-P 1 - 111 - I nD & ,nnDlnf. | iniB* ,*pn&^ /pm&' 
Pf. 1 sg. Pa. [| lytWlK Pf. 3pl.m. Itpe. = Ittaf. || p"p pl.f. 
|| p0)"i3O Pt.pass.pLf. | U"y.3pl.m. | (Wy 1 pi. | rp»"p 
[x]\3Dm [ijntryn || imo^pix 2 pi. | xjmx 7 xjn s mx Pf. l pi. Af. 
xnsn inn xh ,n»x irvn x^dd xjx .[xj]jh^ [xpnn n\n 
13 ,V6 >ri .x^did m ppx x^i xnsn inn x^i ,x^dx ntsmn 
Jrpay^ n^QD rpmtstn nto pnnD nto n-& ntD d 1 ?^ .]h Dip 1 
? rT>D ,Dp ,ttfE> ? on ,-w 3 sg. m. | n&p Pf. 2 sg. m. B. 
3 pi. f. | TO ,Dip 3 pi. m. | xrva jn^p 3 sg. f. | n^D ? D\3 
2 pi. m. | Dm i pj. | p^K ? ip^ jDip^x Impf . 1 sg. I xt£>s 
,dwj ,iitj ,ih^ ,in^ ,Yh ,mp*£ 3 sg. m..| whn ,wfcn 

,1&lp^ 3 pi. m. | Ip^n ,mp>n 3 Sg. f. | DID^J ,D>D^ ,^3^ 

^mn sg. f. | tcna Imp. sg. m. I ion^ 7 inD^ ,imo^ ,i»p^> 
j nD^D 1 ? ,id^d /pa p™ Inf. | ^ ,w& ,un pi. m. | Dip 
? D"J ,-j^n ? xtDX^ d. /xp ? D^xp ,rvxa ^xi Pt. act. sg. m. 
; ^"n ,n^n pi. m. | xh: ? xth sg. f. | n(>)^ ,th ? ts>"s 
,«»«n ,KJ«1 ,NJTH ; XJTX1 l sg. I isxt? ,lt5*p ,'o(*)'p ,wo 
,ntD"^» ,rD"n 2 sg. | p^ 1 pi. 1 2 (f.) xraxp ^xj^xp ? x:d"J 
| xidi^ d. 7 wp pass. sg. m. | lrvn^x 2 pi. | (f.) nn."2 ,nrp& 
j lyrpx Pf. 3 sg.m. Itpe. =Ittaf. || ^s^tr /s^ pl.m. | xpn sg.f. 

1 Taan 24*> m. || 2 Sab 156^ BM (sed 1. M-B^xp). 



I. Forms and Sentences. 23* 

| nyn^ Impf. 3 sg. m. | \nn(?)* 3 pi. | «nm 3 sg. f. 
I mxnpjK ,'nun^K Inf. | rran^ 3 pi. f. | wrw 3 pi. m. 
|| nxn(*)o pi. m. | *mrvD sg. f. | .-nn(*)D p^pnD Pt. sg.m. 

Impf. 1 sg. | y** >rv 7V 13 3 S S- m - I ,D " j pf - 1 S S- Pa - 
3 pi. m. I }"wh ,)}?A 3 sg. m. | 'pyj ,D«pj 1 pi. | D"pK 
I i»BD Pt. act sg.m. I '■yVD Inf. | ^y Imp. sg.m. | U(*)H^ 
,KJB»pB 1 Sg. I *»D«DD ,«»3"nD pi. m. | «y«DD Sg. f. 

H^nvntD pl.m. I XB"pD sg.f. I Q s p» pass. sg.m. | (f.) wya 
,twn p"PPK p»nrpa 3 sg. m. | wo' 1 ** Pf. 1 sg. itpa. 
Pt. act. I *h\vhvh Inf. Palp. || D"pn Impf. 3 sg. f. | D»pK 
Pf. 3 sg. f . Itpalp. || ^dVbd pass. pi. m. | DJDJD sg. m. 
I *roK Pf . 1 sg. Af. I mate Pt. act. sg. d. Pa. || KyiynO)* 
I D'pW Impf. 1 sg. I [D]>plX ,TnK 3 sg.m. | rDTM 2 sg.m. 
I *mJK ,^in« ^Dipix Inf. I rpsa Imp. | rm ,oyb 3 sg. m. 
,*»piB pi. m. I mo-,miD ,pmt3 p^nia p^no Pt. act. sg. m. 
I nDpiD 2 sg. I y'Dpio 1 pi. I *ooyio l sg. I ^nD 
|| nmrvx Pf. 3 sg. m. ittaf. || «mo sg. f. | mo pass. sg.m. 
jrny-t m .rwsj n: .rDBW pn ps: .kjh ^n ,*uh nn 
*6 ,"-iny(n)'K„ ;i»« ,"rvD TQn„ .rwo nn-nn n^ Dp 
Tnyj ^t»j mp^ 1 ?«pnn wa *?*ir«i yiTK riD^a ny .i^xn 
*od rfry ton ^ P^up^n ip^ ap^DD antfn !Kpo>y 
id mpu .nnna iDipn *6 hbtiio *m >OTyn .'.Krf?0)trr 
jwbj nrn !id ro>j pi irw id .nr*? id n*n^> .1^d:i 
,dhmk pip* nrn .anirtei K*ri> iddh^ 161 ,«"oa «inni 
R)W /J(K) D ^n ^ m P ?io^ *»'* '**d fe ° w l n1 P 
fin xh .titum nna*n *n:u .pisO) 1°"i^ *|W >iy 1d(>)i:> 
a^n *on .n^KDO- d"di ^Diy rr^ff. ?o«n nn ^y 
■Kp^ny «Asv«mn wte «nw« .*ap *npK Mn ?....*kp 
rrt> ^3 KD^y ^13 >bp ^ipm koO)u a>n .»»0)7 n 1 ? 

1 Taan 25* G. 



24* I. Formen imd Satze. 

'KffBJi ^ o-'p .xm xnpn mt> ^"d pmo ntn ,KtD"n xnpn 
xrroff ,n^ x 1 ?^ ,rtf> xrvj xTpsnn x*ny .w xjy-in 
xDip rppaai ny„ i-ibxi 1xd^> xmn .n^> xsns(i) rp*? 
*6n n: ^>y ?)x nx^y ypat,, ,:1dx-f ixd 5 ? x^>x ;"nxnn 
?:rpr>x x 1 ? nxnn ,a^» nx^y xd^h anrw ,"nxnn n*pj*K 

KDD^ A D^D1DH HXS iy*n ^ KO^p XH .XpH S »J V n,JnD 
KDyD S XD *m ,7'H 1»D X^l ^H 1DD X^> >K*lp HDD ?Xin 

w ;nn«s ,nn"2 ^x .'pwnn ^ *n ?^xidb>d idx x^> 
i^t 1 ?-}i» s Dp no^p mnn .ynm n -^ «:p^sD ,x*> 
o^non i^di w»d ,x&2ix xms .w6 inini l^ntDi? iD"p 
xt^n XK&ri x*?i ,n^D D"pa xnu xt^n x^> .xnyDtp 
x'^> !rri>y mm x^> ? xnty)a -)»x nm mna .rr^D D«po 
in .^xidbh rrowo >nx ^rrar Wn *Mo vnh livxn 
*npim aoiob ^pix .mnxa 71x1 wa in .rwoi rwD 

xnnrn /pm nnxp ^xd yT *6 yro xjn .*ynwra irto 
mmop ny^x ^-nai .xmyan nhv inna Pn^niD xp 
xip rrins ?rri> wopio ^xdh xmynn xip ^xn ?iD^rrt> 

.DpinO)D x^> *mBa 
39. ? x^yn l pi. I rmn 7 [n]^n ,wn /rvn Pf. 1 sg. A. 

1 limn 2 -pi. I )vhn ,)y\n ,p^ ,pyn ,^nx ,xj"jn ,x^n 
J pnx ,wte 3 pi. m. I m» ,mn ,rmn ,M3 ,n(x)nx 3 sg. f. 
J iitrvri ,(f.) "prwn 2 pi. | "pimn ,V"3*P)n Impf. 2 sg. f. 
/pw ,pn* 3 pi. m. I xrv /n* ,w ,nn> 7 nDn^ 3 sg. m. 

2 pi. I ixnx ,po ,i^d ? l^y.n Pt. act. pi. m. | (f.) liyn^ 
x^> h )vh^ }W h x^x || pa ,i^ ,v^o P ass - P 1 - m - I l in ^ n 
xn^nx ^y ^sidix^ x^x ,"»n s nx ^nty'oi xrr'nix p nnD^D^ 
x^i ,v-Jty v^i» *nn xyixn th "»n^n hd .wnx n^Di 
? x^in xn^n nni^n .^ts ppm imxn -j^hd ^rx -a wan 
n 1 ? wjn x!?i /prrp s m idxi xn 1 ? xn^x i^dx .Min^ ini 
.7111^ 7 x^^p-i xnirn ;nn:^ ^ntsn p"»in id ?[v]n^n»3 



I. Forms and Sentences. 25* 

p ?KttriDi XBipn k^b v^^yDT ,mnx xm-DDiBB ko^h 
[n]n\Tn*o n&w xmmx rf^twx pyix ^y» iim^n kdv 
xm^s m "nm itss kjwb in k>Ab -pa .p^i W ma 
.d^v^ in k»^ p an riDip p rpnrwK mm mnnrx 
"ibwi ypki atmo *2B Kn^o yoBwi ^>pk ,w« ^ iimm iy 
n^man wki yp* 3npnm an^a k»w aiyn am .1^ 
anmy 'pmn o*?t^ v&ay ^a yin" .mam xmsai x^m 
,rfa .yinm army Tny vhi nhwb pn« "D tv *6i ,pnxi 
*6rc ,jra xm ,-qj >in pn /in* mtn in«n ; nro rup pisp 
,*jp x^> Ni ?ion na /jp *n ?rra no ,rva xi ahi ;mn 
^ .no mrfr'm w an ,«J^p^» ^nxi mx -d ?up n» 
.Mn*? Tny-imo p yiym bi ,'x-nrp nm "ips ^ >im!? 
.n^t? xn» ^px ^ippa *?^*n ,xm^yn wtD xry^x ^dki 
;"»n# ,n»nsi ny ;^ox ,ms3n ny ?km ik ,b^bj m»m 

."TiBt? ,";mp xnnvny 
,*xb» ,wn ,non ^j ,ntyn ,"yn ,^xnx Pf. 1 sg. B. 

2 sg. m. I pn ,pn ,*jyn /jnx 7 i"in 1 pi. | nun ,w ,^ip ,nrao 

3 sg. m. I imyn ,imnx 2 pi. m. | mnx 2 sg. f. | n^p ,min 
,n<nx 3 sg. f . | tib> /ns ,*xa*x ,wn ,*ud ,mn ,«m ,xan 
? itn ,nn ,iyn 3 pi. m. | *otD» ,xnn ,*om ? *onx ^xjd ,wn 
Impf. 1 sg.m. I V^t* ,liOW ,1^n /|Xnx 3 pl.f. I 1BD ,wb 

? H^n/j^n2sg.m. | ypj ,nru ,nDp)M pi. | *mnt,^:i(>)K 
,nt^ ,Hty^ ,^p^ ,^>p^ 3 sg. m. I linn 2 pi. m. | nn(*)n 
^in^n ,^a(>)n 3 sg. f. | ™ ,xo^ ,nva ,m^> 7 ^nh ,wj 
,UDtw /ytD^ ,iytD^> , ,, ya(^) i ? (f.) ,iyn^ 3 pi. m. | wn ,K,nn 
,^n /nt^x ,T!ty ^m ^yn Imp. sg. m. | m^ ,in^ ,nn^ 
? in^K ,in^ 7 "nn pi. m. j s xn 7 "»«in sg. f. | (m.) ""Kin ,(f.) 71 
,«nty» ,xipD ,Kyt2^D ,*nrvD ,x^ s d 7 xyi^ Inf. | inx pn^^K 
,^10)^ /jo^d^ ,Mn^ ,wvh ,sn^D ,kb^d^ 7 xity^^ 7 xdi^d^ 
sg.f. I «n ,'jxty /m /j(x)i /33 ,^n Pt.act.sg. m. | ^ri^D 
7 iDn ,h^ ? ^yi ? "y-i »n pi. m. | win ? xniy ? x^d 7 N s tDD ^^n 



26* I. Formen und Satze. 

/pnm pi. f. | inx ,n(»)v /off /ite ,wi ,nn ,idi ,m,iya 
,(£)■ *wyn ,*wyn ,xrjn 1 sg. | V'Vi ,k^d ,10)^& /|»bo 
| pnp /^na ,pMn l pi. | w«n ,*o>nK ,«ro« ,w»nw ^ 
pass. sg. m. | (f.) rvn* ,n"n ,mn ,n^a ,rvtn ,nm 2 sg. 
| *o*?n ,*oatD sg. f. | nt* /iff /so /ffts ,^> >tn hh^ /yn 
;n\jp ,runt || i«»ot /piff pi. f. | ud /^ /^ /^i pi. m. 
aion m htd ayn .nnp *6 m ^mteK .tux ,^at 
*wn ,xtDn wnitt Parana wiph x\n ,id :xji,i mo 
x»i(*)i ^xtx x^.TJiff x^>n ff^xi ,*om& mn w nff Jura 
in .nwa*? x!?n ,n>n^o^ x^n .irna'p!? ffn xh ,xn "j 1 ? 
*l«vx >xin 'B^tsn wdd .opj s J(x)&^ffn .tpsj ,nJA x*n *hd 
un ..Tompn npn 1 ? rtf> £n x^nsi ^o vn^ff . 2 h:pj n^ 
xepj ?. . . *"uro„ :x^x(V) ,. . . *"i^>„ :«o^0) .pm 
x^>. ^nn -x^i nnm x*? ? /1 "tidx n&h Dyu pu*,, :inop 
,"nw& t\hv„ :xn^n ^n .xdd >nffn xh .nsnn x^i ^in 

XttBB /'XDJpD *]^J„ :X£TI ^1 ;P^ ah XIID^XD XJIDS 

yata x^> . 3 xts^ x 1 ?! xui 1 ? xnn .p^ ah xDjpo 
^ovn xV '•xop iinn ahi m^o xmtsDn .pm mn '•pno 
*ri>nrt> .xnff rfan m^itaa man x*?i ,*nffn nypnxyi h p^ 
.xd*?b6 ; xn»mn x^m iy i^sxi ,nn?DJ ^>y ^m ff ^x ^yn^ 
? ^ xd^ ^xd ;nm x^n ^d^ ,xnffo n^ n^i m ^n in 
xd^d nx^pn ^x vinO) 1 ? xitsnD inn 7 xn»x DiTn t^sn 
xffnus ,n^vnn xnip .rvm xh nnxnx» xt>ipn /i.t 1 ? 
xnon np hxd .xpjins nn^ i.tx ,«ni^»Ki «J"ip .^n^)^ 
,KiDn in — xnn nnsO)on *ob s b .\rw ysn 'mn ,xnn 
o .xin^ -j^ip np pis r\T ^d Dip .^i Tpty ^ 
— x^pnn «nn »n .n^ ^i /innx "»mi «i s Dp^ rb"V 
.xonj n">n ^^yi -j^pty nv ^mn» «mi nt^i xivx^ po 
s 2M '•n ; ^n "pois nns 7 np *]>dis nns .^d^ nnsi *}pty nty 

1 Sanh 29» M. || 2 ib. 106* ()&V*&] cf. Tes-geon; pro *im 

1. ^55). |! 3 ib. 49 a M («rs^ = »a^^ K). 



I. Forms and Sentences. 27* 

xm am ixd /in .xm*? un pis .^n[^]iim -pn D"pm 
:xd^x x^>x /'"hidix^ !n:w ^bd*„ : XD^n x^> !n^y THDD 
!tpsj ,^in ,t^DJ /xm .yap an .*"oinn ^>y maixi ^xin ft „ 
xit^n tax in /"nx *n wj in^UDix .wn i*? /Nip *]£ 
y^un xa^yi ;>nffw ^iton. ,*?i3«n span /xm *n *o*b» 
/t> dwi ikd .ktd ^ asm mn .w x^n ^ nwo 
wp w xpm >m .^ nri> ,^> udi ikoi ; ^m ^y >yn^> 
ny^x ^m :xpm ui idx : ni» n&xi) ny^x >an ,TDp 
pp ^ iyia *?nx *?x x(i)n^ n»o hw vh\, :*nTO :(w 
/idx t?ip ?"pyn imn na>& xn^v ^nm ,"pyn r^?y 
.unp >nni xiona mon — !*Tmo^ ntpyD* .nty tDitsfi) 
ymx pty a^nan nusn ymx pp dtw *„ unpi xun njs? ^xd 
?x^> ini "ymx pup dw„ unp onn xjp >xdi ,*"jn n3 
x^h -]Tinx in >x .xi:pn tixi t^->pj ,xi:>d nyt? o^an 
kdv3 xni^s x^yn *n^n .^nn x 1 ? ,Top xpwn /in /in 
.xyix x^i x^nxi xm 1 ? n^> >n ;n^na *mn xna .xjinoxi 
iDf n^ m ;yT x^n -id^? n^ ^"n ,yr> xtn id^> n^ ma 
.>jbu up xt> ^pn /^pn up usu .&"nt> nto i^ in* *hi 
wh nin pm D'nn ..Tmxn x^did^> nan ,xnn ^dji tD*m 
? pmn tm ;^m xmunn n*>h m pm [i]piai ; pm ^jn 
iy»n^D 7 xin *nn in i*6 >xi ;pniD amis nn ,tbu xm 
^xj x^> ."iO)nyn x^> ynrf? ud -j^yi .pio amxa n^^D 
xnn ; \n^tsf udi ,ii^nn ^nn ^m vnn ; ^^ xini^ in^ 
n^sj s ynix^ t^TNt? n^ nty .xn&nrD xnm ,xnnn s i 
,x^x ^ip^i xpit^n xn^nj tDiiyj .n^ ^t» *6n xinxn 
. 8 "«n^o ^n xuDi ,*ox nm xm^i xjn x:nD ?7 :xn^n x^i 
iok ,»^»n n^y xw x^i «n^o ta .n^p x^p xb>n 
xnuu^ ^D .nrnx xn&n -j^mn^ x^pt^ .n^nynx ix^i rh 
/Dmnxn nno .xnt^i *nn nnny^ xnuii^D in ,xi^dx 



Ex 40 35 . || 2 ib. 24 18 . || 3 Pes U^^ (zaMOi] Ar). 



28* I. Formen nnd Satze. 

.*wya vh 'Ky-iao m x:xdd ?x\jn x^-n x^n tyaQn 

X 1 ? .IWfth XJ^D X^H XrPB "D*? ,XJD"pD X^SD v6l3 

? xyix ^m rpyn ^xd ? rra (xp) xoy» '•xd .rntDin kj^so 
xh ,xpu^ rpnD ^ .*tf»*n x 1 ? ,rp^i x^ wi ; w^n ,n^n *x 
*vp!? ,nxp x^*n ,nxp ,n«pi pJXDKn xnpiyri vhx >riDn 
xtn x^on i 1 ? xrnD ,rpnx *6 •■x .nnnn 1 ? xr^yn xms 
.nn nnty «!? xVp ,nn ,x>d ,tpd nwi xvn .xai yna 
nwo i^xi ypn ; x^n •om xtdh myn .max rvsq x*? 
.w idtid /b^b> irvym ^xp ls^rwin ,Tnrv& i^xi 
itpe.|ran»0)K3pLf. | r:nt^x ,ix winO)x Pf . 3 pi. m. A. 
Pt. pi. f . | us* 3 pi. m. | nprp 3 sg. m. | ^s^n Impf . 2 pi. 
.pn 1 ? y*hv* p»»w ^d i^sx | 10)^0 ,T"ip& ,1ppno 
.rprpikno pn •'ynnwinx^ ,rp3 v n "W 1ux twain Tv&n 
,"bux Pf. 1 sg. B. || .vjod vv^d pn pan rvVi mxn 
,nnrvx3sg.m. | rpnn^x 2sg.m. | v^n^xipl. | wjx 
,^3n»«. ,">k*?:pk ^XDirvx 3 sg. f. | HarwK /»'« ,nn*x 
Impf. | tf>nn< ,ud*k ,rwx 3 pi. | x^nn^x ; xvino>x ; xwnx 
|^nn^3sg.m. | (f .) '•sno^n 2 sg. | ^nn^lpl. | ^nnxlsg. 
j xC^x^d ^ip^D , wnD Pt. sg. m. | "itnn(>)x Inf. | u&h 3 pi. 
| x^yn^D ,xj^ynnD l sg. | 'jbo ,*jh*b ,ixr& ,*yinD ? *iynn» pl.m. 
^tx | wwidb 2 pi. I rvsrs ,nnnno 2 sg. | p^pa l pi. 
.xnn nnt^rn xiyi xrp .in 1 ? x^yn^x .xTxp ^tx ; xdt» 
a^rx 1 ? n^> ^ynn .np^x xun ? v nr ' T 1 ^ ? n>t ? 'V^n s xdi 
/jy^D x 1 ? pniD xms ^xn : p^pj .xt^n x^ya ninncx 1 ? 
xD^n ? x^yn^D xi^n ; pn nox ,^3 mpap x^n xs>d awn 

.xnpD x^n xrrnxD -wsd *6n 
Pa. Itpa. Impf. | }MW ,XVW 7 XJ s lt5 1 pi. | s n^u Pf . 1 sg. A. 

pi. f. I )»m Pt. act. pi. m. | nxDX Inf. | m^ 3 sg. m. 
,n»'Dn^» Pf. 3 sg. f. Itpa. || "p;tyi& pass. pi. f. | i«wb 
tyv ^n ^ fe xiyi xn-' | x^w» Pt. pass. sg. f. | n^y»x 
2 sg. m. | \snD ,^l?s Pf . l sg. B. || .'xoffo iwmn xn^^yD 



L Forms and Sentences. 29* 

| ina 3 pi. | nto ,wid 3 sg. f. | w ,to 3 sg. m. | rpw 

2 sg. m. | WW 1 pi. I WK ,'?XK /^O)* Impf. 1 sg. 
| *mn 3 sg. f. | Tin^ ,'tow 3 sg. m. | i^C) n 2 P 1 - I ^' n 
Pt. act. j "1DK ,"lfci Inf. | to pi. m. | hi ^ Imp. sg. m. 
/frXD ,1&D pi. m. I K'ODD Sg. f. | W*D ,totS ,^0 Sg. m. 
| l^WO 1 pi. | KJ^XD ,JO^D 1 Sg. | KWD pi. f. | 1DB 

1 pi. | Krv^yD Kruyta f. d. | &hv& ff^** pass. sg. m. d. 

3 sg. m. | *Dn(*)K Pf. 1 sg. itpa. || n«D3D 2 sg. | p^ya 
I k^k ,K*yn»0)K 3 sg.f. I s Dn(% *ynt*(*)K ? ^tk , s d^k 
3 pi. | ^n 1 ? 3 sg.m. | njnn Impf. 2sg.m. | iyn»0)K 3 pi. 
k*?k II wipd sg.f. | *mo Pt.sg.rn. I *yn»« Imp. | *nr\wh 
[n]»on« *nn k^> m rrwy iy kivj .Kip^yD v^ro amiino 
rvh ^mb .K^O)nn wpn xh .nKDiKn KJpn k 1 ? .nn*p 
.kjk -|mn in /m ui .^rui id tto .^s^i mtyy io 1 ? 
"i^ ^wro ••opo "vyin to .Kin ^» n«i 7 Kin w# kjk 
Bnjnt *]>sn k^> ."to Kisom ki.ik .Kin KD^yn Knty)D 
in «iini , Kn^tDDi ^n^oi np^a .kjd^d ,tdki .tb» "itrt> 
n^ k 1 ? m ^n in .Knpsn torn ikd ^y *pm .Kn^tDDD 
pm *Tny ^d n^n s Jnn ..tjkd k^ddi Kmn KnsntK 
^» ^ .KiwiKn(i) ,KniB2 ,KrtDDDn : innn^m wtrr 
nty&n ^DpiD Kn^n .KJDini kidbh nana mt> ,^yo Kpmy 
k^dd k:k(i) ,hh!? ih nn .^yn *D">Btsra^ i^dk nynty ,idd 
tjf^pt) tB^»i •'ynt^o s di .kdv otki Kiron? 2 niy;K .'•kpsj 
KyiKi mo ny^K ui nnn Kntpn ?*njn in m'^nni mn 
7 Kpi^n nnnn tr^p^ »n >ywoi ikdi) >y wo k^ ^Kitam 

? '■ynana n:n in in nm nnn ,(nno K^n ^n n^ s sm& 
| vn^K 3 pi. | nK^nK 3 sg.f. | p^K /pnnaPf. l pi. A. Af. ittaf. 
j ^0 ,1110 ,^dd Pt. act. pi. m. | ikwk ,viddk Imp. pi. m. 
^Kn^K ,«rm ,nun« Pf. 1 sg. B. || ^n"D /prone pi. f. 
,*inK /jnK ,nt^K 3 sg. m. | ivn"K ,rvjn« 7 n^tDDK 2 sg. m. 
,'n"K ? unK 7 it2DK 3 pi. m. | K^n is K /K^n^K 3 sg. f . | niK ,^n^K 



30* I. Formen und Satze. 

3 sg. f. | wh sn»h 3 sg.m. I ti"x ,'inx Impf. lsg. | inx 
^m /Jtrx ,>ax Imp. sg. m. | 'n\3 ,irv'^ 3 pi. m. | wri 
7 "V?ex ,«i^« M. | "in^x pl.m. | xrvx sg.f. | 'x-n'x ,ti"x 
,^n» ,wpa ,ym npo Pt. act. sg. m. | »ni« ,"inx ,'virpx 
7 itoD» ,uj» pi. m. | x^nn ,xwd ^x^d sg. f. | hid ,"iid 
| xj>n(^D ,xwnD ? xjnpD ,x^^d i sg. | in"& ,ip^D ,^sd 
| nnnf»)x Pf. 3 sg. m. Ittaf. || p^D /|JWO iV^O 1 pi. 
,xnta *mn x 1 ? xn£tnx || "imrvx Inf. | iinnn Impf. 2 pi. m. 
)Tb h ,^npn x 1 ? nn? "n ny .nrBrnxa m u in n#n x^i 
'tin nnn npx ,xmm ny .xnn s n n^ 'ddxi ^np *^xi 
,i"pyttff *rn i:& xjtsm ,x^ ^xi ;irni wx .mn nnn unxi 
nyiprn im rpjyn* "in^!> ix^ ?>xd »in^(j ," A W>nn m ft „ 
twx^> n^ TinD x 1 ? .rros^ xnmn iptx wa x^ A ?nxn 
.xttriDi xsipn ^"yn x^s x^i ,xnrm x*?pn x^> 

40. >x'^i 'n^D Pt. pass. sg. m. || lDvnn Perf . 3 pi. m. A. 
Impf. 3 sg. m. | l(*)DffD 3 sg. m. | 'JD\T Perf. 1 sg. B. || 
| Tnyts^ Pt. act. sg. m. | "m:> ,mnytp /tyimn Inf. | mmj 
i| xjjd™ ,*ub™ l sg. | ptid pass. sg. m. | p'Dnna l pi. 
,t?tDiD^x >Bitnop)x ,nmnt^x 'nmrwx Perf. 3 sg. m. it. 
.[x]-itsm(')D sg. f. 1 tupb Pt. sg. m. | itsirx 

4i. 2 sg. | mnnn | 'nuyron^x ,ni:n:ix Perf. 1 pi. A. 
J "ju^tDp | xmjDix | \Tirnx 3 pi. I iwtrytD 3 sg. | luvntss 
xiw || rwHp)^ Inf. | mmp' | )whvp) ^u^ttp'x Impf. 
x*?x ,nn ':qd x 1 ?! nnyff&B x 1 ? rrrt xn^D 1 ? x^> \nunnm pn 
xm^ nmn x^i ,"ptDm 'aim vnw .ppTn xyix Dipm ^n ^ 
xjDni .rrtap x^> xntpn wro pat nn 1 ? max .-pa xidseh 

KID t^n 1 ? X 1 ? 1 ! *|XD ;X1B BO^ X1D ffU^H ]XD .D^ "piDT 

".rpwn^x xjjxi xtd r6tp„ :xid t^n^n xin^ i»x' 
.^tsmx ,onn*? ivb» ^ .rui^rin xb ,*o»m xryn xniuDn 

1 A. z. 48b. 



I. Forms and Sentences. 31* 

| ynw | "insma /irpnp /-pmBD /pnyiB Perf . l sg. B. 
} wr\uh ,rpn^Kff jHTiVtsp | i^nynttw ^rppsa /Drmin 
,nnte» ,nrvm ,nrum | mrpnrwK ,n»n3'DtK ,rr»myx ? rrniw 
,ini^pff , wnpna | nnro* ,nnn3»x ,nnD»p ,[n]mo« ,nnno« 
/inrnroitfK ,im>rrnnK /iru*nty)np ,iro^Kff ,iru*n^a» 
/lA0)ap l pi. | wrprDtwt | lrumriK ./irwnnoK /inwrrapK 
| n^^niK ,nwmx ,rr» j^dw ,rwp*a ,[n]">rDn ,rr;yip | v^nix 
,in^0)ap /|ma! 2gg. | wanix ,1™^?* ,inj>jn3te> | njo*pw 
,w£nt* | ptpb^d ,^mi*n | in^nw /injnw ,in-DT« /imyx 
| imp^sx ,rpnt^ntf /rnr^DK /vrann ,rpn^np jHtib^dd 
j wmosK /iwno^D ,in^Bp | anoyiK ,nrmx ,nnno« 
,pDn^K /|n /jtDpj 3 sg. m. | mrpDsn ,mnDsn | 'pnjPDD 2 pi. 
,n^Bp | vow ,intDn« /-pta /i(>)ptw |.^yD»« ; ivn^x | pm« 
,rpw:i ,rvW ,n^0)w ,rr£ap ,n"in ,[n]'iu ,n«u ,rra 
| [n]uity ,n^riK ,mTPX ,n^ni« ,rppca ,rppsK ,n^:nK ,;v^ok 
,inrrotM< ,wmn , wjm /irw!?tDp | nnnix ,njsi ,xy w ,maa 
| wnnx /nmsty ,wnte ,\-irDnn | lnrnniK ,inrnn« 
,rrnnts> ,,Tnr&T ,rpnpntp | "jnp^K ^Jnt^Dwa ,]nnp 3 sg.f. 
| lnrntt^/inrnynn/inrrnDK | nnrw,nnn,nmDN | imp^sx 
| ^tnp | )nw ,PV n ^ I P" 13 jl^V^ /ppnt? 3 pi. | vunaro 
; mpD« ,mniDx ,n\h»v ,nnw ,m^p ,mtDW ; rwnn ,mBpi 
,™p2B> | niDpix ,mnm« /tib^u ,m^2 ,nnoa ,m^« | nuon 
| imimux /immnK ,wnn ,irm^y /iru'O'iD ,inrfcptp 
/far»y ,po:rt> ,pia^ /pyxn ,irmn ,iyJD^ /pw*j Imp erf. 
| iD3^nC»)K I -ptaix I ^jynt^ /-paw /pux | yyotw | pwh 
,miwh ,rm"xV /-pb^ 1 ? ,nn^j ,nm^ ,n"t3*?x ,rpp2t?0)x 
| [n]ropiK ,nmsj ,nrpatE6 ,ntepc»)i ,rtepO)a | rrjnu 
| lnrapi^ ,iwjd.tj /iruna^ , wp2&n ,ihjj >p2ff(>)K,iru^tDp>K 
| mania, mr™ ,n^0)^y0)j ,mpmo | ipnyh | pnm^3pl. 
sg.m.Imp. | mihm | lrwarn^ /im'oarj ,iru^2>n 7 irm^pn 
,[n]^3^n ,,T^p# | pm ; ^»w /pyx /)0)r© /|p:w /|pw 



32* I. Formen und Satze. 

9 m*h?v /irwpntef | nnmx ,rmnx ,npntp ,rf?op j n^"&> ,pp-nn 
,mosn ,mpw | yinTiix pi. | rppnt? | vpo« sg. f. | i?w»d 
| paw!? ? piys6 Inf. | mnipx ,nnnx ,mDB*n | mpsx ,nittnp 
,nmnt*? ,n«tD^D!? /r^D ,rp*?Dp(>)»^ | inirnxV | i^yio^ 
,r6inux ,mi3^ ,nw»o!? ,rwn^tA | rpm(')«6 ,rppns!? ,nnmxi> 
,irunnx!? jirunitoA ,inrjin^ jirwtDpro^ | nxams ,mix\x 
,wopj'D*? | irwro*6 ,irwnu*6 ,in^D^x^ ^rwDnpx^ 
,-jd^d ,pyso Part. | vubnk /msi^n /rwBi^n /rnmt 
| "jniniD 7 *pnyi3 | lrunm | .twdib | imnnn ,myTio ,n^os 
muon m xn xjx .Ti(Y)iy^ x^ -pm^ •oipn^ || nnrntD 
px ,rp:pnnx px .irte^ lnrrDnn ^xnyiD x*?x ,^ y^Dt? x^> 
hxdix^ rpnyn .p^"n x 1 ? xjn *m xrn^ ; rr^ p^pDD 
.htd xDin nyn&> x^i ,rpjpnn xiu n^> ^nx ,n^ istsn 
xj&m inn .xwnn *pnx x^tx ? wa lrwn^pv min x^ 
x^> riM 2 ?i3rapix x^b .xisy^ "]0)nm x^i ^m -jnnn 
m ^ lax xn^a xn .rpy"D nnai xm^ B^na x^i ^n 
4 xnt^n nis^n ,t#nxi yatsn mma *y>wh 'runruao frm? 
ppyvth mates ,rwn^> mpos ,m^ap ,^> mn xiny .hxd 
xp x*nx x^i, *h inrp xp w x^> ,x^a mn iptea xpi ,niopix 
xi ^>y .xrn x*?i x:n x^ ,m!?ap ^n anna .^ mm 
mam mn 1 ? m^y xi *?yi .xtma ma mam m-i^ mpsx 
. 5 xnnr6 wm* nnpix ,xn*ai nm wm* ^p nn .Kinio m*? 
nm s mx ,^np ^a 1 ? ^lxi x^a: .^"1*6 6 mt>Bwx -pa 
.p^ns^i ^y xjam nnm!? xnnn >xn m ^ .rwa ^.[jjiti m^> 
."jb^j xaya -p^a p"»sn. -ryatpji x^nsn n^j ^ n>«n» ^xd 
pniD xnns ^xn -.xddu nhm xmiyo n^ n^xi ixd ••xn 
^Dp n^tri n^Dp n^^^ ,ntyn>s y ta i , » x^i xn^D n^ ya^n 
x^i i^Bp^ .xm xnn^D n^ y^Dt^ x^i ityB^x x^i ,pm 
.^b: n^BJOi ,x^n^> mprny /^xi hh^ s dj ppix 3itsp^n 
? n^ n s n*» x^i 7 "n s o ^xn i? xjin^n^, : xpi^V t^^^x xd^ x^ 

,xip» nmo^x^ ^nx mh^ 



I. Forms and Sentences. 33* 

|| rprn^ ,«.Tn«^ 7 rpjO)Dnc»)x | i^nO)^ ,»mnff 3 pi. A. v "^ 
[M]uyiiDn^^i x^iph l^s rv nmpn [an]u!?B nn [an^As t»k 
,nDn«*? n^ns *>$„ irp^ariDKi ,«in ft nxn p* Kjrvtn vrmxi 

■>nn xh >tnrpin Kpn vtibjx:i npm ,rr»^n *?yo rwo man 
nt^Di arvrnx iddi n s nn n& Munpw . . . xyix *?y aun 
| ttj*(i)w ,wnm ,lO)nnp 1 sg. Perf. B. || .vwnorunn 
| Pirpn(*)w | rprwaa ,rvrw:iK ,rpnw ,rprpai ,rpmn ,rpnnt&> 
? irmn | rwpt&w 1 pi. | lmYi^K ,irmtp ,in^rvfry ,im*rwn 
| rovn(>)'K | .TrvrwO)** | "jnnpa 2 sg. | viun ,mm | "imw 
| pnpa ,]vhi | V' D3 ,vnt3 3 sg. m. | mn^ri2pl. | wnTi"** 
,n«ip» ,n"t£>E>x ,n»ie> ,n"nn ,ri"!h ,n»ntp ,n"in | ynx 
,.t:uk ,n"nx ,[n]wn»K ,n»rva ,n«3nx ,rpp#K ,n"&-)K 
,innff ,imnff ,inntp ,irwn ,-ran | n^n ,n"in | rpnoK 
,rpnw 3 sg.f. | vim ,mhn | lrwpffx ,iruMt^ ,in^H ,innp 
3 pi. | inmost | anai | rvrpn"* ,pprpm /prvtn ,rpnnff 
,nv^r ,mwK ,m^n ,mn» ,nvnD ,mnn | "pw | pipx 
,iroin ,™*?p ,wn» /iroino ,nvna ,nvnn« ,nvp»« ,nvoo 
| \-inn /rmiff | wn(^a ,wtsDK /™dd ,in^D ,inmn 
,.T^>p>!? ,rp^rp*? ,[n]"nD^ ,n"J2C»)K | y^wx ,y>wh Imp erf . 
,nin»!? | iru\ni2u /inrtDD 1 ? ,wib^ | n»}zh ,7\»hrh \ n»hwh 
jimTi^x ,inri» 1 n»h ,rpHff | )»pwx ,(t) ]»nx sg. Imp.||nvnj 
,n«JD» Inf. || lnntDBK | nvnx | rrpptM* ,nvtD»« pi. | wan 
,im*»itD0)D /iwj&n^ | rpirpK ,rpitB^> ,n""in^ ^na^D*? ,rpJDa 
,n»n Part. || wjna^> | win^x*? ,injwy ,inrsa(*)^ 
api nm .ktid^ ^ rpso ,"|rpm xh wx xnwn \\ [m]^aa 
waw w nt* ?yrpin r^n pai /mn T»Vy l^rm /p^n 
k>d t\di [nx]nno ^ n^nnn,, :rrt> mnxn 7 npnD [x]np3 
inyrw xh\ xdi htd n"»soi n^v mwi h^hdi ^a^i 
nw(i) rrn mw »m ,10)^ »^>i K^n^y in 1 ? rvnnp ".^ 
nxt^-u .l('»)^i^ Bno xddi« ,«idh T»np linn .n^iVv 

Margolis, Chr. Bab. Talm. 3 



34* H- Zusammenhangende Lesestucke. A. 

xim ktbp xo^o 9 yvh nxmps iru ;T 32 ,JD ? 1?^ 
, fc n^np ■pnpan .^rswx ^tpx -pi^ [n]xnnaois ;-^>y 



II- Zusammenhangende Lesestucke. 

Connected Texts. 
a. 

1. Ungenane Aussprache. Inaccurate Pronunciation. 

Erub 53 b IB. 

"?1xo^ "iox ?ikd^ iox„ :r6 loan a xW>:i in ^nn 
?tiwd^ ion ix ? arpo^ -ion !*now n«^„ :n^> nox 

"? b XD^:6 ID^X IX ,120^0*? ")Oy 

2. Liebenswiirdigkeit, die zn spat kommt. 
Kindness Coming too late. Sab 63 b M. 

,xa^D na naj 7 xma a xinna xs^ n^yi xnmx xnn 
,ma\j i^pty ; \hmn xh„ : xmai no rh nox .m^i *npymx 
!nmx xnm -pma ,, o x^pt?,, :n^> mox ."nnsio i^pty 

."n^i yj -lars 

3. Uberm'afiige Trailer. Excessive Mourning. M. k. 27 b M t . 

nyat* n^ Tin ,*tnn mi mmaa^a a mm xnmx xvin 
n^ .^xnTn^ rn^y loaa xp mm ,im^o nn aw .^a 
^x„ :iox .nm»x x^> ." c ^n c nayn x^>„ :xnn an r6 
-jtx^ xmm a xnmx im-i* won ,x^ w ;*noio ,xn"s 
.nmoi rwsih xnmn may x\n *]K .irto imoi ."mo 

1. » M. | b R a M. || 2. a c f. JB- | * JB. || 3. a M. J b jb. | c IBM. 



II. Connected Texts. A. 3 * 

4. Ein frommer Laie. A Pious Layman. Suk 44 t> M x . 

pmr ma "liy^K ^am rrap Kj^xp a mn : u^k ibk 
ft n*K Knnp„ : n^ idk .n>op^> 7t nany Kia:; Kinn >nnn 
V»pffpoi ,xnnp ^a ^nxi ;*6 n s K kwi ,^ n^K b KW3 
:,t^» idk "?*pK k^> ix ,-jnx ;Kvmn "p^Ki ,K>D-ian 
nm win n3„ :1dk .^txi wh p^aty mn ."*pK k^>„ 
ppm piKa i^hdi ^ in win k 1 ? /pjp VV^ix Kin KyiKa 
"ipsx„ :n^> ibk "?TayK *nd„ :n^ idk d ^nK inn ".^a 
".kwd snsnpffp^ f Knsns pi , e K'awrf? kwi 

5. Die Oattin des R. Akiba. i?. Akiba's Spouse. Ned 50 a B. 

.yiat? xihi im ,Tmn n^ n«npn>K *cpy m 
n^tK .nra'o ^dd h mun nmK ? a yiatf Ka^D ia a yDt? 
ts'pjo Kp mn ,sn>n s a h )tt a rin .xwoa n^ naowKi 
yh k^di ,■>*? wn •»«„ in 1 ? idk .n^is p Kja^n a n^> 
np xpi ,k&^kd Tin^ s dtk ,in^K khk ."Kami d^tp 
,vwk b m^m ? «ja^ni Kirns ^ ian„ :v£> idk KaaK 
:rpnnj*K^ Ka^py 01 n^> idk ." c n"u:iK^ ayro ^ n^i 
a ^t„ :rrt> m»K ."n^ n*K k^> Kja^n *i^ski Kiaa ^n„ 
"ny^K as ai s ap yw no vnn a mn ^tk ."an as aa >in 
.nwa^> a KnKi op a ,*pj# nD mn b^b^ .yiann* a, »an 
*psff„ :inrvat? /l ytn in n^> -)&Kpn nwa mrm p yDty 
A nvn mVtnK A Tiyi ;t"? w k^h ,Knn :tqk yh Tay 
no *mn wh y ^ih n^KS s k„ :n^> hidk . u, pJB> "pn^ia 
*itpk jKrwn ^ nami *^kih :1&k ." b Kn"nnK \vw 
KnK jKn^^nK a v^ '"id '•mn nin ^k mn /^mnK^ 
,r\™h c xzhv hi pDJ c . c VPD^n ym ^s^k nyaiKi insyya 



4. a ^j<in M. | t> M. | c -ihjjt-j R a M. I d xn&t M. | e M^e IB. 
* IB. | g IBM. || 5. a M (sed p pro *ia) En. | b M. J o En. 

3* 



36* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. A. 

nxi„ :xynn Ninn nh idx ,ppbx*> ps^ nap xti *|xi 
nnx ." d inDnn b>dj pnx yTP„ : rtf? max "? a n^x xd^ 
7 r6 irwn*„ ^rfc ibx .pan rfc piD xp ,n^ b [n]xinnx^> 
hv ^btpxi yw xnta "n V^^ ."*xin r6s> dd^i ^# 

.°n>M*j p nnts^xi ,nnTJ 



6. Alexander und die Amazonen. 
Alexander and the Amazons. Tarn 32 F. 

:n^ nox ".^nsx runa^ *?>rxn xrya,, :T»n^> idx 
v.d xV„ :}vh nax ."^in nn* >posn ,n*?ix ivsa x^>„ 
"?Tayx ^a x'px ;"D*? a x:6"tya •ofTiax 11 ;xj^ix vh*\ 
mrrp ti^xi ? xinm widi h wyh nan nv>x„ :rrt> nax 
." d rvnxi m^vum napJ c ? rvnx *di ;xd^ >xna lapi ^nan 
nny^a 1 ? f ^yn .*bu e m^in xTina xinn^ xaa 3ixi "on nny 
;^>ap "»tBfj, :nax ,i*? n^ap ^x„ :rr^ nax /nnro xmp 
^ h in»x„-:*rfr lax ."m^ap ^n nax rf? **p^ap ^x 
-iax . h xnnT7 x-nnsx h xnrm xanj rr^ in"x ."xam 
x 1 ? x^x„ :rrt> nax "?xnrm xaro nswx ^dx ->a„ :\-6 
/nxi p^s: ^ "?xarft> rvnxi n^ptsn /-prixa xam ^ imn 
titixi ny ,xnD# win dvtum^x xjx, : xrinai xnnx ana 
^^ptsf ^d .'x»bo p h r\vy n^n x"B>rr ••pnsx njna 1 ? 
•o^ Jnnnn Tin .xan:» ^x xp ,xj«yo xmnx nw /nxi 
yaty, nax . m xnn inn ^ ,in^ nnnai ! nnn . k >rrVai 
xp» :naxi xd>x .^nxp *py p*a xj"ya 'xn ; nra 
ny ,n^D ^tx :naxn X3*»x .n s Dxn x-iai x^a mna 

d p r i2 10 . 1|6. a mg laud lect: «aVw*iao »p ^h biozaKi. | 
i> © •mV FM. | c mg. | a n^naa F. | e b. j f = M wi JB. j 
g M w^^op 3F. | h ©M 1 1 M n(n)in FJB. | i *»*ina F. j t ^n^n^ 
mg i«Vo. F inVia M «nVni ©. | i jT»ina.F. | m 3 »ni^ Fvid M. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 37* 

DDK ."*m ^ inns„ :*6p kdi n ;py pi anns^ kbdi 
*on„ :ir6 idk .°"n wn» D*pns "^ "wn nt„ :rrt> 

mn k*?i ,nnnn n^n anrni kddd rp^ri> rr^pn anx ,*nn 
pxW>u„ :rrt> iidk "?n*n *KD„ :)2T\h vh "ibk >pn 
>3m ">kdd„ :in^ io« ."ynt? ap shi ,ain kdti anam 
*?ixt? 7 : s nTi:n 3pn -irba , r *nsy Wp ^hpw "?nih 
.'ruyntyn *6 dix wyi ,n:ya»n *6 tynnxi 



1. Ein reifer Knabe. .4 Ripe Boy. Ber 48 a JB. 

idx .mm map "orp nn a pn mi nnn a xmi "ax 
Pdj "na ;x&tD s de6 ^lna xm — "?itp ■oti *oarm„ 

". c y^T h^dd xj'm c , b irpD 

2. Ein stronger Lehrer. A Strict Teadter. Hul 107 b M. 

:n^ ibx ,"onp mm hmswh rprotPK ^kidbh huh 

*6x ,mw a*?! ano^D *6„ : n^ idx "? *u wd n:ki ,^ax 

"IrpnD nw ana^a 

n + p» 111 Kfinsb SEE IS Fsuperscr. | o p s H820. | p -{- amijH 

3BM. | q M i*>pi» FJB. | r _|_ m^oa(n) BM. | a p r 27 20 . J t + -hm F, 
cf Jb 26 6 . 

1. a M. | b Hal-ged. | c Tes-geon. || 2. » JB. 



38* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestucke. B. 

3. Ein gransamer Vater. A Cruel Father. Erub 22 » B. 

: mrvm n^ niDK .m *:& ^nKp mn KjnD in kik m 
b *D*ap irt> a id^ s d„ :n^ idk "?v6 mnyK ^d *pu*„ 

4. Ein gleichgiltiger Yater. An Indifferent Father. 

Sab 151t> M. 

.nn^y ^np mn xhi 7 mmn n^> kmb> won ">m 
:n^ idk "?-]mnD [n]pDN K^nn„ :inmni n^ a mox 

"?Kiryi K^nn ;mn„ 

5. Eine gransaume Schwiegermntter. A Cruel Mother-in-law. 

Sab 26* m. 

*tD#p*x tyi,, : n^ niDK } xr\hih k*od mm Knan a KVin 
^t„ : n 1 ? mox ,n*riK ^n .kb^k k^k ".kddiski Kntyan 
.nn^nKi «m j nn nsjpK ^d^k ^k'otk K^tK ."k:wk ^riKi 

6, Ein Mifiverstandnis. A Misunderstanding. Pes 42aM 1 . 

"M&p on^n k*?k mhn xh 7wx h „ :nmm m idk 
.mn:£ iniji imnsn KD'py ^m ^ptg ,k^iss3 njnD m nteni 
",n»K a in^m K>Dn kjk„ :r6 idk 

7. Ein ratselhaftes Testament. An Enigmatic Will. 

B. b. 58» F. 

wn Kimnn /Kin in 1 ? ansyi Kn^nn„ : in 1 ? idki k inn 
.iDKp ^kd ^yv k*? /Kin irt> a nmKi Kn^nn /Kin in 1 ? 
iidk a ?KyiK ,T, in^ ivk„ :rt idk ? nKjn ^nn mop*? inK 
mK„ — ".vk„ : m^> iidk "? Knvn in^ mK„ — ".?*» : n^ 
".iDKp >nn /nn s k„ — "/pK„ : n^> iidk "? ••pinD'a ^h 

3. a ArM. | b naamp RaM i^mp ©, ia^»p M, ia"np En. || 

4. a JB. || 5. a 3. jj 6. a ffi WS1 MMj. || 7. a nil 118*1 F. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 39* 

8- Ein fleifiiger Gelehrter. An Industrious Scholar. 

Erub 65 a©. 

id nn *h„ ixnon T\h xion nm rvma n^> itidx 
,^»pi wan ^v inx xwn,, :r6 idx "?xrms d:pd 

".xaits owji 

9. Ein zuvorkommender Lehrer, An Obliging Master. 

Sanh 1 ()*>©. 

x*? xDyto ^xd xrrxn ny„ :5)dv> mh "ax m 1 ? idx 
;irwm xjyv mn x^>„ :in^ idx "?^n -id ^ ^-id 
"?id^ nox x!n xn^D *xa» irrya >d 

10. Ein gewissenhafter Bichter. A Conscientious Judge. 

lb. 7*>— 8»M. 

rvx wn„ : n^ idx ,xjh^ rpap^ xnx an mjatwix 
: xjna an 1 ? an r\h idx ".xjh^ -£ x^dd„ : rvh "idx ".^ 
,nn«a *x„ :7vh idx ,rpa D^^p mm rmn ".rpm pis,, 
"."pnxD an -j*? x^sd ,x^> w ;nn"x 

11. Ein Weiser, aber kein Rabbi. ^ •£<*££, &«* no Rabbi. 

B. m. 85t>H. 

idx ,rpj>ya >an ts6n .mn ^an n»ox nxjrrp ^xidip 

"KDffX,, — ".XJW* *h„ : m*? "IDX ".XDD ~\h ^O^,, : .T^> 

*nw x'opn xnau n^> a^nix ".xA^ x^>„ — ".-koto ^ 
xp xVi ,noDDD^ '•an lya^D xp mn .wxi ,pphd ^a 
nn*? .>xn ^ia id nytDs^ x^>„ : n^ idx .xrte xy^noD 
xrrrp ^xide>, :ma arai ^"pffxnn cnxi xis>d ^ *in 
",'xnn jtt ^>y *a-n mrnoxi piprv x^ wi ,">irp oon 



40* II* Zusammenhangende Lesestucke. B. 

12. Das Eigentnm des Fachsten. 
The Property of one's Fellow -man. B. m. 24 a H. 

, a KVDttnxB ason kdd n^> y>Mx amon aotsii ib 
:1dk .rmim «d^:o iddi ppt won m -a -\J? rpnn 
.hwi jtobs ".nnam kjiddn rp*? ns^a k^t ,«in n*n„ 

13. Dn sollst nicht toten. J%0#* sfta/l w<tf &f7/. 

Pes 25b (= Ioma 82b; Sanh 74 a ). 

np ^ io«%, :n^> "J&k 7 sn"n rpop^> anan Ninn 
id« ".'!■]!? c w^tDp ,xV w ;w&zh rrtep ^i, : ab non 
xnh^ ,'bid p»iD ^^-n rmn ^d I^itDpn *6i l^p^ d „ :rrt> 

14. Gib, dafi man den Deinen gebe. 
Grfoe «#a* fAep way give to thy Children. Sab 151b iB. 

rxh onpa ,*wy via o„ :inrP3-6 N"n ^m rh n&a 
ntD«*? ap ts^o„ : nh ma* ".-p-^ lonp^i wn ^ ,«nsn 
".mn mm W?:d *a : b nTD ap mp„ :*nh idk ".ir6 

15. Wohltfatigkeit erloset ans dem Tode. 
Charity delivereth from Death. Sab 156b B. 

r>*n a mn ".Nn^m *oin n(? pn» ,*oj:i ^ a^yi «ov 
,kti:d b xmn ,xrimt^ nn^pty xo-p xinn .xmtD a xn^>ax 
nin ,rfc x^>pty xp *o ,xibi6 .x'im rp^ya itpx wn*x 



12. a H*: nit- He. || 13. » MM t . | b BR a MHanM : ibth 
MAr? 1*111 M t . | c IB Ioma. j dMjJoma. || 14. a M. | bD e i5 10 . 1! 
15. a anbia »ai»u JBEn mend. I b En. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 41* 

"?rmy n<D„ :nnx nh ibx .mm awn tixi "po xp 
•^"D ints mm ,xnnx xip ? x^y xnx jojm,, :n^ max 
mn^ptp c xjx x^axp :my&m xd^i ,xrmyDn xnhv 
".rmy mao„ :rf? ibx ". b m^m:i mnnm ,^ ramn d *unDT^ 
jwbb x 1 ?^ ", e niDD ^an npnai,, :mn xn^py *m psj 

. fc nDay nrroB x^>x ,njit&>D 



16. Idem. lb. 

.xd^x 1 ? ^t^x -pn ^ixp nm ^nm iin t^nxi 'pxiDty 
pntD ,tix x^i ^ix x-q:> ^xn„ :^xia&6 tD^nx m!? iax 
,xin ^w> in ^x„ :^oo# n^> i&x ."n"Di xmn m 1 ? 
, b rwit^> mm^ a t^nx Dp . a xnxi ^x a ^nrvnx ."tiki ^ix 
:hxim m 1 ? idx .uu 'mm nm p^osn x^pn mn nntpx 
nnn xron pwD mn xdv hi„ :m*? idx "?rnny ^xd„ 
xnsn mn x^n i^d nn xn*x mn xjTxn .p^nxi mn 
." c *uw»i xicpxp xjx„ :r6 x:pbx . c ?] s DDDp mn , c mnnn 

'3VI ^ ,m^D a ^pt^1 1KD3 W#SJ WIP , d ,T3^? 'XOD ^ 

: mm ^xide> psj ."mny *.mao„ : mt> i&x ."^dd^ x^n 
/naay nmaa x^>x 7 nwD nmDD x^n ,niDD ^an npnai, 

17. Bedecke dein Haupt. C<raer /Ay Head. lb. 

km -pin,, : 'x-6n nh ^nx pna^ in pro nn nn^x 
/-ptsm ••dd,, :m^> max .mt&m "i^i mnpnt? x^> ." a, an 
a mn x^> ."'om *yni ,w>un a xnD ,, x -j^y >imm ^n >n 
,*6pn vnn ana xp nTp nn xdv .n^ maxp *>xdx ym 
Tvtshx ,xhp^h b xin ? mry ^ ,mffn a >i^y& xd^ ^dj 
.mrtpn a xmn , »p^ mpDD p^o ,nna* 

c M. | d Ar. | e Pr. 11 * || 16. * M. | b En liitrfs IB. | c En. J d En 
•^ B. || 17. a M. I b nxtn IB En. 



42* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestueke. B. 

18. Die Zerstreuung Israels. Israel's Dispersion. Pesse 1 ^. 

p^sny ps„ :n*wj nmm *yh *wb aim n^> idk 
^3i nav db> nt^» D^nn nw •o, : a 2TD 13TT2 iidtd 
•DjrvK "»jBf hod an pai /onio -dt ^ nnsn ny hvcw 

;imi^y in^D a*? /ih^d iru^tspn :rayn oti ? irvyT 
."any^p xni3^a 13^ rip ,irm^y irP3^n -pn 1 ? lrmtepn 

19. Werdet ihr wie wir. Be ye like unto us. Sanh 39 a IB. 

."in «oy^ ^13 wh an„ :Dimn ^yih iD^p n^> -ibk 

•Jin** ;13"nil3 ^IITD p^D *6 ,p^HDl px ;"r6„ :1DK 
1!T& ? a m»Xp TDff "1D>D„ : ,T^> 1DK ."pU3 Tim in^HD 

.mi?3K n^t ,m^ nvw ."m*2*? mn^ *o^ *3n ^3 
•jiD3 vhi Dit^D 7 a nfoa vhi ^n„ :w» ainn m*? ids* 

.mtoxi nn^ mm? ."Kin 

20. Der Esel des Messias. The Messiah's Ass. lb. 98 *>B. 

:m^> lax ."^> man b apm iodid m*? Twa ;tik man 

" ac ?xrtf mn "ix3 a "j^ mx *»d 

21. Heute, wenn ihr gehorcht. To-day, if ye hearken. 

lb. 98* K. 

wv p •pyDty >2"fci im^*6 mm^a ^!? p yanm ui 
"? *n*n xd^ *wnx„ : \nh iok ,py pi Knrpsa <>D"p urn 



n 
18. a 1 Reg 11 16 . || 19. a MEn. || 20. a Ar. | t> aina Ariect. 
c a5(i)ia KM. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 43* 

:^h p y&nm ^i idx. "*m "pix nxi* dx /4 „ :,t^ [iidJx 
tix n&>x!?„ :in^> idx ."**nya# nts^ff ^ipi ,nvxi dw /1 
"?aw xdm„ — "!nn^ ,t*?"# *?n„ :n^ nax "?nm> 
"jy s rn nw„ — "Ph^d^d s xdi„ — ."wn xnn^sx„ — 
in nt? mw ,xj»^ inn mdxi nt? M^nm , A D^6n ^mo* 
,n*n^ ^x ."n:>y^x x^>i a x:rynnD xd^i :1dx ,in tdxi 
"in ,-j^y D&p :n^ idx "i^-, ,-p^y di^*„ :.i^> idx 

."*D1M„ :H^ IDX "?1D MX nD">X^„ :.t!? IDX "! *XV*> 

^ 10X1 ,>n ipBf nipt?,, :n^ idx 7 i,i^x c *>2ti> xnx 

:n^ ibx . d "iyDt5M l^ipn ox dim,, :n^ idx ."'dim, 

:n^ idx ."w^ in ,-p^y di^„ :n^> idx "?^ idx '•xd 

."mxi xt^y*? I^x^i ~[h intD2x„ 

22. Weder freien noch sich freien lassen. 
They neither marry, nor are given in Marriage. B. b. 28 a F. 

xmyD^> a xDD *n .xmyD i"xo xp mn nxjn m 
: n^ idx .xnnx >xpi amnx my ny^x^ nMntPx ? anmxi 
xpi ,mtBH nam ^xn„ :.t^> idx "?D.nnx Tnyp ^xd„ 
*>xp nxn :n^ xd^x ^t„ :rrt> idx .".Ttcnn n^ xj"yD 
nun fe yin m^i b y>T yi^D :M^n ^iy^„ :n^> idx ."xnnx 

.psn i^s ."d^s? x^> xdHv 

23. Das Wissen der Toten. The Knowledge of the Dead. lb. 

xmyD^ xdd •o ,*nn# to^n xp mm xwudx xmh 
xniDDn xyn ,«nx xnx . a ,TJpMn hmem ,njna in mo mi 
xVi ,"nx xnx . a n^pnn n^osn 7 xnx nn .n^pntp 7 r\wb 
.M'jpn^ b nrm 7 xisdd m>xi ly ,n*pn» 

21. a n superscr. [ b _j_ n^iai superscr. | c n-Q^ K. | 
* PS 95'. || 22. » an* F I b s^» M. || 23. a B. I b rtitlJH F 1t51 H. 



44* II- Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B. 



24. Idem. Ber 18b M. 

'no xnxi iy . a ,T»rBtBnK nn a >nj mi Tpsx n"»yt 
,*mo nsn^ mnn ^x .«Tps *6i b «n*nn rwBJ ro ,ni 
aem *mrs c Tnno„ : n^ mox — "? xdm "rn„ :n^>iox 
x^mrr «nnu n^n ,ko^*6 ^ 'ow ;im^>pff ^ ;^d -pin 
."ino^> aon*n «n^s nn kiv^bi hts 'xpiDoi 



25. Idem. Ber 18 b M. 

anai iy .n*nj 'onn Mit npso nn boom mnx 
a ^nx in n^ np xp nm nnm n^sj m ,m no ^oo» 
*wyn„ iin 1 ? iox .mo nun 1 ? b nnnn ^tx .win mi 
:v6 ion ."ion *cn xmo xnx„ :n^ tibk ."anx 
«mo c xnx in xnx„ :n^> no« ."anx in ana x^yn„ 
."^aioen nn* xnx in xnx wyn„ :in^> ion ."ton nd'n 
n'nn ,*nni 'Dm« — ."xypii ann^no 1 ? p^D„ :n^ nox 
"?nana nnnn aoyo 'no„ :n^> ion .'Nina n*nn *i^ 
nn ann^no^ rt?»v *hi w "pn >n fe, :^> noNi„ — 
."'Nypn ann'no^ ^ p^'yo *6 -,n>nyri> d n>nt5^m dbn 
:n^> ion .-pnxi e NDn ,n^n e ; mnN NnN ,^m 'DniN — 
ion innpi ? rpriN ^>i„ :n^> ion "?rvnn Noyo >nb„ 
"»xnn xmo mnym„ :n^iON "? f ro"n 'noni,, — ."noo£ 
— ."n^ ni^yo /«n ^id xjn^n 'n„ i.t^ion ."NO^>y 
"?>nvp nd\i >orvn mit„ :n^ -idn — .ni^yi ^hh nnm 
;"»onn ssyuDxi 7 ^h 'Nnm >N^y ,«»nn NnoNn 'nvr„ — 

."*)T10 ^DTl ,NyiN N^N 'NT ;"]T10 UJi^ ,'nU 'N1 



24. a n^nst^SJ^I&t B. I b superscr. | « ninrvo Ar. ]| 25. » prm 
n "j»a superscr. J b superscr.; rrnnsK B. | c + TQD B. | 
* fiinttj^nai B. | e i 3 a ^p nini n^tn B. | f ro^na B. j 



II. Connected Texts. B. 45* 

26. Was Oott tut, das ist won! get an. 
Whatever the Lord doeth, is for the Best. Ber 60 b M. 

man a^nnn mva mn ,KrrnKn ^t«p mn a:rpy *m 
nm k^> ,x>Wn ma 1 ? ayn ,[arpn] ainn^ xud ^ .amen 
,mor6 a^ai an« anx ;«inn mi psu .xrst^ix m*? 
:iax .xnt^ n«i3 xp*t ana ,*&n.nr6 n^oai a*?yn xna 
:iDtf .«n^ a n»n» «d«^ ana ."nt^> warn mnyn *?d„ 
"/ntD 1 ? *oonn Tnyn ta, :i^ na>n wn„ 

27. Heilige den Sabbat. JTe^ /#<? Sabbath Holy. Sab 119 a JB. 

>b"sj a nm ? rprnmi2a ht >ii Ninn mn >aB> a ipiD ?pi> 
ipiD spy b *po3j irta„ :*>*nfe n^> rm .xnits moDj 
,jm>m& inn pt , b mo:u irhvh in^st ^a ."in^> !?^x ^ 
mn# «p"»t mmsK ,n*qo my apn •nnn .mj"m nnniK 
7 xmt? ^ytn k^sk mn»*t mpox .x-itd my*?! ,*oim 
"»n^ nvtDDK iW„ :r6 nox "?arwn ^ t»^ W> :nD1< 
? myip ,n^m ,n^n^ nvtDax ."v nn ^rn •at? ipia ppr 
.xnrm n^-n arp^y lo^nn b nxni ,KrpjnB mn tob>k 
."am# myns ,Krai* ppn ]xn„ :1dk ,iqd mnn mn yjD 

28. Wahrheitsstadt. Truth-town. Sanh. 97 » M. 

.aaVyn sta^ip *o^> ,*u*»dk mn tpna :w»m iok 
*»DvntD ni :n^> naxi) mop mntD mi pma ainn ^ idn 
mb>d mn *6 ,*«^y *W>n te m^> ^nm yin w ,(m&iy 
wd x^n ,mo# stDt^ipn anna xinn^ ^p^ >n„ : mmnnn 
r^DJ jmw a *6i anna t^rs mxD mn *6i ,[in]mnHn 
mrnnn anm mn nn xdv ."^n nn ^ 11m ,im^B anrpK 
kj*dk„ : [n»]« .tf #tc KDitD snnncy aona ,mtpn «s«n xpi 



26. a m En. || 27. » M. | *> Ar. || 28. » »^>S rell. 



46* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B. 

; b ^n nh not? ".ton nn^ 7 :n^ nax ;xynx mis ix*> 
on, :v-6 x:pdx„ "?^xn ^xd„ iinox ,[n]^p^ wj'x inx 
xh ,innxD pis ,pyn "p<D xmuDn, -sh ™x ;<*nts>yD mn 

".^tprx -pnn xjniD inn nrn 

29. Wie man sich als Oast benimmt. 
The Etiquette of a Guest. Pes 86 * M r 

.pmp -d pro m <n!? y^x pj m nnn xnn m 
:n^ nnx .'torn m„ :r6 idx "?-pts> *xd„ :n^> nox 
,xjd>i xnnn n^np ,xdd n^> nn 1 * .nvpxi ,"xnisx n s n„ 
xayto ^xd„ : n^ nox .n^sx mnx x^i ? no p^DD s x ,n"nt? 
— .x:x A Dt?n ^yn^„ :r6 idx "?tom m, -jpsj nnp 
vmoo*,, :rt idx "?xjd^ xnnn xdd n^np xayu ^xd„ 
:~\h tidx o xnyts ^xdi„ — . h "h*nih vmoD t>xi ,itDp^ 
bvi i? www ta*„ :ir6 lax "?rnvi»x /xmsx nvi, 
"?^d^ a nnn ^dd 1 ? n">rpwx xdvd ^xdi„ — ." h nwv rr»nn 
".^pn:i m nn ,nnx nan iDia nrwn*, :xwr„ iin^iDx 
."pn fe 'n^ 7 „ :irf? nox "?*]dx mnnx x^ xoyts 'xai,, — 

30. Eine kluge Fran und cine torichte Frau. 
A Wise Woman and a Foolish Woman. Sanh 109^— 110 a K. 

s xd„ irrh max .Mn*?'xn int^x rte p y\x h :ai idx 
,nm id ^xi ;rn^n roxi ,nan id ^x Prona -j 1 ? xpDJ 
A ns*ya "»xin ?Tay>x *xdi„ -.n^ idx .".ma^n rox 
a xnty»J3 n^ian a xjyT„ :,t*? .tidx ."m^nna "•yant^xi 
nnax ."('ownp d^3 nnyn to o, : b avian) ,iro^ wnp 
n'rpnxi xn»n nvppffx ."^ xj^sd x:xn a>n„ :,n^ 
^nxn b ;n"tD^ mnDi xnn hv c nn^n , »x /xu n^n^axi 
mD T x nnpn n^nn^x — .in*? iv^^x ,om onnx .inn ,n»m 

i, = n^sn B En. H 29. a ML j| SO. » BM. | b Nu 16 s . | c En. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 47* 

mnrf? ,xd^d a mn i.tx ?hb>d Tny xp >x& n>in„ :n^> 

NTIK ^X ; fc D*rD ^D fe W Hinx ^ 7 Nm XJHD H^tf 

wn :1dx ,*ni>n x^nx ^x ; h )mh ^mn :idn ,*nDrin 
xi^VD nn nn : e iDx /hnx m^pBH h y\wxr\ "itpyB* ; p^ 
n*n"» e ,TJ«y ,xniB:33 f, on ^iddi id^id^ i^ 1 ? t":i /ini jpD 1 ? 
:n^ ,tidx "!Tay xp ^dj i.tx xn„ :r\h idx ."*iD"i»n 
'D^nt^s oy wbj mon, ,«nnrj nmn xnm m^in pa,, 
xp*?D ^x ; ft£ n^n vra^y, :r& iDxpn '-nyi ."Tny xpn xin 
a xnfem n^ a p^x ,*niSD h xvi xiwn* xn^n "jnyi 
nmn d^j JnDDn, i^nm mm ."-jnnTiD in^ inborn 
wb>x n* /HJDinn k ,TP3 n^ixi, ;*yix ^ intrx u* /nmn 

. fc mp *?# 

31. Die Manner von Sodom. The Men of Sodom. 

Sanh 109 M (ordo qui in IB). 

;«typ nn b >yu xmn m 1 ? n<*n, : a Dno >twx nax a 
mm xn'pDix nn xDn"» xinn .<w nn b,> y*u ,n^ n^n 
mxn„ :v6 n&x ;in:^Dpi lm^pff ^x ^ynD^? mn m^> 
vidx ."nn ^ipt^ ,n^ n^n ;xde>d in ^pt?^ 7 c xmn m*? 

HD ;XJH ^n^nnD JOH *)1D„ :1H^ 1DN "?^xn ^XB„ :H^> 

b nn:i n^> n^n ,xd*p nn b ^yij xmn n^ n>xn xrn n^nn 
n^n ,xd^d nn ^ipt&m m*? nnn xrn sjid *]x ,w nn 

."nn ^ipt^j n^ 
.'nn nw 7 xnnDn my x^n ;xm nvpj ,>nn&n nnyn, 
xnn xjx„ :n^ nax ; nn ^»pty ,nn ^ ^nx /ja^ >on mm 
; nn ^pp 7 nn ta Vix 7 ^&&> ix n^n n&> mm "!^>ptn 

"I^pt^n in xjx„ :n^ idx 

d iins K«. ! © superscr. | * M. | s Kc. | h mg. | i Pr 14 1 . | i sic; 
niaan IBM (ut Biblia). | k n^l^n En (ut Biblia) |j 31. a superscr. j 
b En Ar. I c K. 



48* II- Zusammenhangende Lesestucke. B. 

^sai e >xE>"i wnptsn wpff :Dnoa nn ^h d nyanx 
n^rr»3 nan c „ :ptf> nax ,n^DDi nnan nrv*6 n^ ^nnn ."p 
ntwj ,mam «nom wn^' n^> p^ddi . c t>!?,tj rrnyw 

.'"nrnpn iv °rrtrpj nan c „ :rrt> 
h^pun ,xn:ix rrt> an„ :rrt> nax ,nnart> n^> *hdi 
nayn ^m nyanx h avp h xmxx nayn ixb ."xcn I 1 ? 
y^x ,*Dai3 xinn xnx xnn wom .>w x'u&n h avp ,aooa 
x^Da xjx„ nnV idx .""»rn nyanx an„ :,t*? ™x .onn^ 
.am xh ."^n x^dh an ; *p d>$*„ :n^> n&x ."nay 
nyanx m 1 ? an H> :n^ nax ,xj"n ^p 1 ? xnx Atptb 
*nay ny^x ."x-m mayn x^Dni ,xdi i? ^ptsn ,>rn 
:n^> n&x ,xj"n ^Dp^ xnx ^rnHD ,Dnn*? *»nrpK oniax 
JmnD ,xn^:t ^pt? J'xm i? ^ptn ,xi:ix mV an,, 

p*DH «1iK„ :n^ 1DX "?W1 >XD„ : rrf> 10K .X3"-6 

,wpa wfri„ :rrt> idx "!w6 n^n\3 mam ,^d ^ 

"! >D"p 

,-pxa "»d ; titix *n^y ujd nm k Kn^ns in*? x^n 
y*?p>x nmax nay my^x .mV ^nna pa mm ;nu»D ^u 
,mj xitj,, iin 1 ? nax "Ixmsx *a Dip,, :rrt> ™» ,ann^> 
."«ms« x^ x^ ,nn» nnw xdv p 
,xijh nm nn to m 1 ? '♦am ,x^y in 1 ? wnD mn >d 
,mxD mn ^ . a n^> iudd nn x 1 ? xnsm ,n^y maty a s n:» 

.nnn hyv nm in teinx 
nn mrp v 0101 ,K^oax ^nx mm ,xWn nay iin ^ m 
annax nay my^x .m^> \>J?x- nm xno^x in 1 ? mn /pruo 
.m^n xapya xnmyD *aA a^n 1 * ^x ,«^n in^ nD^x ^x 

d M* = rell; rnott) M c , duo nomina 'npTaBp *np^SX M^g 
addit. | e Kfiilt K - I f + «f*»«^ pi Msuperscr. | g M*KtF; 

»isn Mc nwsi Kmg. | h FK. | » M*K*; msiB McRc. | 
J M*KF; n^»lB Mc. | k B En K kiv»'WD M. | i rell; n*b* M. | 
m mg. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 49* 

rpa^Ji h?w ."nx„ :.t*? idx "?*on -pDi ]xd„ :n^iD» 
:,t^> "idk .n^h ^ aaai -iy ,*an m^ my .ami 
•fcpt* .tarn n*D>to ^pt? ."n»„ :n^ -km* "?^di i«d„ 
. m n^*o xmiyo n ^hv aw .toimi in^D^ into 
otxhvx ,Knxna *ojy^> xnsn xps& *pi °xn>:n K>nn 
pxniim mx ,*ow tpx ^y niDpwi iwnn ni'sir ;xn^D 
/nm •o mioyi dhd npyi " iD*n 7 ^aTirr u»m .nfoxi 
.*'nnn ^poy ^y fe ? : m ibx hti.-p m id«i 

32. Sanherib. Sennacherib. Sanh. 95 b M. 

Ktrnp xnx .'.TP3ffn nynn " n^p ainn nvi, :*nTOi 
^h rhix >>x„ :rri> idx ,*aD *ai:o n^ *dtx ,«in "pin 
^d ^rupn^tDpi irp£6 inwn<*n A myoi miD-^o* ^n 
b xin *nns xinnn ^d: aaaa xinn„ :rrt> i&x "?ir6 max 
,1»bj *a»^i„ :n^ idk c "?Tnyj^n„ rn^noa ."aw 
(w„ :n^ id« c "?\wa >aoa„ -— ."^py-p!? k*h >a\n *a 
^iy„ :n^ -idx "?aaviD„ — «i««w k-iddd ^ >n"x 

."«isdd ^ ian„ :in^ idx .xn^tpp ^ntsp iim ,naA 
in into ."*£ yra f Kn"e>pn ama in et pnu :rrt> iidk 
."^wvk ,8[K]nxi iy .xisdd n^ larp , c «n"typi awn 
inD^pn ma . h n^> '•n"** 11 ."*nu *n»x ^t„ :rrt> idk 
: a nTOi u"n Jnnyn^i ,tiu ^x ..TJpia *ou ^n>x ,n^> 
i'bwk na>n u»n :xss an idk) .'nson ipin nx m, 
nyatr *6 ,n^pHn *au ^n*x /tde> nxD*i*6 k pr]mn:i, 

n n^l^S M^g. I o rell. I p i^inaMt JBF ^nai En. | q Gen 18*°. jj 
32. a Is 7 20 . I t»K. I emg. | d © En. | e ^d K. I fBEnK. I 
g in&t 1 ! K. I * superscr. | i hej eras. | i n^TiJ^nV rell. | k == K 
n^n^^i Ar. I 1 -}- ni^), quod postea deletum. n^ istt3 En K 
n^V ibci Ar. 

Margolis, Chr. Bab. Talm. 4 



50* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B. 

tf"n, :1dx ,mn xninYio xeh rotpx ^ix (.<mr& h x3in 
x-nj xinn ^tx *x ; xjsitDD nA m [n]*aran xm xr6x 
.rrtepi vim wot* -Tflop vrua inn 2 ? ir6 yipn ,nhx*\ 



33. Eleazar, Sohn des B. Simeon. 
Eleazar Son of R. Simeon. B. m. 83*>— 84 *> F. 

*anwa ^ ?irb rio* wi„ :rvh "in* /na ram 
x^x) "?<iy imn ^ twin n, :m c aTOn ,^na 
ididi nnxa "moan nnx*, :rr^ idx d xnp ^xhd :naxi 
*xb„ :,t^ idx f ('. e, int&na raip&n 6 s Jy ?)urp v»y v\mh aw 
*a*n ,tid3« xn„ :n^ ibx ."xin xd^di xjdih ?Tiyx 
xian ^n&> ixd Mm xnurf? w *yaixa ^iy :Tnyn 
xp nm ,xin x^^n mrr-p^y ^x :nnnnx in; ; h DJ&j&pi 
nnp *&Hp ,«in pm» xzms "»x ; xin xau ? x^> *xi ,tti 
*an x^ ^mrmny 1 ? onp *onp ,xin A ^yis ^x ;;td-p:6 
x:np„ :'h 'dx ,xd^d "•! xn^D ny&nB"x ."irwsn ,^m 
n^V >uo B"sn xp mn ."xpjins m.t^ imx jXm^xn 
noiD nnx *no iy ly 1 p fDin*„ :nrnp p yanm ^an n^ 
p ntes ^x D^ip*,, :*t^> n^ " fc ?runrfr wr6x ^ van 
xinn x y» ."M'sip nx rfo'' didh *?ya A „ : k n^ ." A onan 
^ lay idid nnx >nD iy ! V s p pin„ -. n^> lax /toid 
*ytn ,nj>o yw /xn ^*d ^smo,, :1dx "?mnn^ u\-6x 
>yai ,mnyno in /nyi inn .mtsran ,n^y *inx ."xin 



m h^iatian K. || 33. a =- m Ar xaw ma H naisms © En. | 
* a = HM^d a IB En. | c p s 104 20 . | d p s . io©. j e i5» a ^ 
mnia'na F. | * + npa^(p)^ ^p^^is n^>pti3(p) xnbii (^"« H) 
(«i»iwnH) ^'•©i ID En HM. | g rell.|h to^i^pi F.^n^ninas^ F. j 
j "stt5S*ir\ M. | * + n^ rell. | i + rr^n rell. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 



51 



idw, :;wbjx ng .xrhw ny^noo xp mn *6i spins'? 
^ix xp jHs^p^ rnpox .^wbj m rmo now uib^i rs 
!-tf> yT £x ;m„ :*& [n]&x* .lyo^D xpi irnin >nxi 
*?y lTn^n ."Dnis*on ova nDiixon my: i*?ya mi xin 

/P D^tP nip^SD HD1 !W^ ,"yo mi S D13„ :1DX ,1D"»13 

ny^ini nan v*^ DDn ^ntonio ! hddi naa nnx *?y nixm 
xdd prmptyx .mnyn xan"» x^> /an i^bxi ,"*Daa nt^ity 
*>psD uni ; rpDi:£> s my-ipi ? xtwi r xrpa^ m^yi /inrmttH 
? i>axi i»iiDnn xw&>n "»nmoi ,xmrn ^ipn ^ipn rwo 

.tfTIDD X*?1 

, u rpnyix "pyDtp 'in -ny^x '-) -poo x 1 ? <an i^bxi 
xibsV /tDtM "prw iT»!? to" d ^ n ^Wa .^i^ n ^V ^np 
n^> amy x»i* tai .xa'oi x&i ^spd vnny wd *pj>s& 
xpat? x£i , w nxai ^ax mm xns^ v ^a T» n ^ ^nftai 
noxx^n .#[Y|^n xd^h ,xiaD ,xtmia ^ psn^ n^ 
\jbd) 1x2 , s ym "nx*„ :idx xib^ "iMxia ^ym s nx fe „ 
nrv^a*,, :rrt> max ,imvan rrnyDtf in xdv !(*mm ^iwa 
xw xinn .n^ *>■& npsji rpnpatp "! fe xax rva ^b> yiDia 
n^ nnyi ,7nx "prw n^ ^n"xi , a ^iBD zl prw ytin ** 
nn ^rx„ :xrm*? inrvai rh max .xib 1 ? ^a v n ^ 
uhw h „ :rh lax /xin >xnx "iwhv xnn *9 ^& "pa* 
pmaa iniD ni>:xa nivn, innpsax np ."*DaVff& n^iTi 

.^nan 1 ? xun 



m text.masor. rmxa. | n Pr 21 23 . | ° = HM; art. > JB En. | 
p = H. | q anaaittn H. | r -f- 'O" F * C^i Fc ) > confusae sunt duae 
lectt. | a H n^S)-Fvid | t_|_ *o _ ?m&a x^ ^ai xnin ^) 
n^a n^Ki 5"5>x ^x^ ,mt>a ipm& ip^^io n^n m*i» -0 ^n^in 
(n^i&a k^ ipaio ^p^'inD F^g; ip*t^iG] = M ^p'nitD H iptiTiaj 
© En; ^p^nit)] ^p^'nlb M b »p5*^'Ti^ H ipwn» B En. | u'rell. | 
t ^ h 3 F. | ▼ I'nKiai F? | x inscr. | y in^^« F. | « > rell. j 
a ^sid F. | ^>Pr31 14 . 

4* 



52* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestucke. B. 

e i"mx .xwtm *J? d psn xo^>y n^> c nn*x xdv xmn 
xp^o -.nox ,1331 "ono xp Tin .ronntD ,xdi wd vrw 
,xin *m&3 dh*„ :r6 idx ?&xdu in inn mn x^> ,-jnyn 
f, pn ."p^n nnx nnpj xnn ,ix^> oxi ;onm d^d in'* 
hdd a : h xm idx) .ia» *?y my^>x nnh *"frym ,onnt dVd 
(I^xit^D ii ^ntyx nten n^ni mms 
pnm xjyr yYD„ :VKvn*rt> n^> i»x ,h^sj ro >n 
Vpox ; k ^> ^3did xip^ >n ^ru x^i ,"i>y lmnyin nap: 
in ^xibe> >m' lax ."nwD widyi x^n ,xn^nD v^ x 
inmnn m n^> x^ynt^xn ^m idi xd^x ^ x^ynt^x :'Jom 
•pit^ya *bb x^i n nD •oanD man x^> :yiyDE> "in my^>x w 
mm, m^nn n^ *o»ya mn >ni ;«n^yn mmuxn °ymxi 
xpi xma mnn in xbv .xtn xron xte ,miytp npyrpo 
r xnmsn myatsn x*nn!?„ i^tnrvx ;?nnyi «6n ,mjixD p*bj 
,xj*"6 *nrn mx vin ^ ."m^> >yaoH o 8 wia x^i ,pniD 
xn^yD x^p nn xps: ,nw yidd idi m:m yidb io 
" k \ym nnx ^rfrs t^x !>xnt nnx /Jite »*x*„ :[m]oxi 
l^ynD vin^ :mox ? u nnnnns> x"s:pd xp mn in xor 
.xyix mix ix 1 ? wn xn : pm nax ."*mnp^ imj x^ 
x 1 ? 7 mn '•pioyx^ pm ip^o /mpiox^ n^n ^ v n^> in^ 
inn x xtD^ xh /imna mo mm n&D *?m /mn >jn inrpntp 
•»nm mnx "nr p "pyDty •»m m^> >inmx . fe nyi mn* 
□nx >xi ,onwn ^ b» nnx xnns*„ :XD^nn )mh my*?x" 
,mn xms'on xav ^yo in xtyp ."*^>sx nmx ^x^no 



c i^-F. I d K p S 3i F. I e in^K M in^^x rell. j * w F. | e n)®^ F. | 
h "i HM. I i cf. Ra; S-iStt^ rell. | i WF; ^Xl-H. | kin!»F. | 
1 •jam'* HM -jwii © En. ( m n^ F. | n B EnM ^G FH. j 
o rrss^xi F -pmni HM -p-ini B En. | p tr^n-F. 1 q +»aVina ^ 
x^x ii»m ??^b V« F^g. I r Kn^lS^i sn^^ta F«. | » © EnM 
^ariaa H ^xn^a F. 1 1 h n^ra F. | u prm ^^nn rell. | ▼ 1. inV. | 
w quaedam hie omissa videntnr. | x xii^V^ F. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 53* 

: b rrt> ddk .niiKi xmyD^> »rmn»i aoay waaw ,nn*n 
,r6 nnnD ."M^nx tout p d»*i ,-p B c nns* ,a»y xwy,, 

.m!?"y 

34. Die Bedentung des E. Hijja. The Greatness of R. Hiyya. 
lb. 85* H. 

:«jpjn ui n^> idk ,a»n 'i-n nrw on i^"»d iw ^ 
amriD ^mt^D *mw xrorwD >*n ? rviWD r?n nnm„ 
?nnu*D nn wim„ :«"n -an rvh idx ."»*6ib^dd r6 
,*orp3 KJHff :*i>Ki^ nantwi xV&> rrnr6* *0Tny kjk 

junpDi ^pm npD m n^i xnnh aop^Di ,wdw xt^nn 

7 nTD ann&a 71^ arw KJ^nDi ,wdw worn *pij* ntPDn 

nm unxi ,mn hto nptf ,wnm ny, :w*? m>dki 

."^wd arnntPD *6i h nrr\rh nnyi ; ( mn 

35. Idem. lb. 

ntw. ^pDio in anun m ^ >ynt&»K :«3*nn m idx 
,rwy it»b» mn xmbi ; nua in^« itd» mm prm xinn 1 ? 
"?'«n ^xd„ -.rrt> nox .*nm rwy i^pWD nm jobs 1 ? 
*nrm 7^0 •>:> 7ns "pav^ ^rw, :w^*6 no«n„ :*idn 
-nV tanow vpinu Tirfrim, :^> idki s'ayp'n annwD^ 
— '? a ^D >kdi, — .'tanow a^i x"n >nm ap-imao 
k^t ,««n *m Kpinuo "n*? ,*3*6d ^>"y vnu v^ran, 
^Dipia 1 ? "»xud *tf> .'rvroi p sJ ?D m^Di /3«te ^"y 
n^j^y^ wd ,*mn ^Dxtsn nn w« .".T3 ^now ,wbjk 
idt anuria, :rrt> ^nx ,mrnyDK w»n«w ^w„ .imam 
."WDrvxi /*uun 

t 1. hi-. I z 1. nniaaKi bits. I a itF. | b 1. nb=rell. | c •mnsrell. | 
35. » iii3n*»0 F. I b = ibbis FM Ar itBKBis H. 



54* H- Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B. 

36. Idem. lb. F. 

*6i ar>y>*< in wp .^n a «nn^nDn mat? mn in^« 
:JT^ ItDX "? b aDy^ XDytD "»»0„ :H^ "ION ,Kn« *a ;«nx 

,m*> c kjj>:pbi ^xm mm m*? nj^ooi d.td*6 KJ^pitriK,, 

7m„ — "!mn nna ir6 lnropwi,, :.m*? iok ."apy^> 
intern w h „ :rrt> idn ."m:m *6a *mtPB tiki ,Knyty e ,T*? 
,Knnyn f nu ." A )^i *t"n 'i kd*k„ :i»k "?*mn D^iya 
;«p"»t Ktfa ,'*rmn a^o fe , [n]DK ^ama^n **Dp lrwaniK 
/^non rpno* ,kidd *o ;mb>d ana ,< fe Dtra mmo* ,[vi]bk 
."im^„ — "?«n^D xnh k^ ikd„ :xy>pna noa 
mn ,xnw"i m^ a^mna .*mn ^is "pnny rmnDi nvnn 

.inrmtn m»w % ;«an *a 

37. Bie Weisheit des E. Banna'a. Z%e Wisdom ofR. Banna a. 

B. b. 58 H. 

n*ox„ :nmn^ max mm lnman^ Kyotsn *aaa aim 
in^ rh m» "oa mtpy ?KiiD^a xnma -jn xyj2 ^ 
:inV noa ,a"»at* ap ">a ."in vhx majo n£ n^i Knma 
mop?? inN ;imjpo >rrt> *ym ah ."*na nn 1 ? >d33 irfo„ 
-)o*n ny ,"|i3ia«n nnap^ a *itann i^>n„ : in!? idk ,nwi 'am 
*oaj in^iD„ :iox 3ix xhi im^o nn »s ,^hk ."id 1 ? 
:m^ iidk , b aate ^a b amp ma foio i^k ."^m 
a^ai hhd *6a kjibb p'soi wima *naa nn «a^„ 
*nay„ -.in 1 ? mo« ,inrvan nna . d mta>an ,nvr\x ," c *td 
Kpi ,niDpi« ; mat? o^> mws /pam*? mpos ? m^>p ,*>h mn 

36. a Fc. I i> adde to. | c so^ai rell. | a ji^Smi F. j 

«1. tib ? J f Tltt F. | g fi^ap F. | ^ H SWiri Fvid. j i Fsuperscr. (j 

37. a JB En F loan H. | * rell aoba Tiawi n^np H. | c rell 
n^*> H. J d r ell > H. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 55* 

•prp Kp a-na xh\ ,ih nm Kp w *6 ;*od ma lpffD 
anD^ mps«„ :nD« .ir6 mo«p ^kd ,^t nn *6 ."^> 
/'.tidnp apiriT,, :"in^ "ibk psj ."jrr kd^h ,>*mm*r 

."KJH IH^I ^3** 3ipi ^ >^n '^ D * 3m *^in„ :nD« 

mat? *6 ,ih^ npnon im te„ :«Vu«n anna rrnn Kin 
ynpai at^yo wtk tik i^sx ,*nnyo k^k*„ :1»k ."j»n 
: e ininD ^n e *6k ?n^> ^os*n ^d: *dh ,*oh ^h xjdi n*^> 

".^m n * DBf *& ?1 nn "P 00 nijn3 l" 13 ^' 1 V*h ^pn^i ^h ta, 
V*& '•ipnDi im ^> : ib* V winn ano d"d„ : *an una 
:nTD mm am «in ".<ym n * DBf ***? >V^ l 1t3D n ^ D T^* 1 
no« ."idh *on f y>Ti fe amm ,on *ox xrwo to tsma,, 
N^pn p ^sn ,rp»i jtwkd ^an ,nny& a^*<„ :in£ 
,K"ion rrppff ki snat^ kbdhi ? n^ ^tsp am ^dj ^n ,rvoi 

:"10X "p Winn KID oin„ :ionD h ".'ion kjk ikidk 
nn^n ; h i»n kjk ikidk ^d »nn ,on kjk inna to tsmn, 

"."I^dd vv^riD pn /ran n^n 

38. Die Befcehrung des Bes Lakis. 
The Conversion of Resh Lakish. B. m. 84 » F. 

tf^ »n ana ,«nT2 jom *no ap mn in xor 
. c nnnna b Km*!? iw b ,Kn&r6 n^si , a «nn*»«n mran* 
"!n?ri> 1"ibw„ :rrt> rax "! d Krpm*6 i^n„ :,-rt> ra« 
xji\ti wd KTDtsn annx ^ nn* ,*p nmn *k„ : rvh rax 
.••sox n^i ? m:)D^ inj^in^^ mn^!? e xyn "In^n mn ."^ 
nn 8^n^ mn f ^n »o^ .nm xi^ n^wi m^mai n«ip« 
^jdi T»sp ^d p^sm nonm v^om pj^dh* : noxpi «»mo 

e ^^ro ^s^n H, sed cf. infra. | * IB F »iin M iin HEn. | 
g FM na^a^ JB En ma^b H. | ^ mg. j i rell snn&O H »in«ai 
H«»g. || 38. » 'n.nijtt "i^a^x M == «in xnn^x "isd H. J b tr F. | 
« n^nias F. j « Fc. J e h aiss F. J * > F. | s 1. latr*. 



56* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B. 

ibj ihpk .hdx^d IDS rwa ?naDitD v^ps nwKD t 
t^n ;>*poDn wBisnp nvwn h *.idk prrp 'i * Pinnate 
rwiDD^,, :n^ ids .*D*on wnanxw nytt>&*:iDN tp>p*? 
*^ rip onn ?^ n^nx s kd„ :rrt>iax ."yT h .TnrtDDte 
innnpi ,^ *xtk k*?„ :n4 ibn .">ni 4 ^ rip *on /m 

"?*nj*nipn ^bjd nnn* 

k rpjn^> nn„ — Jnn m»« xh "!hh^ *tn„ :rrt> hidk 
v* -pain* nnty, :r£y np . m nn n:wx k^ "! l n>nj^i 
nin ,a»p^ tpm «t»bj ro .°< n intDnn ^y ^pnuatei n"n« 
n^ Tnyj *kd : pm n»« .nnnna pnr 'i lytDED xp 
,nwiyD&> ipmai ms piiyte 'i ^ Pn^nyi pannnn 
:n^ idx r mn ,iakp r nrn «n^» te .n>op*> ^>"y 3iy^ 
in ?K»*p^ inn s na„ :n^> idn 8 ."^? ay^DBi »w„ 
nymai viry *^ "wpfc ,KnyD&> *o*bk nin >n wph 
xmn ^k^ddi , T, »prPB nym*o intpy n^> xjpnBBi 7 u an"t&np 
*uyT xh y*oa iidk !*f? x ay"DDi x^n, :mox nsi ;xnyDtP 
*w»p^> m„ :idki z n^D yip ap ^w mn "?*u*OKp tbbh 
pm iym ,n*nyi *|t&n iy "?nx jo*»rv»»*p^ in ?n« *om 

.nwsj mi n*^y *am 

39. Der Tod des Rabba b. Nahmani. 
The Death of Rabba b. Nahmani. lb. 86 » F. 

nmi , b «Dni nvnn in san ^ iynv^ : a «rm ids 
,ante *n amip n^n fea l^ta .nwsj m aiatyn ^am in 



h H©En rtirvwob^s M niRtob^s F. j i nib F. | 3 H n^s F. | 
* 1. iiiaV? I 1 nwa-F; 1. iinanbi? | ™ -j^ F. | * in-F 
nan-En. j <> j e 49 ". | p H nniwbi F. | q HM ii-Frfa. | 
» H >F. j s Fc. I t nib F. I « IB En H an^-M fctnns^to F. j 
▼ HM ip-ns IB En tpiifi F. | ▼ © En M a&oiai F. | ^ H. | 
y H px F. I z nmB F. || 39. a aona i"\ rell. | b superscr. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 57* 

xnT nna **hx no^n ??tDnDpn "wnimn anna *b>x„ : noa 
,mnnnx anten c Kpnons mtp ."anno airpDn «nTi Kt^pn 
*mB*6 anwoi ,xr\wh swyn KBnsm 7 *wyn Ksni£ e d pny 
KtwiK kw6 y^a* ,mnnnx *o^n apnons ^»tx , e nn&>n 
nnn ,smDpB tarh m^ms ^dd nn nvpt^x , f mn mm 
*tdj ? Tnyj ^xb„ : n^> max mn:6 h m« .nmn^ msnine 
anwnn ,kdd mt> inmi *on^> Minn,, :in*? naa ."ain nd^di 
*wyp yTD„ :"idx .wai ^n n>!? ray ."mDiriD inn 
,*nnj «inni> ^>&p >x ,im& ; imj an n^> iwyn apn *nnn 
.io& anna ,mnn^> k mi»y ."ynia ,n^> inyso *k ;yniB *6 
nntwt .«^n^> ^k .psj ,an^x pis ,kd*j n^ ^mn*K 
ann^nan ^h&o ap .rn^y n*n* ap mn ,xhpii ktpj 
p*? nytj> d«i ;XDtD ,p^> ny&6 ^D-np mm nx h ixy^pm 
:xin Tna tmpn* naa ?n*o fe pDD pints ,nnnn^> amp 
Pmu i«d ^iok >kdb„ :n»x ay^pnn ann^na /n™ 
D^n Tm ^x, A : \jam nn nn no*n ,*jDm nn nn nnu 
,n^> amp^ ^D"» mn xh ,mnnnx m*?# ana .^ni^nai 
.«D^n m «wm >6p yDtp .monuD mDiD p>n&> mn x^>n 
n*P «o .n^> ^ ,pTWK ;«in *oten Kpnons ,nno Kin 
:nn&*o ^ip nn nns** .^nintD ,nintD*, :i»x ,nwsj an** 
.< A nnntDn nta ]nDtpj nnm nints n,DW ^om nn nnn -pntMt, 
nnw^ tppnnj* >Jom nn nnn, :"n*n xtpnx apn^s ^dj 
nnn ns^s nn .n^ty mn io\n ,*yT nn xh .' h nhyn hw 
mnsDi ,inniiyK i^ta .p*6itD °n^> nny api ,«D:iKn *o"p 
!?n, A ixy^pnn xpn^s m^> psj .xni^^ «n*?ni ^dv xrhn 
psj .Kni^^ nyntfi v Dr n V^^ mnsD . <fe nnn «,t enisn 
mn kdv xinn r .^m^ ^onn^nf? m*?*, : xy^pnD Kpn^s in^ 

e prm *iniB. I d HM. j e codd. inter se omnino differunt. | f cf. H. | 
g H. I h xnx F. I i innn F. | i -i^n F. | k n^$ F. 1 1 rell. | 
m itttjai"! F, sed prm rrwun, quod deletum est. | n rell n^rrF. j 
o H irri> F. j p H xbin F. | q rell la-F. 



58* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B. 

nno atea* mi ^ ay"tD xmh m^i ,»syt ^i ,?wm 
"?*on •>*£„ :1»K .«d^ -p^n H"W ? xsd inn kd'3 
:*i*»js^ idk* ."y»m in ran hwbj ro„. :mt> no>{ 
nnma ^xbk ;ypi K&^yi ,-pn run iKD^yi ,tw£ 



40. Stucke aus dem „Xapitel tier Frommen". 
Stories from the ^Chapter of the Saints". 

a) Taan 20^> — 21* M x . 

>^D 'J.1D ID X? KD^„ : KSS 11 D1D1^> N31 ,T^> 1DK 

arryi xdv^„ :m*? idx ."win m Tny mm an^yD 
arwa hi : «nD n*?i:& a m*? -i»di ,wmn Kpim;o n^ VP B ° 
;n^ vd ,niD^> n^ ips<k *k \rh inD mn ,ay s yi b mm 
anni? ^yDi jojb nnn fei .mtPDJin ima n^> >» ,*6 no 
n*!? v^ ,^^ c ^ c "^ mm apT bi ,xn^» two 
,»«n^ n!? nnD mn ,«nsn -pa mn ^ . . . Kim 1 ? rrh nan 
anytsn xn^D inem nd^i) ."tpVi ^iy^ Tisi hi, :1dk 
^o, :iDx',°n^ ^m jodi ktd d n^ v^ * ™ n P 1 ^ nin 
kpxo *ri>ra„ :n^ idk ('.pno^ *tfn , f Tp^> ^iy^ ,yysn 
."armco K^n ^n ^srr dwd ,k,t>d ia*? ,wo«po 

b) lb. 21»M 1 . 

:noK ,xmtD an^D m^> «p^m mn pnv ^nn kd^k 
mm ^ ^ ddk ; i^sjn a D"pn Kpo^y mnyj ^pj Dip 13 ?? 
. d Kyyi KrwK xm.i Tnnn c, qtpk i^k ". b "|r:iK -p 
1K^ e m^> iDKpi pnT» -ai myo# ,Knsn •oid Kp un 



' H, |j 40a. a r,^ B En. | b n(V)im id. | c M^. | d m x c i*»n B En. | 
e JB En hb 1!^. | * + n^i lai^i mg. || 401b. a rell d^p»i M r | 
b De 15 4 . | o m^ma M^ | a exspectaveris »ns*»»"i. | e M x c. | 



II. Connected Texts. B. 59* 

D*ny "n iti^d^* /im^Dpji im^y mntM xn„ :nnnn et ? 
in\3D nnn ,im>pnt&> ; , :ypx m 1 ? idx ."*ny» "m vpoiyi 
id yDty„ :xs^*6 pm> s m m 1 ? idx ."xrw n^ m»p 
xD"pixinxjx /iJ'D yD&>„ :*idx ."*6„ :m^iDx "?>td 
^nm x^> -o, h ws:a D"px xjx *^ix mmxs .anytp ^ 
^ .prm s m *\hn ,xd^x xnxi *iy "/'pxn mpa itqx 
mn id x^> ,on:n id n^mx -»k„ :rrt> iidx ,xb^x xnx 

c) lb. M. 

,mn xpi?D mm i?m Pit dj b"x Dim m*? np a, xDi 
"1D7 1 ? inn pm m» xnn x:d^ .< A nnitD^ n n*, h iidx mn 
t^x Dim nm, :no« <?mtw ixd nra, :nox .xd^d 
xinra xjj *?ix .wins mmt? . th yom idi^dM ,11 dj 
imi^Di imtDD^Di mm hd hi Apt* >«mn ^n iDp ,xmn 
? x-isy i^r? imin ,i,tbs^ b imntp ,onr6 xbd ^ .xisy 
.'n^top^ m^y b iTpD ^xmm b ^ ^"pid xp •oinx, :1dx 
.irwo ins n^> ^Dmx ,im^x xnx .'ny\uf? n dj, :idx 
mro nte> urn ,xin ditdxi xisyD xD^n„ :in!? idx 
"iDyD in"», : cfe "iDx^) ^rnxj^ tep^ •'mm n^ 11m ^a 
ip"n ^h^id^d 1 ? isd xhi xnwb b x\m x^in b ."('imn 
eij-ptsD^ *mhm ; xm ^ imi^y .rwnm ,n!?y b rwD 
-.m^ iidx .xmn mnrh iddx ^ryp^noi niniD D>:nx* 
:inh idx "?wi ^13 i? iwt /pra n^Dx ^xd„ 
^dj wx iDp ."onr6 ''XtsDx ^xdhd b ^pt£n ^xd„ 
ir&i:& in!? imi^Dpi ip"D 7 xd^d Dp .xisy xihhd iddx 



f in-Mi. i s Wx mn ^k M* ^ta nimx M^. | h i^s^ m^. j 
i De 15". || 40c. a htfOKi IB En. I b M r | c Is 41 2 . | d ina^an M t 
-insiVai En. I e in^ras^tab mend. 



60* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B. 

d) lb. 21*— 22a m. 

,xy^p*n xnaTiDD xd!?b> m^ s nx xd^ hi 'xjdix xax 
nisan xdv ^vdd xa"6 ,xnaB> ^yo*? xnat? ^y»o "ax^> 
xtj^np mm ,«3*no xnn mnyi xt&^n .mean xd^ >^>yD^> 
msD x^„ :,t^ tox .xjdix xaxn dwd "axn mnyi 
?xjdix xaxn mnaiy *xd ."xjdix xaxn naiya nayD^ 
*twn immri? nan xnan m^ mn ,xn^D may mn *a 
xtix *an , a *yra ^yra ma mxn a xmzh wh mm ,immn^ 
nVmm .na tano^ x^n ^n "o ,r6 t5"ate mn ,xnmx 
;w ,n^> rvxn :^b>s ma wd^ waxa xniy^m xnan 
'in mn *a .^dd^d x^i 7 ^tx tix ,p>bji !?«y ,m^> n^n 
nans -pn ^iptp„ :.t^ idx ,n^> it^sx x^r paiD xams 
pain xw intc a xnn x:d^ ." a ^BJ >xia*xi *nxitaa 
.'pino^a \nh *pi mrptyxi nnr^aix ,mrva^ i*?tx 7 a mpna'D^ 
nPD"tp>!?„ : a m*? nox a .xpw^> in^n^xi -Mnj^na xisn^ 
.">dd iw xd^h 77 :nax ."nt? ■•am >an„ :inl? idx ."id 
"?pvni*n nDa„ rnWiDx ."inh ^pts> *ana„ :rfc idx 
ir6 xb^ddi ,pai^» in^ xjdipx A msDi xn^D„ :irf> idx 
xvto„ :r6 idx ."id iru^pty^,, :n^> ™x ."xi&sb 
mnyn c xtc^n xp mn . a/l npm& 'xnynD in^nnox xnyt? 
n^iax ynm xjjd xpn Ttidd, ? :n^> iidx ,"axa xam 

."XD1D 
e) lb. 22»M X . 

ln^x xnx ,db*? m xpitso 'xp mn nxnn xpna an 
XD^y^nxn xpit? 'xna x^x ^xd„ :n^> idx .mi? ^lnrvx 
D"on xia^ xnx , a *amx ."wwx xh„ :n^> idx "?^nxn 
xvhv "ia "»xn„ :m^> idx ,-»tDin w mn x^i ^Dmx ^xdd 



40d. a M r | b ^nsis^s M t . | c IB. || 40e. » + ^srrj M. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 61* 

:'rv^ idx* .nnnn b ^>ix .nm 1 ? xnx x*n n^ xip .">nxn 
inning nnj xjidxi ,xjx c xjpiJi, 7 :rrt> idx "p-paiy '•xd,, 

in^py h n^ ^nn ^xit^ ra* xwn >a .xtid^x *nyn^ x^i 
myj* *xinrpx xnn xjdm .n^ xj^xdi wdj xnoa ,n^y 
n^> e wty ,xiDnn smn ^xn^x ; d nw^ iyn ,*noTixDn 
no^oi xjb> >x»„ — ".<x\n xjiibh, .-in!? xrox , f n^is^n 
>m ";xjx nxnnn iyn^> x^i wn % — "?">»3ix ^dd 
\rh xj*»xi ^ i^ib ,xnTU in^ lyaixyrm xn^a mri 
x^> ^nnp •o xayts s xd„ — ."rh v^nDi njm iym prrfc 
x»nn, :xj*dx ,xnTn nn nn xnyty x\tq„ — "?rvnx 
a wix ".<xn£w Thy s am *yn^n pyfr in 1 ? ntexi n^otpx 
."inw ^nxn xD^y •on ^dj ^n„ :n^> idx ^nnx nn inx 
;px f ^nnn *»t^x„ :n^ nax "?*DHniy s xd„ :irf? ibx 
nnn /dj *x .n^ "j^mna ,.Tnyr xn^yn ts^x pnn "»m 
."xd^ in 1 ? p^nyi •pTiitD ,mn nnn xi^n ir6 rpx-i 

f) lb. 23 a M,. 

bv nytDsa rrri pns mix hw w hi h :pnv> >m nax 
. a 'D*o*?inn u»n "jvs nnw nx » nwn ni^yan *w, A nt xnpD 
t>nx xp mn in xav <?XD*?nn *nitp o^yn^ fe -itwx, :*idx 
xnnn 'tsd„ : idx ,xnnn ytw xpi xm:i xinn xin ,xmixn 
nfexi v^ VV3# n»rn ^ xWd ;y»ytD x 1 ? •p®' W^ "W 
b ^>nBn ^n s d :n>nnnpx xDi?y x:xi„ :n^> idx "??wd 
? xnsn n^" 13 *9 n ^ n ^ ."^^^ ^nt^x ••oj xjx ,^nnix h 
7 xryD ^ds^x ? xn:ptt>D n^ nmnx .d^j ,n^mw n^ x^nx 
'ann o^piD xpi xim xm , c op ^ .^jw vm» d m J 



^> + in^x M. | c wpinat B apnat En; an leg. est xpi^st? | 
d En natss^nb MMi mend. | e Ar. | * M. | g ifiK M. |j 40f. » Ps 
126 1 . | b i*»ntt5 En l^W!) M. | c rell. 



62* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestucke. B. 

"?xnnn *>xn^ h^nw "jxa nyT„ :n^> idx .xnnn d xinnD 
nnn nn„ — "?nx ixdi„ — ."xnxn mix /nn„ in^iDx 
jHti^ hut ,'xvhra yw •pynty *nni, :idx ."kid xinnn 
:n^> max "?D>j?D s & *^yon ^yinn nnn„ :irf? idx 
x^> ."Kin xjx„ :ir6 idx ."mn>x mm in ,mn^> nnn„ 
xmm ,n&x xpn pm^? mryDtp ,xtniD ^ ^tx . e nu»n 
,xtnnD ^ ^"y mn s n ,hwsn ^im w -pnn xnyDt? f in£ 
."Kin *ox„ : irt> idx .pnsa mn ,pm^ ini> mnn xwp fe 
ro ,^m *yn .n^ >ynD id xnp^ mn *iru x*? ,nuon xh 
ix xinn in, inswx ^nxi mn : h nm idx) .n^s: 

(.^xnimD 

g) lb. 23 M x . 

xnn xjd^i .mn kiysn wm nnn in pmp^n xnx 
xynD^> mn:6 pmn kjii pm iw ,xidd^> x»^y ^id^x 
mn:6 i^ix .mn^x xh ,mmn^> a ^nx .xibd xnnyi >&m 
xi? ,xd^w rrt> mm ;xpsn pw xp mm mn^x',xinnb 
xm ,xnx xp ^n ;xn^ t^pjD xp mn x\jsn /dx in 1 ? mox 
d"d a!? xnmx x^n .msnn nnx mD^ji ,msnn nnx >nn* 
,^m ''dim xdd ••n* .mJXDD d"d ? x^ xdd "o jmixDD 
^ msx^> inmnn xpsj ? xno^ xdd ^ b . bc mtraW> m^n 
h»v mni ; xts>nn mrpm x^y ? mmn^> xdd *n . b xtt&>pp 
:pm^> in!? idx x^i ,xnsn -pa p^rvx .mnnx imx 
Kttwpi> n^> nm ; -»pu^ xnsn As ."«nsn mnn nw»„ 
i>iDDx d pmn xjym„ rinmn-fr n^ idx /mn xidii^i ,xnn 
won iipepx /Dni >ynj xi:px^> p^dj Dip ;r6 mx d xitD» 
mn^nm ,xmi xnn lmx Dp ."xitsD ^nxi xin -jnn xt^mp 
idx ,rrm .innurn xn^iiD xjjy p^q onp ;xnm xnn 

d En. | e _j» ^ 1{1 W8 jf,. I f l^J rell. | g niina M t . | * fitn^ JB En. | 
i xnn^a M x . (| 40g. a m x c. | b M^; tr ord M.*. | cj[.|d i onK 
xnaaVl M r | e B En. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 63* 

ion irru 1 ? yiw,, :wh iids "?pm ins fs sD„ iin 1 ? 
*6» DipDn "pin*,, :r6 idk ."xiwd *tpdi ^m synD 1 ? 
xitaDi iw,, :n^> riDs ."*n>p^n h sns^> o:>ns -pisn 
^ snwr ^d »jn "id ^ kd*j x!?i< ,snsi sin id nDno 
^ mos s^> ,-id*? nd^ n^ pom o xnvv ^«o IsniD 
>xd„ — ".'i^s vh, :s^ds ,wn sdv nus„ — "P^ss 
— "?nwo "ins n^:n ,nn iranna *n>x id *m sDyts 
n^st? *& vnh sh n^st? >nnV :**on n^is&> n^tD*„ 

O ,n^XDO ID D"D S^> «m)H ife SDytt •>*£>„ — ".^ 

,s^m sp snns x^d„ — "?h^sdd d"d s^d id sdd 
,um vm id sdd o sDyto ->m„ — ".snn sp s^> s^Dn 
mi , k nnns n*?yD ni*„ :r6 ids "?rwnW> *id rr^n 
n>s*6 iDi irwvm spDJ sDyts >xd„ — ".*nnm n^yo irs 
>sd„ — ">mns ntpsn ^y ins s^ ft „ — "?sDtypD *n 
xh„ :irh ids "?mnns idi ,sa>nn ws s^y sDyu 

WTO, :1D ^ IDS S 1 ? SDyD ^SD„ — «sh WpHl 

p^ns s!?, :s^dsi , a snDi kb^bj nin xh„ — "/snsn 
xwwph rvh ! nvp sDytD ^xb,, — ", lh nm nniD* pmn inn 
on *»sp •'sni ,smnn *>xp ^sn„ — "?Tfin s-idu!?i ,snn 
smn s"»nnD sjjy p^oi onp sDytD ^sd„ — ".stmD 
smnn sno^ snn>si dib>d„ — "?id*t innmsD^pnim 
^ninn^n vm w-pn ^n,, ^dj ^s) m ",nn"n nmpDi 
mnon ^om s^yn s^m ,iniDH m^y ^m s^yn sjs 

. m ("snnrnn 

h) lb. 24b— 25» M r 

n«sv ^>ip nn dvi nv ha 11 :m ids n-nrp m ids 
,^n sj^n ^nt^n xhx liu u^s i^id D^yn ta, :niDisi 
^yD ^?d . fei nn^ my^ nnt^ myD ^nnn np m ^n si^ni 



f ^aaa rell. j s *r\*n M 1# j ^ rell. | * M n^ M x . | i En M labia B 
> M r 1 1 min quod sequitur deletum est. | i an^ En. | m > M. 



64* II- Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B. 

mtPD x-mnn aniDpx khbh inn*m K^n mn xnntp 

H^l KjyT HDD, :H"!D« ,Knn:W XTIH H^> nw .XD1DD 

*tei >nun^ rpnna»K *6w /"»«n >kd ^tna *?na ,nh n^ 
c *mvk ,xn^s„ :n^ ,tidk , b n^^ »k^di nriKi xnsn 
nriD aonrt k\V*]k* :*on) ".a-pnsn yh d lonm ,xdd 

ND^yn *pnx*? irt> mm KniinDD,, :inn^m e n^ moa 
n^ nw ,*>Dm Kyn ",*td -j*? lun^i njm *ya *nin 
^d« ap xD^y ^ln f nD^nn wn .anrm >mnsi Ky*D 
>yn„ :;vidk .**y-D 'mn ^>y ^lttrw* ,wz rhm K-nns* 
•jnnan dj *?vt:i* :*on) .m^pan *Dm ayn ".nihpwhi >Dm 
(."p^pff •*& ^>ptt>D ^nrr nn>D, : n^n ,*iw*nn p inv 

i) lb. 25 a G. 

.nn^y *mm rr»rnn^ [n»]in annw ^ym hdi^ in 
c *p^>n ,xn«„ : b rrt> moa "?nn^y s KDN ,*yq„ :H^idk 
:rh idx ".anaa nwran ,k*>it? ktd^ KntPDi am ^ 
: *un) ",*p^Ti p Din!? iDx^ ,p^im pts6 idk£> ^d ^nn*,, 
(,*n!?nan^ nix hjod i£dj£> ny nrtani np*?n nn^n* 

"1DX ".-|T»y pDBD Kp„ : H^ DDK .Ty *\3T\ rth d lin 

mm *nn b ,*6 no ;^nn wta^ ,pdbd ap *«„ :irft 
.anpn Kin mm *nn te *onx w&h ".KJipn ann wn 
,nwa itDD k*?i ,Knu njm annnw e x^nn n^ mn 
idd ap *6i ,xn^n Tnn ,>m„ :n^> mox ,.TDp^> x*nx 
*idk ".«i^k„ :n^ niDx "?-p&> hd„ : f rf?iDK ".mao 

:1D1X *1D^B* :*On) "."plttO h ltDD*J ,«13'K , g ^^„ :H^ 



40h. » = En ibm M. j ^> «wi^ M. | c *in^K M ^sn^x 
ArM. I a M. I e MjC. I f nia^^na M 1# | g mg. | *> in^^l EnM. j| 
40i. a nCOim B EnM. | *> hb G. | c fcpbn^K M x qbn^» EnM. | 
d *jiiiin M «iin M r j e © En. 1 f rell. j g G^d JB iai« EnMM^ j 
h JB MM X ioa^ En itsaia G. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 65* 

nDxi }X2h n»x nixsv imrnp vrw nun nx >n s xi \ix 
, A 'intenn xon p io*on un rrppt? nun m, iiidx /jxd^ 

(.*iQ1KBfy. , pB , »JD i * :n^ noxi 

k) lb. 

^ix .Knits x^y m*? a pw mn ms p ny^x ui 
nntrx .*?n^ h^d nDt^x ^i ,n>nu*? xnx ;xn^D nnyi 
u^> xu *?ix ,nu^ t^n .n^Disn n^ rpnt? ,noim mn 
b psn ym xnm nvim ,nu ^v&6 }:m ins .xtrro 
nun ^xdx„ :n^> nox pyn^x u .mniDxa xmrr xnrm 
xnx„ :in^ n&x "?-pnisxD x-nn xn^is psji nn»m 
•pTK n^x ny ? ^u x&hn n^m, :m»p nox ,*ruut? 
xd^ numxn i? xmj, :^ ids <?xpnn *xnn c ^rxi 
nox 'himyr xnyp ."£ wntn ie>epx ?nnn>x -nm 
<?xj"m ix ,*b»dj »n-r ^b> — ?ib>2> s xi ,*xn ^u„ :,T»p 
•»nxi kdW> — .sryn x^ ,un s x, — /n^nn, :^ -idx 
,xddisx ubw nm iD^n -} 1 ? xjnw, — <?^ nnnj '•xd 
IxD^yi n^nn, :,Top n&xi /inn nwyoi yp inn rw»n 
n»x <?in^> n^n^j ^xa ymrt>i, :^ idx — <?x^> mi ,^n 
pntD .'xryn xp m*? n^n xnn^Di IxD^yn n\Jinn, :n^p 
".^vm in e n^ ,nn ny^x, :->h idxi •'xnisxn d x^t3ipDxn ^ 

41. Der Untergang des judischen Staates. 
The Fall of the Jewish State. Git 55*>— 57* M. 

ntypDi T&n nns» dix nt^x, a n*nn s xd :pnr ui idx 
t'iMinx ,d^vp nnn xs&p mi xs&px ?<nym ^is> int> 
|]."inu nnn b psD"Vt xpt^x ? xn^D iito nnn xn^unnxi 

i mn iskwo M lt || 40k. * ap^ni G. | t> B EnM x p^ssi G. | 
c Wki EnMM x ^T*w G. | d Gc. | e i-ia(i) K EnMMi. || 41. « Pr 
28 u . | b pSDTi En Ar. 

Margolis, Chr. Bab. Talm. 5 



64* II, Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B. 

diwd x-mnn xmtspx xhbh inrvm x^n mn xnn&> 
•nw xjyT hdd, :mDx ,xnnn^ x^nn n^> mn .xdidd 
^Dn x-mn^ nTinD^x x^>ix .^xn ">kd ,nnx ^tx ,n*> m*? 
c xmx ,xmAD„ in 5 ? max , b nt^ a x^>Di naxi xnsn 
nmD xrani? x^n^ :x:in) ", d -pnsn yh d xDnm ,xdd 

xD^yn •'pn^ in^ xvm xmnnsD,, iinmm e n^> max 
■mV n# ;om xys ".*td i? )uwhi »tsm ^yn mxn 
^dx xp xD^y ^idi f nD^na wn .xnnm xnnsn xyiD 
nn„ :ni»x .s^vid Tnn ^>y h iruw« ^yiD r6m xiiitidx 
"jnnxn dj hm h :x:n) .rn^ppi 'Dm xyn ".nibpwbi 'on-\ 
I'Vhpw *xh hpvn ,vnm nmD, : n^n , A iw*nn p "inv 

i) lb. 25^ g. 

.nzpsy a mm mms^ [n»]in xnnty ^yon xdt» nn 
c P]^n ,xnx„ : b n^ tidx "?mrsy ^xdx , fts nD„ :n^iDx 
:n^ idx ".xwd mnnen ,x??rn xiid^ xmPDn k-nd *b 
: x:n) ", fc p^>Ti ^Dir6 ids' ; p^nm pffV idxb> 'd ^m*,, 
(>n^nnn^ mx njDD i^tMtp ny nD^im np*rn nmn* 
idx ".^jry pdbd xp„ :n^> hdx svy -pn n^ d nn 
xnm xnn *?d ^x 1 ? w ;nn w^ ,pdbd xp ^x„ :vfc 
.«:ip2 xnn xnm xnn ^>d xtix w&h ".xnpi xnn s mn 
/■tod idd x 1 ?! ; xmn nnn xrmw e x>nn n^ x^n 
idd xp «^i ,xmn >m:n ,*m„ :n^ niDx ,n^Dp^ xtix 

1DX ".S1D'X„ :n^ niDX "p-JDff nD„ : f n^1DX ".niw 
:")D1X *1D^9* :XJn) "/p"TOD h lDD^ /ID'X /ID'X,, in 1 ? 



40h. a = En 1^0*1 M. J b xwb M. | hn^j* M ^j<n^x 
ArM. j d m. I e m x c. I * n^^na M x . I s mg. I & in^s<i EnM. || 
40i. a nCiJini JS EnM. | * ni G. | « Sp^mx M x d^nix EnM. j 
d •ji^iin M Kiin Mj. I e b En. 1 f rell. | k G vid *B ia^x EnMM x . | 
h OB MMj loaiV En issa^x 0. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 65* 

nftw )x?h nsx niasv vnmp vrw rvnn nx >rvxi ^:x 
.^ln^snn xon p x^jn on rrpp# rvnn m, :tidx /jxd^ 

(. M Dix&>>y i^jd u :r6 n&xi 

k) lb. 

hw .xsitD x^y m^> a p , »m mn rns p ny^x s m 
rot^x .^ai? ^td rot^x >6i ,irrp^ xnx ;xn^D *nyi 
*>zh x:: ^>ix ,nu^ t^n .n^Disa n^ m# ^Dinn rm 
b pDn -pm xam rvptm ,rpn *hvwh im inx .xtn-itt 
rra ^xox„ :n^ max ,iyrvx *d .mmsxa xnm xmsis 
xnx„ :ini? nsx "?-pmsxft kiui xrvsia psJi ro^m 
*pmx ntrx ny ^Vd xD^yi mm, :rp»p nsx /w^ 
xnhvh mmnxn -\h «pi s j, :^ id« <?xpnn ^xro c ^rxi 
nsx <h:ittn xrw "j^ wn»i nss^x ?,t"o>k mm 
<?x^rrt ik /i^bj »rp w — ?"ib>dw ^xn ^"D„ :m»p 
^nxn xd^ — .xryn x^> ,^n ^x, — /n«rp, :^> i&x 
,xbdibx o^di' nnj iD^n -^ xj^i-p, — <?*h nnm •'xd 
!x»^h mjnn, .-m&p n^xi A-d n^voi *}T im rwo-r 
nax <?r6 rnrv: ^xs yun^i, :^> idx — '?xh im ,^n 
pnts ,'xrya xp n^> rvm x-dudi !xo*?yn mjinn, :m»p 
".^xtji p e n^ ,H3 my^x ? :^ ibxi wiiBxn d xwpox2 >h 

41. Der XJntergang dcs judischen Staates. 
The Fall of the Jewish State. Git 55^ — 57* M. 

n^pDi T»n insD a*ix nwx, a :rn:n ^xb i^nv m isx 
t?^:inx ,d^wp ann xanp -ni xa»px ?'ny-n ^ u*? 
|| ."in^ ann b pDD"-n xptrx 7 x^>& me nnn xn^ujnnxi 



i nifi i&it3D M x . (| 40k. a xp^m G. I b XB EnM x p^sr G. | 
c b^t&tn EnMMi Vit^»i G. | d Gc. | e i^)a EnMM r || 41. » Pr 
28 u . | b pSO-^^i En Ar. 

Murgolis, Chr. Bab. Talm. 5 



66* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B. 

n^Dnni *on:i ainrn /d^bd* nnn xs&p mi xsftpx, 
i.tvd^ idk ,NrmyD my xsap in n^ai ^ym ns»p 
xnx .NEDp in rv^ wk bix ."«sop ^ t^x hv,, 
mm ^yn *on:i xinn nna„ :n^ idk ,nw mm nTOtsw 
/xnxi ^xin„ :y 7 x "?*on rvyn ^d ,ain *on:i ainrn 
— ".*6„ i^k ".*wnen xj^njn ••on ")"? xjnTPi ,ipntr 

.rppsao mm mtDp:i ."*&„ -.^"a ."-prniyo xhii w "p 
inn ^imx ^rx ,mn in& x^i pm urn urn ^«in, :m>x 
".wim "in itid,, :id^> m^> idx ^» .'ante u amp 
^nif T D •>« rvin ,«3nig ir6 tw„ :h"x "?id" ^d„ ^"k 
mn *ntp /nap*7 mn .°xn^n *6:py mmn -nt? Vin ".m^> 
aron ,(*VV2^ d Vpn A n in 1 ? nnxi) *dtibb> n^n xdid 
di»o mnnp^> pm lino .kbib 1*6 inm^i ndid pn^n 
^yn, /ntuo*,, iD^ipnx p mm 'i in 1 ? idx .^rnnte n)hw h 
.xb^i ^t^ x^i ,mb>tDp^ tqd ". a nniB >n^v a lP T^id 
D^ipn did ^bb, ,nB*o*„ .-D^ipnx p mm '1 ir6 'x 
nnnnn o^ipnx p mm "i ^ irmnuy* :pnr Y'x ". a nm 
in^ imi^y m^ || .*i:nnxB urfom ,i:6mn nx hewi wmn 
, fe myB^ f ;D^iTa !?sji xnx / l rmB^xm:i e xit!y,xnx^ .no^p 
.D^nn ^bj xnx ^bbci nmn ymx 1 ^ ; f D^tsnmn ^sj xnx 
cnxn ™pj nx TinJi, :V'x "/jpios ^ pios„ .-xpu^ y'x 
•pm <onxn, v^ d ^b nin xpi:r xinm) h .B^ants^ nsy mn 
^ym ,mmn ^niin 1 ? ••yn xm -pin xt^Tip, :idk h (/Dixn, 
'i rwD psji ^i^rx ^xi piy <!*an:i xinnn n^T msn^ 
.^^ n^n n^y nx xnx 7 du^dsdx^ lrn^y nmtr j| .i^xd 
ynt^ xnb pi pnu p p^Hpj .-n^ny f xn^n inn nmin 
;<nytyi n^rnn in^ i x:^ ,| i xjx, :ibx in ... nonn [n]s^ pi 



c xnbn JBEn sonbin Ar. | d y^n* Ar. | e ;©En ma M. | f XBEn. 
g Ez 25 u . | h >JBEn. I i &o^t lBEn. 



IJ. Connected Texts. B. 67* 

pm innm /D^nn, :n»x im ;<xn^Bi xnt^Din, :idx nm 
,myBB^> n^ idd mn mn^px fe xnon nn) in^3D "d>xi^ 
•d^sx v n '^ *^yn ^nn **^3x : anon m idxi ; d^d in 
.win mn inn Tin || .xn&> xnm "jn^V 1 rD ^ frnn -O^n 
. f injipn^ x^> ."imnnn xd^> Tnyji pi£pj„ :pm ir6 nox 
in^ tidx ."imnnn amp nuyji pis^„ iimn* in 1 ? nox 
mm ,nnax mjn^> m^p iDp ."xn^D xy^noD a 1 ?,, : pm 
,nrn^> ninty .ntm D^nn xrmny mmn nn xnng || ,xjb3 
xtdd„ :rt> idx .pmx ,^xnx ."xtbd ^ wx„ T : max 
,^xnx ."wx ^t„ :n^ ,tidx ."xn>x [xn]ivn ,X3^ 
max ."X3>x xiptsn:i ,x3^ [x]mrn„ :nt>i&xxnx .pmx 
xipttn:i„ :n^ idx xnx .pnrx ^ixnx ."wx ^t„ :m*? 
,"?txnx ."wx ^i„ : m^ niDx ."X3*>x nytsn xnDp ,x3^> 
xjhd^d >x ^nxi pis'^x, :niDx ,xjxdb xb^ip mn .pmx 
pi nhv np . fe nnDi ? xyi3n xms n 1 ? nTpx /ton^ •'TD 
:nDxn x^xi) Vui miuym *p nmn, :nci p pnr 
•pymx nTpx pm 'in AnnDi ,pra uiid n*?3x h rr\yni 
>3i ;^xmxD ^nnn mn ,"»tb ^3x mn o ^xn^ynn ^jw 
mn ■o (.v6 ntn imb f"D ,[m]i:m:i n^ irpa ,nn mn 
:ni&x .xpwn mmnt2> xdd31 xnnn W [n]p^sx ,nt^sj xm 
•D^ty mxim dsd3 ? : m n^n3n u^m '?^> s yn& ^xd 1 ? wi, 
pnr pin mnnx in d^iti s :mn wn xipo xnx || /'ui 
: n^ idx xnx ,">xn:6 xym xn„ : mi? rhw .mn "»x3i p 
-.y'x "?xjD3n xD"?y^ n^ m^tDpi ^>n imnny ne*x ny„ 
f ^n„ :h"x "sh ^op ,h^d in 1 ? x^^x ^xn ?iDyx ^xdi,, 
Bipj„ iV'x ."xmis *n^sn ^nm^s^x ,pis^x ;H^xnjpn *h 
;n^DJ mn iid^i /p i^^^i ,xo!?y ^13 in^i ; n>upn ^d: 
^yn^ in^xn ;-)Ta^n p lpoy^i ,p^ mxi xno h*b ti^xi 
ni2D ny^x di n d:3: a .^n nny ."xn^D Wp x^nn 

k De 28 B6 . | i + db^i"!^ ainn^ x^i BEn. | ^ Ez 7 19 . 

5* 



68* H. Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B. 

..nnpTB*? iyn ,xnrp^? ibo ^ . /i mx isd ytr.rr un ,inx 
:ir6 i»x ,n^sm^ iyi ".*<iipi pi, :n»x^„ iin 1 ? i»x 
:1dx ,onn xu» ^ .xsn n^ inns ".*'iDm pi, :vidx^„ 
nn nn"rp&„ :h"x ."x^d i^y xo^# ,x^d -j*?y x&y?„ 
^x ,*Tiyi ; jo^>p ^ nnp xpi xjx x:te ix^i ,xin i^up 
: y/« "?^xn:6 rvnx *6 '•x&x xjtxh iy ,«w «:&& 

XD^D "IX*? S X ;n« JOl?D n XinD /XJX XZ&fc 1*6, nittXpl,, 

,6ib' m«pn iu:6rrip, :°nvm ,*]Tn d^it xidd^ mh ,nx 
,niDxpTi ; r 'i:»D nnx n\n, : 110*01? ,*^& x^>x 'ins, v*« fc 
x^> s p nw ^inn /?">xn:6 rvnx x 1 ? >xdx ,wx xd^>d ^x 
x*? ,n6y iiid yipm tsoi ^ rvnn i^»*„ iV'x ".vpntr 
p|DV ni n6y np) "?^ipii ^n#n mm nx •pmw vn 
;' t ^3D , » Dnyn nnx o^an nwo, :(h^PV ^i xdtpxi) 
p^upi "ppn^ n6 p6p&n arm p6p&>, : id^ ,16 <v:pn 
,pip„: y'x ,xpnons xnx ,^mx (/r6 p*»pat^ f xrvnm ,n6 
o"D mn ".x&"in imm^ ^xdiii u^n ud^ki ,107 n>oi 
msy^Di? [x]yn ;W*6 ,xnro6 m&^D^yyn ,xm .tjxdb 
•jtpin mito nyiBt&n, : ii nTOi ,iy&xn *6„ : !?"x .ps: x!? ,TT*^ 
xnn"& x^i B»rx ti6" — "?rrn:pn ^xd„ :y'x ".'Dsy 
"/DU #:pn nxm nm, : v n^nDi ,-]Dp P|6n6i ,rwo -jnyi 
.lrpnx x^> >xox ^xn 612 inborn fe inxBi„ — .y>y ,^n my 
".-jt> nox >&j xjjx„ — «?-\h nox xy„ .-^"x "?'xn6 
w>D s yn„ ,-y'x ".xrroa xnnx b^xi ,x6mx y-»»„ i^'x 
xr6wt&n ,\TEom run^ 6 -jn*,, i^'x "^ l n «i ,xnyo 
n^y np) ".pns •ai*? n^ v^^. xmioxi ,^x^^ pn 
;^3D^ onyimnx cddh n^», -.(xn^pyni xd^^xi) p]dv m 
x»yi, :ino xim ,'xjtD^ ••xn inrpntr, -.iwnh n^ ^yn^x 



n xnn^x ©En. I o Ig 10 34 . I p Mc. I q Je 30 21 . | ' + a&x V^ r^ 
V-a^iri rttn man nnn 'stis TU^pian n^s ffiEn. | s ©En p»»»i M. | 
t Is 44 85 . I «Pr 15 30 . I vib. 17". 



II. Connected Texts. B. 69* 

xrmox — ,<*nn xh w xmiD n^sm , w n.T x^> ^xn ^ro 
nrptpx xap xov — ?x*n '■xd pra ^m^ n^ *p ,cm 
mm ny ; xnD'pn x^nna^ ,xpDis>Dn «•»» nnD^ ,nxsn xna 

. . . (.amis xmis my^n 
nn ■o wm nm .'arte tie nnn xn^unni ^nnx, 
:iDife* ,xn^i:irini x^unn imap ^psD xn^Di xjnn ^psD 
;«om xnju f]^np mn in xdv .^t^ 1 ™ 3 n11 11D > 
:io^ n^ nax inx .innnD ,imt>y ^isi pm^D m\hpv 
mnn xom "in nn inn mn .m^y xnx "/xmrn "p mo,, 
,xyixx mnmxi mjxn^ 107 rp^pip .inn ^upi x'po ysp 
xnn^ nnoon x^> ,-pp xmj >x ! ^id xD^yn *jm, : isx 
.tdis m^t&ox ".x-i:n im [m]Tn mri-D^i nnni» *on:i 
x^i unms unmi D\n^>x nnx x^n, : noxi xom "d xmn^ 
(.nansp vnanx in — ?^n nsx ^j in) x .wnnoxn xsn 
^xin, :iax .,Ttfnri> rr*tDDBf ,x:ipn xnx , ft xmn mn^ ^y 
. f ^xi ,inrpnty .'xjbm ^xn mrpntpx ,xd^ ^ t^mnxi 
xpjst&nn f xjp^a ^innxn ny ^n&np^nxi ,in»i ^"dx /ripnrx 
Y'x .im^y xnx mn .^ nn xp [x]nrpD, : idx .x^d pinm 
nn l^topi ,x^>& mtD^ ^ry *b«d >bi^b> ^x nxo n*?n : ^on 
nn x^>i ,^j'm *Wn xd^ "jnm ,xnnW xn^ni w xn^n 

. . . >jnn "pni -pnn >n *yT 
mt>"n» mn *»3 u\nj 11m '.inn nnn pso"ii xptcx, 
,'3d^d nn oi ,xmmn ^nt? in xnpir ,xnx ^nt£ ,xpi: s 
,iD'pi n^ma ns^np mn nn x»n .xju in^ nnyi \rf? >x"p 
.maino ,in^y ^idj .n 1 ? l^yi xnx isp .pso"ii xpt? inmx 
.imn^y xnx ";xnn> *p mo„ :io^ n^> nax 



w + i^as M; est alt lectio. I » Ps 60 12 . 



70* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B. 

42. Wundererzahhmgen. Wonder - stories. 
B. b. 73a— 74*>H. 

n«o n^n xhih vhz vn : xo* 'mm s !? iyni&>x : xm idn 
x^ p^n «in kjdi ,"»dib nx& n^n x^i a nwi /did 
w:i ^ymx c pm> *n mm ,*min mnymn b ^n mmim 
x^ n^ «»i .*6ano )h ^j? mn /bid ^ ^1 w ;K^nn 
idx "? mnnnn *6i ai^yn h"»d npnt? s d„ : minn 1 ? *6p 
*6 d *6rn Ktain xten fe*n ,v*^ mnmnjn s in xn„ .-mi? 
".Vi dxj ixiti *6 Tiixn, : e iD*u^ ;nny 
^yint^ f ^n«i x^ ^xn :«&■> vnm ^ lyntpx :*ui idxi 
gin 5 ? rvai ,xTpn *aui anx>s >d rwnn n^ rp« arioso 
p^nDi /mxns ,\ mnx ibw mux* /m^y p^pm xnxfrx 

.rpw /Mm^n nv? 
ap mm k NnNiM> in Mnmn ^ ^n hh^ :xm idxi 
wnno jodid >nm >n xms t^mi ,xnn»i ^xmpx iiwb 
nnx xnx^TO >mn m*? m vno xin xjdi .n^ ^n* x'-n 
wd nn tD>pji /xn 1 ? wnm *xr6 ^xn& nwi /^xi nm 

PXnBltDJ °F]DJ X^n /Xrt ^XHBl ^Xr6 'XHB "pBBn ,,TTn *OD 

xnni'D r yD&> .I'mmnn ht D>Dt? i*?y>, xsr xinm ,im:*D 

. s mnytDpi m^y 
mm* in txHix ^ "»tn hh!> :run in in nm idx 
xnt^D ,(*dib vv^ix ^Vj nan' inn im) 'nun inn 74 mm 
Nam ;x^bi xdib rwm u myniD ^n /dib xn^>n nnxixi 
.xn^h nnnoi xmsn 

42. a 1 pr>H. I b 1. ^.| cH*=pYMMcf Ar.|d K^nlH.| 
e Je 5 22 . I f fiOiw H. I g 1. *,*». I h frnan H. | i== Ar cf RSbM, 
•paiin rell. | k'nx^M wnWArEn. j i = Ar. | miaioAr. | 
" sasnm B aaiii En simi M smiiAr. | ° aa-js BEnM. | p a 
superscr. | q Ps 107 26 . | rnsattEn. | » = M. | t Ho. = m. | 
™ +^^^^"1^, sed del. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 71* 

xnpnpx v x^nn ^ mpi nni> :run in in nm ibxi 
Vrvty ? wv in non x^imm xipxi) x^vum xipx ^ T «^m 
P^di ,xrjn^> yny^n x x2pis>s xnx ,ny^n xj\)n xnx .(tq 
xss m idx) ,*in HDD xj'^xi m^n ^n xn .xj^xn n>m 
(/jEpn xt? ann wm ix^> *x :^xidw in 
xnrson xj^x xp mn xin xjm : run in in nm i&xi 
,rpDi ^moixn xw nbx n^> x^yi xniD xinn^ m 1 ? w^m 
i^nx ,'nno v ntJf fi^ nnn :xm:6 a ,THten x>& mhjxi 
rnryi x^ub ? s nnD ^nt? m^& irto ; b, mnD ■prw m^D 
c mn /pTixi pmn o xjb^ .xntPD '•nii nx» n^n nny 
.*»nnD -pn 1 ? mjna 1 ? mp maun "jnojo xp 
xnjpson x:^ix xp mn xm xjd^ :n:n in in nm noxi 
.xnirn m*?y nipi ,mn:i ^>y xr6n d mnH xmn xinn 1 ? xwm 
,xnm e mn:i an .p^sxi ]wh n )vpho\ ,xin xnt^nn pnno 
.f? f ynts& mn ,^ xmps xnrso mm ix^ ^xi ^snrvxi 
xn^Don xA^x xp mn xm xjdt : mn in in nm i»xi 
,xnx^^ rhn\ *>tyi , » n*?n xmm xin*6 xxw v n arioso x^ixi 
xn^so x^dd x^ mox xn^m) .sx^strn ^xi ^x^m imx 
x^d ,xoipDip h on o h :iax ,^on m xnx >n ?xmu 
x^i ,xbtib xi ^ ^it? :nsxi xd^xi .'did xrw xrwsD 
mxi ,xm xdh xji^u xinn :^x m idx jrh hw 

(.ww nn mt> 
,xn^son xj^ix xp mn xm xj&t : nm in in nm idxi 
Jrw"m jX^n n^ioip ny xtrp mm k xnms>2 xMn 1 ? xnm 
nn^^ xryn , ra insert x^d xr^i xjino .xypi^ 'bo 
>ju26 uvyn xnn„ if? moxi xt>p nn psj .^pm wax*? 



v BM (^xnH^inin En, nin^ HEn). | w &om JBM. I 3c = Ar. I 
y msbm MAr. I z ^ninixi BEn. | a ni^ttJi id. J t> «t- H. j 
c pi. M. I d x^n^i BEnM. | e rell ma H. | « «»- H. | g = M. j 
h an^aa rell. j i cf. BEnM 5<^i\u H. | i n*ils H. | * amts En. j 
1 sic omn. I m itt»~ H. 



72* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestucke. B. 

"?XyiX Xttfc tihl )W n V 3Bf ^** ,:n H: ^ n n ^ ^^ ,13^3 J 
: ^X ni 1&X) .iOO >DT11 DWD X*?X ,X^D ^Dyi DltfD X*?l 

(."nay hup rn, :°nTDi ,mn fc ntp w* xinn 
xiniDn xj^tx xp mn xm x:di : n:n in in nm idxi 
xtsin *nxi tjji ,imjowo imsTi mnri >mx "pn^ *u*im 
xd^ xp^n mo ^ ivk„ :r6 nax .vwo xnroi 
^xnx ^ .xdu ^ x^i Kirn ,xDax ^ x^i xm "? ^nxi 
.*in F^V F^> hxnw )^nv h :*h idx ,ny^« van map 5 ? 
,xmiDn x:6nx xp nin xin xj&i : n:n in in nm idx 
^ix ^xn, :1dx ,xisyn rrno mm xyns xinn pnn mm 
:1dx xisy ,t£ pnn .<^d annn^ ^ix )«m ,^b xnmi 1 ? 
pyirrpmo,, :idx, n^ pnn "/did xuDn x->db pivpnip„ 
.n^> p^n* x^i ,xisy n^ p^sn /did ^xn^n 
wrn ^tx ,"*imo >nD* ^ ^nx xn„ :f? i&x 
•jD^nn ,mpiDX >u im^D in mm ,u:n s &Dn s Di ixan oidti 
y:u x^ ,mmn anon t^p:i n>ni o xy"tD ^xyi .mrrn 
.^ x^hd^x x^i ,imrD xrfrnm xtsin ^ptsn ^pD^D , r mn 
,n>a:n .m^nmj ?wj*d s td ^ -d^b in xd^i„ :iax 
.pwi n^ pmn ".m^> wdd x^> ,vwd *t» ^pt^i ixm 
n:n in ^ A man xnx b„ :^> nox ,xtmD ^ ••xnx o 
n*nn* s x ^xdb> mnn fe s x xrv^rn fuin -pn nno .xd^d 
."id^bi nv&i wjb^ ^ ^ynns mn ,*y?n 
mm wm ^ix ".*^d in* vh nnx in„ :f? idx 
;>nyntfiw ^ ^x A , :niDxi x^p nn pDJ .xn^nA nonn ^nipy 
:riDx ,xtyiiD ^ ^xnx ^n ( ? h *h idd ^d ,>nyn^t^ vwnyi 
,i? idio a , :id^ ^ nin .km'd njn in te ,non xnx ^d„ 
.mn fc t>nDn m^i nyinty xd^i :nno x:xi ."^i,^ idid 

(.xd^ x 1 ? ''ik, — ?pmi) 

» prm xn rell. | « Ps 50 u . | p "(in^p^nnTa H. | q M r\Vn H. j 
r reli ^n H = n^s. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 73* 

xmn s \h >mx .rnpi ^yi^n >n vh nns in :}h ids 
,nidvi snn: tpk .sittipn sain mro p^sj mm syin 
.•pmxi ^pn< ; s msmi ,mnDns mroi ,s^Dn t.m^Ds 
:noKpi n^yDt&n ".anno nyat&n '•sd s rs mss„ :^> idk 
V»r "pn^n *>n„ :^> idk . ft >1^^ pi riDx imini rw&, h 
inmni nr»,* :*nn nosi ,*nr6pn -ib>2*3 mn^ in 1 ? smnD 

". /l *P i< '"D pi ,nDS 

".syns s i^y xyp^ u ?pnDn sn\n ,id^ nns in„ :)h idn 
.mun nnnaxi w^Dt> v nn^pt2> ,anp s\m6 ^m .p "nns 
on^ «d^>h„ :no« . w nnnz>&>s s^>i ,sW^ mn /4st ny 
,sntyn o inD^ ny id^s„ : ^ -id« ".ssn *o*k s n^ *di^i 

".n^> n^ptsn mnmm xh^h* mn 
*n^DD*n kj^is sp mn snn sjd^i :^nt^D "pm* m 
xn: i^dji ,nmo nn^> mry "p; *" ,rwn sins xmn ^m 

.sum z nnD nnn ?nwi x nnD 
^ni ,xn^DDn xj^tx mn xin x:di : s yntPD xnso m 
:in^y a pipm ,^ip nn m^ n^x mm ,,-pt&m x-mn xnn 
mDis^ ididi ^dis nxD n^>n xmm ,*D\ntP rf?p nnn ^x, 7i 
(. b xtt>TOi sin xdh xry xmn :wx m ids) .^mi^n 
xnm ,*n^BD*n *p^ix mn xnn x:dt : s ynt?D injr »m 
mm /nr^nDi nimts D^nx** nn pnnD mm xrn^Dip xmn 1 ? 
, d "ttv*6 wibx m mm . c nnn mDtsn xmim *o*d n^ 
x^p nn xpDj .mmi x^m xp^t xm ,p^o .m^DpD^ xyn 
p x:-on nm inmnm xn^tnp nnn i^m[']ny s xd, : mDxi 
'?*n*n xD*?y^> 7H2& nam e xnt£H xn^n nn mxn ? xon 



s cf Ar nomine a*nn« d^nsD. | * n^a-jl Ar. | u «s- H. | 
v «nbp^ ©M np^pio En n^n^piu H. | w = m ninH. | x innna 
rell. | y ©MAr n^a^p H n^oia En cf KSbM. | ^ BAr"^* i^^n M 
^•naa En *i*iab Ared. pr.pv n^s Gers m s. | » pipm rell. | 

b Sisinsi rell. | « xuj^isB sUJ^aAr "ijinsM. | d siiinixb M. | 

e 1. SllttJX 



74* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B. 

kj^in xp mn xin xjbi :>ynB>D nxn:\n nmm s m 
in mm ,w»jn n 1 ? nm g xntt *px f xrri> *onm xnrson 
xnx .kpi^sd^ n^n xpi xnn anai ,,-6 tpxi wibn 
,mmn *wjn xnx '".x&i? *od ircsnmx ,.T^tspi xapi^s 
,kiwdd*? v^n xpi inn .n»mo ,mi^y nnrona , h n^pt&> 
xpi nnn .nisi h n5pw ,m^pi xaptps *nnn xnx mn 
,V*n /rr^a nm iv "nD2 *pn ^y xnrDon n^s: ,ms 

. . . .nnsi m^pty 
xp mn xm xjdi :p: in xjin ^ ^ynwx :n&>x m idx 
nmn^x ? «Ji^p3i aonns .xbux pnn mm ximnn xj^ix 
,^xnx xmn xjb" 1 ? .xnai ^s p^mx .nt&m s ntry ^v 
•.'h idx /waxn map 1 ? ftxnx o .nau ^twAa xp mn 
".mn KDnm new ,mn nnao 'rwy,, 



43. Halachisehe Stticke. Halakic Texts. 

a) Ber 2 a— 3»M. 

,*»jnn *otp ^xa ,ini ?<^naxa, ^npi ^xp x^n xan 
: a nVoi /xp xipx xjn — ?xtynn *p™ 3 > 1Jrv,J /V^iyn 
'Mn^t^i /l yats> nnp pi, fc :1D ?i? T ,3rn /T^pm V*®*, 
n^y^i || .'^nannn hvvh yum nvrorw nytra 74 ?na^x 
vn'my \ti, : b n">nnn ; /l D^y ^ "imnn^a &)^ *on :xa^x 
dw ima insjo, : s Jnpi xb^d /nn ^x || /mx m> ipn 
/minx 1 ? o^ntsn mjs^ wm myn ,,Tinx^> nnxi mjs^ 
ivn c xt2>nn 'mniy, •an xjn — ?x&"in <myn ; >jrpj 
/mm&> 7 i ^a ^ tfisa <nnw,n d ^xpixi ,*nnw, ^n 

/mmy,i ^a ansa mm 

f 'inn M. | g 'ma M. | * MEn n^- H. | i i^s rell. | i mg 
•j^r&a H inb M. || 43 a. a De 6 7 . | *> Ge 1 B . | c ordo verborum M«. | 
d &< pr superscr. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 75* 

,n5V [inonna ^"0*6 v dJ3J c^ront? nytftt . e, rjna 
nyti>D, wj ^'D^naian nasD^ ? A nonnn ^3Np nowo 'jhd 
b^hdi. ,^ y&tyDp n^pnix nsx an^o — <!^:mi nxa 
yDtrtop ^rm .d^ddh nxa nyt^D /^nDnnn h, »bx n&>« 
m«i intoi tpotpn am, : ^:ni3 /in!? an^ya *6 /4 niim /j^ 
T»ki ,n&nra h^vh innaya i^Dtr n*oa i'Dusnpn p hiw 
'intoi t^Dt^n Km, n<ni ^nddi || .nonnn *?id*6 iraays misD 
nion* kb^h 1 ! /nd'p into, 'intoi, >nbi ; am /ik i^D^ n*on 7i 
m in *oi iox ?taj into, 'intoi, •wm ,Nin /ik mx 
/owipn p ^d*o mxi into^i, xip mns^ ,*p Qx fe -.xhw 
into, P'intoi, wdi 1 ,xin \wm nan n;pn ynt? ?<mtoi, w& 

/KDV WK1 JWDW m n-|V. i, « i , :^« '^ID , u «OV 

n^ iyni ,1,-6 ynow x 1 ? x"w ni in nnn *kn Krnyan 
'intoi, woi ,xin ib>d^ n*rn 'intoi tp&tpn am, n wi :x>m> 
into, 'intoi, ntoi ,Kin nix n*on xd^h n ix, 'xdv iid, 
,im^ p"»o, :Nn"inn ^npiD jKrvnap prf? ^toi^si ?^m.i 
'intoi, 'XDi ,xin ltPBtf n*on ,nrto y^t? /o^rmi nas iy 

.'kbv into, 
."jnonnn h™h vdjdj o^nnntr nyt^D, :id idx 
djsj •oytsf nyt^D ?vmyn yDty nx imp tidxd, :wbti 
.'nnyon Tino itos^ iniytp nyty lyi rton ins '^dx^ 
?Vn^n»x >o^si p_ntox s d n»h ,^n^riDx >o^s wn xs^d 
in 'p^i <>jy/|| .Kin'Vinw in 'yroj <^y, ^o^h — 
yatp nnp niip^ -p^nno Tinx&, ivitoti ?xin xnyw 
,mra# uiyn ins ^x 1 ? •pojiw dix ^nt? nyt&>fc Pymyn 
^•d*6 V«3i D^nanty nytpa : Dntoix o^am ; i^o ui nn 



e sup ras. j * mg. | g Mc -pan^ M*. | h ^5ix Mc i^sik M*. j 
1 superscr. | j Le 22 7 . | k tr Ar; lectio Ar.ina laudatur in mg; 
nostra est Rasiana lectio ; ab interpretatione Rasiana abscedunt 
Tosafot q. v. | 1 M*. | m sic vocal, instruct. | n M c . | ° itJi'iJSl 
M I^UJEI sic voc. instr. M^. I P B n^ M. 



76* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B. 

rp*n y>xw 'b ^V ^xi .d^ddh n«2 ny ,nm^> p'Di ,p&nra 
n3«ten owy 'D^sn uhjxi, :<n&KJtp ;irri> im pm 1 ? 
j'Drmn nN2 ny in^n irfcya dtutq d^ihd Dnmi 

any* ooi ,kdb* ik*? "irwn ni^yo, xD>n ^-?^w, 
wpD lrwK h unpsn rpa i^n* Qi^ 1 J x<in *°W kpow 
.('naKte ovm iwd^ rfc^n iri> rrm, yDty «n ^samm 
w /a^jy, u"n ^mnntp myn din ^n/n "pyn Np^Dp 
*m y«n pm ,xin mijw nn "jro/i "oy, ,-jnyn Np^o 
<PV7 x-nyncn ,mn^ ^jy,n *onw ,rwo yDtp x^k !tkd 
nn*i f Kin *myw in <pD,i ^y, M rf>iy^> ^ — !tirf? 
?«in *niyny in 'p^i ^y,i || . f D"jy u"n is 1 ? fe aix s :n 
nyt^D ?rvmyn yaty nnp rmp*? v^ nno ' ntt ^ :Wdti 
y&nrv s m ;ny^K m nm ,nimB> myn nvn bhjw 
tnd ^i;inonnn ^dk 1 ? v DmntD a^row nyffD:ibix 
>m & idk .ponm ^d*6 v^ D*rorw rtyt?D iittix 
:1di« wan s m ?v^iu dv niynD o^ro *6m :rmrr> 
:r6 noKi) nma -an ;rf?on ins ^d*6 mdj ^yt^ ny^D 
spte w '.norfc vdjdj dix *jntp nyt^D -.-idix («n« s m 
ui u^n Kj^n on ,xin *oiyw in <pD,i <\jy, ,inyi 
|| ?Tin^ <p^i >myw ,Tir6 <^y,n *onw in 1 ? s^k lytsnrr 
sinnDD :piw in pm m idx — ?*nmxo irp^D s n 
won ui ,*mpio '^y,i ,inyn *9^d nn ,-inisD <>jy,n 
! rwn yDt? pm»o '^y,n ,nro yew *6x ! my^K m u«n 

Vnx ,«j^«p iti ^rwDtpn w v^ fc s mno ^d : f "i^D *m 
,Vy ^ina ni^^tyn v n/l :"i»«^ ,woxp s dv un nwot^n 
rw&tcn nm — ?^s^p ^«on || .*xsv mi djdj m 

q Ne 4 15 . | ' > text mas. | s ib. 16 | t l^ni text. mas. (cf Norzi). | 
u > text, mas.; cf v. 10 | v seq "^D323. | W M«; r^aat M* ▼**. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 77* 

*pn :"io*n T ,*w s ii3 r6 -no txb >mi /v^mu °v Tiyna 
|| .vhv ™vh i^s« w ,nsv nn djsj m ; ^y ^pro rwatpn 
^n xn^xi ^xjn nn — !txd ^nx txd *n-n xwp 
:xb*x .,rpyn"»x — !iiy^x >mx ny^x >nn xwp || .txb 
,rpynw ;ny^>x ui nth xt?n /in -ny^x ^m xs^d 
."ity^x nn xn^xi ">xjn nn .xepx 

b) Pes 102b— 104»M 1 . 

ifiip* :m idx ,nns>n inx mv6 ^>ntj> mto dv :hdu 
pm a ;n^:p :-ibx ^ ;pjrp :~idx nm jffti* :idx ^xia^i 
n s »^D XJHD ;,TpJ :1&X xwn nnn id ; a nj*f> :nDX 
^xiotsn mnx Nnx n^ n^> || .pvij :i&x ^ p ytsnrp ^m 
-p*„ : b rri> nte "^xvi ni^-inn -no ,irni intD^ fc „ ^m^ 
>m owb noxty ,vnx di^d loxt? /w "in ^xy&tt» "i -i»x 
xsv 1^ ^b* :xrjn 'i idx || ."p*ii: :,TJjn p y^im 
nxip^ •pxsr p mxi ,-j^n nx "p^ ,d»j Dimsm 

;JiJTj? ? :1DX "nx ?Tn$? ^\1 /pi XDW ^n || ,*mmsn 

.xmn xnn^m .irop mdx xm 
"iixo* rpQph uvx 7 xm ^h y^fx rmrp in xjin m 
nu xm„ :rtf> nox .xt&>nn D^ts>nx "jnni ^>pff /m&frm 
: c pm) d^bd A p nnxi* ,-nxa x#nn /Wi ^nn^i ^xbb> 
i'bix W>n n^ni ;r6-nm D s Dt^n tubi n: iin&iK "»xoff- rva 
^m nm 11,/ :nnnn xm ^ !"(r£nnm pa d^eo -ij 
^n n\m waty n^n ip^m x^> iidix rmrp n ^nx ;txd 
no hv ; Pjion xvw n^inn ^>yi ,n!?nnn xinty inon ^?y 
? tixd :"ix s xdb^ n^nt^ ,D , »Dtynn *?yi nxon ^?y — ?ip^m 
.>nixB p inxi ,D^D^n :'dix 9?n n^m jD^trn ^n inxi 
."min^ 'n xn^xi /^n n>nD oyn mi h :pnr 'i iDx d i 



43b. a mg. J b ©M lb M r | c jbM x^sni M r | d IBM. 



78* H- Zusammenhangende Lesestucke. B. 

kd? «dds* xm inn ,am ^ yfp^ «n« in npy» m 
«nn wnnn an ?^> nt£„ :rtf> idx .anmni annai 
."pnny on ,»ni^ »n T ^a pnn td„ :rrt> idk "!*odi 
;^ in"D *6 pDD ,"fr in>D fe pDD ,snfe »n n„ m^iDx 
nnyi wx„ :rrt> idk "Inn^y vnyn ,roa iDp ,aon 
nn"^ nn mi n^n t>*ojn nil wnn mi :mn n^nn 
<!innj e inn,' :wh noa ;*od an" m in^y ^xp ,KrmyDn 
1V3 mi idk •on,, :r6 'ox .*>nffn nn, :n^ tidk ^lon^i 
".<w^ i^ idppk /im^ nn, mnain 
">Kp ,xmiyD3 mv nn >bw mi mtsn idi id^dn 
; xom kdd tea inn id^dk ,^k mi nnn ana m in^y 
inn •>#*< m ;«nnini Nonai xop nddn inn kibn id 
px„ : ami nnn ana m idk || .inn vh ini ,«Dp xddk 

X1DH ID ."NJX I^D KJK„ :1DX ID^DX "? Tnyj 1«D3 

n% :idx n*K m ."mi n^nn nnyi «:«„ :1dk 
-idki ,*nnte>n mx ma or fe am ;nvt f n^nn xnn^n 
*on ,*ptobb mnyi ipy vh nnn ,*on xh\ — ."mp* :m 
p^na ,n^Dt? Dp ^nna*? hud sn || .kywdd mnyi ipy 
:n^ 'dk "!wir «rao am„ :n^> # dk .Kn»» A npinx 
n^ yn2tj> in!? >x„ :n^> 'dx ."my n^sn h xnyi ayD&>„ 
an 1 ? id rh mo kVi„ :n^> 'dk "?my nin ^d ,idi rw» 
nns || "P^inninn p niso n^inn 1 ? npUK, fc :«m 'dki 
tow vn i^ n» v n ^ ^P V n ^non* :idxi 
m 'dh «m ?^n ^n i 1 ? nnh„ :n^> idk ."pi *d>iA 
in^inn x^n it ^in 1 ? ^ip vn ^nnon,* :!?kid» 'dk mjm 
ft «mo sn ^n w«„ :n^ idx .*"K^jn nnn^ r -i bv 
phms mnD> x^ nmen* :i<^y^n 7 i 'dk ny^x n 'dxi 
n^n vh id «m„ :n^ idk .*"yn» ^y p]^dv *6 ?]^DiDm 
nt^^ ^yntrn dv yi„ h :n^ ; dx "!iox ynt^ *6i ,idx 



e Mj*. | * M^ = ©M. | g superscr. | ^ ^n^nx M. 



II. Connected Texts. B. 79* 

^na in as^nn m 'dki .*xm noTin v^ ,n#yDn ^ 
"jidd nnD^nn •pyD -iBJotp -ins $>nnan A :^kide> 'dx 
.. A nnB*nrt> -jibd nnrrns y»V D * :nox wnnnaisn VnnD^nn^ 
nnx niv& ^nt^ mto or,* irp^n x^x — ?vwn ^d 
Vy&, :"id*o i«d -.'tsnp^ tsnp i^n ^nnan, iranm /u nnt*>n 
ntempf? nnp ntsmp v 3 > 1D ^ ^ /nn^nrfc -pDD nno-rin 
,nna>nn^ -jidd nnnra "pv°> : 'b*o *jxdi ; 'nn^nn ne or 
/nntnnn mtD or ntmpt' nn&> ntmp yi, id^d 1 ? ^yn x 1 ? 

c) R. h. 2a— 3»M r 

: pm ; *nntDt^ : *non m idx ? xn^n ^xd*? [do^ 

."p-itso in™*^™ ,r^D3 v D ^P^ n n>in ^ty 
yjnt^ tp3 ,-nxn ny^rn ant£>yn iDy^ -j^b : pm un 
,p^s nnxn x^>x loy xh dxi ;mt? i 1 ? nn^y ^d^q -inx 
.mx p^ y\w iy mt? ^ ^jid v« 
ynt? yio ,-nxn nyt&m ontryn nny^ -j^o, : -id idx 
nwr\ b>x-i /i p^n ,^ yDK>Dp xn <.m&> ^ nn^y ,p\n nnx 
. A mt? nwn mtpn inx nv\ ,d^d^> 
ny ruty ^ v^ D V* ;l D,j:i -man *&** ^V xh dki, 
pixa a n^> nana nans x 1 ? — ! xt^s /inx "jd^j y^pty 
Vmn n^ udj xdth ihd ,pm m ly -j^dx x^i 

m^> mty v j1 ° P™n vnnn "i™ W "nan nD :T'n 
m^> n^ •pns ,p^a vnnn ins nnyi p'jn nD .nih rum 
nwxi nj&> •p™ >1 D ^ vnnn mx iDyi -nxn nD .ni^i 

sixth n»im Awxrh 
nw "pris ,-nxn vnnn inx my\ "nxn nD 7 :id idk 
,"j:^o 8^> nnn^ xnt^ «o^m inn — l^tD^s f .m^ m^> 
nih 'n^ v j ^ ?P^ vnnn inx iDyi "jd^i nD 7 || .h"w 



43 c. a n^» Mc. 



80* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestucke. B. 

rwn nnx uv, pnsx ^ xoth ino — Ixu-'trs .'m^i 
||. V 7 Dp ^n&x x^> *njff n*?nnn ^>nx pjp b ?]iDn /l <njts> awn 
/jwx"^ nwxi yoio jP^^ ^ nnn "i™ *Wi "i™:i nD > 
-nxa a n^ uo**n xans 'x^> — !k»wd .'wh ,twi 
3"»p ? }w r n "i n n ^ ^^ xbth ihd ,Kin h i?n p ^hn h i 
?1D^» x^>x Dr6 "pno v xt ^ o^W? ?Jo* :*prrp "i 'dx 
^n nxi6 nw nixD ymxi n^ owotpn vn, : c n&x:i^ 
tsnnn xin vt tsnm n^^mn n^n d onsD pxD d hxw 
nx^ na^t? mate t^pD .^x-itt" ^>y nn^ -p^ *jpn 

/p'JO HO^ff mD^D *]K ? p^B q^D n*0!T HB DnXB 
nt^nD XD^H ? p\JD p^DI ^ XJD e HSU D^UD nX^Tl 

inn in ^>x pan pnx ^>y>i, ^n^nan /y'd x^> — ?"jrjo 
yixo hxnw ^n nx>6 D^ymxn njtto nw no*i ,\ >s *?y 
D^yznxzi wi, : h rpnai /tsnn*? nnxn np*Bnn tnnn an so 
n^ npi nxn ^«piD .'t&nn 1 ? nnxn tnn ntpy ^ntyyn nj^ 
^ao o^ymx rut? n^ npi tsnt^n s xpi ,D^y:nxn rut? 
nx^ ansa -pan xa^n |j .xin nt?n ix^? *njpn two*! 
nDp,-fr* xD^n 7 onsD nx^n ^xod /»xn x^x ,onsia 
; "*nw' rn^A* (i Dn^y mtf n , :xss m-iaira ? fe p^on 
,onso nx^ onn no :nw n-pn!? <JD s ymx, naj xan 
xd^h ,DHp nx d n ^ntyyon ^xooi || .ansa nx^ xan ?]x 
nx iman nnx, : k :r>nan ,y'd x^ — ?onp tont&H nvyo 
yirvD nin tdx ,pnxn h^sj m >ai /nioxn i^d tiivd 
nyiDtp nn h <:mn aw my -jte ^yjan yDty»i, ^nwi) o^p 
,^xity^D mna ^jy ip^nD^i ,pnx naty yot^ — ?yot^ 
ixi^ , m nTian irm 3xn^n on^n^ nityl mm :vtdmi 
"ixi'i, np^n ^>x :innx 'n idxi /pnx yu o nnyn b 

b prm ^b^a *»an M^uperscr. I c I Reg 6 1 . I d superscr. = IBM. | 
e JB JT^sii MM X . I f mg = IBM. | s Nu 33 38 . j ^ De l 3 . | i Ne l 1 . | 
i mg. | * De 1*. | i Nu 21 1 . | ^ ib. 20 29 . 



II. Connected Texts. B. 81* 

tpoffo '^, h :wph ten i&xn ,wph ffmai /"ixti, x^>x 

°*on ?w ^> || .xnn ? x^x ,k&!?h ,*x ^mmVyanxa 

;my sin /jimo Kin ,)vn xm rxjxn — lyimo xnn ,"jy» 

n»i ? iniD^D de> hv ')V&, pananff n"D^> nam "prpo, 

,-imonty nny^ nont? <my, : nnxn x:px .ibip <my, ?idb> 

.(.lot? "pmo ?iat* nm 7 im^D db> £y "jyjD, 

tsnna vn, :P^nn ? Y'd xh — ?i"x ,-wn two xaw 

\ti :*awi /pff&n Dpin tsnn^ nnxa rvjtpn njts>a ■ptrxm 

pt*D ^>y& pyn rhv* &nna ontyya wn tsnm nwn nj^n 

-pxa ^pij ,nw nw n^ npi p^a ^pno ;<nyi» ^>nx 

.«in n^n pan \xh n^xn ^n ,wjb> nj^ n^ npi 

trma, : r a^nri ,n"o vh — ?)vd n^n tsw x^xi 

tnna, ? xrvx dxi ;<onxD pxa ^x-ib" ^:a nxs 1 ? w»*?tpn 

!n^> ^a < s n^t2>n n^n w^tpn 

'BX X^X — ?W?X XBWI ?3«'«0^ ? ttOn Xt^Xl 

yaix ww wn anna nua^ t>m, rxsna ny^x 'i 
||?<*irTD^> n •pJiBff rrpt> ^ fe ixt> ?<w, '•xd jt'imrte^ 
w, ,*p Dx 7i — P'tnna w, kbw :x^ai n^ pppnn 
an idx ?<nat&>a >jtp, xdw || .aTD u mn xnna 't&nna 
ts»pD , A myi ^nn pD^x xt> 'naso *jtp,n xnn :^x 
<'jtp, ^x ,tsnn xDp <*jff, no ,xap <^t^ xina <w, 

.tsnn nxina 
nrh v^d vxt^ n^htsh )w ipnv 'in n^ra x^n 

;'pnx hV"\ :1»1XT ;nJB> D^lBBa Wl, :1&JOff ,1D\JB X^X 

yotsn, i'dixt ;"im:>n nnx, i'bixi ;D>yanxa \ti, i'dixi 

trnna ^1, i'dixi ;'nnyn ^ inti, i'dixi ^my^o^yjDn 

;^^n tnna, : 'diki j'n^^n n^a \ti, :'dixi ;"jwxin 

.^jt^a •'jtrn t^nna nua^ ^>n^, i'dixi 



n vocalis in cod. | o tinn BM. | p Ex 40". | q Nu 10 11 . | r Ex 19*. 
s IBM isffln M t . | t II Chr 3' 2 . | « BM >M,. 

M ar g o 1 i 3 , Chr. Bab. Talm. 6 



82* II. Zusammenhangende Lesestiicke. B. 

d) Git 36»— 37a M. 

nnx mi ,»»»» irx taons :onn pn ["id pin W>\-n 
m ni^rte lyjDJt? oyn nx mow ,W?>n •ppnnty onmn id 
im mm p ^ notrn, b minn mnrw na ^y rmyi ,m a oy 
>noiD, : ^nons hw ibu inn .^nons vP nn Z" 1 ^ l nni ? D ^ 
^*x ^ tpw mn ^ ^i*?s DipDnt? ^"^ ^ S1 ^ B D:)I ? 
|| .Dnyn ix hub 1 ? v^™ 11 l^'^m ,<mnx» pi hi usjxty "oi^s 
?xttD&>£ x^i ^n fe, ppnm ,xbdb>d xmnixiai h^d xr^x s di 
iiaix m :x^m ;xn ^m ,*mn pn myntrn'* :":ix i&x 
nnx pmo ninsn mt^D# d >nt£o / c tDi&ts> ntDBtpn "im mi, 
ypip tsD^D nnxty pn :d^sdd ntsDt^ nnxi ,ypip ntDBtp 
nnx ^x ypip unt^D nnx v^^ P n<1 jQ^m ^dipd nnx 
nxn ; fc rpy>nff*? -di ,toD^n fe i pm 1:7m — d^ddd ido^o 
|| 3nons vpfini nay ,m nx m nn^nte oyn lyjDJt^ hh^n 
pm 137m ,myut2> d xtt&E>D xh xmmxtn ">tb X3*x ^»i 
:idx xm || .xin *'nt*yn hw nt*,* :"nx nnx ?&&ffm 
mn ipDrw p:^ :pmr> ^m n&xn .*ipsn in n^ "ip 51 " 1 ^ 
nsyn d^ph nt*^ xn"> x^> ntrx hi, : e iDXJts> ?npsn in 
\n .'n^uin ^npn ^a* xim win hi Dim o^pini Dnt?n 
y^imi pDn my^>x i^m ntj>x nitron rtx, : xdhd : nnx my^x 
?<nnx ,*?xx 'awxn, l^y n& ^1* ; f< ui maxn n^xm iu p 
?]X ,imty na ^d p^n nx v^n^D nnx no ,*\h mi 1 ? x^x 
o iin 1 ? x^yrrx |l *.irpff hd ^ oyn nx v^ n ^ D ^ x1 
xD^y n*6 xtt^n ix ,vpm xin rpTj*? ^nons ^>^n vpnn 
nm 1 ? ,mnx ^x ;n^itsn^ — ?nrD xjpdj >xd^) ?vpm ^: 
Vx,* xn ,vP n X0 ^V '•"n^ ,rnox ^x x^x ;p^tDDD ,vpn 
uo^n ^n:i p dx x^x iT>nn Y'n nm ^n 1 ? ^id s v^T 1 ^ 
"pmrD x^?, :^xid^-idxt ,yDt^ xn (?^x» ;*^303i noonn 



43d. a n.» B. I b De 15 9 . | c ib. ^ | d ©. | e Ezr 10 ! 
* Jos 19 51 . 



II. Connected Texts. B. 83* 

w .'Nynnn xjh ^in ix xtidt «n *nn ix x^>x ^nons 

— hnnrp^Dj xn ^nx&>n ,*ppn s dj x»^>y n-6 /"jnyn xp^o 
•>dx "ti ^x '*n xjh "»a iijs ,xi^y n-6 W?\n vpn *>:> xd^h 
:*?«!&» 'ni &>"n || .x^> ,wh -\xw ^>nx ,wibb ''yipsx^ ^d^xi 

— /rpj^ttnx ,*^n it^x Dx fe ,xvi ^«tt xjr&iy ^nons xn, 
m || .rpj^tDnx h hhnts irvp h»n iw"x h ^x :i&xp «^n 
x^x l^xpi h D"p"»D xn P'rv^apix, rwopix :-idx pm 

.w ninM *niro xH yy*n xn^D m xd^x 
kjb^ ix 7 xin xesirn xjts^ xjiViy n<n :irfc*oyn^x 
mpn nnrw rfo rn'tey,* :x^iy 'an ip"n ?xin xmrrn 
ny, ?nxip '•xd i^xiew nm ma no m nox . /l <nnsin 
xmn^n tox :xm "idx .^irm "jnj hi: uddi "i^ant? 
Vn^yjn :pm un . fef nnon, n>na x^n c ]m, rpnrn ,p: xvi 
nnnxD ymv ,*pn^D pw insin ^yaw ^n^iy i^xi 
t^D^n nxu3 rnnxi, : k iDix mnan p^y 7 d VTiDu "pnoian* 

."iminan 
'^n, ;^m ^n did ix^dh m 'dx P^diid ^d 
:tpv m ^n .toiy "px:i nx wi^, ^nwr) *Dn^y i*?x* 
tsnyn, : m n>nn) *D"jy i^x fe ^toin, ,( fc rrnrP2tf mx^n il?x A 
.xn^m xdtid ^"x Prions •'xxd :xnyW> xmV'x .('ut^nyn 



g prm "jvi ivq innn "bulb Viai "pi rvn "pa «m Pni^basK 
Ipiannn rraam laain bi'-rt a"& ^"nan B. j h JB dp^M. | 
i Ca 1 ". | k Jd 5 31 . | i Le 26 19 . | ™De 15 8 . 



Addenda. 

p 24*, 1. 9. * Ber 6^> Ar. 
p 25*, 1. 12. x Taan 24 a , pr pars Ar, alt M ± . 
p 29* 1. 15, 23. * Kid 81 » M (^ B). || 2 sicM (t» superscr). 
p 32*, 1. 14ff. * Ar. || 2 Kid 58» (rwabfi M). || 8 Ieb 58a M. || 
En. II B Sanh 93 » Ar. II • H. 



A. 



Aramaisches Worterverzeichnis, 
Aramaic Glossary. 



N (§4*/) = hV, q.T. 

DX (§13c) n. m. ; d. N2K (etiam 
pro sf. 1 s.) ; sf. 1 p. t*«to«, 
inx; 2s.m. &f. TjtoN; 2 p. 
TbtoK ; 3 s. m. fmn^, HUX ; 

3s.f."t«nnK, wax"; p. a. 
VK« (§2(V), d. «nnnx ; sf. 

1 s. f wnx; lp. Vnnax; 

2 p. 13TO3«; 3 p. 1iTnni}N: 
Vater, father; K3*n rttni< 
mein GroBvater, /wy grand- 
father; p. Vater, Vorfah- 
ren, fathers, ancestors. 

-QX vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 
1 s. fn*< (§61«); Pt. p. m. 
tVT?K: verloren gehen, fo 
fo^. | Itpe., Pt^inO: id. | 
Pa., Inf. c. sf. 3 p. inri [1]aK*? : 
vernichten, destroy. | Af., 
Imp, s. m. "QiX : verlieren, 



n^N v. Mi. 

K^SK (ass.) n.m. Stadttor, 

[NJJ3N] n.m. Staub, dust. 

X13X v. Din. 

KTYTJIK v. m 

KtMK n.m. Sumpf, swamp. 

XJ3X n. m. (f.) Becken, basin. 

"UK vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. firux, 
sf. 3. s. m. t nina*; Pt. act. 
l s. xniiN, arm*: pass. 
"P3X: mieten, hire. | Itpe., 
Pf. 2 s. IVtfnx : sich ver- 
mieten, hire oneself out. \ 
Af., Pf.3s.m. IJIK; Inf. c. 
sf. 3 s. f. PntiiX : Pt. act. 
"ttiB: vermieten, rent. | 
Ittaf., Pt. IMHD: vermietet 
werden , be rented. || lOiN 
n. m. Lohn, hire, reward. 

JOJXn.m.; C.13K: Dach, roo/". 



whisk 



irnt 



85* 



xrnax n.f. Brief, letter. 
~X (= 1 nx §4Ar) — n IV. 

§4e v. '*ig. 
[X*HX] §4* n.m.; p. IW: 

Wollflocken, /7ate 0/ woo/. 
X:1X (et X3X §4/) n. f . ; 

sf! 3 s. m. 'rUX ; p. ^IX, 

c.sf. 2s.m.^x': Ohr, ear. 
IX conj. : oder, or. IX . . . ix ent- 

weder - oder, either - or. 
nix. xnx n.m. Wald, forest. 
X11X n.m.; p. H1K: Schur- 

holz, Brand, kindling wood, 

firebrand. 
[XJIX] n.m.; p. MIX: Gans, 

goose. 
fix vb. Pe., Inf. c. sf. 3 p. f. 

'mxx^o 1. vuxxb ; Pt. act. 
YIX: drlicken, press. | Pa., 
Inf. c. sf. 3 p. inJS'Q ; Pt. 
act. yyb: id. 

^nlx, xnnix v. xt. 
1 ^tx' (xjx §4o) vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. 
^Ix/c&k); 3 f. -\rh\K, 

^1**, P- t^I«, 5?^X; Impf. 

1 s. Vx; 3 p. 1^/£; Imp 
s. m. h\ y f. "fy, fyx; Pt 

^TX, 1 S. xAlX (XJ'^TX) 

2 s. m. n?tx , f. rr?Tx , p 

m?MX 1. IH^IX: 1. gehen, 
#0, w>a/#; 2. fortsetzen, ^0 



orc; ^1x1 frsn xp mn er 

-t: •• t 'r T-- 

fuhr fort, (Diebe) zu fan- 
gen, he went on capturing 
(thieves); YjXl h\X Xj? er 
ging fortwahrend, he kept 
walking. 
2 ^tX. X^-tX n. m. Gazellen- 

T •• •• 

junges , the young of a 
gazelle. 
HX (§13c) n. m. ; sf. 1 f. f ^X, 

f nx; p. TIX (§20«), sf. 
3s.f. xnnx: Bruder, bro- 

TV - ' 

ther. || xnnx n.f.; sf. Is. 

f ^nnx, to;2 s.m. ^nnx; 
p. xninx, sf. 3 s. m. nninx : 

r TT _. ,-7 .. T -; ,- 

Schwester, sister. 
1 pnx.] in (§60) adj., d. xin, 
f. xnn (constructs §52o)': 
eins, ein, einzeln, einzig, 
one, single. \ in\ irr^D ein 
jeder, every one. \ ... Xln 
XI ni die eine— und die an- 

T--r 

dere , the one - and the 
other. I xntfa nn Sonntag, 
Sunday, fvi'n Tn"^ dop- 
pelt, double. || Xins zusam- 
men, together. [) 11 rf? beson- 
ders, separately; sf. 2 s. m. 
Tj^inV du allein, &y thyself, 
3 p. inning. || mn (§4e) 

einander, £ac^ 0/#£r. || "HfD 



86 : 



tn« — ">ni« 



(ib.) praep., sf. 1 s. H'1^5 

2 s.m. Tfrn; 2 p. i3Hn2; 

3 s. m. n'nns; 3 p. m. 
innna: f. VlWna: bei, mit, 
iwYft. 11*7 'Tn conj. wahrend, 
while. || Hn^ prap. in der 
Richtung auf, toward. || 

"id "in, lonn, f. no in n. 

2 nnx vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 
3 s. f. XinX: schliefien, 
close. | Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. 

innx pass. 

-jnx vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. m. 
IjnX: lachen, /aw^. V. "Jin. 

"IPIX vb. Pa., Imp. p. c. sf. 3 s. f. 
nnnK ; Inf. c. sf. 3 s. m. 
PTYinxJ?; zuriickhalten, de- 
lay. || xjnnx adj., f. vnnx 
(§18&); T p/m. Wnx, £ 
xrvnriX: ein anderer, o»- 

tt : • : t 7 

other, || ninx praep., sf. 1 s. 

nin*6: 3 s! m. minx 1 ?: 

-. ,- 7 .. .. ,- 

hinter, behind. 
xnnx v. nx. 

t t -: 

ibx v. iytD. 

XDttX (§4*) n. m. (f.) Schen- 

kel, Hiifte, thigh. 
% conj. wenn, if (§73). 'X 

'X . . . ob - oder, whether - 

or. | "b^x wenn doch, if 

only, would that. 



'T*< (?§9«) P ron - dem. H;x 
H/Xl dieses und jenes, bei- 
des, this and that one, 
both. 

H>X v. 1\ 

TT* (?§9$0 P™n. dem., f. 
tTPX: jener, der andere, 
$af, the other. 

IH'X (§86, e) pron. pers., f. 

VPX : er, sie, M *te. 
TK (etym.?) adv. nun, doch, 

/ (we) pray, now. 
X^X v. n'X. || i3'X v. 'X. 
Xft4;X v. 1DX. 
X:Vx (§186) n. m., p. d. 

"xjj^X: Baum, tree. 
xn^x/n. f. Furcht, /tfflr. 
"x'Dtr'n xnD*>X die Furcht 

t - : • t : i" 

Gottes, fear of God. 

■px adv. ja, yes. 

[*)% ]X] adv.: XJB (§24^/) 
woher? whence? 

TPX, JTX part., sf. 1 p. lannj; 
2 p. i^n/x ; 3 s. m. nn;x ; 
s. f. xivx; p. m. imrpx, 
f. ™: es gibt, fWe 
w, are (§62). | X^X id. | 
n>X X 1 ?, n^(§66; T 5i/)sf.3 

s.m. +, nin^, nn^, f. nrpV, 

p.m.imn^; ..XD^ esgibt 



*3DJ< — t]*3!* 



87* 



nicht, there is not, are 
not (ib.). 
te« vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. ^DX, sf. 
3 s. f. nrfeDK; 3 p. ~+fex, 
^3X, sf. 3 s. f. a^DX ; Impf. 
1 s3b>X; 2 p. t"p^Pl, sf. 
3 p.m. im^^Fl (pro injf?-); 
3 s. m. c. sf.' 3 s. f . pfa^, 3 p. 
m. c. sf. 3 s. f. 'nJ^J; 
Imp.s.m.tex^Vs; p.'&X; 
Inf. ^D 1 ? ; Pt. act. p. m. 
tl^OX: 1 s. XjVdX, 2 S. 

• • : it ' t : I- t ' 

ITOX; pass. ?'3X: essen, 
verzehren , eat, consume. 
'2t X21p ^DX verleumden, 
slander. | Itpe., Pt. pi. m. 
^>3nj3, pass. I Af., Pf. 1 s. 
c. sf. 3 s. m. nfoix ; 3 s. 
m. c. sf. 3 p. m. in^piX; 
Impf. 1 s.c.sf.2 s.f.^OiX; 
Inf. ^i3i^; Pt.act. ^>XD: 
speisen, feed. || XPtt (?) n9:!x 
Schlammfresser, mud-eater. \\ 
xhyft n. m. Speise, food. 

XZ&3X (pers.?) n. m., p. 

"^DX : Speicher, store-room. 

[DBX] adj., d. XD3X, p. a. 

>DDX ; f. d. Xn&DXJ TID3X : 

•t ■• / t :it •.' • :it \ 

scliwarz, black. 
X^:_D3X fe r -) n - m - Fremder, 
stranger. 



?]3X vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. nD3X 
•X T\h es kiimmert ihn um, 
es geht ihn an, he has con- 
cern for; Pt. act. s. f. HS3X 

' ' t : it 

sie drangt, she urges. 
XS3X n. m. SatteL saddle. 

TT •. 7 

*P]3X (etym. ?) adv. noch, t/e/. 
x|?X v. 1«. 

Xf&X n. m. Gott, Gotf. 
[xn^x] n. f., p. xrv^x : Kol- 

ben, club. 
xn^x n. f., sf. 3 s. m. nn^x : 

t : : - ' •• : : - 

Fettschwanz, fat tail. 

10^. (§ 9a ) P ron - dem - p- 

diese, these. 
tj^X (§9/) pron. dem. p. jene, 

those. 
XMD37X (gr.) n. m. Diagonale, 

diagonal. 
D^X vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 

3 s. m. HD^X : iiberwaltigen, 

overcome. || D^X adj., p. 

*B**>X: stark, strong. 
v\h& (f)^) vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. 

tnD^.5 Impf. 1 p. S]^J; 

3 p."f. t^M?; Inf. P]^p> : ; 

Pt. act. ^ 1 p. ir^',;: 

lernen, deduzieren, learn, 

derive. \ Pa., Impf. 3 s. m. 

c. sf. 2 s. m. 1$?} (§4/) 5 

Pt. act. s. m. c. sf. 2 s. m. 



88 : 



tfB^>!K — "1QK 



Tjsto; pass. s. f. XD^D: 
unterrichten, instruct. 
NB^K n. m,, p. ^shx, '^ : 
tausend, thousand. 

irhx v. *nnx. 
xdx v. idx! 

[iOnDX] (pers.)n.m.,p.n3pN: 
Magazin, store. 

1DX (§4e) vb. Pe.,Impf. 3 s. m. 
iwh :t2LUchen,dive\\ pniDK] 
n. m., p. WlDK: Taucher, 
tfwer. '•H-tIDk' 13 id. 

Knox (§13ft) r n. , f., s.f.3s.m. 
nno« ; p. d. annpx: Magd, 
f»at& || xn-inpx': Magd- 
dienst, servitude. 

^itspx V. ^>DJ. 

^DX.KDX n. f., sf. Is. DN: 

t • 7 ..7 

2 s. f. T]DX ; p. xnrjDN : Mut- 
ter, mother. 

2 DDK. tfnDN n. f., sf. 3 

t : - 7 

s. m. nntDK: p. XnilDN : 

•• : - 7 r T T . - 

1. Elle, cw&#. 2. membrum 
virile. 

3 DDK . XnDK n. f., c. riDX, 

t : - ' - -7 

arm n©«, ^nn ki-idx: 

t : • 7 r ... T ._7 

das Gestell der Miihle, the 
frame of a mill. 

4 DDK . [XnDN] n. f. , sf. 3 s. m. 

nnpx: Volk, peqpte. 
[•jDX] vb. Haf., Pf. 1 s. >JDVI ; 



3 p. c. sf. 3 s. m. PMDn : 
Impf. 1 p. c. sf. 3 p. m. 
i™»ru; Pt. pass, "jd™, 
1 s. K3D™ (K^D-) : glau- 
ben, believe; pt. pass, glau- 
benswiirdig, trustworthy. || 
NJV.JDVI n. f. Treue, faith. 
K:DK n. m. Handwerker, Ader- 

r t \ 7 

lasser, artisan, cupper. 

"IDK vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. nDK, sf. 

3 s. f. nrn dk (nnnpx) ; l p. 

pDX ; 3 s. c. sf. 3 s. f. Pn_DX 5 
3p."h"IDK, TlDX, sf.3s.f. 
n-IIDK ;Impf.l S.ID^(ND^) ; 

2p.m.t|nDxnX / p''n),-nD^n; 

3 s. +1D\>, XD^>," sf. 3 p. m. 
inJID^ ; Imp. s. m. XDX, f. 
nDX(nDX); Inf. ipn^, 
XID"^ : Pt. act. s. m. 1DX, 

t : i" : 7 - t' 

p. m. t*;npN; 1 s. *«"]DX 
(K^DK) ; 1 p. UnDN ; 2 si 
max;' 2 p. OYinnDX: sa- 

: - : it 7 * >■ '/ r : it 

gen, say. I 1 Ip^X : ich sage, 
daB, Isay,that. | XDTPiO: 
und wenn du sagst, and 
if you say = oder, or. | 
XD^X wenn etwa, if per- 
chance. I Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. 
ipnx ; impf. 3 s. f. ipnn ; 

Pt. s. f. XIDXflD: 



XliDX n. m., d. nxiiDX 



^E2* — K&2S 



89 ! 



1. Dolmetscher, interpreter; 

2. Amora. 

1&K n. m., pi. d. +«n©«: 

Lamm, lamb. 
nm adv.wann ? when.\ T\m~1V_i 

wie lange? how long? | 

"=1 rHDK"^3 conj. so oft als, 

«s 0/itew as. 
[~]X: wenn, */".] | *^K conj. 

nisi. 
XJK (§86) pr. pers. 1 s. ich, I. 
t^3N, inj« (§86) pron. pers. 

3 p. m! ; VpK 3 p. f. sie, 

they. 
mN vb.ltpe., Pf. 3 s. m. run* ; 

Inf. TiUnx; Pt.s.m.mrip; 

2 s. nninp: seufzen, s^. 
'''XJrpJ* (§86) pron. pers. 1 p. 

wir, we. 
^X (§9#) pron. dem. pi. jene, 

die andern, those, the others. 
]!* (§8&) jiingere Form fur, 

the common form for KjnJX. 
DJN vb. Pe., Inf. DJ'D, sf. 3 s. f. 

HD^B 1 ? ; Pt. pass. D'OK : zwin- 

gen , notziichtigen , force, 

rape. | Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. 

DjP]«: pass. 
PpK . "[^sx] n. du., c. >BK ; sf. 

2 s. m. TjBN ; 3 s. m. rPSK : 

Gesicht, countenance; Art, 



^0«£s.|pBJN3, , 'BX:3praep., 
sf. 1 s. ^Bjio", >B*6; 1 p. 
t*OB:tt3; 2s.m.T]Bsin; 3 s. 
m. Wisixa OiB^a) ; 3 p. m. 

ti,TBJKS,irPBK3: vor, 6tf- 
/br^. || 'S^S praep. gegen 
hin, towards. || xniBK n. f., 
sf.ls.TrtBN^s.m.^rVlBK; 
3 s. m. PirpiBK : Nase, Stirn, 
nose, forehead. 
tfJK, BttK, tfJX n. m., p. WK : 
l.Mensch, man; 2.jemand, 
some one. tfJK X 1 ?: nie- 
mand, none. | tP'JX in, "13 
tf J - p. ^JX "03 : Mensch, 

t r -T v: •• : ' 

?w0ra (individual). | ,^j ^ 
ntfijj : das Haus meiner, ihrer 
Eltern, ffo rto»i£ o/" /ray, 
iter parents. 

PUN, PIN (§86) pron. pers. 2 s. 
du, thou. 

txnrua, «nnx n. f., s. c. tnnx: 

sf. 2 s. m. t]nnx ; 3 s. m. 

tnnrux, nnnx; p. nft, 
tjwj' sf. 2 p. m. ton^:': 

t - :' r : - : 

Frau, woman, wife. 

ttUX, ^n«, 1HN (§86) pron. 

2 p.m. ihr, «/ow. 
KDXvb.Pa.,Inf.+nKDN, "iDN; 

Pt. act. p. m. *)\BP_, iDD; 

1 s. fcU'DB: heilen, cwre. | 



90 ! 



k-i&k 



»a-i« 



Itpa., Pf. 1 s. 'DHK; 3 s.m. 

^DnN, s. f. tn^DRK; Impf. 
3 s.m. >E>rfr: pass. || x;dn 
n. m. , p. d. XDIDN: Arzt, 

' * -re : it 7 

physician. || 1DK n. f. 7 d. 
KniDN ; p. a. )\DX : Heilung, 
Heilmittel, cure , medica- 
ment. 
[K-JDKj n. m., sf. 1 p. n?*. : 
Polster, cushion, NHD '3, 
sf. 3 s. m. PT1D "»3: id. I 

•• : it I 

nBKK uns zu Haupten, by 

our head-side. 
[iODS] n., p. c. sf. 3 s. m. 

rT'DX: Nasenloch, nostril. 
KnSBDK v. "JDD. 
K^ttpDK (gr.) n. Fingerschnipp- 

chen, snapping with the 

thumb. 
*0"lj?DK (gr.) n. Segelstange, 

sail-yard. 
1DK vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. c. sf. 

3 s. f. nrriDX, 3 p. m. 

imn-iDK ; Pt. act. 1DX (1DK), 

p.'nbij'l s. KnDX; pass. 

s.f. KTDX: binden, fesseln, 

T • -; / 7 

beschworen, verbieten, bind, 
imprison , bind by spell, 
forbid. | Itpe., Impf. 1 s. 

IDRX; 3 s. m. lon^, f. 
IDnn : verboten werden, be 



forbidden. || XlDNn.m.Ent- 
sagungsgeliibde , binding 
obligation. || K11DK n. m. Ver- 
bot , Verbotenes , Siinde, 
prohibition, anything for- 
bidden, sin. 
XJnDK n. m. Nordwind, north- 

t t : • ' 

wind. 
[D^nDX aofievrjg adj.] vb. 

denom., Pf. 3 s f . KDJnx : 

siech werden, fall sick. 
XDK vb. Pe., Inf. KD^, 

sf. 3 p. m. irUB^; Pt. 

act. 1 p. ySN: backen, 

k:*IBN n. m. Palast, mansion. 

t : ' 

xnisK v. *pa. 
-]B« v. "jsn. 

^>BK vb. Af., Pt. act. 2 s. t^BKB : 
dunkel machen, darken. 

KDD1SX n. m. = fidhoajuov = 
Yebr.' Dfe>3. 

t t 

"ltt>'BK v. "IttfB. 

t : • 

xy32x v. y3x. 
KrntDpa v. itDp. 

[KT^pK] (gr.) n. m., p. H^i?« : 

Schliissel, key. 
*np« (gr.) n. Burg, citadel. 
«n j?np« (§4e) n.f.Frosch,/h#. 
N31X (§4e) n. f. Boot, foaf. 
V31S, ny r 31S v. V31. 



Ht^K 



ara 



91 



8HX n. m., p. +xtix, niN: 

t : - > * t- : -' •• : - 

Zeder, cedar. 

xrnx n. f., c. m> ; sf. 1 p. 
irnk ; p. *|rnx : Weg, Ge- 
wohnheit, way, habit nix 
Xinx Sitte, cwsto/w. nax 
nrpx beilaufig, by the tvay.\\ 
[xrniK n. m.], p. Tfiix: 
Reisender, Gast, traveller, 
wayfarer. 

"HX conj. weil, because. 

X"HX n. m. Lowe, Ziow. 

t : - ' 

[xnx] n.m., sf. 3 s.m. nnx: 

Krippe, sfotf. 
1- p* vb. Af., Impf. 2 s. m. 

1)Tin; 2 p.m. fclin; Pt.act. 

^"IJStp: 1. lang machen, 

prolong; 2. lang sein, be 

long. || tpx adj., p. WjK : : 

lang, /orc^. 
2 *pX. ?px adj. schieklich, 

proper. || tp_X vb. denom. 

Pe., Pt. act. 1 s. x:nx: 

x : r- t 

passend machen, zuberei- 

ten, make fit, prepare. 
HXD1X n. m. Heide, pagan. 
xnbDIX n. f. Witwe, widow. || 

wix, c. n^DIX n. f. 

Witwenschaft , widowhood. 

[apriK] (gr.) n. f., p. yjnx: 

Beutel, bag. 



^IX. «V r 1K n. f., sf. 1 p. 

+Xjy_1X; 2 s. m. ^npX, p. 

m. + lWlK ; p. xnyiX:Erde, 

Land, wtt, totf. 
2 yiX (§4<?) vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. 

m. yinx , f. x^nnx : sich 

ereignen, occur. 
Wx vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. m. c. 

"TC^X: vergieBen, shed. 
XlVtfX n. f., sf. 1 s. TPt^X; 

T 2 sJm. ^IVtfX: Wand, w«//. 
XPStfX (pers.), sf. 2 s. m. 

t]PStf X : Herberge, lodging. \\ 

XWPStfX, sf. 3 s. PUDPBtP'X: 

tt: r : -.' " T : f : \ 

Wirt, host, landlord. 
XtfX n. f. Feuer, fire. 
ItSte vb. Pa., Impf. 2 s. m. 

ItfXP; Imp. "lt^X: glauben, 

believe. 
nx v. n;x. 
xnx vb. Pe., Pf. l s. tTPnx, 

vix; l p. t l^nx, inx; 2 s. 

nvix, p. irvnx; 3 s. f. 

tnnx, x;nx, tjx; p. m. 

tyinx, f. ixrix; Impf. l p. 

wi 5 '3 p. t |in», in^: (in^) 5 

Imp. s. m. Xn , f. , fl ; p. m. 

inx, in; Inf. xnns, sf. 2 s. 

....7 7 T -•' 

m. ^ r n0)O; Pt. act. s. m. 
™/f. «;n«; p. m.t lr _X, 
inx ; 1 s. X^nx : kommen, 

r' t •• it 7 



92 : 



(1)1P\» — ^22 



come. | Af,, Pf. 1 s. VVK 
(TPK, et sic infra), sf. 

3 s. f. nnvv>K, 3 p.m. in:rv : K 

1 p.t^n;^ ; 2 s. m. rpim 
sf. 3 s. f.'nnVPK, 3 p. m 
imrprvK ; 3 s. m. "»rv»K , sf 

2 s. m. ?p r nx, 3 s. m. rrrvK 
(wia, nnwx); 3 s. f 
tnxvw, *^rvtf, sf. 3 s. m 
an;n'«, 3 p.m. tvn; s K, 1n$ 
(inK)J sf. 3 s.m. a w«, nrnk 

3 p T . m. ty^n/a," wivk 
Impf. l s. TPK;" 3 p. irv:,'sf. 
3 s. m. rnvo," 3 s. f. t «nin^ 

Imp.s.m. ^8, f. KIVK;p.m 

tuorpK, sf.*3 s. m. n^nx 
Inf. »inn< (\>in»), sf. 3 s. f. 

rpirvx, 3p.m. imMn^; pt 

act. s. m. W," f."«:nD 



p. m. +vn'», irvD, f-U^O; 
1 s. IWTPB: bringen, ein- 
schlieBen, herleiten, bring, 
include, derive. 

Q)in8 v. in: : N. 

Him n. m., c. inx ; sf. 1 p. 

T *jn_ns 5 3 s. f. ninx : Ort, 

place. || inn praep., sf. 2 s. 

m. !)"}na-, 3 s. m. ninSK; 

3 s. I frina, mnaa: 3 p. 

- : it ' - : it - ' x 

m. rinnnaN, irmna: nach, 

• - : it -' : - : it ' 

hinter, after. | Kina adj. 

d., p. m.'aona : f. d. annna : 

1 * - T : ;t 7 t : - : it ' 

p. f. d. xmrD : der letz- 

r tt it : it 

tere, letzte, the latter, last. \ 
1 inn 1 ? conj. nachdem, 
after. || ' irhx (= inx ^V.) : 
auf der Stelle, sofort, on 
f#£ sjtNtf, forthwith. 



a praep., sf. 1 s. s a ; 1 p. 13 ; 

2 s. m. 1)C03 , p. m. iaa ; 

3 s. m. na, s. f. na, p. m. 

ina , p. f. T13 : in, an, fiir, 
um, durch, in, into, for, by, 
with, through. 

•»B^a, ">bk3 v. ppx. 

1K3 .KT3 n. f., p. n;a : Grube, 

tf K3 . tt»3 adj., f. p. d. Nntf'3 : 



schlecht, bose, das Ubel, 
bad, evil, the evil. \ W*2 
n. f.Bosheit, malice. | nitf'3 
adv. bose, angrily. 
«aa n. m. (et f.?), c. 33: 
Tor, Tiir, gate, door. \ 
33K: an der Tiir, at the 

T _ ' 

door. 
nx^aa adj., p. ^33: Baby- 
lonier, Babylonian. 



-D'HS — b-J3 



93 ; 



"linn arab. = bidubr, mit 
dem Riicken, with the back. 

fTO vb. Pe., Pt. pass. s. f. 
Nn v 7:i: heiter, cheerful. | 
Pa., Impf. 2 s. m. c. sf. 1 s. 

•jrron ; Pt. act. l p. irrnno : 
erheitern, cheer, make 
laugh. | Itpa., Impf. 3 p. m. 
W33: pass. || «nnn n. m., 
p. TThS : Lnstigmacher, 
merry-maker. 

h'nz v. 7.. 

713 vb. denom. Af. , Inf. 

v'taK? : den Segenspruch 

am Sabbatausgang sagen, 

recite the benediction at 

the outgoing of the sabbath. 
P13 vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. c. sf. 3 s. 

m. .Trp*Q 1. njj?13 ; 3. p. m. 

tlpTa; Impf. Is. c. sf. 2 p. 

m. ft'yp/p* ; Inf. c. sf. 3 s. 

m. Hpnqp 1 ? ; Pt. pass. 2 pi. 

^IVp ,ta Q: prtifen, unter- 

suclien, try, examine. 
TO vb.Pa., Pf. Is. c. sf. 2 p. 

m. i3JfiTO ; Pt. pass. p. f. 

•p^SD: zerstreuen, scatter. 
nrD v. 'mx. 
nni vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. f. 

KnH2: sich fiirchten, be 

T -: it ' 

afraid. 



KJ^SiS n. m., p. , J 1 Si2 : junger 
Kiirbis, young pumpkin. 

N^Sia n. m. Lampe, to?/?. 

XU vb. Pa., Impf. 2 s. m. 
v 1Dn; Inf. c. sf. 3 s. m. 
rPi'D?: verachten, insult. 

y n vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. m. V ]? : 
spalten, cleave. || K^n n. m., 
pi. '•VtaOS) : Ritze,bffirang, 
c/e/if, r<?ft£ | KHto n. f. : id. 

pn vb. Pe., Inf. pHD : streuen, 
scatter. 

Kin v. ajnt. 

«nb v. yn". 

tfna vb. Pe., Pt. act. 1 s. 
XjBTQ: suchen, search. 

nun vb.Af., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 
2 s. m. TjntDnN: versichern, 
assure. 

[Xttttll] n. m., p. ^tsn: Fun- 
ken, spark. 

7tD3 vb. Pe., Pt. act. p. m. 
1 1^132: nichtigsein,#et;0^. | 
Pa., Pf. 3 p. m. c. sf. 3 s. f. 
Ptt7tsn ; Impf. 1 s. c. sf. 3 
s. m. n27tsni<; Inf. c. sf. 3 
s. m. n^itsn*?""; Pt. act. s. m. 

7tsnD, p. m." f V7.tsnp, 1 p. 
1^7t3np : miiBig machen, 
ungultig machen, make idle, 
make void. | Itpa., Imp. 3 



94 



waa 



a:a 



p. m.p^^: pass. || K^EQ 

n. m. , p. "»3VtD3 : MiiBig- 

ganger, idler. 
tP'B3 vb. Pe., stampfen, 

kick. 
13^3 (lat.) n. vivarium. 
1UH ^3 v. ^1. 

ni ■q v. in. 
a^n ^ v. «Wn. 

T T 

i-UPi s 3 v. NJjn. 

Kntf^D s 3 v. tW3. 

■p3, *:P2 praepos., sf. 1 p. 
t*U^3: 3 p.m.irp:^: zwi- 
schen, between. SS»3? no "pa 
zwischen dem Guten imd 
Bosen, between the good 
and the evil. || W2) ^JP3 
adv. dazwischen, between. 

WJ s 3 v. tWK. 

•x 

ano ^3 v. K1DK. 

Nn?;3i n. f., p. tv^?> T 3 . : 

Ei, e^. 

Nrp3 n. m., c. *3 ; sf. 2 s. m. 
}JV3; 3 s.m. PirP3; p. T13; 
sf. 2 p. m. Tbrai: Hans, 
house. | inrvni seine Frau, 
his wife. || rV3 vb. denom. 
Pa, Pf. 3 s.m. n3; 3p.m. 
^rP3; Inf. ri2p; iibernach- 
ten, joass £Ae night. 

rP3, *3 praep. zwischen, 



between, nn *3 zwei zu- 
sammen, ein Paar, a /?a£r. 
i03 vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s.m. rP33; 
Impf. 3 s. m. +.1^5 3p.m. 
tp^n;.; Pt. act. s. m. ^3, 
f. W33: p. m. *33, 133; 

T . T 7 Jr - t ' t ' 

weinen, ww/?. 

H33 v. XVj. 

«ji^3 (etym. ?) n. m. eingra- 
vierte Figur , impression. 

hhl vb. Itpalp., Impf. 3 s. m. 
^373?: vermischt werden, 
be confused. 

y?3 vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 
3 s.m. Piy?3, 3 s. f. Piy_?3; 
3 s. f. + ny_7_3; Pt. act. s.m. 
V^3, c. sf. 3 s. f. ny_73; 
2 s. ny_?3 ; pass. p. m. ^173 : 
verschlingen , swallow. \ 
Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. J>7_3K, 
s. f. K??3K, «^3« : pass. 

*U3 vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. t, n;:2, 
iVJS, ^3 ; 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 
p. f. Ml 33: 3 s. f. tnJ3: 
Impf. 1 s. c. sf. 3 s.m. rPJ3N ; ; 
Infin. n>:np^ c. sf. 3 p! f. 
MJJ3D7:'Pt. act. s. m. \D, 

...... . 7 .. T 7 

c.sf.3s.m.PP:3; ls.«J^3: 

- : IT ' T ■• |T 

bauen, build. || ^3 n. m. 
Baumeister, builder. || K£J3 
n. m. Gebaude, building. 



003 



ann 



95 



DD3 vb. Itpa., Infin. 'BiDaK*? 
('a 1 ?); Pt. p.m. »0MD: sicli 
berauschen, become drunk. \\ 
D'pa adj. suB, swee£ 

'plPpa (pers.) n. p. Polster, 
Teppiche, covers, rugs. 

HV r 2 vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. ^yn; 
T i P . +K^ya, tyya, pa-, 
2 p. m. UVya; 3 p. iya; 
Impf. 1 p. 'yaj'; 3 p. f liy^ 7 
i^; Inf. K^DD, W^; 
Imp. s. m. n?2; Pt. act.'s.'f. 

»;ya; P . m.>v.ya, +iiya, 
iya ; l s. iwya 2 s. rpya, 

2 p. l^vya ; pass. s. m. W : 
fragen, bitten, notig haben, 
ask, require. | Itpe., Pf. 3 

s. m. s yaK, s. f. x;V3N ; Impf. 

3 s. f. 'yip ; Pt. s.m.' ^(rtfa, 
f. K;ya&; p. m. tvyana, 
iyanp- l s. N^ya(n)p: 
pass. || »;yan. (f.),'sf. lp. 
"£ya_: Frage, question. 

.[*6yi] n. m., c. tya: Herr, 
master. | aaan ^yi, s f. 2 
s. m. ^nan^ya:" Feind, 
enemy. 

1 iya. [xmya] n. m., p. t^niya.- 

Fackel, fore/*. 

2 iya vb. Pa., imp. p. nya : 

entfernen, remove. 



"PSa adj. wenig, lacking; sq. 

"p weniger als, to 1 than. 

Kpa n. m., NHpa n. f. Miicke, 

It t ' t ' : it / 

gnat. 
Npa vb. Pe., Imp. s. 'pa: 
untersuchen, examine. 

ppa. Nj?a n. m., p. s pa_: Krug, 

pitcher. 
la (§136), c. ia_; d. *na; sf. 

1 s. + na, tia, na; 2 s.m. 
T]"ja ; s. f. T]ia ; s! f. rna ; 
p. t-jija, s :a, c. ^a; sf. is. 
^a; 2"s. f. t, a;.ai, ?.Ja 5 

2 p.m.ir : :a; 3s!m. + \"Tiia, 
PP:a; 3 p. m. i.TJa: Sohn, 
son. nia la sein Enkel, 
his grandson. | NJTia, c. 
na; sf. t^rna, +rna;" 2 s. 
m. t]nia; 3 s.'f. nrni; p. a. 
lR(V3R)»c-^ 7 d."«nja; 
sf. l s. 'nja ; l p. v™ 3 . : 
Tochter, daughter. 

x «ia Pe., Impf. 1 s. c. sf. 3 
s. m. n^a^t: erschaffen, 
create. | vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 
s. f. anax, p. iiax; Pt. 
2 s. nnanp: pass. || [«nna] 
n. f., p. *ttV"ia: Geschopf, 
creature. 

2 K"D vb. Pe., Pt. act. na: 
stark werden , become 



96* 



ai^a — K:n$ 



strong. | Itpe., Pf. 3 s. f. 

nax, xzhv rib nnx er 

genas, he became well. | 

Af., Imp. s. m. W3 S X 1. 

^ISK: nahren, nurse. 
KT13 n. m. Hagel, Eis, hail, 

ice. 
KT13 (gr.) n. m. Lederriemen, 

thong. 
KH13 n. m. Ziegenbock, he- 
goat. 
[NJin3](etym.?)n.m.,p.'»Jin3: 

gewalttatiger Mensch, r#&e/, 

outlaw. 
"]13 vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. 

!)i3J, 7]l3^ ; Pt. pass. ^13 ; 

sed nsitatius Pa., Pf. 1 s. 

^13, sf. 2 s. m. yp\y&, 

3 p. m. in:n3i3; l'p. 

^313, +1^13; 3 s. m. 

}13; 3 p. m. c. sf. 1 s. 

pi3; Impf. 1 s. ?]13S<, p. 

?]13J ; 3 s. m. c. sf. 1 s. 

P"in^ 5 3 p. m. c. sf. 2 s. m. 

r\mih : Inf. ^311 3 : Pt. act. 

' : it : ' it ' 

1 p. 1^3130: segnen, eine 



Benediktion sprechen, bless, 
say a benediction. || [N313] 
n. f., du. c. sf. 3 s. m. PP313 : 
Knie, knee. || Kn3l3 n. f., 

p. d. Kn3i3: Segen, bless- 
ing, benediction. 

D13 v. 113. 

Kp13 (nfn) (pers.) : vortreff- 
lich, excellent. 

113 . 13 adj., d. X13 : drauBen, 
auBenstehend, freies Feld, 
AuBenseite, on the outside, 
external, field, peel. | ^13 
adj., s. f. d. «nn3, p. f. d. 
KJV13: auBerer, external. I 

TT IT T ' I 

troh, n38(D)adv.: drau- 
Ben, outside. | -JD 13, "jp 13 1 ? : 
auBer, except. | D13, X13K: 
aber, fiirwahr, but, of a 
truth. 

N1fe>3 n. m. Fleisch, meat, flesh. 

^'3 vb. Pa., Imp. s. f. ^>#3 : 
kochen, seethe. 

tP't5j3 n. m. Bergraute, wild rue. 

Kn^irs n. f. Jungfrau, virgin. 

1D3 v.'nIP.X. 



«3^ vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p. t«|i3^ ; 
Inf. K3JID^ ; Pt. act. 2 s. f. 

t : • : / 

JV3-! (n^3-l) : erheben, col- 

"T v T ;t' i 



led. | Af., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 
3 s. m. H3JX ; Pt. act. 1 p. 
1^3^, 1. "=Pe.; 2. em- 



^ns 



&m*s 



97 



kassieren lassen, order col- 
lected. 

iaaa.xnaa n. f. Rohr, tube. 

2 3aa . [«ni n. f.], p. s aa : ab- 
geschnittenes Stuck, apiece 
cut off". 

3 aaa. X22Zn.m.Flockfm, flake. 

naa vb. Af., Pt. 2 p. IFPiiaao : 
erheben, fi/if wjp. 

^>aa vb. Pe., Pt. pass, ^aa: 
kneten, knead. 

~iaa n. m., d. JOaa ; sf. 1 s. 

naa, 3 s. f. rnaa, *qaa_; 
p. tinna , t^aa, naa, naa ; 

sf. 2 p. f. >anha : Mann, 

»i#ra, husband. || xn^aa n. f., 

sf. 3 s. m. "fniaa :' Macht, 

power. 
1 X ta ia . xna n. m. Bockchen, 

kid. 
2 >navb.Af.,3s.m.c.sf.3s.m. 

rn.3X: auswerfen, cast up. 
1 m . X^-l n. m. Geschick, 

fortune. 
2 na . *na (X^a) n. m. Wand, 

Uferwand, wall, bank of a 

river, shore. 
3 "TO . X^aa n. m. Bande, band, 

troop. 
^n vb. Pe., Pt. act. 1 s. 

xaVra: flechten, twine. 

Mar go! is, Chr. Bal>. Talm. 



XSla_ (XSa) n. m., p. sf. 3 p. 

irPSfTjl: Fliigel, wing. 
^ijl'l'^ (pers.) n. m., p.t ^pini a : 

Tragsessel, /#ter. 
[U] iaa praep., sf. 2 s. f. 

^anaa, tpua, p. m. ia^aa; 

3 s. f." maa," p. m. irnaa": 

innerhalb, in, within, in. | 
ia? praep., sf. 3 s. m. Hja? : 
in, into. | lap praep. infolge, 
0ft account of. | 1 iap conj. 
infolgedessen daB, because. 
|| ^. adj., p. f. d. KTIjy: 
innerer, inner. 

Xtta n. m. Eunuch, eunuch. 

X^Tia n. m., p. d. tx^iia: 

TT | 7 JT T "|T 

junge Taube, pigeon. 
XJia (aaia) (pers.) n. m. Farbe, 

color. | liaa praep. wie, like. 

XJia TD : auf diese Weise, 

in this manner. 
DU vb. Pe., Pt. act. DM : dreist 

sein, be bold. 
XSU n. m., sf. 3 s. m. P1DU: 

T ' 

Korper , Person , Wesen, 
body, person, essence. | Kin 
PlDU er selbst, himself. 
ia'BU max ibr selbst, yowr- 

fia adj., f. XXtt: klein, small. 
XliM n. m. == hebr. la. 



98 : 



&W3 — ^ 



Nn-li^ n. f. | TO vb. denom. 
Itpa., 3 s. m. T3K: Pro- 
selyt werden, become a 
proselyte. 
Ktt, NTJ-i (pers.) n. m. Schatz, 
treasure. KUJ '•a Schatz- 

t : • 

haus, treasury. || 113 vb. 
denom. Pe., Pt. pass. s. 
f. N!\33: aufheben, store 

713 vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 

3 s. m. HW, P17T3, FPti; 

3 p. m. tvi^ s f. 3 p. m . 

rmn, 3p.f. ^[JjlU; Impf. 

1 s. c. sf. 2 s. m. ^JUK; 

3 p. m. Itt*? (113*?), ttii*?; 

Pt. act. Til, 1T3, "p. m. ^3: 

scheren, abschneiden, cut, 

cut off. || KP73 n. m., p. 

\P?3 : Stuck, piece. 
Dtt vb. Pe., Pt. act. DjT3: 

drohen, threaten. 
"TO vb. Pe., Inf. 1UD>; Pt. 

act. p.m. nT3: beschliefien, 

Jr ■ : it ' 

anordnen, determine upon, 
order. II xm ?3 : BeschluB, 

II T :r - . 7 

Dekret 7 decree. 
7,113 vb. Pe., Imp. ]n-j: sich 

beugen, &0/i> tfaww. 
KD\3 n - m. Rauberscliar, frawd' 

of robbers. 



*6a vb. Pe., 1 s. ^3; 1 p. 
^1^3; 2 p. +7,^3; Impf. 

1 s. ^3N ; Pt. pass. p. m. 
y?i\ : 1. offenbar machen, 
reveal; 2. in die Verban- 
nung gehen, go into exile. | 
Itpe., Pf. 3 s. f. ^3K, p. f. 
+1 T 7^<: geofFenbart werden, 
be revealed. | Pa., Pf. 3 s. 
m. c. sf. 3 s. f. K^>3; Impf. 

2 p. m. i^F); Inf. "fe ; 
Pt.pl.m. 1^B; Is. W^O; 
entblofien, offenbaren, ww- 
cwer, reveal. 

lh* vb. Pe., Pt. pass. pi. 
m. + VT^: mit Eis iiber- 
zogen, covered with ice, 
congealed. 

N3^3 ('fcj) n. m., p. ^3: 
Name eines kleinen Fisches, 
« certain small fish. 

X W>3 .*^3 n. m. Welle, wave. \\ 
N^3 n. m., p. ^3: diirres 
Gras , dried grass. || Kn^>3 
n. f. Mantel, c/oa&. II x9?i 
n. m. Stein, stone. || [p?!)] 
adj., f. d. tfn^y?3 : klumpen- 
formig, in lumps. \\ fcfefe 
■('7a) n. m. Rad, ra^ee/. || 
i&lhz Chz) n. m. Augapfel, 
apple of the eye. || NFi^il 



Wa — n» 



99 : 



n. f. id. || [KnfeiDj (hebr.), 

p. ^D: Rolle,' scroll. 
*bh*. K^ n. m., p. ^3: Ttir, 

door. 
n *{ t-t n - m - d. Galilaer, 6ta#- 

lean. 
Nft v3 n « m - 7 P- c - sf. 3 p. m. 

inn?^: Mantel, cloak. 
rhpi-wl m. f., sf. 1 p. )hp$: 

Kamel, camel. || [)hn$] 

adj., f. d. Kn^tM: groB, 

large. 
bto* vb. Pe., Pt. act. c. bo* : 

7 "T 

vergelten, antun, requite, 
deal out, do. V1PH ^ 
der Wohltaten erweist, a 
doer of kindnesses. 

OfcM vb. Palp., Pt. act. patMB: 
stottern, stammer. 

^DJl vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s. m. nim ; 
Impf. 3 s. m. IbA; inf. 
1W» ; Pt. pass. s. m. TD-i, 
p. m. n*tM; 1 s. k:tb3, 

2 s. RTQJ: lernen, learn. | 
Af., Impf. 1 s. c. sf. 2 s. m. 
IJIDAK ; 3 s. m. c. sf. 1 s. 
W$>. ; 3 p. m. c. sf. 1 p. 
IJntM: 5 Imper. p. m. ntMN ; 

inf. nio^K, sf. i s. ii[i]w^, 

3 s. m. niiD.IK 1 ? : unterrich- 
ten, instruct. 



2 im [xniD)] n. f., p . npa: 

Koble, coa/. 
^n vb. Pe., Impf. 2 s. m. 
^fi; Imp. W- Pt. s. m. 
">ji, p.m.p-1, ii-1: ls.NJ^3: 

••T' r l-T? T' T "IT 

schlafen, sleep. | Af., Pf. 

1 s. c. sf. 3 s. m. nn^K ; 
3 s. f c. sf. 3 s.m. nn\ttN; 
Imp. >JJK, sf. 1 s. iyi«; 
Inf. c. sf. 3 s. f. niiJ^ ; 
Pt. p. m. UJD: 1 s. KJ^D: 

A . - 7 T .. . - 

zu Bett legen, put to bed. 
2 KJJ vb. Itpa., Inf. tKjMO; 

Pt. s. f. K^D: beschamt 

werden, haBlich sein, be 

ashamed, be ugly. 
x n^. [annja] n. f., sf. 3 s. m. 

nn^j-i: Schwanz, tail. 
2 m [itta] n. m., sf. 3 s. m. 

nsa : Riicken, #ac&. | <2tf (3, ^) 

praep., sf. 1 s. m. '•a^; 

lp. 133; 2 B.m. 30)*$ 5 

2 p. m. i^33(3); 3 s. m. 
*2ia, ^3 A: bei, zu, with, 
to. | 33X praep. wegen, arc 
account of. | "n n3« conj. 
wahrend, «?Me. | *! 33"^ V_ *]K 
conj. obgleich, although. 

3 :m vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p. m. 
ni&; Imp. 3J3; Pt. act. 
p. m. ^33 a : stehlen, steal. I 



100 : 



-nan — e h ^ 



Itpe. , Pt. 3JU0 , p. *nw» : 
pass. | Pa., Pt. act. p. m. 

U^O : = Pe. II *tt33 n. m., 

:~ : II tt- / 

p. rnsa : Dieb, thief. | tf n 
^4 : Anfiihrer von Dieben, 
cto/* of thieves. 
11M vb., Impf. 3 s. m. "TOIl: 
rollen, ro//. | It., Pt.Tuio: 



m v. KW. 

T - 

P vb. Af., Inf. ^j-ix ; Pt. act. 

pass. s. f. K^C»)t3 1. >d]D, 
p.i^ft : beschtitzen, protect. || 
NIJ3-1 n. f. Garten, garden. | 
naO-5 n. m., p. W-l : Gart- 

TT • 7 X" „ T . 

ner, gardener. || KJjJ (*3) 
n. m.: Brautgemach, bridal 
chamber. | pa vb. denom. 
Pe., Pt. act. 2 p. "huv^: 

X ' P IT 

das Brautgemach her- 

stellen, build the bridal 

chamber. 
DD3 . XD-l n. m. Seite, side. 
KJS3 n. m., p. ->:?*: Rebe, 

Weinstock, vine. | XJEtt lay : 

Baumwolle, cotton. 
X"U vb. Pa., Impf. 2 s. m. 

^jF] : reizen, incite. | Itpa., 

Pf. 3 p. m. 11JK; Impf. 

2 s. m. n-inn: streiten. 



contend. || injn n.m.Streit, 

quarrel. 
y*ti vb. Pe., Pt. act. p. m. 

U13 : gefangen nehmen, 

fa#£ captive. 
Knia. (pers.) n. m. , p. iznil : 

Krug, pitcher. 
vrrhpZ ('.J, 'Va) (gr.) n. m., 

p. HT: Rube, turnip, 
KTiTli! n. m. Rauke, water- 
cress ■, rocket. 
TH vb. Pa., Pf. 2 s. m. c. sf. 

3 s. m. nnTia : kratzen, 

•• :i-t ' 

scratch. | XT)-! n. m. Stump f, 

stump. 
PlKTia (gr.) n. m. , p. W13 : 

Weber, weaver. 
ItX'Vi (pers.) n. m. s., p. d. 

twyna : ein MaB, a measure 

t- p : / 

J DTl . XB-13 n. m., sf. 3 s. m. 

atria; p. ^a; sf. 3 s. m. 

n^D"!^: Knochen, &0tt£. 
2 D-n vb. Pe., Pt. act. DT3: 

verursachen, cause. 
™ n. m., p. TO : Elle, 

CW&7. 

D"U vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p. m. 
HTia:: Pt. act. s. m. Dia, 

: : • ' »t' 

p. m/pl [A: studieren, study. || 
KDia n. m., Studium, study. 



na 



aias* 



101 



V~& vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s. m. c. sf. 

3 s. m. Pinyi^ : scheren, cut 

(the hair). 
1 "11^ vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. 

c' sf. 3 s. m. nTUJ; Inf. 

"n^ft: schleppen, ziehen, 

dhj^, draw. 
2 TD . jna n. m., sf. 3 s. m. 

™5 P- "H/l? sf - ! s - ^. : 
Pfeil, arrow, || riM-J n. m.: 
Pfeilniacher, arrow-maker. 
fen:i vb. Pa., Pt. act. 2 p. 
^fcnjft : zermalmen, grt'/u/. 



tB^IJ (hebr.) vb. Pa., Pf. 1 s. c. 

sf. 2 s. f.^nttna; Pt. act. 
2 s. ntf-UB: scheiden, di- 

: - :it : ' 

vorce. 
XjPJBtt^l (pers.) n. m. Siegel- 

ring, seal ring. 
*ngtf3 (pers.) n. m. Kleie, 

bran. 
KJttfo n. m., p. nBft : Briicke, 

bridge. 
BW:i vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. 

sf. 3 s. m. ff&tifz, PPtfa: be- 

tasten, /owc/a, /fee/. 



1 v. n 

*n (§9fl) pron. dem. s. f. 
diese, /Aw. 

3*n vb. Pe., Pt. act. )&} : be- 
sorgt sein, be anxious, con- 
cerned. 

^m . «nin (§176) n.m.(f.) 
Pliege, fly. 

2 nm . K^l n. m., p. ^ : Bar, 
bear. 

xn:n n. m. = noBn an. || 

Xn^Q n. m. Altar, al- 
tar. 
pm vb. Itpe., Pf. 1 s. '•pn^K; 
1 p. tx:pnnx; Pt. p2^2: 
anhangen, ankleben, cleave, 



adhere. | Pa.,Pt. pass, palp : 
angeheftet, clinging. 

1 im . KTOT (hebr.) n. m., 3 
p. m. irnian: Wort, Aus- 
spruch, word, utterance. 

2 1T\ vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 
3 s. m. m, 3 p. m. inrm ; 
Pt. act. s. c. sf. 3 p. in:-D;J: 
fiihren, den Brauch haben, 
lead, be accustomed. | Pa., 
Pt. act. p. naiO: leiten, 
guide. || *o:T[ n. m. Feld, 
field. || inaVp n.m.Wuste, 
wilderness. || NJ1B1D n. m. 

I' t t : - : 

Fiihrer, leader. 
XNfpn n. m. Honig, honey. 



102* 



aba* 



*^, *i 



K?^ n. m. Liigner, liar. 

Kin'l n. m. Gold, #o/d. 

pVvb. Itpe., Imp. in mX : fett 
werden, become fat. || [1W] 
adj., d. JOVn: fett, /«*. 

in vb. Pe./lmpf. 1 s. ]X1K: 
fortfabren, go on, continue. 

pn (= yr\) vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. 
m. c. sf. 3 s. m. rp!H; 3 s. 
f. c. sf. 3 s. f. nniH: ein- 

- :it 

stecken, thrust in. 

p>H vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. pi ; 
Pt. act. pal, p^l ; pass. s. f. 
Ngn, p. m. '•pn : sorgfaltig 
betracbten, genau sein, 
observe carefully, be exact; 
Pt. pass, genau erwiesen, 
nach der genauen Inter- 
pretation iibereinstimmend 
mit, proved with exactness; 
when correctly interpreted, 
in agreement with. 

1- in vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. t^nn; 
Impf. 2 s. m. t-inn; Inf. 
"Tin ; Pt. act. s. m. Tl, f- 

t: it' ^ -:it' t : i-t" 

KJTl: wohnen, dwell. I 

t :-it ' I 

Itpe., Pt. TIRO wohnbar, 
habitable. II Nnm n. f., sf. 

11 t :it ' 

3 s. m. niYYjJ: Hof, cflwr/. || 
ni ^ Hurde , sheepfold. || 



ion n. m. Dorf, village. || 
Nl^l n. m. Herberge, inn. || 
HiWl n. m., p. W?l: 
Gastwirt, inn-keeper. || Nil 
n. m., p. ni: Gescblecht, 
generation. || K"n n. m., p. 
"•TJ: Reihe, row. 

2 in Vb. Pa., Pf. 3 p. sf. 3 s. 
m. nVTH; Pt. act. THD: 
einbolen, overtake. 

Iim (gr.) n. m. Gabe, ^//if. 

Km vb. Pe., Imp. Til: stofien, 
/?ws^. || Af., Pt. act. p. m. 
+im.O: id. 

^m vb. Pe., Impf. 2 s. f. 

(D^mn; pt. act. *rn, p. 

(D^nj: fiirchten, fear. 
p]m vb. Pe., Inf. c. sf. 3 s. m. 

nsmp^: stoBen, push. 
yr\l vb! Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 

3 s. m. P!Sn/T: einstecken, 

thrust in. 
pm vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p. m. c. 

sf. 3 s. m. niprrn; Pt. act. 
p. m. '•prn ; pass. s. m. pTTI, 
f. Kp^rH: drangen, crowd, 
push;Ft.ip9LS$. eng, straiten- 
ed. || Kgrn (agrn) n. m. Ge- 
drange, Bedrangnis, crowd- 
ing, distress. 
+ n, 1 nota relationis (§70), 



sb** — S&1 



103 s 



conj. (§71). | "Vt v. V; 

-rn v. t. 

X?H n. m. Staatsdiener (insbes. 
Steuereinnehmer) , public 
official (esp. tax-gatherer). 

XD^T v. HD. 

Vi'l'n vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. 
VI 1 ?., Tk., in:; Imp. s.m. 
"JH , p. m. UH : richten, 
judge. | Itpe., Pf. 3 p. 
inna; Pt. s. f. *onnp: 

pass. | Pa., Impf. 3 p. m. 
UH> : , sf. 3 s. m. m; 
Imp. c. sf. 3 s. m. nj^; 
Inf. c. sf. 3 s. m. POTD 1 ? : 

••t - : • 

= Pe. || V"! n. m., d. KJ'H; 
sf. 1 p. t*u;vi: Gericht, 
Prozefi, Gesetz, cowrf, /«w- 
smY, /aw. | iOH3 adv. mit 
Recht, rightfully. \ XVI ^ 
Gerichtshof, court of justice. 
|| i;T n. m., a. *OT : Rich- 
ter , judge. || KnJHD n. f., 
p. KTI3HO : Bezirk, district, 

r tt |- : ' y 

province. 
xin n. m., p. t)n:n, nn: 

denarius. 
pSDH n. m. Sanfte, litter. 
SOT vb. Itpa., Pf. 3 s. m. WK. : 

abgetan sein, be gone. 
S !H (§9/") pron. dem. s. m. 



jener, that. 'Sir "HD der 
Herr jenes (Windes), the 
Lord of that (wind). 

Kn-n n. f., a. ^1; sf. 3 s. m. 
pilW: Ort, Stelle, place. 

"i:n vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. c. 
sf. 2 s. m. +^ri3T., ^"J 3 .^.; 
Pt. pass. p. m. "H^, 1 s. 
KJT^T : eingedenk sein, 
remember. | Itpe., Pf. 2 p. 
t'pn'WK: sich erinnern, 
remember. | Af., Pf. 2 s. m. 
c. sf. l s. irrjrix; Inf. 
"HiS*!*?^: erinnern, remind; 
sq. 1 erwahnen, make 
mention. II KJW n. m., c. 

11 tt : •. ' 

"JW : Andenken, memorial. 
*h*l vb. Pe., Pt. act. 1 s. 
*yh%, 2 s. n^V, pass. p. 
m. iV 7 !: schopfen, erheben, 
draw, lift. | Itpe., Pf. 3 s. 
m. *h/lX ; Pt. ^ID : sich er- 
heben, hoch sein, be lifted, 
be high. | Pa., Pf. 3 s. m. 
^], sf. 1 p. "JJ^n, 3 s.m. 

•T.^» 3 P- 1n ^5 3 s - f - 
*o£] ; 3 p. c. sf. 3 s. m. 
nj^Imp.^,^!, p.1^T: 
erheben, wegnehmen, lift 
up, take away, deduct. || 
N^T n. m. Hohe, height. 



104 : 



^ 



KoiTn 



hh*l vb. Pe., Impf. 2 s. m. 

^1H: spinnen, spin. 
phi vb. Af., Pf. 3 a-m-p^TH; 

3 p. lp*?lK ; Pt. act. p^ip, 

p. m. *p.?.T? : anztinden, 

light, kindle. 
D1 (§13&)n. m., d. KOT; sf. 

2 s. m. !]D1 : Blut, W00& 
KOI vb. Pe., Pt. act. *B1, p. 

m. iftl, f-tjpl: gleich sein, 

be like. I '•on ">£ : ist es denn 

I .. T 

gleich ? is it at all like (the 
case mentioned)? | Itpe., 
Pf. 3 s. m. WN : in der 
Gestalt von . . . erscheinen, 
appear in the likeness of. | 
Pa., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. 
m. rr>.p1; Pt. pass. p. f. 
IJpip : vergleichen, als . . . 
vorstellen, liken, imagine. \\ 
W n. p. m., c. W ; sf. 3 p. 
iJTpl : Preis , equivalent, 
price. 

TjlDI adj., p. m. 'DID 1 ! : schla- 
fend, sleeping. 

[xnypi] n. f., p. ->Vp/[ et 
mycn ; sf. 3 s. m. rpypi : 

Trane, tear. 

H? If! (§9 fl ) pron. dem. s. m. 

dieser, this. 
nJI . Nrpip n. m. Osten, east. 



pi . KJ1 n. m., p. >F\: FaB, 

wine -jar. 
*0)flpi (pers.) n. m. Portion, 

portion. 

piyi v. ppi. 
anyi v. yi\ 

p|B1 . KB1 n. m. Brett, board. 

K?p1 n. m. Dattelpalme, palm- 
tree. 

K?^p1 n. m, Korb, basket. 

>Op1 n. m. Bart, beard. 

ppi vb. Pe., Imp. pi ; Pt. pass. 
pH: zermalmen, ^n«^. | 
pIlP^I adj., s. f. d. Xnplpl, 
p. m. +Vpiyi (§4ft) : "klein, 
small. ^Ill : kleine Kin- 
der, small children. 

Ipl vb. Pe., Inf. c. sf. 3 s. 
m. niplp?: durchbohren, 
pierce through. 

xii v. in. 

T X 

Nil vb. Pe., Pt. act. m, 2 s. 

mil (nni) : tragen, carry. 
X311 n. m. Stufe, step. 
[N111] n. m., p. d. t«jT|i : 

Hefe, dregs. 
pill v. ppl. 
*C11 n. m. Weg, way. 
XDiTJ (hebr.) n. m. Siiden, 

sowtf*. | Dllvb.denom.Af., 

Imp. p. 1B118 ; Inf. *Di11K : 



wipT5 — ^H 



105 : 



sicli siid warts wenden, turn 
towards the south. 

X3ip"H fe r O n - m * Drache, 
dragon. 

t&hn vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 
3 s. f. ne/Tl ; p. m. Vfm ; 
Impf. 2 p. 1 ]}tf"l fTO: 1. den 
Schrifttext erklaren, inter- 
pret the Scriptural text; 
2. vortragen (im allgemei- 



nen), deliver in public (in 

general). || KtfT]&r3: Haus 

desVortrages,Scnule,sc^00/. 
itftfl . Xtift n. m. (f.?): Tiir, 

Tor, door, gate. 
2 tWn vb. Af., Pf. 3 s. m. 

t&^X : schweigen, be silent. 
NJn^'T (pers.) n. f. menstruie- 

rendes Weib, menstruating 

woman. 



n part, interr. = num. | N?n 
= nonne. 

w, l (§9c) pron. dem. s. f. 
diese, this; im neutrischen 
Sinne (in a neuter sense): 
dieses, this. || XH, "H interj. 
siehe, behold. |] xrn conj. 
weil, because. 

wixn v. my. 

TT -|T 

tJKH (§9/*) pron. dem. s. m. 

jener, that. 
vhpT\ n. m. Hauch, Dampf, 

breath, vapor. 
VT\17\ n. m. Finsternis, dark- 

t : - ' 

ness. 
N-JH (§9a) pron. dem. s. f. 
diese, this. 

mn v. /ta rn«. 

•• t -; 

m v. 'in**. 



NHH . JOTO adv. ausdriick- 

lich, explicitly. 
X)7\ (§9a) pron. dem. s. m. 

dieser, this. 

Tin vb. Pe., Pf. l p. +Krnn, 
t^nin,i"nn; 2s.m.rrnn'; 

Impf. 1 s. TVIK ; 3 p. m. 

\r\nh , -inrrV ; ' inf. 'vpph ; 
Pt." act. Tin,' Tin, f. join, 

-■t" - t» t :it' 

p. m. 'Tin ; 1 s. arm : zu- 

r • : it 7 t : - it 

riickkehren, return; sq. a 
seinen Sinn andern, change 
one's mind; sq.h umringen, 
encircle. | Tin adv. wieder- 
um, again. | Pa., Pf. 1 p. 
"^TFl 1 zuriickerstatten, 
restore. | Af., 1 s. 'TinK, 
sf. 3 p. m. imniTW ; 2 s. 
m. nTTHK ; 3 s. m. TTIX, 



106 : 



&«nn 



pin 



f. XTinX; 3 p. m. c. sf.3p. 
m. irumnx ; Impf. 3 s. m. 

"»t£,' ^nj, Tin^, sf. 3 s. 
m. niTl? ; Imp. s. m. c. sf. 

3 s. f. nnnnx ; inf. nn-w 5 

Pt. act. T1HD ; 1 s. KJTirip : 
zuriickerstatten, wiederher- 
stellen, erwidern, betteln, 
restore, reply, beg. || *ainnp 
n. m. Bettler, beggar. 

sinn m., >onn f. (§9/") pron. 
dem. jener, jene, that 

Sin m., KVT f. (§8£) pron. 
pers. 3 s. er, fo; sie, she.\\ 
N1JTT73: was es nur ist, 
tvhatever it may be. || ^3 
adv. nur so, zwecklos, only 
so, without aim. | *H33 adv. 
um nichts, for nothing. || 
H3D conj. da, smc£. 

[^H] fe r n. m., p. \wn: 
Dromedar, dromedary. 

nin vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. +mn, 
T,, in; 1 p. f s^)n, t^ijn, 

V.1.1; 2 p. m.t^in; 3 b"! 

tnin, mn, *ri; 3 p. m. 

iin;"3 p'f.'^in- Impf. 2 s. 

1 p. s ?n?; 2 p. m. iinri; 

3 s. m. tvjrp, ti,T ? ^, 

vp. ; 3 s. f. '^nn, srin ; 3 p. 



m. inj; Imp. '•in, p. iin; 
Inf. \inD ; Pt. act." s. m. "»in, 

f. K'in- p. m. in, f. pn: 

T : |T 1 r T' 'T : |T ' 

1 s. *win, p. irwi: 2 s. 

T •• IT ' ■*■ " IT ' 

n^n : sein, be. I X^n Np "•£ 

»t 7 I t:it >t - 

n^V: wie geht es ihm? 

how is he faring ? \ 1 ">n J 

conj. wenn auch, even if. | 

arpp, njyp, i.Tp adv. jeden- 

falls, a/ a// events. | .Tin 

c. Pt. cf. §58^. 
X£in n. m. Palmblattchen, 

spalhe of a palm. 
[xnoin] n. f. , p. ''ptn : eine 

gewisse Dornart, a species 

of thorns. 
njn pers. hazar = 1000. 
"•n (§9c) pron. dem. s. m. die- 

ser, this. 
T7 (§llc) pron. interr. wel- 

cher? which? 
[XT\m] , p. *m (nn) : eine 

gewisse Dornart, a species 

of thorns. 
X3\n adv. wo? where? | 

K3VIB : woher ? whence ? I 

n K3\~I conj. wo, where. 
OVl adv. wie? how? | ^n '3 

n conj. damit, in order 

that. 
p>n v. px. 



wn 



107 



WT\ m., '•rn f. (§9rf): das ist, 

«Y is. 
^I'l (§9/) pron. dem. s. f. jene, 

that. 
XDH adv. hier, /tere. I *on& : 

von hier, hence. 
■OH adv. so, so. I >Dn 12: 

• T 7 I - T 

fahig dessen und dessen, 
capable of this and that. 

yhft (§9a) pron. dem. pi. diese, 
these. 

"j^n vb. Pe., Imp. 1\h : gehen, 
go. | Pa., Pt. act. ^H»: 
wandeln,wa//r. || Kn^Hn.f. 
Branch, Rechtssatz, Rechts- 
entscheidung, custom, law, 
legal utterance, legal de- 
cision. 

vM?T\ n. m., p. *h\hr\: Fest- 
lichkeit , Hochzeit , feast, 
wedding feast. | *M?T\ '•a, 
^n s n id. 

vhbn (hebr.) n. m. : HiOSB 'n 

T = Ps. 113—118. 
wn- vb. itpe., Pf. 2 s. n^nnx ; 

Impf. 1 s. ^nrx : geniefien, 

efyty | Af., Pf. 1 s. 'OHX; 

2 s. rvritf ; 3 s. m. M/IK ; 

Pt. act. s. m. '•IIB, p. f. 



1^nt3 : Nutzen bringen, 
fteni?/?*. || Kivri n. f., sf. 
3 s. f. Pirvn": Nutzen, 

- : ix -: i 

benefit. 
nKTTO n. m. indisch, Hindoo. 

xx : : • ' 

)nin (§9/*) pron. dem. pi. jene, 

those. 
•on (§9c) pron. dem. pi. diese, 

these. 
Sjjn (§9/*) pron. dem. pi. jene, 

WBpn v. "TDD. 

"jSH ("JB«) vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. 
trDSK; Impf. 2 s. m. TjS^n; 
Imp. T)Dn, TJBK: wenden, 
sich beschaftigen mit, turn, 
busy oneself with. | Itpe., 
Pf. 3 s. m. t]pnn«; 3 p.m. 
"hDSnriK: sich wenden, sich 
verwandeln, turn about, be 
changed. 

aofcen v. ipD. 

IT! vb. Palp., Pf. 3 s. m. 
ITIH: nachdenken, mwse. 

XJDin (pers.) n. m. Dekret, 
decree. 

aWDTl n. m. Gericht von zer- 

t t : - 

schnittenen Fischen, fish- 
hash. 



108* 



"lBIT 



H conj. und, aber; and, but. 
"•J interj. wehe, woe. 

hi v. ih\ 



^T 1 ! (pers.) n. m. Rose, rose. | 
XJ"»T11 n. m. Rosenstraucli, 
rose-bush. 



vh^l n. m. (f.) Spaten, spade. 
127 vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. «02T, sf. 

3 s. f. anj3T (nn\n7_);"2 s. 

m. PU27 ; 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. 
m. HJ27_; Impf. 2 p. m. 

t'jn^n", min; 3 s. m. 

)lh'] Imp. i"il, 127; Inf. 
l^tD 1 ?; Pt. act. s. m. 127: 
kaufen, &&?/. | Pa., Pf. 1 s. 
">j27; 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. f. 
PU27_, 3 p. m. iim-H; Impf. 
2 s'.m. 127_n; 3 p. is. sf. 3 p. 
inj^SlJ ; Imp. 127, p. U27 ; 
Inf. c. sf. 3 s. m. nJl3^, 

f. HM27 1 ?, p. m . insist!?, 

p. f. ™i2T; Pt. act.' s.'m. 

127tt, f." rU3TD; 1 s. X33JO 
(«:J27D) : V s'. c. sf. 2 V. f! 
nnJ27D: verkaufen, sell. | 
Itpa.,Pf. 3 s. m. l^TK; 
Impf. 3 p. UM 1 ? ; Pt. l' p. 
U , ^0,2B.n3MO: pass. || 
*q*3i n . m.,' sf." 2 s. m. 
^27'; p. ^27, sf. 2 p. 



73^27 : Kauf , purchase. || 
^72.7 n. m. Kaufer, buyer. 

*Oi27 n. m., Xrni27 n. f., p. 
ni27, Kn-Ji27: T Wespe,w«^?. 

^17 vb. Pe., Pt. pass. 2P7, ^l : 
klar, clear. || K|7D n. m., 
p. Vllft: Becher, cwj9. 

im vb. Itpe., Impf. 3 s. m. 
tWr; Inf. ninnm^: vor- 
siehtig sein, take care. || 
Af., Pf. 1 s. c. sf. 2 s. m. 
^PiniX : verwarnen , fore- 
warn, admonish. 

X17. XD>7 7 n. f. Winkel, corner. 

XM7 n. m., p. \>fi\ Paar, pair. 

KTJ] n. m., p. +P41: Reise- 
kost, provision for a journey; 
p. HI}] V| Sterbekleid,^rowtf. 

X777 n. m^'p. \777, sf. 1 s. ^7: 
Silberdenar, silver denarius; 
p. Geld, money. 

-IB77 vb. It., Pf. 3 s.m. "IBHX; 
Pt. s, f. KltoinTD: klein 
werden, erscheinen, be or 



lit — Mat 



109 s 



seem small. || noil adj., d. 
mail, KtDii : f. xntDiT , d. 

'fTltDil; p. m. naif, >Dil, 

1 p. yntDil: klein, s/raa//. 

]tt vb. Pe., Inf. "jlD; Pt. act. 

ls.KSM (NJJ'T): ernahren, 

ti"t >> t :r*T' ' 

feed. | Itpe., Impf. 3 p. 

^jn:: pass. || JOilD n. m., 

sf. 3 s. m. PUitp ; p. ^iip, 

sf. 2 p. m. i^JiTD: Speise, 

food. 
yn vb. Itpalp., Pf. 3 s. f. 

*?W™ : beben, #w«A:£. 
KJJ^O?) (pers.) n. m. Zoll- 

haus, customs house. 
"jnvi adj. strahlend, bright. 
XW\ n. f., p. c. sf. 3 s. m. 

rrEPl: Nasenloch, nostril. 
f)n vb. Pe., Pt. pass. d. NDn : 

falschen, falsify. || XD*i n. 

m. = Wt = «JS»7 : Fal- 

t:- tt: _ 

scher, falsifier. 
XP^T n. m. Wind, wind. 
KrjM n. m., p. +KjmT: Olive, 

Olbaum, olive, olive-tree. 
W vb. Pe., Impf. 1 s. "OiX ; 

Pt. act. ^] : 1. wiirdig sein, 

be worthy; 2. uberwinden, 

conquer. || NTO], c. not; 

sf. 2 s. m. Tjn^DT : Gereehtig- 

keit, righteousness. 



hhl vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. tn^T, 
K^I; Pt. pass. s. f. *&M: 
verachtlich sein, von ge- 
ringem Werte sein, be 
worthless, be of little value. \ 
Ittaf., Impf. 3 p. m. &vjh m : 
an Wert verlieren, lose in 
value. | Palp., Inf. ^i&T^ ; 
Pt. act. 1 s. KjW>I&: ge- 
ringschatzen, esteem light- 
ly, treat contemptuously. || 
WJW n. f.Greringschatzung, 
contempt. 

KJftT n. m., p. +VJOT, \)DT : Zeit, 
Mai, time. I *nn NJ£t : ein- 
mal, once. I HJfti x?n : vor- 
zeitig, prematurely. || pi 
vb. denom. Pa., Pf. 2 s. m. 
c. sf. 1 s. in:DT; 3 s. m. c. 
sf. 2 s. m. 7JJST , 3 s. f. c. 
sf. 3 s. m. PinJBl ; Pt. act. 
s. m. p}D; f." *odU3, sf. 
3 s. m. rirp.tDTD ; pass. s. m. 
Pip: 1 einladen, invite; 
2.hQreiten 1 prepare. | Itpa., 
Pf. 3 s. f. KJff™ : sich tref- 
fen, occur. | Af., Pf. 1 s. 
c. sf. 3 s. m. nnJDiK : 3 s. 
m. c. sf. 2 s. m. tjJBTK ; 3 p. 
c. sf. 3 s. f. txnV3D7K: ein- 

t : : - 

laden, invite. 



I'lO' 



nat — ttsan 



"IB1 vb. Pe., Pt. act. lot : sin- 

' -T 

gen, sing. || ID! n. m. Musik, 
music. 

RJT (§13&) n. m., p. ^: Art, 
tod. 

KJ1 . KlVJt n.f.Hure, ftarM.II 
'31 n. m. Buhle, whore- 
monger. 

XJ^UT (pers.) n. m. Kerker- 
meister, jailer. 

KBy.t u. m. Sturm, storm. 

T»vi adj., f. KTJtt : klein, s/wa//. 

f]pi vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m. c. sf. 
3 s. m. PHSpI: aufhangen, 
pfahlen , hang, crucify. || 
KD'P' »• na. Kreuz, crows. 

1 ppt . «J?i n. m. Schlaueh, 
wine- skin. 



2 ppt . Xj?T n. m., p. t^pt: 
Funke, spark. 

3 pptvb.Itpe.,Pf.lp.tp^ppTO; 
Inf. '•pip™.; Pt. act. Is. 
^pJPTO/ip.^pp^D: sich 
verpflichten,- obligate one- 
self. 

pt vb. Af., Pf. 3 s. f. njptX : 
alt werden, grow old. 

"Ipl vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 p.lipnw: 
aufspringen, leap forth. 

Vl\ adj. riistig, strenuous. 

Kj?i Jl [ i n.m.Schlauch,7Wwe-s#«w. 

yn vlb. Pe., Impf. 2 s.m. VTO : 
saen, sow. 

p-n vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. 
pTNN , P11N : gesprengt 
werden, fo sprinkled. 



n 



*an . Kryon n. f., p. arrnn : 

T • IT 7 X- TT : IT 

Weinfafi, wine- cask. 
nan . ann^n n. f. Liebe, 

T p - 7 

affection. 

tsnn vb. Pe., Imp. p. HDnn: 
schlagen, klopfen, #eatf. || 
KtD3no n. m. Schlagen, beat- 
ing. 

K7^n n. m. Strick, rope. || 
K^Un n. Wucher, usury. 

73n sq."7^ interj. wehe, woe. 



Kinn n. m., sf. 2 s. m. T)"jnn ; 

p.d.txnnn, sf. 2 s.m.^pn; 

3 s. m. nnnn: Genosse, 
companion. | Hlin 1 ? in: 
einer zum andern, one to 
the other. || Knnin n. f. 
Freundschaft, Geselligkeit, 
companionship, familiarity. 
Win vb. Pe., Pf. 3 pi. c. sf. 
3 s. m. i-KBfrn : fesseln, put 
in prison. 



Lin — -nn 



111 



^n. [*un] n. m., p. ^:n: 
Reigen, dance. 

NT-J1T n. m. lahm, toi£. || aiano 
(pt. pass. d. Pa.) id. 

Tin vb. Pa., Imp. TIIT; Pt. 
pass. p. f. fJ'inD : wetzen, 
w>Z&£*; Pt. pass, scharfsinnig, 
kiihn, sagacious, keen. 

NTIT vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. 
t 'lC!,v» '1Q^.5 Imp. s.f. nn; 
Inf. XJlO; Pt. act. p. m. 
iin : sich freuen, rejoice. || 
J<nn n. m. Freude , joy. || 

[aririn], n. f., c. nnn: 

id. 
nnn adj., d. xmn; f. d. 

xmn, ^mn, p.f.d.«nrrm: 

neu, new. 
Kin vb. Af., Pf. 3 s. m. *inK; 

Impf. 1 s. ^nx; Imp. <lrix; 

Pt. act. s. m. MHO, p. m. 

iinD : zeigen, show; sq. "^, 

anzeigen, inform on. 
lin vb. Pa., Pt. pass. p. m. 

^ITB : verpflichten , oM- 

gate. | Itpa., Pf. 3 s. m. 

ninnx, nin« : sehuldig be- 

funden werden, fo found 

guilty. || annin n. f., p. 

train; sf/3 s. f. rrain: 

Sehuld, #w'#. 



nn. N]in» (ass.) n. m. , p. 

rrino: Stadt, town. 
Nttin n. m., p. tl"»^ n > '^H : 

Faden, thread; p. Schau- 

faden, fringes. 
iOin n. m. Sehlange , snake. 
Iin vb. Pe., Pt. act. ^n, p. 

^n, l s. *u^n, 2 s. ro^n: 

• :it' r :i-t' : - : it 

lachen, laugh. | Pa., Pf. 3 
s. m. !fn; Inf. 'Di'n : Pt. 
act. 1JTIB , p. >3»no : id. | 
Af. , Pf. 2 s. m. rpTlX ; 
3 s. m. ^nx; Impf. 2 p.m. 
OTlH; Inf. "»3in«; Pt. act. 

p.m.'omp_:id. v.'inK.||>o , in 

n. m. Gelachter, laughter. 
^in. vhn n. m. Sand, sand. || 

xn?n f. nomen unitatis. 
Din vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. on ; 

Impf. 3 p. m. IDn 1 ? ; Pt. act. 

DMT: schonen, Mitleid haben, 

spare, have pity. 
Tin vb. Pa., Pt. act. p. m, 

"•TiriD : reinigen, clean ;$&$&. 

s. f. d. KIWID: die rich- 

tige Meinnng, the correct 

opinion. || Tin adj., d.XTjrj; 

s. f. d. anTjn, vrnn, p. f. 

d. xmffl: "weifi, "white. \\ 

r t it • ' II 

KHViri n. f. weifies Mehl, 

t :it • ? 

white flour. 



112 ! 



aort — aon 



njq vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. twn, 

+n^n, nn, sf. 2 p. m. 
isjnm, 3 s. m. Pinrrn, 3 p. 
m. injn.Mn; lp. t p.Mn, yn, 
sf. 2 's. m. ^jn, 3 p. m. 

injin, 3 p. f. myn; 2 s. 
m." n\m, sf. l p. lin^n, 3 s. 

m. PHV in ; 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. 

m. n^n/f. pnn, p.m.imin 
O'^n); 3 s. f. tnjn, xnn* 
^n,' sf. 3 s. m. nrptn; 3 p. 
m.'iin, sf. 3 s. m. nwn, 3 
p. m. injiin fimin), 3 p. f. 
\-mn l. vuiin ; Impf. 1 s. 
\ttlK; 2 p. m. 0)1tnn; Imp. 
s. m. "» in , p. m. iin ; Inf. 
\int&; Pt. act. s. m. Tin, 

p. " m.' ftn ; l s. x:\in, l p. 
l^jtn, 2 s. n\\H; pass. s.m. 
Trtl: sehen, s£e; sq. 3 be- 
trachten, look at. | Itpe., 
Pf. 3 s.m. win; Pt.Tinnto 
\injto : gesehen werden, aus- 
sehen, be seen, look. | Af., 
Imp. ^nN: zeigen, show. | 
Ittaf., Perf. 3 s. m. ^nnx ; 
Impf. 2 p. m. itnnn; Inf. 
tnxjnn«, \yi.nnx : ' erschei- 
nen, appear. 
pin (hebr.) vb. Af., Impf. 1 
s. pi.riN: halten, hold; sq. 



rDitt et 3 zu Dank ver- 

x : 

pflichten, oblige. 
xrmn n. f., p. nm.- eine 

Dornart, a species of thorns. 
HTtn n.m., p. nnn: Schwein, 

T ' -: 7 JT .. . _. 7 

Kton vb. Pe., Impf. 2 s. m. 
^tinn: stindigen, sin.\\ HKton 
n. m., p. c. sf. 3 s. m. PPXton 
(n^xon): Stinde, sin. 

toton vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. 
ton ; Pt. act. t^n, toton : aus- 

- 7 .. T 7 .. T 

hohlen, ausgraben, hollow 
out, dig out. | Pa., Pt. act. 
toyiD: ausgraben, dig out. | 
Pa., Pt. act. totonto: id. || 
Ntonto n. m. Nadel, needle. 

v\m vb". Pe., Pf. 1 s. ^StoPl; 
3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. f. PlSton ; 
Imp. P]bn; Inf. *)to_nto:- fort- 
reifien, r&uhen, snatch away, 
take by force. 

1 Niton n.m. Stab, Rute, rod.\\ 
XltoVlto n. m. Ztiehtigung mit 
dem Stock, beating with a 
stick. 

2 Niton n. m. Hiirde, sheepfold. 

ion Vb. Pe., Pf. i s. tn»n, 

«n; 2 s. m. n«n; 3 p. f. 
tv>n: Pt.act.^TL ls.*U"n, 

l T - 7 .. T' T •• IT' 

2 s. n"n : leben, genesen, 



an^n 



t]t>n 



113 ! 



live, become well. \ Af., Pf. 
3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. PPrw? 
Inf. "inx : Pt. act. s. m. 

r ' 

^riD: wieder beleben, re- 
vive. || +v'.n» ".n n- P- m., 

sf. 2 s. m. tpn: Leben, 
#/*<?. | «n? wohlauf, wetf 
and good. || *n adj., d. XTi: 
lebendig, te^. || NrVPn n. 
f., p. Knj^H: Tier, animal. 

Kiyn n. f. (= syr. hetta, y nnx?) 
Sack, sac. 

8^n n. m., sf. 1 s. ^Tl, 2 s. 
m. tfjTl : Kraft, strength. \ 
vh*n *J3 Soldaten, soldiers. 

T .. . . 7 

D^n adj., 2 p. IFPB'On: weise, 

wise. || xntOT n. f. Weis- 

heit, wisdom. 
"Dn vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. c. sf. 

3 s. f. Hi ran: verpachten, 

give in rent. 
1 K^n . ^n [adj. 8v&,sweet.\\whn 

n. m. Siifiigkeit, sweetness. 
2 vhn vb., Pt. ^n: bekiini- 

mert, moved. 
s xhn. [an^n] n.f., p.Kn^n: 

Gllied, Stiick, portion. 
X2hr\ n. m. Milch, milk. 
tO?ri vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. 

tt^rfc : mischen, 0M#. | Pa., 

Impf. 3 s. m. tS^hJ, id. 

Margolis, Chr. Bab. Talm. 



1 W>n. *&n n. m. Essig, vinegar. 
2 W>1"1. K^n n. m., p. a. et c. 

rr-: 7 1* 

, '??n : HdhlungjM/owsjpactf; 
p. verborgene Schatze, 
hidden treasures. 
s hhr\ vb.Pa., Pt. act. p. ^n»: 
entweihen, desecrate. | Af., 
Pf. 3 p. m. ^n« ; Impf. 2 
p. m. c. sf. 3 s. f. PU^nn ; 

Pt. act. ^nD, p. m. V.^no, 

id. | Ittaf., Impf. 3 s. in. 

5?nru, ^nn*? (^nn^); Pt. s. 
m. ^nnp , s. m. vhntvo, 
pass. || [n^nn hebr.f ^nn 

vb. denom. Af ., Inf. ,! ?innx ; 

Pt. s. f. *6nnt? ; l p. )rhnpp_ -. 

anfangen, begin. 
x D^n vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. 
HD^ri : fest werden, become 

T - - : 7 

solid. 
2 ri>n. XD^n n. m., 1 s. f. 

^n ; i p. ythn ; 3 s. f. 
naWi; p. t-j^n, n^n; 
Traum, dream. 
r\hn vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. c. sf. 3 
s. m. HIB^n ; Impf. 2 s. m. 

pfcnn; 3s.m. v\hrh, rf>rh f ; 
Pt. act. s.m. *i^n"f. nriri: 

pass. Jjvn: voriibergehen, 
joara fa/; Pt. pass, verwecli- 
selt, changed. | Itpe., Pf. 

8 



114* 



w&n — wn 



3 s. m. ^n«; Pt. ^?riD: 
verwechselt werden , be 
changed. || Pa., Inf. c. sf. 
3p.f. VUDi^n: umtauschen, 
change. [| spn praep. an- 
statt, «w tfte place of. 
KS7PI n. m. , p. *&7T\ : eine 

t : • 1 r -• : • 

Dornart, a species of thorns. 
ND^n, Kp*?n n. m. Anteil, 

't r •. ' It : v ' 

portion. 
vhn vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. xs^n ; 
Pt. act. &6n : schwach sein, 
werden, fee, become faint. | 
Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. B^nK, 
id. | Pa., Pf. 2 s. m. e. sf. 
3 s. m. P!fltf?n: schwach 
machen, weaken. | Af., Pf. 

2 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. nnt^nx, 

id. || Kts6n n. m. Sehwache, 
weakness. \\ tP'^n adj., f. 
Xtt^n: schwach, weak. 

[□n] T (§13c) n. m., sf. 3 s. 
m. ITOn: Schwiegervater, 
father-in-law. II KHDn n. f., 
sf. 2 s. m. TjnDn: Schwieger- 
mutter, mother-in-law. 

XDH vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. t^Wj 

3 s. f. c. sf. 3 s.m. nrrori: 

Impf. 1 s.c.3 s.m. n3pn»: 
sehen, see. | Itpe., Pf. 3 p. 
t^pnnK, pass. 



D&n vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. DPI 5 
Inf. DnD ; Pt. act. D«n, D^n, 
s. f. XD^n : warm sein , be 

t: it 7 

warm. | Af., Pt. act. Drift: 
erwarmen, warm up. || D^pn 
adj., p. m. d. 'EMDn: warm, 
warm. 
x 1Dn. ")Dn n. m. et f., d. K"}Bn ; 
p. non": Esel, Eselin, he-, 
she-ass. I Kmon n. f. Ese- 

I t : it - : 

lin, she-ass. I *n»ITDEseL 

7 ' T T -• 7 

ass. II *n&n (13) n.m.Esel- 

treiber, ass-driver. 
2 i»n. 1»n n. m., d. *ODn; sf. 

2 s.m. TJlDn; 3 s.m. PHOn: 

Wein, toc. || *n?on n. m. 

Sauerteig, fermented dough. 
t^DH, nt2/pn 11. m. et f. 5. || 

ib(')&n, f. trnte^ Eton, 
no tfon, np(>)Dn 15. "|| 

KEton n." m., p. Van : 4-. 

r : •. 7 x .. . . o 

Nn&n v. Dn. 

T T -; 

xjn . xnun n. f., p.iun: Ge- 

T IT ' * 't : IT 

wolbe, Kaufladen, vaulted 
room , store. II nnun, n«3i:n 

' " tt : it 7 ttit: ;t 

n. m. Kramer, shop-keeper. 

twn . [Kntsn] n. f. , p. >ts>n : 
Weizen, wheat. 

pn vb. Itpa., Pf. 3 s. f. N:3_ril<: 
urn Erbarmen flehen, sup- 
plicate. 



epn 



[in 



115 



*pn vb. Pa., Pf. 1 s. m. 'B3n: 

schmeicheln, flatter. 
>HDn n. m., p. tpdn : Gnade, 

Huld, favor; p. Wohltaten, 

acfe of kindness. 
1DPI vb. Af., Impf. 3 p. m. 

t^JDiT: Besitz ergreifen, 

occupy. 
ion vb. Pe., Mangel haben, 

be lacking. | Pa., Inf. niDn; 

Pt. pass. s. m. "IDn», f. 

KIpnD : fehlen lassen, cause 

to be wanting. 
f]sn vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. m. 

?pn, f. KD^n : abreiben, rw&. 

'■• t' t: it ' 

XI^Dn n. m. junges Gras, yoww^ 

grass. 
Krjt^'Dn n. f. schwarzer Kafer, 

blackbeetle. 
K32n n. m., p. ^sn 1 sf. 3 p. 

irpnsn: Krug, pitcher. 
12n vb. Pe., Impf. 2 s. m. 

"I^nri: ernten, reap. 
hvn ."'[KrtemD] n. f., p. 

+K^Snt3: Matte, mat. 
JO'Xn n. m. Axt, axe. 
*pttn adj. frech, impudent. || 

KBUn n. m. Prechheit, «»- 

pudence. 
nx?pn n. m. Bauer, rustic. 

t t 1 : - 7 

ppn vb. Pe., Pt. pass. p'pn 



(plpn) : eingravieren , en- 
grave. 
*onn n. m. Johannisbrot- 

T IT 

baum 7 carob tree. 
Nrin n., p. 'Tin: Schwert, 

sword. 
:nn vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. hn-in, 

inn; impf. 3 s. m. :nn?, 

Iiri7 : wuste sein, verwiistet 
werden, zerstort werden, 
be, become deserted, destroy- 
ed. | Pa., Pf. 2 s. m. c. sf. 
3 s. m. nnmn : Inf. vtf-rfr: 

•• : r t i - it : 

zerstoren, destroy. || Af., 
Impf. 1 s. c. sf. 3 s. m. Hninx ; 

Pt. act. mna, 2 s. nnin», 

id. || KTin n. m. Schaden, 

injury. 
vhr\X\ n. m. Senf, mustard. 
tOin vb. Itpa., Impf. 2 s. m. 

tnnnn : Imp. tDinx : be- 

reuen, regret. 
Iin vb. Pe., Pt. pass. s. f. 

iOnn: anbrennen, burn. | 

Pa., Pf. 3 p. c. sf. 3 p. 

inran l. injoin; impf. 

3 s. m. ^im, TJin? ; Pt. act. 
TjnrjD ; pass. p. f. ^IJID : 
versengen, singe, scorch. \ 
Itpa., Pf. 3 s. m. 'qinx; 
Inf. ^iinx, pass. 
8* 



116 : 



epn 



Kann 



1 ?]in . *pn adj., s. f. d. Nnsnn : 

scharf, sAfl^, A^w. || XST] 
n. m. Scharfe, etwas Schar- 
fes, keennees, something 
sharp (bitter). 

2 rpn vb.Af.,Imp.p.m. teinK: 
friik sein, be early. 

NSnn n. m., p. 'Snn : Graben, 
ditch. 

pin vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s.m. pin^: 
einschneiden, make an in- 
cision. 

l mn ."in adj., p.m. nn; p.f. 
xmn : frei, /ree. I nn n. f. 

T T IT ' ' I 

Freiheit, freedom. 
2 nn . *Cl'n n. m. Loch, hole. 
ntcn vb. Pe. , Impf. 3 s. m. 

Ifr'n^, Inf. 3tf no ; Pt. pass. 

n^'n, f. vrntin \ p. d. wvfn ; 

1 s. Kjn^n, i p. lJ^ttrti, 

2 s. PD^ri: rechnen, ach- 
ten, count, esteem. | Pa., 
Pt. act. p. m. f, l^np : pla- 
nen, plan. || KnntfnB n. f., 
p. c. sf. 3 s. m. nmtfnn : Ge- 
danken, Plan, thought, plan. 

7&n Pe., Pa., Pf. 2 s. m. c. 

sf. i p. |m'n, yirrtfn: 

verdaehtigen, suspect. 



*\tifn vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. 
T]t2/nX : finster werden, grow 
dark. | Pa.Jmp.p.mJD^n; 
Pt. act. p. m. ^DtSfnD, pass, 
p. f. ^'nft : dunkel machen, 
spat sein, darken, be late. || 
Af., Imp. p.m. IDttTlN: spat 
sein, be late. || TjitB^n adj., 
d. KDitfri: p. d. tx^Wn: 
finster, elend, dark, poor. || 
KDitttl n. m. Finsternis, dark- 
ness. 

ttWn vb., Pe., Pf. l s. ^n, 
^n ; 3 s. m. tf n ; 3 s. f. 
tntgn; Impf. 1 p. tfm; Pt. 
act. 1 p. y^.rj: leiden, 
besorgt sein, suffer pain, 
care. 

-]nn vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. 
sf. 3 p. f. vmnn : schnei- 
den, cut. 

Dnn vb. Pe., Imp. p. IDnn; 
Pt. act. 1 s. I^prin; pass, 
p. m. '•DTin; 2 p. to'BTin: 
unterzeichnen , sign , sub- 
scribe; sehlieBen, close. 

x^nn n. nu, p. ^nn. xni jnn : 

Brautigam, Scliwiegersohn, 
bridegroom, son-in-law. 



naa — hb\ 



117 



mtt vb. Pe., Pt. act. 2 s. nrOto : 

* : - : it 

schlachten , kill. || «nno 
n. m. Schlachter, butcher. 

Witt n. m., p. ^tt : Gazelle, 
antelope. 

hltt vb. Pe., Imp. p. ^Ott:. 
eintauchen, fre immersed. 

X?DL) n. m. Pauke, drum. 

JDtD vb. Pe., Pt. act. 1 s. 
KjyntJ, 1 p. I^ynij: ver- 
sinken, #<? drowned. || Pa., 
Inf. .^^ Pt. act. JDtDD; 
pass. p. f. l^Bt3D: versen- 
ken, einsenken, drown, fix 
deep. 

lm H0 vb. Pe., rein sein, ab- 
geschafft sein, be clean, 
be clean gone. || Pa., Pf. 
3 s. m. c. sf. 3 p. inmts : 

r : • -: r 

fiir rein erklaren, pronounce 
clean. 

2 into. Nina n. m. Mittag, noon. 

XltD PaV'Pf- 1 P- + *« V 19: 

rosten, r0O£?. 
ID^tD interj. tut! too*/ 
XJBiU n. m. Sintflut, deluge. 
TO n. m. Berg, mountain. 
intD vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s.m. wntD; 

Imp. "jhtD ; Pt. act. p. m. | 



t^jntj, ^rig, sf. 3 s. m. 
t VJiintJ ; pass. s. m. d. JUTItt : 
mahlen, grind. 
!Ttt, TO vb. Af., Pt. act. 
tTOtt: Gutes tun, <fo ^oatf, 
deal well. || ID adj., d. 
X2U; $. f. Xix/gut, good.\ 
*Ott KOi^ Feiertag,#o/«tfa«/. || 
XTO n. m. Giite, goodness. \ 
^n^tt heil dem, der, 
/aajp/??/ ^e, w#0. || XTO adv. 
viel, sehr, much, very. || 
ito n. f., d. annua 5 sf. 2 

s. m. tpniTO: Giite, Wohl- 
tat, goodness, kindness. 

N3 v l5 n. m. Schlamm, mud. 

NV*tD n. m. Araber, Arab. I 
niJTtt ad. arabisch, in 
Arabic. 

x hhv vb. Itpe., Pf. 2 p. m. 
t^n^tSX: spielen, play. \ 
Pa., Pt. act. hbpp, : scher- 
zen, sport. 

2 W>tt. K^to n. m. Schatten, 
shadow. I ^tD vb. denom. 
Pe., Pt. act. p. ^tpD : iiber- 
scbatten, overshadow. ^vhhte 
n. m. Dach, roof. [| Kn^BD 
n. f., p. KrM>tDB, $?toti: 

7 r TT .._7 .. .._ 



118' 



sba — ma 



Bedachung, Hiitte, roofing, I 

t^B vb. Af., Pf. 3 s. m. 
V^BK; Imp. y^BK: nach 
einer Seite stellen 7 turn 
sidewards, 

IBB vb. Pe., Pt. pass. s. f. d. 
KnTDB : verbergen, hide. \ 
Itpe., Imp. p. m. TIBBK: 
sicb verbergen, hide one- 
self. | Pa., Pt. pass. p. f. 
TJBBB : verborgen, hidden. 

tf'BB vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. 
sf. 3 s. m. na>BB ; Pt. act. 
tP'BB: eintanchen, dip. 

X|B v. 1VB. 

TOB (pers.) adv. zu zweien, 
two together. 

XVB vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p.tyB^; 
Inf. K^BB : irren, err. 

DVB vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s. m. Fp%U ; 
3 s. m. c. sf. 3 p. t l^BVB; 
Impf. 3 s. m. DVB 1 ? ; Imp. 
s. m. DVB, p. m. IB^B ; Inf. 
D^BB : kosten, taste. | NBVB 
n. m., sf. 2 s. m. ^B^b": 
Grand, Meurang, reason, 
opinion. 

1VB vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. 11VB; 
Pt. act. 1VB; pass. s. m. 
VVB, p. m. wy& : l.beladen, 



tragen, load, bear, 2. an- 
klagen, sue. || NJB n. m. Last, 
burden. || H9X praep. um 
willen, wegen, for the sake 
of, on account of; part, 
interr. = num. 

JOB vb. Pe., Pt. pass. s. m. 
'SB, f. K;SB, p. iSB : iiber- 
fliefien, be abundant. | '•SB 
adv. viel, sehr, mehr, much, 
very, more. 

insB n. f., p. c. sf. 3 s. m. 
nnsB: Klaue, claw. 

[KtfSB] n. m., p- W'SB : dum- 
mer Mensch, fool. 

JOB vb. Pe., werfen, throw. 

11B vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 
3 p. m. iruVlB ; Pt. pass. 
TIB, p. H^IB: vertreiben, 
drive away; Pt. pass, be- 
schaftigt, busy. | Itpe., 
3 s. m. TIBK ; Impf. 2 p. m. 
niBn; Inf. ^ThBiA; Pt. 
T1BD, 1 s. KJTIBB: be- 
schaftigt sein, be busy. 

mB vb.Pe., Impf. 1 s. m_BK; 
Pt. act. 1 s. KjrpB, 1 p. 
•j^niB ; pass. s. f. Krjna : 
sich miihen, take pain, 
trouble oneself; Pt. pass, 
lastig, burdensome. | Af., 



CpB-.— ST 



119* 



Pf. 3 p. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. 

mrraa, 3 p. m. irmmttx: 

Pt. act. rntDB: bemiihen, 

trouble. 
1 P]"lto vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. KSltD : 

klopfen, knock. || Itpe., Pt. 

f. s. NDItSD : entrissen wer- 

den, be snatched. 
2 Pptt . XB-ltt n. m., sf. 2 s. m. 

TJB"ltD : ein gerichtliches Do- 

kument, das dem Glaubiger 

gestattet , vom Schuldner 



verkaufte Grundstiicke den 
Kaufern zu entreifien, a 
document which permits the 
seizure of property sold by 
the debtor. 

pltt vb. Pe., Imp. p. m.lpltD 5 
Pt. act. pit}: 1. schlagen, 
stechen, strike, sting; 2. 
verschlieBen, close. 

XtftD vb. Pe., Pf. 3p.m.itf"tt; 
Pt, pass. ntftt, p. WU : sich 
verbergen, hide oneself. 



r-\W vb. Pe. , Pt. act. no : 
schon, •g&ssen.d,fair,comely. 

X^3> n. m. Gras, grass. 

h^' vb. Af., Pt. act. p. m. 
+ 1^310, p. f. l^niD: hin- 
fiihren, bringen, conduct, 
bring. 

D^ vb. Pa., Imp. D2P ; Inf. c. 
sf. 3 s. f. nDin^? : die Schwa- 
gerehe vollziehen, do a 
brother-in-law's office. 

tify vb. Pa., Pt. pass. p. m. 
W'yift : trocken machen, 
dry up. || VfW adj. trocken, 
dry. I antt^! (=s. f. d.): 
trockenes Land, dry land. 

KT n. f., sf. 1 s. + S T, tT, 



">T ; 2 s. m. ^1 \ ; p. (sive du.) 
c. sf. 3 s. m. PPT, 3 p. m. 
'i.TT : Hand, hand. \\ 1 'TX 
(=^T"^) conj. da, weil, 
since, because. || T HT3 
praep. durch, through. || 
HH etc. (§§10& ; 48d) mein, 
my etc.; H.n 1 ? etc. (§61&) 
mich, me etc. 

XT vb. Af., 3 s. m. HiX ; Inf. 
"iTiX : Pt. act. s TiD, p. itto : 
1. gestehen, confess; 2. 
danken, #w<? thanks. 

yT vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p. m. 
Wit, sf. 2 s. m. ^y^.; 
Inf. VIP 5 Pt. act. s. m. V*T, 

p. m. nn\ 1 s. K:yi% 

r ^. :1T 7 r ^: -it 7 



120* 



arf — st i 



1 P- V.^Xy 2 s * p .^i» 2 P- 
(D^'Vl^Tpass. s.' mT^T: 
wissen, know. | Af., Pf. 

2 s. m. 1"fl>*T^j sf - 1 s - 
"jnjniK ; Impf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 

3 s.m.' nVTi:;Inf. 'yi^m* 1 ?; 
Pt. act. VliD , sf. 3 s. m. 
nyrto; l s. *ujnio; 2 s. 
c. sf.' 1 s. inyniD:' kund 
tun, benachrichtigen, make 
known, declare, inform. || 
xnv : 1n.f.(m.), sf. ls.^JH; 

1 p.* I0)ny s 1 ; 2s.m. qnjfi; 

2 p. m. iD^yn : Bewufitsein, 
Verstand, Meimmg, con- 
sciousness, mind, opinion. 
V. s. tei, p^>D. || KJHiD n. 
m. Erklarung, declaration. || 
yilDn^X vb. denom., Pf. 

ip.c.sf.3s.m/nijyniDn^K .- 

A * : - i : : • 

anerkennen, identifizieren, 
recognize, identify. || t DJHD, 
"HD: etwas, something. 
nrr vb. Pe„ Pf. 1 s. c. sf. 3 

S. m. HFOiT ; 1 p. t ^a.T, 
t-jjnn, fp^n;; 2 sVni. 
FO.T ; 3 s. m.' 27}^, 3TP1 , 
c.sf. 2 s. m. }0)nrP; 3 s. 
f. t«nn,T; 3 p. m."' tnT 
(nn); Impf. 1 p. 3FI3 (§30dC),' 

3 s. m. 3FIJ ; Imp. s. m. an, 



sf. 3 s. m. nan;, rran, f. 
nan; p. ian; "'inf. arpo, 

3DD, KanD : Pt. act. s. m. 

an;, f. xarr, p. m. i"parr, 
*an\ un>;'i s. *ua.T, 2 s. 

*-:it 7 -:it' t : rr' 

flarp; pass. p. m. "QVP : 
geben, #it;e; Pt. pass, ge- 
legen, j?teetf. | KB^tf '* 
sq. ^ griifien, 0r0£f. | PP:**}? '*> 
sq. "^y begehren, desire. ]| 
itpe., Pf. 3 s. f. t nnn;n«, 



nKlliT n. m. Jude, Jew. 

VP vb. Itpa., Pt. ln»D: sich 
iiberheben, be overbearing. || 
-)VP adj., p. f. Xyny. iiber- 
miitig, arrogant. \\ KVP n. 
m., KnnVP n. f. Uberinut, 
arrogance. 

NDi> n. m., p. a. t V& , P, *Bi>; 
sf. 2 s. m. T]Di^ : Tag, Tages- 
licht, day, daylight. || KBQ'a 
adv. am Tage, during the 
day. || "I XDi* -p. conj. seit, 
smc£. 

[Nnrh] n.f., sf. 1 f. typ; 2 s. 
m - 30)^ 5 P- M^ : Taube, 

*]P vb. Pe., Pt. act. t\V: 
1. borgen, borrow; 2. lei- 
hen, tentf. I Af., Pf. 1 s. 



H31 



K*P 



121 



c. sf. 2 s. m. t]ns>7i«; 2 s. 

m. nsn'X; Inf. c. sf. 3 p. f. 

^JDpJn'K; Pt. p. m. ^rifc: 

leihen, lend. 
T\y vb. Af., Impf. 3 s. m. rDiJ ; 

Pt. pass. s. f. xrpto : zurecht- 

weisen, feststellen, bewei- 

sen, reprove, decide, prove. 
h^ vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. tn^ s? 

>b;.; Pt. act. by, 1 p. 

W?2\ 2 s. rfo\ konnen, 

•- • :it> : - :it 7 

vermogen, be able; sq. ? 
iiberwaltigen, overcome. 
lh" vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. m> : , 
.Tr 1 ?'' : gebaren, #£«r. | Itpe., 

Pf. 3 p. f. k^™.; Pt - 

"h\Tp m1 pass. | Af., Impf. 
2 s. m. "6in; Imp. -friK: 
zeugen, &£^££ || iV") n. m., 
sf. 3 s. f. rn*?l: Kind, 

DD\ KD" 1 n. m. Meer, se«. 

VP! adj., s. f. K^EP: rechte 
Hand (rechter Fufi), n^A/ 
hand (foot). || p* vb. denom. 
Af.,Pf. 3 s. m. p*K: rechts 
stehen, choose £/*<? ri^M. 

KjPi^ n. m., p. ^i^: Knabe, 
boy. | xnpi^P n. f. Madchen, 
girl. || KTjlpJ; n. f., sf. 3 s. 
m. PlJVip:P: Jngend, youth. 



vp* vb. Af., Pf. 1 s. t nSDi«; 

Inf. '•BiDiX^: hinzufiigen, 

add. | Ittaf., Pf. 3 s. f. 

«BDlnx, Impf. 3 p. m. 

}DDlr&, pass. 
[NTO?] n. m., p. ^B\: Ziich- 

tigung, chastisement. 
IV" . [in? to] n. m., p. tKJlV to : 

Fest, festival. 
yyi (hebr.) vb. Pe., Pt. act. 

p. m. ^V\ W: raten, 

* • -:IT ' -:rr ' 

advise. | Pa., Pt. act. p. m. 
^VJD: Rat pflegen, take 
counsel. 

n^adj., d. *CP3r : einheimisch, 
native. 

XIX'. (hebr.) n. m. (boser)Trieb, 
(evil) impulse. 

1p^ vb. Af., Pf. 3 p. c. sf. s. m. 
HnpiX: anziinden, kindle. 

"Ip^ vb. Pa., Pt. act. s. f. JOpp : 
ehren, 7kw0r. | Itpa., Pf. 
3 s. m. 1j?»« ; Inf. nipinx : 
teuer werden, become dear; 
geehrt werden, be honor- 
ed. | Af., Imp. p. m. np.iN ; 
Pt. act. s. m. IpiDj 2 s. 
PTlpiD : ehren, honor. \\ T^ 
adj., f. KTpl : teuer, efear. 

XT vb. Af./pf. 3 s. m. niX; 
Pt. act. p. m. "jnto , Hto : 



122 



ami 



Tin'i 



lehren, teach. || •jjlix n. m., 

xnnix n. f. = rriin. 

t:it t 

ani: n- m., p. TTP: Monat, 
month. I KPiT tf n : Neu- 
mond, new 77*00/?. II nKJTfl*: 

' I' TT p •- 

n. m. Astronom (Berechner 
des Mondlauf es), astronomer 
(computer of the course of 
the moon). 

pi-p, f>T adj., d. Kjftj; s. f. 
^P"!'! 5 P^p.'fa s . : grun, green. 
| p^T adj. , s. f. THpT 
(§17c)', id. || KgT nlini 
Kraut, herbs. 

nT vb. Pe., Impf. 2 p. m. 

t^mn; 3 s. f. nin; 3 p. 

t^ni^: erben, inherit. 
}&> . xnW n. f. Schlaf, *feg?. 
n^ nota accus. , sf. 1 s. TP ; 

2 p. m. ybrr ; 3 s. m. nrv. 
air (aivx) vbl T pe., Pf. 2 s. 
m. narv , narpx ; 3 p. m. 
"han"'- impf. is. anx 5 2 p. 
m. lann ; 3 s. m. an:, an 1 ? ; 
Imp. an (aiv), p.m. lan^x; 
Pt. act. s. m. arv, f. xarv, 
p. m. "»anj, f. "^an;, Vs. 
nan;, 2 p!t^n^anV T sitzen, 

wohnen, bewohnt sein, sit, 
dwell, be inhabited. | Pa., 
Impf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. 



nan\j 5 Pt. pass. s. f. xarrp : 
beruhigen, quiet, soothe. \ 
Af., Pf. 1 s. ■qniK; 1 p. c. 
sf. 3 s. m. njanix ; 3 s. m. 
aniK; sf. 3 s. m. nanix, 
3 p. m. iruanix 5 3 p. m. e. 
sf.3s.f. njanix; Impf. 3 p. 
m. c. sf. 3 s. m. nuni: 5 
Imp. s. m. c. sf. 3 s. f. 

nanix; p. m. c. sf. 1 s. 
innix; inf. '•ainlx, sf. 2 s. 
m. tjainix 1 ? ; Pt. act. s. m. 
aniD, p." m. ^aniD; 1 p. 
p^anio; pass. s.'f.'xaniD: 
setzen, seat, set, place. \ 
Ittaf., Impf. 3 p. m.+'panirr ; 
Pt. s. m. aninD : sich nie- 
derlassen, settle. || xaniD 
n. m., c. aniD; sf. 2 s. m. 
TjaniD : Sitzung, Sitz, Wohn- 
ort, session, seat, home. || 
xnirnt: n. f. (§i6eV a ): 
Schule, college. | tfri 
xna'Tlft : Schuloberhaupt, 
head of an academy. 

X&n; n. m., p. >Dn> : Waise, 
orphan. 

Tn* adj., d. HTTP: iiber- 
schiissig, in excess. || 
xrrpn^a adv. iibermassig, 
to excess. 



wn: 



123 : 



3 praep. wie, like, as. || 13_, 

^3 conj. als, wenn, when.\ 

H3_ adv. schon, jetzt, now. 
3X3 vb. Pe., Pt. 3K3 : schmer- 

zen, i?am. || ays, K1K3 

n. m. Schmerz, pain. 
")X3 = pers. har Esel, ass. 
K33 vb. Pa., Pf. 3 s. m. c. 

sf. 3 s. m. PP33 : ausloschen, 

extinguish. 
1 nn3.«33 n. m. Eiter, j?ws. 
2 333 . K33i3 n. m. Stern, star. 
pD.Xirabo n. f., sf. 3 s. f. 

nn:": Kapuze, hood. 
*D3 adv. langst, already. 
nnb vb. denom., Inf. »ni3_ : 

schwefeln, fumigate with 

sulphur. 
#33 vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. +ntf33; 

3 s. f. c. sf. 3p.f. s n:n^'3B; 

3 p. c. sf. 3 s. f. Prttfqs; 

Inf. c. sf. 3 s. f. ntfaack ; 

Pt. act. 1 s. K^33 : unter- 

t : rT 

driicken, unterwerfen, sup- 
press, subdue. || XEJ33 n.m., 
p. '•B/ID : Geheimnis, secret. 

13 v. 3." 

TI3 . *H3_ n. m. Krug, pitcher. 

V13 v. 3. 



^3 v. KVi. 

«;ilb n. m. et f., p. anjrrb: 
Maultier, mule. 

xjtd n. m. = ins. || anyo 
T "iTf., p. Krurg = )r\h na, 
•jrp ntfa. 

[rWj praep., sf. 1 s. tin.13, 
Vnj3, ^nS;2s.m."?lO)nj3"; 
2 p. m. 13^13; 3 s. m. 

nni3: 3 p. m. irrni3 = 3. 

••T : ' x : "it : : 

xrp_ n. f., p. "13: Offnung, 
Fenster, aperture, window. 

KJ13 (pers.) n. m.Kvu^ pitcher. 

XO vb. Pa., Pf. 3 s. m. flS; 
Impf. 3 s. m. )^h 5 Pt. pass, 
p. f. +1JWD : richten, direct. \ 
Itpa., T 'Pf. 1 s. \H3K: be- 
absicbtigen, mfe/irf. || 13 
adv. so, thus. 

D13 . KD3 n. m., p. N33 : Beclier, 

*013 n. m. , p. "H13: Fisch, 

tt : ' x -T : ' 

fish. 
*on3 v. "inx. 
*6ri3 n.m. Schminke, eye-paint 

(stibium). 
tfri3 vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. 

tyrD 1 ?, f. tfn3F); Pt. pass. 

tP'TD : mager werden, 



124 



KB53 



become lean; Pt. pass, 
schwach, weak. 

•»3 v. 3 

ays v. 3*<3. 

^3, ^3 vb. Pe., Irapf. 2 s. 

m. ^3n 5 3 s. m. W?; Pt. 

act. p. m. ^S : abmessen, 

measure off. 
KD">3 n. m., sf. 2 s. m. ^0)D>3 : 

Beutel, /wrse. 
KB^3 n. m., c. J^3: Ufer, 

shore. 
T]3 adv. so, £My. 
^33. K33_ n., p. >33 ; sf. 1 s. 

*33; T 2 s. m. ?p33: Zahn, 

tooth. 
X133_ n. m., p. n33: Talent, 

talent. 
^3 vb. Pa., Pt. act. s. f. 

*0^3p : vernichten , wear 

out. 
2 ^3 . [«n^3]n.f., p.Knjte: 

Niere, kidney. 
*Q?3 n. m., p. c. sf. 3 s. m. 

Vviirta: Hund, dog. 
HNT?3 n.m. Mager, astrologer. 
X3 t ?3 = X3b« q. v. 
X W>3 . *6bn. m. "fe ; sf. 3 s. 

m. H^3, ^3 = T fft>3, s . f. 

rta, '^3,'" p. m. +iirfo, 
in^3, p.£ Tite, cf. §46*]| 



D'te: irgend etwas, «rc//- 
tawi^. || «fen.m.,p. , 'fe: 
allgemeine Regel, general 
rule. | N^3D adv. impli- 
citer, in an implied manner. \ 
"H bhsD: es ergibt sich, 
dafi, it follows that. | 
??3 ...«?: gar nicht , in 
no way. || fe vb. denom. 
Pe., Pt. act. s. m. ^>3, 
hh? r : eine Kegel aufstellen, 
establish a rule. || nWs 
n. m. Krone, crown. 
2 Wo . »n^3 n. f., sf. 3 s. f. 
Krfe : p. c. sf. 2 s. m. ?]n^3 : 

t : - i L i i-T - 

Braut , Schwiegertochter, 
bride, daughter - in - law. 

d^3 v. ^3. 



n.f., p.^3: Wurm, 

worm. 
^3 v. PpK. 
1? v. 113. 

p3 . NJ3 n. m. Stamm, stem. 
yj3 vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. f. Wj3«, 

S V_J3X : sich demiitigen, 

humble oneself. 
kms n. f., sf. 3 s. f. nSJ3_; 

p. (sive du.) c. sf. 2 s. m. 

^BJ3 : Fliigel, Zipfel, wing, 

skirt. || P)33 vb. denom. Pa., 

Impf. 3 p. ^Efih : versam- 



&HniBi53 — JOS 



125 ! 



meln, assemble. || iOBUD n. 
Versammlung, assembly. 

KIW^D n. f., p. Nnt^:3 : Ver- 
sammlung, assembly. \ ^2 
KRB^D: Synagoge, syna- 
gogue. 

NDD vb. Pe., Pt. pass. p. m. 
1DD : verbergen, hide. | Pa., 
Pf." 3 s. m. c. sf. 1 s. ^03 ; 
Imp. '•DS, sf. 3 p. m. in^DS ; 
Pt. pass. 2 s. n^MD:' be- 
decken, cover. | iibpa., Pf. 
3 s. m. 'D3K ; 3 s. f. c. sf. 
3 p. ImrVMX pass. 

DDD . XDSD n. m. Zoll , tax. 

*\D2 vb. Pe., Pt. pass. s. f. 
KB^DS : irk KB^DD : sie scha- 

t • : : t • : 

men sich, they are bashful 
(§55tf). | Itpe., Impf. 2 p. 
m. ^BD3n; 3 s. m. ^DS 1 ?; 
3 p. m. *BD3^ ; Pt. s. m. 
1p3£>: sich schamen, be- 
schamt werden, be asham- 
ed, be put to shame. | Pa., 
Pf. 2 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. 
HFISEO : beschamen, put to 
shame. || KBpI) n. m. , a. 
*]D3 : Silher^silver. \\ KB1D3 
n. m. Scham, shame. 
KniDZ) n. f., p. v»iD3 (\".i33) : 
Mist, dung. 



*?BD vb. Itpe., Imp. hs2»: 
sich angelegen sein lassen, 
make it one's business. 

•jSD vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. 13ED; 
3 p. 11SD; Pt. act. 1 p. 
•jrODD, 2 s. FUSS: hungrig 
sein, &e hungry. || *|B3 adj. 
hungrig, hungry. || «:D3 n. 
m. Hunger, hunger. 

?]DD vb. Pe., Imp. *p ; Pt. act. 
*))3 ; pass. p. f. ]B>3 : beu- 
gen, iiberwinden, bend, sub- 
due. | Pa., Impf., 3 s. m. 
c. sf. 3 s. m. HB»^?: um- 
biegen, bend over. || XBD 
n. f., Schale, bowl. 

1BD vb. Pe., Pt. act. ")BD : ab- 
wischen, wipe. | Pa., Inf. 
niB3 ; Pt. pass. IBDp : ab- 
wischen, siihnen, wipe off, 
expiate. | Itpa., Impf. 3 s. 
m. l&h,; Pt. 1B3np: ge- 
siihnt werden, be expiated. || 
K11B3 n. m., p. niB3 : Ver- 
sohnung, atonement. || NDi* 
'■fiB^I : Versohnungstag, 
<?«?/ of atonement. 

nBD vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 
3 s. m. nriBS : fesseln, chain. 

>T)b n. m. kor, ein Ma6, a 
measure. 



126 ; 



8*13 — - asns 



*D3 . Kns n. m. Haufe, heap. 
K2TD n. m. Kohl, cabbage. 
X JJ3 n. m. Kopfsteuer 7 joo// tax. 
tp_3 vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. c. sf. 

3 s. m. PIFDiS ; 3 s. m. c. 

sf. 3 s. m. PD13 ; 3 p. m. c. 

sf. 3 p. m. inirjis, 3 p. f. 

VtnsiS; Imp." p. m. ft"]*); 
Pt! act. ^13, p. ''SIS: um- 
wickeln, zusammenwickeln, 
wrap, wrap up. fcttjSH ^")3 ; 
eine Mahlzeit halten, dine, | 
Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. ?\T?X: 
eingehiillt sein, be wrap- 
ped up. || K3TD n, m., p. c. 
■q-13 : Stadt, city. 

^*313' vb. 7 Inf. ^i3"13: ab- 
schiitteln, shake off. 

NBfr")3 n. m., sf. 3 s. m. h^'313 : 
Mastdarm, gut. 

Krw'313 n. f. Wiesel, weasel. 

t : •. : - 7 

KD*Q n. m., p. d. + tf>Ef)3: 

-r : - 1 r T - . - 

Weingarten, vineyard. 

ND-13 n. m., sf. 2 s. m. ^D13; 

3 a.m. Hcn3: Bauch, belly. 

Ny-J3 n. f., sf. i s. ^13 ; 3 s. f. 
K£D; p. (sive du!) ^"13, 
sf. 2 s. m. ?py-D ; 3 s. m. 



n^V13: 3 p. m. irpjns : 

-T ; l A • -it : 

Fufigelenk, Fufi, aw#fe, leg, 

foot. 
^"13 (1^13, Ktfns, KBH3) n. m. 

Haifisch, shark. 
h&Z vb. Af., 3 s. m. c. sf. 

3 s. m. 7hp?X : straucheln 

machen, cause to stumble. 
*01#3 (ass.) n. m., p. nW3: 

Balken, foazra. 
nn3 vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. c. sf. 

3 s. m. TtorD ; 3 s. m. c. 

sf. 3 p. m. inians; Impf. 

2 p. m. UrpH 5 Imp. p. m. 
?3n3, Una- Inf. 3FpB^; 
Pt.act. 1 s. JW3n3, 2 p. 
^R^J ; pass. s. m. 3T13 : 
schreiben, write. || Itpe., 
Pt. p. f. 11D3D : eingetragen 
werden, fo registered. || 
sqr]3D n. m. Griffel, stfte. 

KJFD n. m. Flachs, /ta. 

KBrp (XS3J n. f. (m.), sf. 3 s. 
m. nsn3 (H53): Schulter, 
shoulder. || *]n3 vb. denom. 
Pa., Pt. act. *]FDO, p. ^n3D ; 
1 s. KJBFD&, 1 p. ^^nSD: 
auf laden, tragen, carry on 
the shoulder. 



a& 



127 ! 



^> 



*? praep., sf. 1 s. ^ ^nj ; 1 p. 
ttfj£, "J5, f?rt); 2 s. m. 

tyfo?, iS*>; 3 S. m. **?, 

nHii, f. n£, nVn:, p. m. 
t'jin^, in^m, p! f. vi 1 ?: 

zu, fur, to, for; nota accu- 
sativi (§6 lft). | 1 p. }Vh; 
2 p. m. Tto^J ; 3 s.m.rf?n, 
p. m. \\rh^\ (§48tf). | ^H3 
praep. wegen, on account of. 

**% & (§67) adv. nicbt, nein, 
not, no. | rPK K 1 ? v. jvk. 

'«!? vb. Pe., Pt. pass. ^: 
miide, tira/. 

1*6. ^D n. m., d. *0*6t3 ; 
p. *3xfe: Engel, ongrc/. 

x nn^ . X3 2 ? n. m., sf. 1 s.^: 

2 s. m. 1)2? : Herz, ^£flr/. 
"| *0^«: im Sinne von, «c- 
cording to. 

*2lb . Klbh n. m.Palmzweig, 

branch of a palm. 
pb . KTj:^ n. f., p. ^pV: Zie- 

gel, firoc£. 
tfnV vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. c. sf. 

3 p. inJPBto/! ; Impf. 1 s. c. 
sf. 3 s. m.'lWz&K, n3t^a!?K; 
3 s. m. l^aVlj'lmp. Eft 1 ?; 



Inf. tte*?o!? ; Pt. pass. p. c. 
sf. 3 p. f. W&ph : anziehen, 
put on ; Pt. pass, bekleidet, 
clothed. | Af., Pt. act. tifdbto : 
bekleiden, clothe. || XB/n? 
n. m., sf. 3 s. m. KUfpb: 
Gewand, garment. 

xrh vb. Saf., Pt.pass. \nfy2to: 
ermiidet, tfritf. 

nrfr v. nnx. 

Nl5' vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. 
V/IN : sich anschliefSen, 
/am. I Pa., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 
2 s. m. TJJ-l!? ; Impf. 3 s. ra. 
+n ?.^; 3 p.m. c.sf. 3s.m. 
truil^: begleiten, accom- 
pany. | Af., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 

2 s. m. ^K id. 

HJO*? n. m. Levit, Levite. | 

W 1 ? "D id. 
K3&, n*0& n. m., p. m. ^3&, 

f. d. awra?: aus Libyen, 

Libyan. 
#yh n. m. Log, log (ein MaB, 

« measure). 
V\b vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. c. sf. 

3 s. m. nntD^; Impf. 1 s. 
c. sf. 3 s. m. rPt^K 5 3 s. m. 
ub ; Inf. B*?D 1 sf. 3 s. m. 

r ' r 



128* 



tt3^ — «3(«)o 



rr>ttW?; Pt. act. s. m. d. 

t -;it ' t:it ' : -:it 7 

pass. s. m. d. KB1?, SDI^ : 

verfluchen, cwrce. | Pa.,Pt. 

act. s. m. d. Kt;p£p id. 
&>'^, tf^ vb. Pe., Impf. 2 p. m. 

W^n, W^fl; Imp. p. m. 

Itf^," W^;'Pt. act. 1 p. 

)VUf;h:kneten,knead.\\W^h y 

nuph n. m. Teig, <?ow^. 
nj^> praep., sf. 1 s. t T)^>, tni 1 ? ; 

2 s. m. r\(^r\)h : zu, ' to. * ' 

Tirfc v. nna. 
»nV v. *on. 

KDn 1 ? n. m., sf. 2 s. f. yort? : 

Brot, bread. 
1 ^fnh vb. Pe., Impf. 2 s. m. 

tfrfcn; Imp. s. m. Vfnh: 

fliistern, whisper. 
*V'rh vb. Pa., Pt. act. p. f. 

]Vm?P m : gliihend, glowing. 
xy>h v. "rv«. 
k;^£ n. m., p. «njW, 'iW: 

Nacht, m#^. || Kn^^ n. f. 

= rpW (weiblicher Damon, 

female demon). 



KfJUS^ n. f. Spott, scoffing. 

n*h v. rp«. 

n^. tfrpfyn n. m., p. t-prp^n, 

^;p?n, sf. 2 s. m. ^PO^h ; 
3 p.m.tlinmAn: Schiller, 
disciple. || tfpt^n n. m. Tal- 
mud. 
nxDp 1 ? (gr.) n. m. Rauber, 
rofc&er. II SWttD 1 ? n. f. Rau- 

11 t it : • 

berei, the robbers business. 

Kliy 1 ? n. m. Fremdsprachiger, 
speaker of a foreign lang- 
uage, 

JHE& (gr.) n. m. Pfanne, pan; 
eine aus Feigen verfertigte 
Speise, a dish made of figs. 

X?h vb. Pe., Pt. act. *ph : ge- 
scblagen werden, be beaten. 

)&h n. m. ? d. XMh: Zunge, 
Ausdruck , tongue , ex- 
pression. 

T\rh vb. Pe., Pt. act. p. msnrh : 

A " -:it 

anfeuchten (Getreide), 
moisten (grain). 



n«p n. f., du. inKO r 100. 
«Dlb (hebr.) n. m. Makel, 
blemish. 



W(K)On.m,p.^)0;eM; 
sf. 2 p. m. 1D>. :g ; 3 s. m. 
.TOKO; 3 p.m.Q)1rPJB: Ge- 



oan 



sata 



129* 



faB, Gerat, Gewand, vessel, 

utensil, garment. 
DKD vb. Pe., Inf. DKDD ; Pt. 

pass. D^p : verachten, 

despise; Pt. pass, wider- 

lich, loathsome. 
ntqd, *nsp v. my. 
)XQ adv. umsonst, gratuitously. 
Nt£i;lpN n. m. Magier, /w«- 

gician. 
iorTD, Knaip v. inn. 

TIB '. *ntD V. ni., sf. 2 s. m. 

t]:JD: Kleid, garment. 
^D v. V1\ 

arpnp v. yx 
xniVo'v. nn. 
Djnp'v. vt. 

HD, NO, s p pron. interr.(§§l la; 
60 ad) was? wW? | >BK: 
warum? wherefore? \ 'B3: 
worin ? womit ? wherein ? 
wherewith? | ntjD : wie, #ow>. | 
nD^: wozu? wherefore? | 
ND?^ : dafi nicht etwa, /&?£; 
vielleicht, perchance. \ 1 JIB, 
1 ^D: dasjenige, welches, 
was, £#«£ which, what | 
*T HDD conj. wie, as. 

*on-ip v. "nn. 

"?n& vb. Pe., Imp. p. m. &np ; 
Pt. act. 1 p. l^VriD, 2 p. 

Margolis, Chr. Bab. Talm. 



HV^ilB: beschneiden, cir- 
cumcise. II NzinD n. m. Be- 

«' T IT 

Schneider, circumciser. 

ay-rip v. yp. 

1"1B(?). TiB& n. m., d.*UiDB: 
Geld, money. 

*nyip v. iy\ 

NJliO n. m. Made, worm. 
Vftb vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. f. 

tfi^DF) ; imp. BfiB : zubereiten, 

prepare. 
niD, rvp vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. 

rvp, f.tnrpp, arpp; 3 p.m. 

ttfVD ; Impf. 3 s". m. tmty, 

f. tmon; 3 p.m. t fi)ini^, 
t^np^/irm^, int-fc; Inf. 

nDtt, n&D: Pt. act. s. m. 

T . 7 T .. 7 

nap, p.m. t vn;», ^n/D; 

1 p. l^n;D, 2 s. nrpD; pass. 

s. d. NIVp: sterben, dte; Pt. 

pass, tot, dead. || Njrvp n. m. 

Toter, a dead person. || NniD 

n. m., NJnip n. m., NnirpD 

n. f. Tod* death. 
N1D(?) . *WB n. m., sf. 1 s. 

•»MP; 3 s. m. PP.p, f.PP7B: 

Haar,to>.||[Nnip n. f., p. 

np;] sf. 2 p.m. i>tp; 3 s. 

m. nnp id. 
ioniD v. nn\ 

t : i 

k-hb v. m 

t : • 

9 



130 : 



ab*a 



ana vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. 

sf. 1 s. 1 YjB, 2 s. m. ^no ; 
3 p. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. rHTip, 

ninD, 3 p. m. irqirip ; Impf. 
3 s.m. c. sf. 3 s. m'.n™^; 
Inf. Knttp, sf. 3 s.m. nnpt& ; 

Pt. W, 1 p. i;to 7 2 s. 
nTlD : schlagen , strike, 
smite. I Pa., Pf. 1 s. Tip; 
3 p. inp : verwehren, ver- 
hindern , protest against, 
hinder. 
Kttano v. unn. 

t t : - 

KiinD v. Tin. 

T IT 

nnD . anb n. m., sf. 1 s. Tib: 

T * 

Gehirn, brain. 

K^ilD v. IDIDH. 

t - : 

>ron?3 v. iton. 

t t : - 

^HD vb. Pe., Pt. act. 1 s. 
*07nD: verzeihen, forgive. 

"inpC?) adv. morgen, to-mor- 
row. 

xn^'nD v. ntfn. 

kbd vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. n$p; 

3 p. m. TtoB, sf. 3 s. m. 
mnsp ; Impf!, 3 s. m. c. sf. 

1 s. )]pph : 3 p. ittBJ ; Pt. 
act. s. m. >ttD, f. iOtiD, p. 
m. itDtt, f. "PttD, 2 s. rVttD 

T 7 't : |T ' •• T 



- 1-s 

absol. , sq. 7 sive accus. : 
gelangen, reichen, einbolen, 
arrive, reach, overtake. | 
Af., Pf. 2 s. m. rvpptf ; 3 p. 
m. itDDK, sf. 3 s. m. n^tDOX, 
3 p. m. TunjpK; Imp. 
"h*BO«, sf. 3 s. m. PpnDpK ; 
Pt. act. p. m. ittpp : bringen, 
fiihren, carry, conduct. || 
xn^g n. f. Bitte, petition. 
iD^D, ?)3B KnUDfta: bitte, 

:- •' 't • t it : 7 

/ pray thee, you. 

Kfl^pP v. W>D. 

KHlDtD n. m. Regen, rain. 

p part, interr. = num. || NiTD, 

nrp, irpp v. mn. 

tf;p n. p. m., sf. 2 s. m. !j»p; 
. 3 p. m. irrp : Wasser, wafer. 

X^D v. &K. 

t : ,-• 

K7*p n. m. = fiHtov. 
«n^D (gr.) n. f., p. Kn^D: 

Wolle , wollener Mantel, 

woo/, woolen cloak. 
iwp n. m., sf. 3.s. f. H^D; 

p. ^p: Art, kind; Ha- 

retiker, heretic. 
ktpd v. xriK. 
ani^p v. pD. 

H2p v. N-tn. 

1DD vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. ^]p; 
Imp.'qbjPt.act.p.m.t'j^D: 



K0=)T3 



1» 



131* 



unterbreiten, lay, spread. | 
Af., Pt. act. Tpp : niedrig 
machen, /ay low. || !p3tt adj., 
2 s. rD'OD : niedrig, fo/p. 

NDDft v. DD3. 

anrpD v. nns. 

X^p vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m. "hx^p, 
^P ; Impf. 3 S. f. ^DH; Pt. 
act.^D, p. m. i^D, f/t-j^D 
Xv£; pass. "7D, f. NJ?p, 
p. m. *\>hp, i^p : voll sein, 
fiillen; he full, fill. ( Pa., 
Pf. 3 p. c. sf. 3 p. irq^D ; 
Impf. 1 s. ^px ; 3 s. m. c. 
sf. 3 s. m. n*!?OT, f. F&pb; 
Pt. act. s. m. c. sf. 3 s. f. 
X^pp: fullen, fill. \\ *6p 
n. m. Fiille, fulness. 

XH^p n. m. (f.) Salz, salt. \\ 
rihft vb. denom. Pe., Pf. 3 
s. m. c. sf. 3 p. f. mrhn ; 

p. m. "hrte ; Pt. pass. p. m. 
'Tvhp: salzen, salt. 
1 ^D n. m., d. *O^D: Konig, 
king. || XHD^p n. f. Konigin, 
queen. (| Kn'tt^p n. f. sf. 2 
s. m. T]TO?D : Reich, konig- 
liche Person , Regierung, 
Herrschaft, reign, govern- 
ment, kingdom, royalty. II 



t]7p vb. denom. Pe., Impf. 
3 slm.+t]*>p>; Pt. act. s.m, 
tfpft, 2 p. m^g : regieren, 
reign. | Af ., Pf .' 3 s. m. ^ DX ; 
Impf. 3 s. m. Tjte: id. 
2 1^D vb. Itpe., Impf. 1 s. 
r\hpx ; Inf. "qi^BX ; Pt. s. m. 
t^'pp, p. m. t^D^Dnp: sich 
beraten, andern Sinnes wer- 
den, take counsel, change 
one's mind. 

^D . 8^3 n. f., d. Nnte, sf. 
3 s. m. nnj>p; p. ^p, sf. 
3 s. m. PP^p, 3 p. m. in^p : 
Wort, Ding, word, thing. || 
K^&ft, *6d& adv. von selbst, 

T • -7 T •• • 7 

of itself. || >Wp n. m. Rede, 
speech. 

]iDD v. Y1D. 

*^>BD, n'p&D v. W>D. 

T • •/ T •• • 

XtS'DD v. tftfD. 

r - : 

"IP, -p, p praep., sf. 1 s. 
tvjp, t-jp, ^p 5 1 p . -jap; 

2 a.m. 1J3D; 2 p. m. tyb-lp, 
"ft^D; 3 s. m. P13D, f. H3D, 
p. m. tp'nip, in^_p, f. VPSp: 
von, aus, als, of from, out 
of, than. || Sjp v. "]«. 
IP pron. interr. (§§lla; 50): 



wer ? who ? 



UD, >>}& 



132* 



mb — ansa 



(§11&): wer ist es? who 
is it? || T ID (§51&): der- 
jenige, welcher, he who, 
whosoever, 

*OD vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p. m. 
UtM ; Imp. ^B ; Inf. ^OD, 
sf. 3 p. m. im:DD ; Pt. act. 
1 p. I^JD : zahlen, count. | 
Itpe., Pf. 3 p. m. iJBX, 
sq. "^: durcli Stimmen- 
abgabe wahlen, vote for, 
elect by ballot || *wya n. 
m., p. 'JJJB : Zahl, Zahiung, 
number, count. 

yJD vb. Pe. , Impf. 3 s. m. c. 
sf. 1 s. }V_)ph : zuriickhalten, 
restrain. | Itpe., Pt. p. m. 
*y.JBB, pass. 

KDD n. m. Schaufel, shovel. 

*0(K)DB v. )XD. 

XTBDo/xniSDD v. 1SD. 

XJpDtt v. p^D ' 

t't : - I -• : 

1DD vb. Pe., Impf. 2 s. m. 

c. sf. 3 s. m. niDDH ; Pt. act. 

s. m. 1DO, 1 s. Nj'lQg ; pass. 

p. f. 1TDO: iiberliefern, 

hand over. | Itpe., Pf. 3 s. 

m. "IDBX; Impf. 3 s. m. 

tlDD^'lDttn 1 ?, iDtD 1 ?; Pt. 

s. f. XIDBo'/pass. 
NfJDDn.Geniige, sufficiency; sf. 



1 s. TlDD ; 2 s. m. T)(*)rjDD, 
^HDD ; 3 s. m. .TROtD : es ist 
genug fiir, e7 is enough for. 

[K^D] n. m., sf. 3 s. m. Piy& ; 
p. c sf. 3 s. m.rpyp, H^VD: 
Eingeweide, intestines. 

ttyD vb. Pa., Inf. nDlytJ: aus- 
schliefien, exclude. || Nttiyp 
n. m. AusschlieBung , ea;- 

*o*ya v. *wy. 

TT • - T •• 

^o, ^y : D v. W>y. 
an Wp v. ~hv. 
n/^d v. W>y. 
Nnnyp v. my. 

NJjPBD, NFlpBtt v. psj. 

•»SD,' "»StD«'vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. 
'SB; 3 p. m. iSB; Pt.pass. 
>BB, 1 s. JW2D, 2 s. rPXB : 
vermogen, konnen, be able. 

ySB . y.^p adj, , p. m. W£ 1. 

s y ;>sd, s. f. d. «ny;s» : mit- 

telster, middle. || [nKJJSBK] 

adj., p. ^yataji ( =, k?x£k), 

id. 
fXD vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s. m. HXD, 

rPXB ; Pt. act. yiQ : saugen, 

suck. 
iOXD n. m., sf. 1 s. nXD: 

p. c. sf. 3 p. f. xnJISD: 

x- r tvt : • 

Grenze, boundary. 



nanso 



nrva 



133 : 



ru{1X& n. m. Agypter, Egyp- 
tian. 

XVpft n. m., sf. 1 s. tnj?0: 
Gehirn, brain. 

1 X1D . JOB n. m., c. ntj; sf. 
1 s. tntj, tltj; lp.tij-iD; 
2B.m. \{?J\% p.m. 1an_B; 
3 s. m. HID, f. HID, p. m. 

irn_D ; . l p. anna , sf. 3 

p/mTirpmiB: Herr, lord, 

r : "ITT |T I ' 

master. 
2 JOB vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. f. 

xn&K, n&X = n& q. v. 
H^:nB, xnyaiD v# 2^ n1> 
KlVJriB (gr.) n. f. Perle, 

pearl. 
TIO vb.Pe., Pf.3p.m.tniD; 

Pt. act. TIO : sich emporen, 

revolt. | Itpe., Pf. 3 s. f. 

nnax id. 

t - : • 

aan& v. an. 

T ; : - 

tDBIB vb. It., Pf. 3 s. m. 
tttTjBX; Inf. nDitriBK: in 
Fetzen zerrissen werden, be 
torn in shreds. || KfcittIB 
n. m. , p. 'ttttriB : Fetzen, 
rag. 

K^pD n. m., sf. 3 s. m. HV1D ; 
T p. tinpD: Krankheit, wcA:- 



TIB adj. bitter. 

N£>'D vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s. m. 
rPHto; Impf. 3 s. m. 
Wpl ; Imp. ^D ; Pt. act. 

s. m. nfito, f. JOBto, 1 s. 

•• t i t : it' 

KW'ft: waschen, wosA. I 

r •• it ' I 

Af., 1 s. c. sf. 3 s. m. 

nrPBtoN ; 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. 
m. W&N id. 

Wfc vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. 
ntStoJ: messen, measure. || 
NntS^D n. m., c. PlBto : Mafi, 

t : • / - : ' 

measure. 

2 n^'D . Nnt£>D n. m., c. WD: 
01, oi/. T ' 

"]tfD vb. Pe., Pt. act, p. m. 
WD: Ziehen, tfraw. II SOt^'D 

• : it 7 II t : - 

n. m., sf. 3 s. m. PDBto ; p. 
'atsto: Haut, Fell, sAwi. || 
SOtP'p n. m. Ausdehnung, 
extent. 

UfW'n . KtStoD n. m. Wesent- 

t - : 

liches, something tangible. 

wmtsto v. Yltf. 

t ' : : • • : 

NnD n. f., c. n^; sf. 1 s. 
T *nD; 3 p. m. inVto: Stadt, 

nnD vb. Pe., Pt. act. p. m. 
TinD: spannen, stretch. 



134* 



aninma 



sna 



anavto v. nn\ 

hr\ft vb. Pe., Pt. pass. p. m. 
''Vnp, sq. 3 sive 3: ver- 
gleichen, liken. || K?nD n. 



m. Gleichnis , Sinnspruch, 
simile, parable. 
*OnD n. m. Strick, rope. 



n»J vb. Pe., Pt. act. >KJ: 

passen, become. 
K3J . [rtiOnJ (hebr.)] n. m., p. 

tj*J*3J: Prophet, prophet. 
22) . ni3K n. m. Flote, flute. 
T]2) vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. m. 

rQJ, p. m. '^TH^: bellen, 

bark. 
xrfrnj n. f. Aas, carcass. 

t : I- : 7 

V21 vb. Af., Pt. act. s. m. 
JDB, p. f. ]V T 2ft: sprudeln 
lassen, cm/se to #wsA /br#?. 

2M vb. Pe., Pt. act. 21): sich 
trocknen, dry oneself. 

-UJ vb. Pe., Inf. Ittto ; Pt. act. 
s. m. W, p. m. HJU : 1 . weg- 
ziehen, remove; 2. fliefien, 
flow; 3. geiBeln, scourge. | 
Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. IJtfnK, 
TOX ; Pt. s. m. TOD, nib : 

1. in Ohnmacht fallen, ver- 
scheiden, faint, pass away; 

2. gegeifielt werden, be 
scourged. | Pa., Inf. 'ItW; 
Pt. act. p. m. + VTO£: gei- 



Beln, scourge. | Af., Pf. 

3 s. m. TO*, = Tl»n. || 
KTO n. m. , p. m. 'TO.3 1. 
">TO : Zielier , Schlepper, 
one who draws (a ship). || 
xni^J n. m. Fiihrer, leader. || 

xmiix n. f. == iron. Hag- 

T :|T ~ TT-' ° 

gada. 
.TO vb. Pe., sich verspaten, 

come late, ?\h TO, a 1 ? KTO : 

er verspatete sich, he came 

late (§55d). 
^ . K7-1D n. m. Sichel, sickle. 
tyM vb. Pe. sq. 2: beriihren, 

ifowcA. || Itpa., Pf. 3 s. f. 

XVJM , ^33« : aussatzig 

werden, become leprous. 
KTO n. m. Tischler, carpenter. 
tfTO n., p. c. sf. 2 s. m. TpTO : 

1. Kanal, canal; 2. FuB, 

Schritt, /fawf, *fep. 
m: vb. Af., Pt. 1 p. IJ^D: 

sprengen, sprinkle. 
rfitt vb. Pa., Pt. act. MD, 

Itpa., Pt. nnjnD, S^d": 



nis 



nw 



135 ! 



freiwillig geloben, offer as 
a freewill- gift. 
nra vb. Af., pf. 3 p. c. sf. 

3 s.m.tviirnK: ausstofien, 
thrust out. 
Til vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. n/TJ: 
geloben, vow. | Af., Pf. 2 s. 

m. c. sf. 3 s. f. nrnna 5 3 m. 

c. *f. 3 s. f. PITTS; 3 s. f. 
c. sf. 3 s. f. nrrHX: ein 
Geliibde auferlegen, impose 
a vow. || XTil n. m. Geliibde, 
vow. 

m m., VU f. (§63a), p. 1HJJ 
m., s riJJ f. pron. 3 pers. er 7 
sie, he, she; sie, they. 

mi vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m.turu, 
mi ; Impf. s. f. ^ra ; Pt. 
act. p. m. ^ra, pass. p. m. 
WU: fiihren, beobachten, 
conduct, conduct oneself 
observe; Pt. pass, gewohnt, 
accustomed, (s) K1p> jra : 

v :' t't : - : 

Ehre erweisen, honor. 

KDHj n. m. Brot, bread. 

1 17}1 vb. Pe. f hell werden, 
dawn. I Af., 3 s. m. c. sf. 
3 p. f. \raim.K : erleuchten, 
cause to shine. [| Tra adj., 
p. m. ">Tra, s. f. NTra, p. f. 
]T^A *• leuchtend , klar, 



bright, clear. || XTira n. m., 
sf. 2 s. m. Tjnirt): Licht, 

%M I "lira ^D, T p.'nin: ^d : 
blind, ft/mtf. 

2 ira . *nra n. m., c. "ira, p. 
nra, Nnnra : Strom, riixr. 

..- :r ; TT|T . :r 7 

TJ vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. f. W11 : 

t ;«t 

sich bewegen, move. 

m vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. nj; 
Impf. 3 s. m. nj3, n^>, f. 
ran: Inf. raD; T pt. act. s. 
m. n\J, pass. s. m. d. MTj, 
s. f. KITJ : ruhen, zur Ruhe 
kommen, resf, enter into 
rest; Pt. pass, angenehm, 
annehmbar , pleasing , ac- 
ceptable. I ran: es ist an- 
nehmbar, it is acceptable. | 
itpe., Pf. 3 s. f. Sranx, 

Inf. TliJns : sich hinlegen, 
lie down ; darauf eingehen, 
acquiesce. | Af., Pf. l g. 

^ras, sf. 3 s. f. nnras ; 1 p. 

tx:ra_X; Impf. 3 s.m. mj; 

inf. vri-ix, sf. 3 p. irani^V; 

Pt. act. ri3D ; pass. s. m. 
raD, s. f. mito : legen, hin- 
legen, lassen, lay, place, 
leave. II KITJ n. m., c. m : 

II tt : 7 T . 

Ruhe, rest. || KniPPJ n. f. 



136 : 



t3ll3 — "IB 3 



Sanftmut, Ruhe, gentleness. || 
n:n vb. deriv. Af., Pf. 3 s. 

m. mna = H3X. 
DU, D^ vb. Pe. , Pf. 3 s. m. 
D\l ; Impf. 1 p. DU: ; 3 s. 
m. Dm ; Inf. DJO ; Pt. act. 

••-r 7 t ;it 7 t :r-r 

schlummern, schlafen, slum- 
ber, sleep. | Pa., Pf. 1 s. 
n^J, id. | Palp., Pt. act. 

DJttttt, id. 
nnn.m.' (f.), d. KYIJ: Feuer, 

fire. 
hn . *6-1D n. m. Schicksal, 

XT - 7 

fortune. 
*)U . KTJIB'U n. f. Verweis, 

rebuke. 
ptt vb. Af., Pf. 3 s. f. c. sf. 

1 s. injPJX ; Inf. >j?H« ; Pt. 

act. pTD : schadigen, injure. | 

Ittaf,, Pf. 1 s. ^.IRK; 2 s. 

m. np;in« 5 3 s. m. plfiK ; 

Pt. p. m. >pn» : Schaden 

erleiden, sw/f<er injury. 
KTtt (hebr.) n. m. = TU. 
X?ni n. m. , p. ^HJ : Bach, 

t -:r ' x - -:r ' 

brook. 
nm vb.Pe., Pf. 3 p.m.tm; 
impf. 2 p. m. mnn Onnnj ; 

Imp. s. m. nhJ, p. m. iDn ,* 
Inf. nnD^5 Pt. act. s. m. 



nm, 1 p. l^flPl J : herab- 
steigen, descend. | Af., Pf. 
l p. c. sf. 3 s. m. rpj'nns 

1. MJnnx ;3s.m. c. sf. 3 p. 

m. in:nn«, f. n njnn«; 3 p. 
m. "hnn« • impf. l "p. nm ; 

Pt. act. s m. rinD; pass. 
p. m. >nn», f. innD : herab- 
kommen lassen,niederlegen, 
cause to descend, place. || 

anim n. m. : kb* Trim = 

T IT T" " IT 

(?tDJ vb. Pe., Imp. ^b: nehmen, 
ta/te. | Itpe., Pf. 3 s. f. 
+n!?tD3X: pass. || ^t3»N, 
ItSDX praep. wegen , um 
willen, on account of, for 
the sake of. \\ ^ h^m conj. 
weil, because. 

ytOJ vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 
3 s. m. f\yp) : pflanzen ?j pto£. 

p)tM vb. Pe., tropfen, drop. || 
KHBtW n. f. Tropfen, drop. 

11DJ vb^Pe., Impf. 3 p. f. 
tyroil; Imp. s. m. 1tDJ(») : 
l.bewahren,#w«rtf; 2. war- 
ten, wa*Y. | Itpe., Pt. p. f. 
SOD3D : bewacht werden, 

t :- * ' 

be guarded. \ Pa., Inf. c. 
sf. 3 p. m. Inm'tM!?: be- 
wachen, guard. 



KS15 



PS5 



137* 



*y>} n. f., p. c. sf. 3 s. m. 

PPn\l: Zahn, tooth. 
*OJ vb. Pe., Pt. pass. 'O: : ab- 

ziehen, subtract 
DDJ vb.Pe., Imp. Db: schlach- 

ten, slaughter. | Pa., Inf. 

KM^ leg. KD3J?, id. || >p3J 

n. p. m. , sf. 1 s. TOJ; 

2 s. m. }(*)MJ; 3 s. m. 

tVTiDM, PlTOJ: Besitz, jkw- 

sessions. 
HNIDJ n. m. fremd, foreign. 
Kttttj'n. m., p. >ppJ: Decke, 

cover. 
**&} adv. aucli, «&<?. || ^DJ S K: 

oder, or. 
nDJ vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. •ODJ; 

1 p.ttfinDJ: 2 s. m. Mdi ; 

impf. 2 s. m. nwn, 3Dn, 
np:n ; 3 s. m. DDJ 1 ? 5 sf. 1 s. 
14DJJ; 3 p.m. "hn^; Imp. 
npj; Pt. act. p. m. (1)^DJ: 
nehmen , heiraten , take, 
marry (take a wife). | Itpe., 
Pf. 3 s. f. trapjna, anpax, 
N3D3K 5 inf.t ^bns^niwx; 
Pt. s. f. rnDjp" p. m . >npjp, 

p. f. +15D3D; .1 s. XJXiD 

(iwnpjp),' Ip.^np3p,'2 s. 
f. rQpjJp: sich verheiraten, 
verheiratet werden, be mar- 



ried (take a husband). || 
Af., Pt. act. 3DJB: verhei- 
raten, marry off (give a 
wife to). 

riDJ vb. Af., Pf. 1 s. c. sf. 3 
p. m. irijnnpN : entfernen, 
remove. 

^M . «n3DO n. f. Traktat, 
treatise. 

2ta jDi . K3DJ n. m. Metallbarren, 
bar of metal. 

1 DD:.XD3 n. m., p. t^pvp:: 
Wunder, miracle. 

2 DDJ . k;dd n. m. Mifimut, bad 
humor. 

1D3 vb. Pa., Pt. act. p. m. 
+ Cj^ipjp : siigen, saw. 

^J . [N^JD] n. m., p.+l^lp: 
Sclmh, shoe. 

XSJ . [KnDJ] n. f., p. xnjgj : 
Sieb, «>#£. 

nsj vb. Pe., Pt. act. riBJ: an- 
fachen, blow. | Itpe., Pf. 3 
s. m. rtMX pass. || KIlB: n. 
m. Schmied, smith. 

h*\ vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. rfcw ; 
3 p.m.t^BJ :J ^BJ; Pt.act. 
s. m. ^BJ, 1 s. H^Bj: fallen, 
/«//. | Af., Pt.Vf. *6bD: 
abortieren, #we premature 
birth to. 



138 



■pSS 



np: 



fBJ vb. Pe., Imp. yb: schiit- 

teln, ausklopfen, shake out, 

beat. 
pD: vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. NgDJ; 

3 p. m. pteJ ; Impf. 1 s. p'BK ; 

1 p. pg»J; *3 s. m. ps>J, "f. 

pan; 3 p. (flips^.; Imp. pb, 

p. IpB ; Inf. pBD^> 5 Pt. act. 

s. m. pDJ ? f. NjPBJ p. m. 

'pBJ, 1 s. XJpwVheraus- 

1 • :it 7 t 1 :i-t 

gehen, hervorgehen, C0;w<? 
out, go forth. \ }hx%$} "ȣ 
?ttD: was ergibt sich uns 
daraus ? wto follows for us 
therefrom? H3B Nps: >d^>: 

■t :rr - : 

was fiir Bedeutung bat es ? 
w/&«£ is the significance 
thereof? | Af., Pf. 1 s. npBK, 

sf. 2 p. m. 1'DJIVjPBK; 2 s. 
m. npS«, sf. 3 s.m.nnpBX; 
3 s. m. pBK, sf. 3 s.'m. 
nps«; 3 s. f. HgBK, sf. 3 
s. m. nrpSK. ; 3 p. m. "hpBK, 
sf. 3 s. m. PHpBN ; Impf. 2 
s. m. pBfl; 3 p. m. t'ppB'-, 
Imp. s. m. pBK, p. m. *pBX; 
Inf. >piB*6 ; Pt. act. s. m. 
pBB, f. KgBB, p. m. (D'PBD, 
1 s. «:pBD,"l p. U?B»_: her- 
vorgehen machen, heraus- 
ziehen, cause to come out, 



cause to go forth, bring out, 
lead out. \\ xnpBft n. f., sf. 

3 s. m. nnpBO, «:gBD n. 
m. Ausgang, exit. 

kbj'bj n. m. ? sf. 1 s. tnste:, 

tttfM, ^BJ; 1 p. V^BJ; *2 
s. m.^BtoJ; 2 p. m.WSJ; 
3 s. m.ntfBJ; 3 s. f. hVbJ: 
Seele, soul; c. suff. = pron. 
reflex. (§48*?). | .WB3B: aus 
sich selbst, 6/* himself. | 
ntStejlB : aus seinen eignen 
Mitteln, ow£ 0/* his own 
means. || BteJ vb. Pe., Pt. 
pass. s. m. t&^BJ, f. K^BJ, 
p. m. V^^ 1 v i e l? groB, 
numerous, large. j Af.,Impf. 
3 s. f. #BR: vermehren, 
multiply. 

K2J vb. Itpe., Pt. s. m. '•BiB, 
f. anuo, p. m. iX3B, 2s. 
rPSiJD: streiten, quarrel. || 
KJ^BB n. m. streitsiichtig, 
quarrelsome. 

hll vb. Af., Impf. 3 s. m. c. 
sf. 1 s. ^ ; Pt. act. 1 s. 
fcwBD : (er)retten , save, 
deliver, rescue. | Ittaf., Pf. 
3 s. m. VsnK ; Pt. 2 s. fi^sno 
pass. 

npJ vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. 



spa — ^3 



139 



npjlX 5 Pt. s. m. 3j?3iD : durch- 
lochert werden, be per- 
forated. 
tDp_J, tDp.JN vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s. m. 

PJtDp.J; 3 s. m. c. sf. 1 s. 1tD_pj, 
3 s. m. HtDpJ; Impf. 1 s. 
BpJK; 2 s. in. tspjH; 2 p. 
m. *ttDp:n; 3 s. m. Dp A; 
3 p. m.' ^j?ll, tttp:; Imp. 
tDJPJ; Inf. cl sf. 3 p. m. 

injpp:t^, f. ^mtDp^; pt. 
act. tipj, 1 s. >wm?j, l p. 

l^OpJ 2 s. ntDp T 3; p'ass. p. 
m. nippj, 1 p. p^tD^J: er- 
greifen, halten, seize, take 
hold, keep; Pt. pass. = act. | 
•« (sc. Kn^o) nnyna tDpj, 

jmdm es libel nehmen, auf 
jmdn bose sein, be angry 
with. | Pa., Pt. act. tDgJD: 
sammeln, gather. | Af., Pt. 
act. tDpJft: auflesen, jmc#. 

f]pj vb. Af., Pt. act. 1 s. 
iODpJD: umringen, encom- 
pass. 

IpJ vb. Pa., Pf., 1 p. tarigj: 
Fett und gewisse Adern 
beseitigen, remove fat and 
certain veins. 

tfpj vb. Pe., Pt. act. tfp:: 
klopfen, knock. || Af., Pt. 



act. tPpft : vergleichen, 
gleichstellen, compare, place 
on an equal footing. 
KJTU n. m. Beil, axe. 

t ::t ' 

KfcO . rwfeU n. m. Fiirst, 

prince. 
iXUH vb. Itpe., Pf. 1 s. ^3« ; ; 

3 p. c. sf. 3 s. m. rpn^X ; 

Pt. s. f. Kn^p : vergessen, 

forget. 
2 m: vb. Pe. = n&a 

3t£l vb. Pe. wehen, J/ow. 
KSBtt n. m. , p. *ntf J : Netz, 

tOt^'JJ vb* Pe., Imp. ttfr'J : ent- 

hauten, £&m. 
*)ttft vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. P]tf : 

fortriicken, depart. 
ptifl vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. 

sf. 2 s. m. TJjPttg ; 3 p. m. 

pIBtt ; Pt. act. s. f. KjPtfJ, 

p. m. *p#J: kiissen, sich 

beriihren, #iw, touch. 
)m vb. Pe., Impf. 1 s. in«; 

3 p. m. ^UF^; Imp. "JR: 

geben, ^w;£. || NfJJRB n. f. 

Geschenk, gift. 
in: vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m. mru, 

f. tpn_J: abfallen, fall off. 



140 



anas — Ti& 



[KnKD] n. f., p. ^)KD: Seah, 
ein Mafi, « measure. 

1«D . XJKDD n. m. , sf. 3 s. f. 
KJKDD ; T p. >J(K)DD sf. 3 s. 
m. PPJKDO : Scbuh, s^Otf. || 
*U*D n. m. , sf. 3 s. m. 

rrJpq, id. 

^3D vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. m. c. 

?2D : ertragen, bear. 
13D vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. nao; 

i p. tarno, ty-po; 2 s. 

m. maib': 3 s. 'f.'mno; 

3 p. m. 1UD 5 Impf. 3 s. m. 
12Dh ; Pt. act. s. m. "DD, 
l p. ynno; 2 s. rTDD; 
;. s. f. KTpp : meinen, 



nacbdenken , versteben, 
think, reason, understand; 
'h KT3D : es ist meine 
Meinung, it is my opinion. | 
Itpa., Pt. s. f. Kpnqq: 
fur richtig befunden wer- 
den, be found correct. | 
Af., Pf. 3 s. m. "BOX, 
sq. *>BN et h: freundlicb 
sein, anerkennen, be friend- 
ly to, recognize. \\ *Tpq 
n. m. etwas mit dem 
Verstande Erschlossenes, 



something arrived at by 
reasoning. 

1 WD vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. +^:p; 
3 s. f. «;JD, ^_D ; Pt. p. m. 
t^D, typ, 1 p. )p*D: 
gehen, wandeln, w«/A. | 
Itpe., Pf. 3 s. f. K^nDK; 
Pt. s. m. VIP]DD: vorwarts 
kommen, proceed; VIF)DN 
H 1 ? id. | Af., Pt. act. s. m. 

vidd, f. «;^pp, p. yqa, 

= Pe. || "•JJD adj. , p. m. 
tyw-JD; p. f. 1*WID: viel, 
numerous, ph "^p : es ge- 
niigt ibm, it is enough for 
him. «:^K K*?l ^D *h: icb 

t :r* T t : •- T 

mufi gehen, 7 »iws£ go. 

"lim vid v. mim. 

: • — t : 

2 «JD vb. Pe. = ISD: zu- 
scblieBen, /<?c&. 

TiD vb. Pe., Imp. *Tjp, sq. h : 
sich niederwerfen vor, pro- 
strate oneself before. 

[KJHD] n. m., p. *I|D: Fiirst, 
prince. 

T1D . KTO n. m., sf. 3 s. m. 
rrip: T Fufiblock, stocks. \\ 
n*HD n. m., KTCD n. m. 

XT -. 7 T T -• 



"P& — WO 



141 



Verfertiger von Fufiblocken, 
maker of stocks. 

pD . KJHD n. m., sf. 3 s. m. 
HJ^p : leinenes Tuch, linen 
wrapper. 

"HD vb. Pa., Pt. act. inptt: 
ordnen, arrange. || KTTD 
n. m. , p. ^YTD: Ordnung 
(= Teil der Misna), order 
(= part of the MishnaJ. 

inn . iano (annfc?) : Zeuge, 

witness. || T1D vb. denoin. 
Af., Pf. 3 s. m. TIDK ; 3 p. 
m. +nnp«; pt. act! tid»: 
Zeugnis ablegen, bear testi- 
mony. 
1HD . N11D n. m. , p. mD : 

T -. r . 7 r ....... 

Mond, #300/?. 
DID, KJD1D n. m., p. c. sf. 3 p. 

m. fn'injmD : Pferd, horse. 
KDiD, KB^D (§14^) n.m. Elide, 

letzterFall, end,lattercase. | 

PjiD*?, P]1d:£ adv. zuletzt, 

endlich, a£ last. 
xnp vb. Pe., baden, bathe. \ 

At, Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. 

m. nnDK: baden, bathe. \\ 

KniDD(§16c)n. f.Bsi^bath. 
p]no vb. Pe., Pt. pass. s. f. 

KDTID : niederwerfen, throw 

down; pass, ruhen, rest. 



"HID . linp adv. rings herum, 
round about. | \nnD_ n. p. 
m., sf. 3 s. m. + VTinnD: 

7 T . - 

Umgebung , surroundings. 

XJtJD (KJttfr) (hebr.) n. m. 
Satan. 

NltDD n. m. Seite, side. 

y>U vb. Pe. , alt werden, grow 
old. || K3D n. m. Greis, old 
man; p. die Altesten, the 
elders. || xniD n. f. Greisin, 

" t :it / 

old woman. || «n^3D, xnn^D 
n. f., sf. 3 s. m. arpi'D fr&J: 
Greisenalter, 0/tf «^. 
D"»p, DID vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. 
D'DJ, D^DJ: Pt. act. D^D: 
anlegen, /?w^ on. || Pa., Pf. 
3 s. m. D*D ; Inf. KB'DD^, 
sf. 3 s. m. ;WDE6 ; Pt. act. 

-r- : * ' 

p. m. ^p'CD , id. ; anlegen 
lassen, Cfl^se to put on. || 
KD^p n. m. Schatz, treasure. 

*OCPD (gr.?) n. m., sf. 2 s.m. 
tpjt^D: Zeichen, M07Z. || D^D 
vb. denom. Pa., Pf. 2 s. m. 
c. sf. 3 p.m. IrURD'D : schlie- 
Ben, conclude. | Itpa.,Impf. 
3 s. f. D^ripfl : bestimmt wer- 
den, be correctly ascertain- 
ed, fixed. 

1 S^D v. "|XD. 



142* 



K^ — p^ 



*XPD n. m., sf. 3 s. m. HJ'D: 
Hut, hat. 

V'O vb. Pa., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 
3 s. m. ny*D ; Imp. s. m. 
c.sf. 3 p. iniv.'D; Inf. nri»p; 
Pt. act. s. m. r.DD, f. X^DD: 
unterstiitzen, support] Itpa., 
Pt. s. f. K^noo (nyjnpp) : 
gelingen, succeed. 

?pD. KBM3, «^D n., p. >D>D: 
Schwert, sword. \\ KBJp n. 
m. : Sehwerttrager, swords- 
man. 

K£»D v. KBiD. 

T •• T 

HDD vb. Pa., Pt. act. s. f. 
K^DDD : ausschauen, erwar- 
ten, look for, expect. 

KJ^D n. f. : Messer, knife. 
PD. [xnSD] n. f., p. >3D: 

Pflock, j?£#. 
teo vb. Itpa., Pf. 1 s. ^nDK ; 

Impf. 2 s. m. fenqn ; 3 s. 

m. teno:, p. f. itenp 1 ? ; imp. 

tenpx 5' Inf. ^.isnpk sq. 3 : 
sehauen, betraehten, look 
at, consider. 
pD vb. Pa., Pf. 1 s. c. sf. 
2 s. m.^n:Z)D; 2 p.t"pnJ2)D, 
sf. i s. t }w*:dd l. ■pnJSD : 
gefahrden, endanger. | Itpa., 



Impf. 3 s. m. pnp^ Pt. 

l^npD: pass. 
XDDD n. m. : dummer Mensch, 

stupid person. 
1DD vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 

3 s. m. HpD ; Pt. act. 1 s. 

iWIDD : verstopfen, stop up. 
*6d. xn^o, ante) v. *«v*?tf. 

L t : : -7 t : • T : : • 

X)?p n. m.: Dora, thorn. 
9?D. tfn^p, ar^p n. f., sf. 1 s. 

Y&P ; 2 s. m. y*rt?D ; 3 s. 

m. nn^p: Korb, basket. 
pho vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. 'p*?D; 

2 s. m. nj??p; 3 p. m. 

tlpte) Opo?), pte; Impf. 

1 s. pDK; 1 p. ppj (pte:, 
ptew); 2 s.m. ppn; 3s.m. 
tpp'^ Imp. pp; Inf. ppp 1 ?; 
Pt. act. s. m. pte, f. Nj^D, 
p.m. ''pte, 1 s. iOp^D, 1 p. 
P^D, "2 s. npteJr'aufstei- 
gen, ascend. Nny/lK pte): 
in den Sinn kommen, come 
into the mind, ^nyi Kj?te: 
du denkst, yaw think. | Pa., 
Inf ^D; Pt. act. 1 p. 
teV.tep : entfernen, remove. | 
Itpa., Pt. 1 s. Kjp^nDD, 

2 p. ^nytelDtt: sicn ent- 
ziehen, withdraw. | Af., 
Pf. 3 s. m. pps, sf. 3 s. m. 



fcWb — ^5G 



143 : 



nj?DN; 3 p. m. "hppN, sf. 
3 s. m. rVipDN ; Imp. s. f. 
c.sf. ls.^PPN; Inf.'fciDK 1 ?; 
Ft. act. s. m. pDD, 1 s. 
RJjPDD: aufsteigen lassen, 
cause to ascend; wachsen 
lassen (Fleisch), cause to 
grow (flesh); benennen, 
name; vollenden, complete; 
(\711)t]n«JpDO: dubistmir 
(Geld) schuldig, you owe 
me (money). || KJjjqft n. m. : 
Ausgang, result. 

K&D vb. Pa., Pf. 3 p. m. c. 
sf. 3 s. m. rwtDD, 3' p. 
imiDD : blind machen, blind. \\ 
[*6d] adj., s. f. d. KIVDD : 
blind. || KrWBD n. f. Blind- 
heit, blindness. 

NTBD (gr.) n. m. Feinmehl, 
/me /7owr. 

T]DD vb. Pe. , Pf. 1 S. "OttD ; 
Imp. p.m. 130D, 13DD; Inf. 
c. sf. 3 s. m. nDDDD^; Pt. 
act. s. m. TjttD, 1 p. li^tDD, 
2 s. FDDD ; pass. s. ^DD : 
anlelinen , sich anlehnen, 
die Hand auflegen (bei der 
Ordination), ordmieren^'om, 
lean, lay the hand upon 
(a person to be ordained), 



ordain; pass. lean. | Af., 
Pf. 3 p. m. c. sf. 3 p. m. 
iHJ'ODDK : anlehnen (einen 
Lehrsatz an einen Bib el- 
vers), cause (a scholastic 
proposition) to rest (on 
Scripture). || NrjDgDK n. f. 
Anlehnen, causing to rest. 

DttD. XftD n. m., p. t"]^tDD, 
'•JBD: Medizin, medicine. || 
'♦"inpD : Drachenblut (Name 
eines Gewachses), dragons 
blood (name of a plant). 

pDD adj., d. KjJSD; p. m. 
*pt3D: rot, red. 

IDD vb. Itpe., Inf. niDnpx 1 ? : 
sich in acht nehmen, take 
care, beware. 

nnpp v. ddd. 

*UD vb. Pe., Inf. c. sf. 3 s. m. 

PPJDD, HJpp ; Pt. act. s. m. 
*»:D, f. H\3D, p. s. m. c. sf. 

•• T' T : IT 7 r 

3 s. m. t\-p'Kji£, 3 p . m . 

tyinwfr; p. f.'V sf. l s. 

tvnjD; pass. s. m. ^p, f. 
K^:p, p. m. iJD: hassen, 
hate. | Itpe. , Pf. 3 p. m. 
t-pjnfrK: pass. 
WDD v. DDJ. 

t : • 

T;d vb. Pe., Inf. 1VPP. : spei- 
sen, dine. || Kniijp n. f., 



144* 



^t3 



p'-iD 



sf. 2 s. m. yrpVD : Mahl- 
zeit, meal. 

1VD vb. Pe., Pt. aet.TD (§5/*) : 
untersuchen, examine. 

X KBD vb. Itpe., Impf. 2 s. 
>DF)Dn ; Pt. 2 p. ^BHOD : 
sich fiirchten, be afraid. 

2 SBD vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s. m. rPBp : 
zu speisen geben, speisen, 
give to eat, feed. | Af., Imp. 
s BpN, id. 

ISO vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m. c. sf. 
3 s. m. nnDD ; Impf. 3 s. m. 
+Tsq>.; 3 p. m. t inspv 
trauern, klagen (ran einen 
Toten), wail, lament (for 
a dead person). || N*JBpn 
(hebr.) n. m. Trauerrede, 
funeral speech. 

KttBp (pers.) n. m., p. c. sf. 
3 p. m. irPttDD: Kasten, 
chest. 

mPBD n. f., c. nJPBD: Schiff, 
ship. || KJiBD n. m., p. "OlBD, 
WiBD: Schiffer, saifor. T 

*6ddd (lat.) n. m., p. ^DBD : 
Bank, bench. 

KjJD^SD (pers.) n. m. Kleie, 

K1DBD (syr. , pers.) n. m. 
Schwert, sword. 



KnnDBD (pers.) n. f. Ver- 

mittlung, Maklerwesen, &r0- 

kerage. 
P]BD. NBp n. m. Schwelle, 

Pfoste, threshold, post. 
KjPBD (hebr.) n. m. Zweifel, 

doubt. 
K1BD n. m. , c. 1BD : Buch, 

&wc/i. II JOBD n. m., p.nBD : 

11 t :it i F .. :|T 

Schreiber, scribe. || K1BDD 
n.m., p. d.tKnSDD. KmBDtt 
n. f. Schere, scissors. 
JDD vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m. tttip ; 
Pt. act. p. m. >:nD : satteln, 

■*■ ■ : it I 

saddle. | Pa., Pt. pass. p. f. 

iriDD: id. 
tflDvb.'Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. n.D; 

Pt. pass. s. f. xnp : stinken, 

stink. 
T\D. KDWniD n. f., sf. 3 s. m. 

T IT : IT / 

nn" : Vornehmheit , as- 
sumption. 

1 T\"]D adv. mehr, more. 

2 mo vb. Pe., Pt. pass, nnp : 
verderben, verwesen, spoil, 
decay. | Af., Pt. act. s. m. 
rnp^, p. m. TC\pp_ : id. 

TlD vb. Pe., Pt. act. TfiD : an- 
hangen, c/m^ to. 

pID. XjP-JDD n. m., sf. 1 s. 
^j?": Kamm, co/rak 



piib 



^a* 



145* 



pno adj., p. *pvnq : leer, e?wpft/. 

XU1D n. m. Winter, winter. 

NDHD n. m. Unbestimmtes, 
something undefined. | adv. 
schlechtweg, ohne weitere 
Bestimmung, simply, with- 
out further qualification. 



ino vb. Pe., Pf. 3 sf. + rnnq; 

3 p. m. tnnD; Impf. 1 s. 
c. sf. 3 s. m. niriDN ; Pt. 
act. ino, 1 s. *U-|riD : nie- 

- T' T ; -|T 

derreiBen, tear down; auf- 
16s en, loosen. 



XJ1J n. coll., sf. 3 s. m. HJK^: 
Kleinvieh, small cattle, sheep 
and goats. 

nay vb. Pe., Pf. 1 B . *iny ; 

2 s. rpay; 2 p. ^nna^; 

3 s. f." fnnay; 3 p. m. 
f nnV; Impf. 1 s. 13VK; 

l p. hay; ; 2 s. m. nayn, 
f. nayn,' p . m . nayn; 3 s. 
m. nay;, p. m. nay 1 ?; Imp. 
s. m. nay, p. m. viay; inf. 
nays ; Pt. act. s. m. naj;, 
f.*nay, p.m. 0)nay,"f. 
n T ay ; 1 s . Nray T (sway), 
1 p. pnay, 2 p. in nay ; 
pass. s. m. n^ay, p. m.-^ , ay : 
tun, arbeiten, do, work; 
pass, beschaffen sein, pfle- 
gen, be liable, likely, ac- 
customed. | h anj?> nay: 
Ehre erweisen , honor. 
a Knin'tt 'y : eine Gefallig- 

Margolis, Chr. Bab. Talm. 



keit erweisen, do a favor. | 
Itpe., Impf. 3 s. m. nayn*?, 
f. laynn: getan werden, 
gemacht werden, be done, 
be made. | Saf., Inf. s Tiayt2>; 
Pt. act. "laytSfo ; pass. p. m. 
d. ^naytP'D: unterwerfen, 
verpflichten , subject, obli- 
gate. | Istaf., Pt. s. f. 
*oayntito, p. m . Hayntfo, 
l s/ajnayntsto: pass.' || 
anay n . m., p. nay .- Knecht, 
slave. || Nnay n. m., sf. 2 p. 
m. iDnay-p". c. sf. 3 s. m. 
nHa'y:' T Tat, Werk, Ge- 
schaft, Ereignis, deed, work, 
business, occurrence. || 
ann/ay n. f. , sf. 2 p. m. 
iDTiTay : Arbeit, Geschaft, 
work, business. | iDTTray S D 
Hna: was habet ihr zu 
tun mit . . .? what have 
10 



146 : 



ims — m» 



2/ow to do with . . .? || 
tfrajftf n. m. Verpfliehtung, 
obligation. 

"ny vb. Pe., Pf. i s. nny, 

i p. +iJnnv_; 2s.m. rmy"; 

Pt. act. in^ : iiberschreiten, 
cross; sq. "^ iibertreten, 
transgress. | Itpa., Pt. s. f. 
rna^D : schwanger werden, 
become pregnant. || KinV. n. 
m., c. "Dy : Seite, Gegend, 
side, region. || NIBB n. m. 
Fahre, ferry. || KTiSB n. m. 
Fahrmann, ferryman. 

^ty. h^V/_ a ^v. alsbald, soon. 

2 ^y. *&& n. m. Kalb, c«//. 

IV.praep.bis, ww#/. || T^-TO 
(§4e&) conj. wahrend, als, 
while, when (§§56c; bSb). 

*TJ? (§ 9 ^) P ron - dem - s - f - diese, 

Try. KJ^ n. m., c. yjy.; sf. 

3 s. m. rnny : Zeit, T ft*/we. I 

*U^N.n adv. jetzt, now, at 

this time. 
'!? (§9&) pron. dem. s. m. 

dieser, this; p. diese, these. 
*py vb. Pe., Pt. pass. s. m. 

*]ny, f. «sny, lp.^sny, 

2 s. nsny, sq. "|& besser, 



py. KnjPy n. f., p. a. )p r y r : 

Not, distress. 
^V vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. 

")JJRK: erwachen, awake. 
* 2 ny vb. itpa., Pt. s. f. ao^no : 

blind werden, become blind.\\ 

T\y adj., f. KTI.y ;: blind. || 

>my n. m. Blindheit, blind- 
er • / 

my vb. Pa., Inf. V\ftyb: ver- 
derben, spoil. 

wy v. uy. 

Piy_ adj., f. XP-iy. : stark, strong. 
PjlOV Itpa., Pt. P]t3y_D: sich 

einhullen, wrap oneself. 
WV n.m., Knn^y n. f. Wolke, 

»}% KVV n. f., p. (du.) c. sf. 
1 P- Vi\V-i 3 s - m - t, n^ , ? ? 
^E, n ^V., f- n 1 ^?: Auge, 
eye. \\ yy vb. Pa., Pf. l p. 
]WV_] 3 s. m. VJJ, 3 p. m. 
tU*y_; Impf. 1 p. yyj. (]%& 
= M«l?.^); Imp. 1?.V.;Pt.' 
act. s. m. ^y&, f. awyp, 
1 s. K3J.VB: betrachten, 
untersuchen, consider, exa- 
mine. || XJJJJD n. m. Quelle, 

nDy vb. Pa., Pt. act. 13y_D: 
aufhalten,verhindern, tfe/a?/, 



K^as: 



a^bs 



147 



check. | Itpa., Impf. 1 s. 

3Dyx: verweilen, tarry. 
K13DV n. m. Maus, mouse. 
*¥& (gr.) n. m. (f.) Otter, 

adder. 
["hv_], *\J?V. praep., sf. 1 s. 

^y, 'l|y.; Lp. Il^y.; 2 s. 

m.'Vfe }«)&; 3s.m. 

tvitf>y, nV?y, n^y; 3 s.f. 
ni_£y. ; 3 p. m. +iin^y, in^y, 

irmfcy: auf, iiber, wegen, 
upon, over, on account of. |[ 

*^!> ^°. adv - oben > 

fl*ow. || ^V adj. n«^y.; p. 
^y oberer, oberster, upper, 
uppermost; ^y 1 ? oben,afow£.|| 
«n^.y. n. f., p. «n^y.; Ober- 
stock, Soller, upper story, 
room. || X^y vb. denom. Pa., 
Pt. pass. s. m. ^ytD, d. 

k;S>?d , s. f. d. ' xrHyo 
(ktj^), p. m. fty_D, p.'f.d! 

*<n;%D, 1 p- )^yp. m . ™r- 

ztiglicli', excellent^ an^y_D 
n. f. Vorziiglichkeit, ezce/- 
/«Wtf. I Itpa., Pf. 3 s. f. 
tn^y«, N^W: vorziiglich 
werden, become excellent. 
nhV. NJ^y n.m.Bedriickung, 
oppression; p. 83 : Amna- 
fiung, excess of authority. 



V?V. WJ^^y n. f. Ranke, 

insidiousness. 
hhy vb. Pe., Pf. i s. tn^y_ 5 

3 s. m.. h%, f. tn^y, a£y_; 

3 p. m. t^y, ^y ; Impf. 

1 s. yy«; 3 s. m. Vy:; 3 p. 
m. +l^y).; Imp. s. m. hv, 
p. m. l£"y; Inf. ^B; Pt. 
act. s. m. ^7, f. X^y, p. 

m-t^y ^^y, f.'p^y; 

' "it 7 -:,t 7 :>t 7 ' T:, r 7 

i s. w^y, 2 s. n^y, 2 p. 

, t :rr 7 : -:it 7 ^ 

^R^y: hineingehn, enter. | 
Pa., Pf. 2 s. m. n^.y_; 3 s. 
m - tyj, ^2, sf- 3 s. m. 
H^E; 3 a., f. xh\V_; 3 p.m. 
+&y, ^y, sf. 3 T s. m.n^y, 

p. m. m&ti Impf. 2s.m. 
^R; 3 s. in. ^; 3 p.m. 

l^y_i, sf. 3 s. m. W^yj; 
Imp. ^y ; Pt. act. s. m. Vy D, 
p. m. t^^yD, 1 p. i^.yq: 

1. hineinbringen , hinein- 
fiihren, cause to enter; 

2. intr.=Pe. || ^>y&, >^D 
n. p. m. c. Eingang, Riist- 
tag, entrance, commence- 
ment, day before. || *0^?B 
n. m. Eingang, entrance. 

KD^y n. m. Welt, Aon, world, 
fleorc; das Volk, the people. \ 
10* 



148 ! 



fiStf 



P&5? 



'n*n Ktj^y die znkiinftige 
Welt, #*e wor/tf to come, \ 
D?i;? adv. auf immer, for 
ever, | Ktt^yn adv. blofi, 
merely. I xt&jn ^B welt- 
liche Dinge, secular mat- 
ters; Gegensatz (opposite): 
Wmfl ^D Dinge, die sich 
auf Gott (Religion, Sittlich- 
keit) beziehen, matters ap- 
pertaining to God (religion, 
morality). | Xbhy ^3 tout 
le monde. I mhv® #JK 

' t : it •• •• - : 

irgend ein Mann, any man. 
D?y n. m. Jiingling, young 
man. 

trpWL n. m., p. *VMV_: Saule, 
column. 

DDy. X®y n. m., sf. 3 s. m. 

Volk, people; p. = D^'-i 
Nichtjuden, Gentiles. 

p'BV adj., s. f. d. NnjP^V; 
p.' V.^.? : tief, deep! ' 

ipy n. m., d. irpy_ : Wolle, 
wool. | xjbji i&y v. njs-i. 

XDy. NJVDy n. m., sf. 2 s. m. 
Sjn'Dji/; «n^.y 12: Volks- 
genosse, fellow- tribesman. 

1 ^V vb. Pe., Pf. s. m. c. sf. 



2 s. m. ^y_; Pt. act. *>%: 
antworten, answer. 
2 *jy. KJjjy n. m., c. i^y.: 
Angelegenheit, «^«/r. 

3 *uy. ^y adj., d. a;:y_; p. 

":y_: arm, jooor. || VtfTO.2 
n. f., sf. 1 s. +TT: Armut, 
poverty. || *uy vb. denom. 
Itpe., Pt. >jyB: arm wer- 
den, become poor. || NJVjyri 
n. f., p. xn^jy.n: Fasten, 
fasting. 

*qjy n. m., p. v?jy: Wein- 
traube, grape. \\ xrjn:y, 
Krpjy n. f. id. ; Augenbeere 
(ein Fehler im Auge), pustule. 

W vb. Pa., Pt. pass. 2 s. 
Myo : vergniigt machen, 
delight. 

ny. Xjy n. f., p. My : Ziege, 
goat. 

Kj:y n. in., p. W. Wolke, 

TT -; ' -*■ -T -• 7 

cloud. 
KBJ^ n. m., p. c. sf. 3 s. m. 

+VTiDjy: Zweig, branch. 
Btty vb! Pe., Pt. act. U?W: 

bestrafen, punish. 
pDV vb. Pe., Pt. act. 1 p. 

Vy.DV, 2 p. HVpCV; pass. 

s. m.' T p s py, 1 p.'Vp.'DV? 

2 p. in^p^by: beschaftigt 



S)BS 



TtS 



149* 



sein, &<? occupied. | Itpa., 

Pf. 2 s. m. npDV.nx, npDya; 

Impf. 3 p." m. t^pDV.n;.; 
Inf. *£!DV_*6; Pt. p. in. 
s pD^D: sich beschaftigen, 
busy oneself. || ppy n. m., 
d. XjPDy; sf. 2 s. in. qgDV.: 
Geschaft, business. 

f]Dy vb. Pe., Pt. act. *]^ ; 
pass. *py o *)^: doppelt 
legen , verdoppeln , fold 
twice, double. | Pa., Pt. pass. 
*)B£D: verdoppeln, double. 

*OSy_ n. m., sf. 2 s. f. T]1DV; 
3 s. m. Pnsy_ : Staub, tfws*. 

nay vb. Pe., Pt. pass. s. f. 
aysy, p.m.d.^y, 2 s.f. 
nn^Vibetriibt^adL | Itpe., 
Pf. 3 p. m. tn»V«: sich 
betriiben, become sad. \\ 
K3£y. n. m. Betriibnis, sad- 
ness. 

Kni^y n. f.Wochenfest, Pente- 
cost. 

N2pV n. m. Ferse, heel. \ 
*T Knpyn: hinter, nach, 
behind, after. 

KIJ?^ n. m. Wurzel, root. | 
*OgyO e adv. anfanglich, «£ 
/5rs£. j| IpV vb. denom. Pe., 

Pt. act. s. m. ipj>, f. xipy, 



1 s. ^IpV: entwurzeln, zu 
Grunde richten, losreifien, 
uproot, destroy, remove. | 
Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. "lpynK, 

p.m. tnpynx; pt. ipynn: 

losgerissen werden , ent- 
wurzelt werden, be pulled, 
move, be uprooted. | Pa., 
Impf. 2 s. m. Ipyr) : ziehen, 
pull out. || iOpy m. n. un- 
fruchtbar, barren. || KTp.V 
Klpy n. m. Kastrierter 
castrate. 

Skorpion, scorpion. 

1 my. xniy n. m. ? p. ^"jy 

Biirge, sponsor. 
2 my vb. denom. Pe., Pt. act. 

s. f. K3"iy : untergehen, se£. | 

Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. my« : id. 
*?triy, ^tDiy_ adj. nackt, naked. 
XDiy_ n. m., sf. 3 s. m. PlDiy : 

Bahre, bier. 
t&lPVl n - m - Gewolk, clouds. 

1 piy vb. Pe., Pf. 3 sf.tnpiy, 
Kgny; Impf. 3 s. f. pnyn, 
piyn: fliehen, flee. 

2 piy."'Nnpiy_ n. f. Riemen, 
thong. 

my. an-iyo n. f., sf. 3 s. m. 

nn- : p!«rnyo : Hohle, cave. 



150 : 



K&» 



nas 



Kfe^V vb. Pa., Pf. 1 s. c. sf. 

3 p.m. iHJIVtejy.; Inf. c. sf. 

3 p. in^i&y : zwingen, /brce. 
Knfry n. m.,' p. V&y m : Kraut, 

Aer&, herbage. 
1fc>y n. m., rnfry n. f. 10. || 

n'KTt^y n.m.zehnter, tenth.]] 

infry n. p. 20. 

ptyV adj. teuer, (fear. 

Tny adj. zukiinftig, future; 
sq. Inf. sive Pt. in der Zu- 
kunft, in the future. 



p^ny adj., f. d. xnpw : alt, 

old. || Kgny n. in'. Alter, 
old age. 
my vb. itpa., Pf. i s. nny_«, 

3 s. m. iny n« ; Impf. 2 p. 
m. nnynn: reich werden, 
grow rich. || Tny adj., s. 

f. d. anvny ; p. m. n;ny : 

reich, ri || KrrtTny n. f., 
sf. 1 s. +TT: Reichtum, 
riches. 



yjB vb. Pe., sq. S treffen, 
meet. 

15D vb. Itpa., Impf. 1 s. 13BN : 
miifiig gehen, be idle. || NliB 
n. m. Schadenersatz , com- 
pensation for damages. 

KID, yiD vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. 
m. c. sf. 3 s. m. nyiB, rp*IB; 

3 p. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. rnyns, 

t, ni^B, JWB; Pt.act. yiB, 
^B: verwunden, bruise, 
wound. || KFiyiB n. f. Wnnde, 
bruise, wound. 
MB vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. ttte ; 
3 p. m. tfIB, f. KtfB: Pt. 
act. tr>B: iibrig bleiben, 
remain. 



WB adj., d. KTO: iibereilt, 
tefy. || «nirjB n. f., sf. 2 
p. m. i^ntt^B : Ubereilung, 
haste. 

iCins n. m., sf. 2 s. m. TmB: 
Furcht, /ear. 

KirjB n. m. Topfer, potter. 

nns vb. Pe., Inf. nnBD^: sq. 
■p. verringern, diminish. | 
Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. nnBK: 
schadhaft werden, become 
rickety. 

DDB vb. Pa., Inf. ntftSB: (ma- 
sten), besanftigen, mollify. 

ItDB vb. Itpe., Pf. 2 p. m. 
inntDBK; 3 p. m. 1«3BN; 
Inf. nitOB^: sich verab- 



K^S 



"105 



151 



schieden, take leave. | Pa., 

Pf. 2 s. m. c. sf. 3 p. m. 

+1^nnt|B; 2 p.m. +^m.t|S; 

3 s. m. ItiB : entlassen, ent- 

binden, dismiss, free from 

obligation, 
K?*B n. m. Elefant, elephant. 
rDB vb. Pa., Inf. TTtoB^: 

schwinden maehen, cause 

to vanish. 
*6b. f?B adj., d. *0^B ; s. f. 

't : «> 7 t:it : ? 

d. KJVJ7B: em gewisser, 
a certain one. 
As vb.Pe., Pf.3p.m. tute-, 
Impf. 3 p. m. ^BJ •, Imp. 
s. m. :6b, p. m. iAs; Inf. 
Abb; Pt.pass. s. f.'«J^B; 
p. m. *J vB : teilen , aus- 
teilen, unterscheiden, distri- 
bute, divide, deal out, distin- 
guish; Pt.pass. abweichend, 
verschiedenerMeinung, con- 
trary, of a different (con- 
trary) opinion. | Itpe., Pf. 
3 p. m. +lABK; Pt. p. m. 
^.pBD: geteilt werden, ver- 
schiedener Meinnng sein, 
be divided, be of a different 
(contrary) opinion, be divided 
in opinion. ]] X&B n. m. 
Halfte , half || IuVb n. m. 



ein streitsiichtiger Mensch, 
a quarrelsome man. 

-|te vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. f. 
iO^B: spinnen, spin. 

KD^B*(lat.?) n. m., p. >d!?B: 
Schlag, stroke. 

xrhshp. (sanscr.) n. f. Pfeffer- 
kornehen, grain of pepper. || 
vhlshB n. m., sf. 1 s. 6?B^B: 
Scharfsinn, keen mind. 

KBB n. m., c. DB; sf. 2 s. m. 
T)(*)fcB ; 3 s. m. *BB 5 3 p. 
m. irPBB : Mund, mouih.\\ D£& 
praep. gemaB, according to. 

KJB vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. 
\3BK; Impf. 2 p. + yfoBFl; 
3 p.m. t10B>, 5JB*?; Pt.s.m. 
^BD: sich wenden, frei 
sein, die Notdurft verrich- 
ten, turn about, be free, 
ease oneself. || iOJB n. m. 
Abend, evening. 

pJB vb. Pa., Pt. pass. p. f. 
t}j?5Bp: verweichlichen, 
pamper. || Kn*p3B&n.f.Ver- 
weichlichung , pampered 
condition. 

*TDB vb. Pe., Pt. pass. TDB : 
schadigen, injure. || Af. , Pf. 
2 S. m.c.sf. 3 p. ImnTDBK; 
Pt. act. p. f. pDBB, id.' 



152 



b&s — ma 



!?DB vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. m. c. 
sf. 3 s. m. rf?DB: pass. 1 s. 
NJ?*pB: untauglich machen, 
render unfit | Af., Pf. 3 
s. m. 7pBX, id. 

pDB vb. Pe.', Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 
3s.m. nj?DB; 3p.m.*hppB, 
sf. 3 s. m. nipDB; Inf. ppBB; 
Pt. act. s. m. ppB, p. m. 
'RDB; pass. s. m. p^QB: ab- 
schneiden,zerschneiden, cut 
off', cut through. | Pa., Inf. 
''piDB 1 ?: zerschneiden , cut 
through. | Af., Pf. 3 s. m. 
pDBK; Pt. act. s. f. Kj?DBD: 
1. = Pa.; 2. sicli unter- 
brechen, interrupt oneself. || 
KpDB n. m., sf. 2 s. m. 
"^ jJIDB: Bibelvers, Scriptural 
verse. | pDB vb. denom., 
Imp. p'DB : (einen Bibelvers) 
hersagen, recite fa Scrip- 
tural verse). 

XgB v. VpB. 

1p T B vb. Pa., Pf. 3 s. f. *npB; 
Imp. p. m. npB ; Pt. pass. 
2 s. rnpBD : befehlen, com- 
mand; ein Testament hin- 
terlassen, leave a will. | 
Af., Pf. 3 s. m. npDX ; Pt. 
act. s. m. IpBD, p. m.^pBO : 



in Verwahrung geben, de- 
posit. 

ypB vb. Af., Infin. ^ipBK*?; 
Pt. act. yj?BO: entziehen, 
withdraw. ||'*^pB, Kj?B n. 
m. Spalte 7 fissure. || KnjJB 
n. f. Ebene, Tal, plain, 
valley. 

1 1pB n. m. Geschafte, deal- 
ings. 

2 1p3 vb.Af., Imp.1p_BK: frei- 
geben, give free. || KIpBH 
(hebr.) n. m. Zugellosigkeit, 
licentiousness. 

xnjPB v. yps. 

KD'lIB n. m. Baumgarten, 

park. 
KtfDTiB (pers. ?) n. m. Fiirst, 

prince. 
Karris (orig.?) n. m. Be- 

amter, official. 
«;pniB3 (gr.) adv. offentlich, 

publicly. 
K|?jnB (pers.) n. m. Bote, 

messenger. 
vh\lB n. m. Eisen, iron. 

nisvb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. "hrriB, 

nnB: Pt. act. s. m. mB, 
p. f. in"]B: fliegen, davon- 
fliegen, fly, fly off. | Af., 
Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. 



B"1B 



uns 



153 : 



nniDX ; Impf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 
3 s. f. nniM : fliegen lassen, 
cause to fly off. 
tr© vb. Pa., Pt. act. ID1BD: 

-T : 

einzeln aufzahlen, specify. || 

ptntDns] n. f., p. «^ns, 

^"IB : Kleingeld , ,mw«// 

change. 
«nB (gr.) n. m., sf. 1 s. ^"!B ; 

2 s. m. !£"(B : Lager, couch. | 

«nns nVfl id. 
"pB vb. Pa., Inf. ^.ilg^, At, 

Inf. ^ilSsV : zerreiben, 

bruise. 
KD"]B (pers.) n. m., p. , D"13: 

Parasange, parasang. 
KD")B (gr.) n. m. Vorrichtung, 

contrivance. 
HKDIB n. m. Perser, Persian. 
KiPnplB (pers.) n. m. Bote, 

messenger. 
IT© vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. c. sf. 

2 s. m. ^n^lB, 3 s. m. 

anV.15; Imp. s. m. c. sf. 

1 s." 1C0VJ1S 5 Pt. act. yiB, 

sf. 3 s. ml nyiB, 2 s. c. sf. 

^" :it' 

1 s. 1^RV.1B : bezahlen, pay. | 
Itpe., Imp. V1BX : sich be- 
zahlen lassen, be paid. 
pBvb.Pe„Pt.pass.s.f.N2nB: 
ausgelassen, licentious. 



KDiSIB (gr.) n. m., sf. 3 s. m. 
HBiSIB : Gesicht , counte- 
nance. 

pIB vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. c. 
sf. 1 p. l^nsk: 1. ein- 
stiirzen, fall in; 2. erlosen, 
deliver. | Pa., Inf. Wish, 
sf., 3 s. m. HpngV, .3 p. m. 
injpi"jB^; Pt. act. piBD, 
1 s. iofHSB: 1. trennen, 
separate; 2. erlosen, de- 
liver; 3. auf eine Wider- 
legung antworten, meet a 
question of objection. ]| «j?"iB 
n. m. Vortrag, discourse. || 
KgnB n. m., p. >priB: Ant- 
wort auf eine Widerlegung, 
answer to a question of 
objection. 

"IplS. *Tp"lBX adv. riicklings, 
on the back. 

TIB. [«niB] n. f., p. nB: 
Kleie, jr«w. 

1 t^'"IB vb. Pe., Inf. t^'IBD 1 ?-, 
Pt. act. p. m. ^"1B : 1. sich 
absondern , separate one- 
self; 2. reisen, travel. | 
Pa., Pt. act. tflBD ; pass. 
s. m. tflBB, p. m. *#"1BD: 

1. absondern, separate; 

2. genau angeben, specify. II 



154 : 



izns> 



nss 



KtfnB n. m., sf. 3 s. m. 
nt&ftlB: Erklarung, expla- 
nation. | B^"15B adv. aus- 
driicklieh, explicitly. 

a tf19. N#1B n. m. Reiter, 
horseman. 

KPflB n. m. Exkrement, Mist, 
excrements, dung. | Krns 
adv. ein wenig, a little. 

ttttto vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m. "httEte, 
sf. 3 s. m. ri^^B; Imp. 
ttfete : Pt. act. 1 s.' Wtttt^B : 

: ' t • i»T 7 

pass. s. f. KtW'B: 1. aus- 
strecken , stretch out; 
2. einen Zweifel losen, 
straighten out a difficulty; 
Pt. pass, klar, selbstver- 
standlieh, clear, self-evi- 
dent. | Itpe., Pf. 3 s. f. 
NBttteK : gelost werden, be 
solved. II Kttt^'B n. m. natiir- 
licher Lauf, natural course. 



X^jPty"S> n. m. Rabe, raven. 

"IBte vb. Pa., Pt. act. *ltf BO ; 
pass. ItSjBB : deuten, inter- 
pret. || ItfBK n. m. Moglich- 
keit, possibility; moglich, 
possible. 

K&JnB n. m., p. '•mnS: Wort, 
word. 

nns vb. Pe., Pf. l p. tKjnriB; 
3 s. f. anns, p. m. t inns'; 
Imp. s. m. nns, p. m. ^nr©; 
Inf. nnso^; Pt. act. nns": 
offnen, 6»pew. || xnfiB n. m. 
Tiir, tftfflr. 

ions n. m. Topf, j?<tf. 

*PnB n. m. Breite, breadth. 

«n^ns n. f., p. ^ns, «n^rs: 

Docht, wtfc&. 
KgnB (gr.) n. m. Tafel, tablet. 
JOihs n. m., sf. 2 s.m. TlinB: 

Tisch, table. 
tfHB n. m. Brot, bread. 



X3B vb. Pe., Pt. act. 2 s. IV3S : 
wollen, wara£ || HS n. f. 
Wille, Ding, Bedarf, will, 
thing, need. 

yns. [K^asK, «nyaa«] n. f., 
p. c/sf.' i s.' t"iny3S«; 



3 s. m. ai$3SK: Finger, 

finger. 
Kins n. m. coll. Gemeinde, 

congregation. 
1 nnx, ma vb. itpa., Pt. s. f. 

«n3l5SD(«n^SD): sich ge- 



rax — bVs 



155 : 



sellen, be attached, | xrna 
(xrna) n. m. (f.) 7 sf. l" p. 
■pros QTna) : Gesellschaft, 
company. 

2 nna. xnna n. f. Zange, tongs. 

Xj?>na nl m., p. *£*«: Ge- 
rechter, righteous man. || 
xnjP'Ta n. f. Almosen, oAki- 
giving. 

X1(X>ja n. m. Hals, wecA:. 

TO vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p.m. TO; 
Pt. act. 1 s. xrra: jagen, 
fangen, &*ȣ, caifcA. | Itpe., 
Impf. 3 p. f. n'TSF) 1 ?; Inf. 
nianx ; Pt. p. m. H^np : 
pass.||XTi*an.m.,p.+^YhB: 
Fischer, fisherman. 

ma vb. Pe., Inf. rmttt; Pt. 
act. 1 p. 1 J*»n\a : schreien, 
cry. 

xrraa n. f. = xnx>a q. v. 

TO vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s.'m. ia: 

sq. "?V : beiagern, besiege. 

ma vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. m. 

nxa, f. xrva, 2 s. nrra-. 

~ t ' t : it ' : - : it 

gehorchen, obey. \ Af., Impf. 

2 p. m. irPSn ; Imp. max : 

horen, hearken. 
ma v. nna. 
xna, >na vb. Pe., Pt. act. 2 s. 

I"Pna: diirsten, #e thirsty. 



^S n. p. m. Brennholz, 

kindling wood. 
•pa vb. denom. Pa., Pf. 3 s. 

m.^a; Pt.act. ^aB: kennt- 

lich machen , bezeichnen, 

mark. 
sna^a n. f . Haarlocke, Flamme, 

forelock, flame. 
x^a vb. Pa., Pf. l s. t^n^a, 

^a ; Impf. 1 s. ^ax ; 3 s. 

\ ' "' 

m. ^aj; Pt. act.s.m. ^ap, 

p. m. teap ? 1 s. XJ^W: 

beten,i?ray! | Af.,Inf. «i£ax ; 

Pt. act. ^ax, p. ftap: nei- 

gen, beugen, incline, bend. 

n^a vb. Pe., Pt. act. p. m. 
+"p:}?a: kreuzigen, crucify. 

1 nH vb. Pa., Pt. act. p. m. 
Tl^ap: spalten, cleave. 

2 n^a vb. Af., Pt. Act. r6ap: 

Erfolg haben, succeed. 
*^>a vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. 
W?; Pt. pass. s. m. b% 
W$, ^», f. «^S, p. m. 
^>.*X: klar sein, fo clear. || 
xn^a n. f. Klarheit, c/w 

2 ^a. X^a n. m. Fell, Leder, 
hide, leather. || X^a n. m. 
Gerber, tanner. 



156 ! 



«?abs — tpx 



[KD^a] n. m., p. t^JD^_: 
Bild, Gotzenbild, image, 
idol. 

nDU vb. Pe., Inf. riDED: zu- 
sammenziehen, contract 

Nja n. m. Korb, basket. 

)£& vb. Pa., Inf. "ti^h: ab- 
kiihlen, C00/ 0/f. 

yja vb. Pe., Pt. pass. s. f. 
K^J.a, p. f. a. in^JS, 2 s. f. 
n^ja : ziiehtig , heimlich, 
modest, secretive. \\ K^a 
n. m. Verborgenheit , ££- 
crec?/. M^322l : heimlich, 
secretly. || 'anty^ n. f. 
Ziichtigkeit, Verborgenheit, 
modesty, secrecy. 

rpa vb. Pe., Pt. act. *|JS: 
wiehern, neigh. 

alias n. m. Loch (in der 
nnteren Tiirschwelle), dbor- 

lya vb. Pa., Pf. 1 s. c. sf. 

3 s. m. nrnyjl ; 2 s. m. c. 
sf. 1 s. inivi; 3 p. m. c. 
sf. 1 s.^nyS; Imp. s. m. c. 
sf. l s. nV^.5 Inf - ^V?; 
sf. 1 s. pJV'i 1 ? ; Pt. act. s. 
m. c. sf. 1 s.' ilVSO, p. m. 

0)nysD , 2 s. f. "mys» : 

qualen, beschimpfeu, vex, 



insult. | Itpa., Pf. 3 s. m. 
*iytD2X ; Impf. 1 s. iyt3SK, 

1 p. "IgttSJ; 3 s. m. iy^i; 
Pt. act. s. m. l^tDSD : sich 
qualen, sich gramen, be 
vexed, be grieved. 

*U1BS n. m. Norden, north. 
J?|BS. KnBS n. f. Matte , »wtf. 
^BS. JOBS n. m. Morgen, 

morning. 'S3, 'S 1 ?: mor- 

gens, m *%e morning. 
2 -)Ba. tfJBS n. m. , p. >1BS : 

Vogel, bird. || KflYBSn. f. id. 
3 1BS. KTBS n. m. Ziegenbock, 

he-goat. || KrjTBS n. f. Ziege, 

she -goat. 
iOS. Kna n. m. Spalt, cracAr, 
K31S (etym. ?) n. m. : p_3Tl D 'a : 

Gelehrter, scholar. 
-pa vb. Pe., Pt. pass. ?ps, 

2 p. WOnS: notig, neces- 
*#ry; bediirftig, m ram?* | 
Itpe., Pf. 1 s. Wax ; 3 s. 
m. TOSS; Pt. s.m'.^ttSD: 
bedtirftig sein, notig haben, 
be in need, need. 

PpX vb. Itpa., Impf. 3 s. m. 
rp.tsa^, 3 p.m. WBS^; Pt. 
p. m. 'BlttSD: vereinigt 
werden, be joined. 



^2 — tHP 



157 



TIX vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. 12; 
Inf. 1SD, THO ; Pt. act. s. 
m. TS, T)S: einwickeln, 



zusammenbinden, wrqp wp, 
#e t#?. | Pa., Impf. 3 s. m. 
c. sf. 3 s. m. PITS 1 ? : id. 



K3j? n. m., p. ^2lj?: Kab (ein 
Ma6, « measure), 

[^3$] praep., sf. 1 s.t^qp^; 
1 p. tx&iph: entgegen, 
gegen, opposite, against. | 
^np vb. denom. Pa., Pf. 



l s. tr 


ltap_; 1 p.tiutaj?, 


sf. 2 s. m. tJJ^aj? ; 2 s. m. 

rtap, sf. l s.'in^Bj?, 3 s. 

m.' nn!?32 ; 2 p. m. t ^n*?3j? ; 
3 s. m. tap, sf. 3 s. m. 
^PP- 5 3 p. m. c. sf. 3 s. 



m. rtftap; Impf. 1 s. c. sf. 
3 s. f. "ntaj?K; 1 p. c. sf. 

3 s. f. ntap: ; ' 3 p. m. \hzph ; 

Pt.act.tapp, 2 p.tfptapp": 
erhalten , empfangen , re- 
ceive, accept. | Itpa., Impf. 
3 s. f. tapnn , taj?n ; Pt. 
s. m. tapp: angenommen 
werden, aufgenommen wer- 
den, be received, be accept- 
ed. | Af., Inf. ^topN, sq. 
W&&1 .TBX : begriifien, 
greet, salute. 
nxJJSp n. m. Zinne, turret. 



ynp vb. Af., Pt. act. yapp: 

festsetzen, /$#, appoint. 
Y2p vb. Pe., Imp. pp = pp 
q. v. 

mp vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p. ^mp:, 
sf. 3 s. m. tPljnap;. ; Pt. pass. 
T2p : begraben, bury. | Pa., 
Impf. 3 s. m. * inp^ : : id. || 
Klip n. m., sf. 3 s. m. 

n l^P. 5 P- *~)?P. '• & ra *>, tomb - 
KliBp n. m. Knauel, Bliiten- 

knauel, coil, cluster. 
m_p vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. f. 
nrttj?: aufsprossen, sprout 
up, grow up. 
[ong] praep., sf. lp.t^ 
+ «Jt5^; 2p.m.t 1 lDW^; 
3 s. m. +, ni01i?"1P; ''Dp 
praep., sf. 1 p. "jpp; 2 s. 
m. TjDP; 3 s. m. Hpp; 3 p. 
m. irppj?: vor, before. | 
t*m 'npnp-p; adv. vor- 
mals, heretofore. || *T ">Dj?p 
conj. sq. Impf. bevor, before.] 
t nK^p,NDpadj.,f.XnWP, 
Krppp, p. m. *»KBj?, p. f. 



158' 



K*Hp — ft*lp 



KnWp , KIT Dp : erster, 

TT IT :'- ' TT IT 1- ' 

first. || D7$ vb. denom. Pe., 
Pt. act. sf. HDnp T , sq. h vor- 
angehen, iiberholen, pre- 
cede, overtake. | Pa., Pf. 
3 s. m. D^|i?; 3 p. m. Dttp 
(sive DHj? Pe.), sf. 2 s. m. 
^ffTfc; Impf. 1 p. D?J>J 
(Dnj&) ; Imp. s. m. D^ip, p. 
m. ttHp; Inf^Dinj?; Pt.act. 
p. WpB, sq. ^ (nota ac- 
cus.) sive verbo in eadem 
forma (§69a): friih tun, zu- 
vorkommen, do early, anti- 
cipate. | At, Impf. 3 p. m. 
ttttpV; Imp. s. ttg?K; p. 
toip* , sf. 3 s. f. PMMJJK ; 
InDpttpK: friih tun, schnell 
sein, do early, be quick. 

KYT.p. n. f., sf. 2 s. m. t]Trp : 
Topf, pot. 

tflp vb. Pe., heilig werden, 
become holy, tfnp KBi': 
der (Sabbat) Tag hat be- 
gonnen, the day (of the 
sabbath) has commenced. | 
Pa., Inf. "»# ftj?*? : fiir heilig 
erklaren, pronounce holy 
= 1. (obj. Knntf) trauen, 
betroth; 2. den Segen- 
spruch am Eingange des 



Sabbats sprechen, say the 
benediction at the commen- 
cement of the sabbath. | 
Af., Pf. 1 s. nsfipK : weihen, 
dedicate. \\ Uf^p_ adj., d. 
«^'^P_: heilig, holy. || KfifTj? 
n. m. Heiligkeit , holiness. 

hip. K^j? n. m., c. ^j? : Stimme, 
voice. 

Dip vb. Pa, Pf. 1 p. +yDg; 

2 s. m. npj? ; 3 s. m. Dj? ; 

3 s. f. nBj? , HDj? ; 3 p. m. 
tlDg, Dlp^Impf.'l s. DIpK, 
IpK; 1 p. mpj, ^pj; 2 p. 
m. tttfpn; 3 s. m. toip>, 

mpji, ^; 3 s. f. tmpn, 

Dlpfi, ipn; 3 p. m. lErtp 1 ?, 
l&p 1 ?; Imp. s. Dlp;Pt. act. 
B.m.DKj?,^g ? »e(e)(§38df), 
f. KD*j? , p. m. *&£ , 10ft, 
p. f. tjDfc ; 1 s. XjDMg 
(«^0«g), 2 s. IWj?; pass, 
s.m. D">p, f. KD'j?: aufstehen, 
stehen, bestehen bleiben, 
rise, stand, remain; Pt. 
pass, feststehend, certain. 
*pFl: die Frage bleibe un- 
beantwortet , the question 
remain unanswered. | Pa., 
Pf. 1 s. tnp»p; Impf. 1 s. 



»S*lp. — 5>^p 



159 ! 



n% .P-*i 1 P- Q*EVj Imp. p. 

to*j?; Pt. act. 1 s. KJD^D; 
pass. s. m. D*j?B, s. f. XD»pB : 
erfiillen, feststellen, /W/S/, 
establish ; D>pD : am Leben 
erhalten, living. | Itpa., Pf. 
3 s. m. D*j?K ; Impf. 3 s. f. 
D$n; Pt. D>gD: erhalten 
bleiben, remain. | Af., Pf. 

1 p. c. sf. 3 s. f. PUOpJiK 5 

2 s. m. c.sf.3s.f.xnDj?iK; 

2 p. m. t^ntDgiX; 3 'L m. 
Dj?iK, sf. 2 p.'m. "bJBp.lK; 

3 p. m. c. sf. 3 s.f.niopiK; 
Impf. 1 s. DjPiK, sf. 3 s. m. 
aa&piK, 3 s. f. PtiDpiK; 

3 s. m. bpjfc, sf. 3 p. iruopii? ; 
Imp. ^piK, sf. 1 s. lbp.W; 
Inf. 'DipiK ; Pt. act. s.' m. 
npp , 'j?1& ; 1 s. *UBjj?iD, 

1 p. "J^BpiB , 2 s. FJDpltD, 

2 p. IPl^'piD: aufrichten, 
bestehen lassen , stellen, 
sich beziehen lassen, ?w£, 
ca^e &> remain, place, 
came to refer. | Ittaf., Pt. 
Dpintt: sichbeziehen,r<?/<?r.|| 
D^g adj. am Leben, be- 
standig, living, abiding. 

ND^p n. m. Nadelbhr, eye of 
a needle. 



[xniipj (hebr.) n. f., p. nip: 

Balken, beam. 
^Dp vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. c. sf. 

3 s. m. nr6ttp ; 2 s. nfyap, 

sf. 3 p. m.'in^Dp; 3 s. 

m. c. sf. 3 s. m. Pl^lDj?, 3 p. 

m. mAtDp ; 3 p. m. c. sf. 

3 s. in.' n&tDj? , 3 p. m. 

^ti^top; Impf. 1 s. c. sf. 

3 p.m. t^DjPK, inAlDpN ; 

1 p. ^bpJ, sf. 3 p. m. 

t^togj; 2s.m.ytDpri; 2 p. 

m. c. sf. 3 p. m. ini&ttpn ; 

3 p. c. sf. 2 s. f. r$£jh ; 

Imp. s. m. ^ftp, sf. 3 s. f. 

PlVtDg, p. f. t^Ljp ; Inf. c.sf. 

3 s.'m. n^ppVj'Pt. act. s. 

m. tei?,p.m.t r ^P T ,l^p T , 

1 s. K#gg, 1 p. p/^p, 

2 s. F)?tDj?, 2 p. in^t^jp ; 
pass. s. m. y^p, d. xh^p/. 
toten, Ai//, murder. | Itpe., 
Impf. 2 p. m. t^^pnn; 
Pt. ^tSpD: pass. || >6bp"n. 
m. Tod, death. 

•pttp adj., d. K^ttj?; p. \Ptej?: 
klein, «ma//. || KJDp n. m. 
Winzigkeit, smallness. 

ytDp vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. c. sf. 

3 s. m. nnyttp ; Pt. pass. 
s. f. d. Knynop : abschnei- 



160 



Cpp — Mp 



den, verstiimmeln, cut off, 
curtail. 
5)tDp vb. Itpe., Pt. P]ttp& : ab- 
gesclmitten werden, &£ cw£ 

off. 

IDp vb. Pe., Imp. Ittp: bin- 
den, #£. j| Xlttp n. m., p. 
ntDp: Knoten, £fto£ 

NIDp n. m. Rauch , smoke. || 
xrjlJpK n. f. etwas, das 
Ranch verursacht , some- 
thing that causes smoke. 

*tt^j?, KB*j? n. m. Sommer, 
summer. 

KD*£ n. m., p. 'D'fc: Holz- 
stiick, piece of wood. 

ID" 1 ]?: Caesar. 

NTp n. m. Wachs, woo:. 

a£p vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s. n^$>; 
3 p. c. sf. 3 p. irtrfrp ; Impf. 
3 s. m. ^pV, sf. 3 s. m. 
?hph ; Pt. act. ^j? ; pass. 
s. f. Nvp: sengen, ver- 
brennen, parch, roast. \ 
Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. ^pN ; Pt. 
p. f. IJ^gD, 1 p. 1^i?0: 



*W>p. K^j? (?) n. m. Stein, 

stone. 
2 /^p vb. Pe., Pt. pass. s. m. 

^p, f. d. «n^>;p r , p. m. ^;p : 



leicht, %#£ | Itpalp., Pt. 

s. f. K7p?ptt: verdorben 
T i . .i- . 

werden, become spoiled. | 
Af., Pf . 2 s. m. fl*?pK ; Impf. 
3 s. m. hph ; Imp. ?pN ; Pt. 
act. 7pD ; pass. ?pp : er- 
leichtern, lighten. | Ittaf., 
Pf. 3 s. m. £VFW : pass. || 
Wp adj. leichf, %Atf; adv. 
ein wenig, a little. 

Vh\? vb. Itpe., Pf. 1 s. t n^p«, 
n£j?K; 1 p. t l^px 
(P.^p.K), ]V}??* ; Pt. s. m. 
y^pDJ p. m/tj^po: ein- 
treffen, arrive; begegnen, 
strike. 

*#>?., *&?:%, «n$p. n. f., 

p. ^p, ^p/p: Misthaufen, 

dung heap. 
mp_ v. nip. 
«npp n. m. Mehl, flour. 
nap 'v. Dip. 
KDjPpp (gr.) n. m. Kessel, 

kettle. 
*Up vb. Pa., Impf. 2 s. m. 

K3pF) : eifersiichtig sein, 

&e jealous. || K3p n. m., sf. 

3 s. m. Hip: Eifersncht, 

jealousy. 
Kjp vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s. m.JT:p : ; 

Impf. 3 s. m. ^p^.; Imp. 



^jj5 — mp 



161 



HJp; Pt. act s. m. s Jj?, p 

m. iJj? : erwerben, kaufen 

acquire, purchase. 
*o:p n.m., p. *3p: Rohr, rm£ 
*°jP : (gr.) n. m. Strafe, /S/ia 
pp vb. Pe., Imp. fbp; Pt 

V?.i? : springen, feap. 
[KaSj?] n. m. , p. d. KJ3Sp 

Fleischhauer, butcher. 
pp vb. Pe., Pf.3p.m. "hag 

Impf. 1 s, fp«; 2 s. m 

fpn; 3 p. m. ttpj; Imp 
s. m. fp, p. m. lip; Inf. 
c. sf. 3 s. m. WZpph ; Pt 
act. ptjj, p. m. ^p ; pass 
P*p : abhauen , bestimmen 
cut off, determine. | Itpa. 
Pf. 3 p. m. t^Xj?n«: ab 
gehauen werden, be cut off. 

TSj? adj., d. «yap |5 p. d 
"•TXp: krank, mcAt. 

Kj?j? n. m., p. "»pj?: Pelikan, 
pelican. 

^'Ppr (P ers P- m. Amomum 
Cardamomum. 

KJj? n. m. , p. n j? : Kiirbis, 

gourd. 
^"JP vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. wp, 

sf. 2 s. m. ?jO)nnp; 2 s. 

m. nnp, sf. 3 s. m. nnnp; 

Margolis, Chr. Bab. Talm. 



3 s. m. c. sf. T]np; 3 p. m. 
c. sf. 3 s. m. rtt'Hj? 5 I m P- 
^2 ; Inf. KIpD, nj?D ; Pt. 
act. nj?, p.Vlj?, lp-mp ff : 
rufen, nennen, lesen, call, 
read. | Itpe., Impf. 3 s. m. 
+ nj?rv; Pt. s. m. npp, s. 
f.Kn>.p, P .fonpnp,inpp: 

pass. | Af., Pf. 1 p. c. sf. 
3 s.m. + vriJnpK; 2 s.m. c. 
sf. 1 s. innpK ; 3 s. m. c. 
sf. 1 p. p_npK , 2 s. m. 
^IF?*? 3 s. m.'nnpK; 3 p. 
m.'c. sf. 1 s. "pnpX; Imp. 
p. m. 11px ; Pt. act. s. m. 

npQj p- c - ^.p^j i »• ^'ir^ : 

lesen lassen, cawse to raw?. || 
Kip n. m., sf. 2 s.m. ^K"lp, 
t]np;3s.f.n^p;p. wp ! : 
Bibelvers, Scriptural verse. || 
NJJ"}p n. m. Leser, reader. 

2 xip. "xn-ip n . f., p. Knnp: 
Stadt, Dorf, (own, village. 

mp vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. m. tm.p 5 
Impf. 2 s. m. llpn; 3 s.m. 
nip 1 ?; Imp. nip; Inf. 
Knipp^ : nahen, come near. \ 
Pa.",Pf. l s. tnnijj, sf. 2 
s.m. ^nnng; 3p.m. tnig; 

Imp. p. mg; Inf. c. sf.3 
s. m. nrrhp^; Pt. act. p.m. 
11 



162 



mp — ai»p 



tyq-jp^B; pass. s. m. nigD, 

f. anTpB, i s. ampV: 

t : I rr : i t : - 1 it : 

nahebringen , darbringen, 
opfern, bring near, offer; 
Pt. pass, verwandt, related. | 
Af., Pf. 3 s.f. tnangn; Pt. 

act. ^1)pD: bringen, opfern, 
bring, offer. [| anj? adj., d. 

rcjnp^ sf. i s/t>nnjP T7 

WpJ; 2 s. m. ^1^; 3 s. 

m. nrrnp : 3 s. f. nnnp : 

« -I|T' * ''IT? 

1 s. Wimp: verwandt, re- 

t : p'T 7 

/ated. || Knnp n. m. Krieg, 

war. || *03")j? n. m. Opfer, 

sacrifice. 
Hip adj., d. KJTJp: kahl, Mtf. 
MvVtrip (gr.) T n."f. Kastehen, 

chest. 
K^lp n. m. Wurm, worm. 
1 XD1p n. m., p. >enp: eine 

gewisse Pflanze, « certain 

plant. 
2 NDip n. m. Haut, Kruste, 

s/rm, crwsJ. 
«rip_ n. f., p. (du.) vrjP., 

\Hp: Horn, Aorw; p.Knrip 

Ecke, corner. 
KDJ"]p n. m. Hammer, hammer. 
[a^D-ip] n. m., p. c. sf. 3 s. f. 

n*2P")p: Knochel, ankle. 
yip vh. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 



3s.m.nV1p; 3 p.m. "hjnp; 

Impf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. 
h 

nyipi; Pt. act. jng: zer- 

reiflen, tor. || Itpe., Pf. 3 

p. f. + flnp_K:' pass. 
yy vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. c. sf. 

1 s. IHSIp: kneifen, nip, 

pinch. || N*1p n. m. Stuck, 

piece, v. ^DX. 
Tip vb. Pe., Inf. IpD ; Pt. act. 

s. m. "mp, f. KTp T : kalt 

sein, &e cold. || Af., Impf. 

1 p. IpJ; Inf. nipK';. Pt. 

act. s. f. >Hp&: abkiihlen, 

cool off. || THj? adj. kalt, 

cold. 
arnp v. 2 *op. 
^p adj., f. k;#p,. p. m. itfp, 

f. l^'p: hart, schwer, tod, 
difficult. || .Kn^p n. f., p. 
Nrptfp: Kern^m?^.||N;E>p, 
p.NnVp(^p): Schwierig- 
keit , Frage , difficulty, 
question. || Ktfp vb. denom. 
Af., Pt. act. mg>D: einen 
Einwand erheben, raise a 
point of objection. 
tstfj? vb. Itpa., Pf. 3 s. f. 
Ktjtf j?K ; Imp. S. f. *B# j?K ; 
Pt. s. f. XttBteD: sich 

T -I- • 



vpwp — tai 



163 



putzen, dress. | Kttltfp n. m. 

Wahrheit, truth. 
UfpUfp vb., Inf. •'tfiptfj?^; Pt. 

p. m. t^tfptfjPD: behacken, 

hoe. 
Vftfp vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. tx^tsfc, 

tp_^;p, +KJt5Wp, l^p: 3 



s. m. tfj?, f. NtSJjP: alt wer- 

den, grow old. || t^tfj? adj., 

d. Ktf "»tfp : alt, o/tf. 
xnt^'p n. Bogen, bow. 
Nnp'n. f., p. sf. 3 p. f. \TF)p_: 

Stiel, handle. 



D«1. «Dn n. m. Wildochse, 

tWO. Ktfn n. m., c. ttftn, tfn; 
sf. Is. H^n;2s.m.}(*)tfn; 

3 s. m. nt?)q, ntf n, f. ntf*n, 

*«£■!; p. c. ^n: Haupt, 
Anfang, head, beginning. | 
KE^ia adv. anfangs, a* 
/2rs*. | tfno adv. id. 
«31 vb. Pa., Pf. 1 s. c. sf. 3 

s. m. nn;ni ; 3 s. f. c. sf. 

3 s. m. flrpri; Impf. 3 s. f. 
"•51^. 5 I m P- ^"1 : grofiziehen, 
bring up. | NTO 1 ] n. f. Mad- 
chen,^W. [|. Kn*T) n. f. Aus- 
zeichnung, distinction. 

nm. m_ adj., d. K2n, rni; 
sf. 1 s. t^i, ^i; s. u. 

TO*]; p.m. c. sf. 1 p. yai: 
grofi, great; Lehr er , teacher. 

|| anrn-i, xniri n. f., p. iiri, 
d. xrnai: 10000. || wiai 



n. m., c. "pin 5 sf. 3 s. m. 
pfrian 5 Herr, Zortf. | Knuri 
n. f., sf. 3 s. m., nnuri : 

7 7 .. | T - 

herrisches Wesen, lordship. 1 1 
[nini] n. m., p. m. c. sf. 3 

s. m. tMumm, a^mni; 

p. f. ia"ini : grofi, large; 
Grofier, grandee. 

1 yn. vaiN n. m., nypnx n. 
f. 4. || "iD( , )a"l» , f. ' vai» 
+rnfry., nRO)?!^ 14 -'|j 

t^ynix, ^rix n. p. m. 40. || 

KJD"i ' n. m.' £. || HVU1 n. 

m. Quadrat, square. 
2 ym vb. Af., Pf. 2 s. m. 

nyaix : lagern lassen, cause 

to lie down. || «yaiD n. m. 

Knj}31D n. f. Lagerstatte, 

resting-place. 
m vb. Pe., Pt. act. in : 

"T 

ziirnen, be angry. || "]U"1 adj. 
jahzornig, #W£tt to anger. 
11* 



164 ! 



j^;o ~~ ^n^ 



xh:n(l) n - f-j P- c. sf. 3 s. m. 
tVp'^n; 3 p. m. li.T^n: 
FuB, /bo£ || ^n vb. denom. 
Pe., Pt. pass. ^Vn, 2 p. 
in^ri: gewohnt, accu- 
stomed. 

VfjT[ vb. Pe. rauschen, be in 
commotion. | Af., Pf. 1 s. 
ntfriK; Impf. 3 p. m. 
t^tf-h 1 ?; Pt act. t#pD: 
1. in Bewegung bringen, 
stir; 2.empfinden, merken, 
perceive. \\ Kfifp. n. m. Ge- 
rausch, noise, commotion. 

TTl vb. Pa., Pf. 3 s. m. TH; 
Inf. HiTI : plattschlagen, 
&ea£ 0w£. 

J^TJ vb. Pe., Pt. act. p. m. 
'DTJ; pass. p. f. WT\: 
rasch fliefien, flow vehe- 
mently. 

urn vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. toirn ; 

Imp. s. m. IDiTI, p. m. NK7"|; 
Pt. act. s. m. twn, p. m. 
tptsni, f. 1t;rn: T laufen, 
rwrc. | Af., Imp. s. m. c. sf. 
1 s. ^ttiTIK: laufen lassen, 
cause to run. II KDm n. m. 

II T- : r 

Laufen, running. || Ntjirn 
n. m. , p. "»tDirn : Laufer, 
runner. 



xn vb. Pe., Impf. 2 s. m. 
'HF); Pt. pass. s. m. d. 
Hjn : s ^ cn berauschen, fee 
dh«nXr. | Af., Pf. 3 s. f. c. sf. 
3 s. m. nrp1*1K: berauschen, 
make drunk. 

nn vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. m. 
nvj , f. ttnil 5 pass. s. in. 
n m : sich erweitern , be- 
come wide. | Pa., Pt. pass. 
rrnp weit, wide, ample. \\ 
Knn n. m. Raum, space. 

KDn n. m. Hohe, height 

nsjDi") n. m. Romer, Roman. 

xn n.'m., p. d. t^n • sf. 3 s.m. 
tvrin; Geheimnis, secret. 

211. K2HD n. m. Rinne, water- 

KIT). JOm n. m. Miihle, »m7/. 
'Om n. p. m. Mitleid, com- 

passion. | Dm vb. denom. 

Pe., Pt. act. s. m. Dm : sf. 

3 s. m. nam: p. m. *»Dm, 

•■-:it» -^ --.it' 

1 s. KJDm: lieben, love: 
Pt. act. Freund, friend. \ 
Pa., Pt. act. OT: sich 
erbarmen, have compassion. \ 

anoni n. f., sf. l p. vnpni : 

Liebe, love. || *OBrn n. m. 
der Barmherzige, the Com- 
passionate One. 



7m — io^'H 



165* 



Y m vb. Pe., Pt. pass. 1 s. 
KJ^rn vertrauen, £rws/. || 
iUSrn n.ni., sf. Is. tvism: 
Vertrauen, trust 

pni vb. Pa., Pt. pass. p. f. 

Kgi™,. i b. l^prna, 2 p. 

^^niD: entfernen, r#- 
wiove. || pTHadj., d.Xj?Tn_; 
s. f. KjJTn: fern,* /or, 
distant. || Xj^rn n. m. , c. 
pirn.- Entfernung, distance. 

tfm itpe., Pf. 3s.m. ty'ninx; 

Pt. s. m. tfrnno, p. m. 

^rnn£> : sich ereignen, 

occur. || Ktfrn n. m. coll. 

Gewiirm, fporw. [/»o^/. 
3'tT) adj., d. KnW: feucht, 
pi vb. Pe., Pt act. *|tD"l : 

murmeln, murmur. 
m vb. Af., Pt. act. mjto: 

riechen, sm<?#. || Knn n. in., 

sf. 3 s. m. nnn : Geruch, 

s/ne#. || "jnnn adj., d. 

fcOnrPI: wohlriechend , of 

a sweet odor. 
KDn v. 0*0. 

*cns>H v. Pjyi. 

pn" vb. Af., Pt. act. pT)D: 
ausleeren, entpfy out. \\ "jp^i 
adv. leer, empty. 

«tfn v. tf*n. 



331 vb. Pe., Imp. 331; Inf. 
331B 1 ?, Pt. act. 331": reiten, 
riYfe. j Af., Pf. 3 Z m. c. sf. 
3 s. m. fl331K: reiten las- 
sen, cause to mount. 

*\y\. yy\ adj., f. *0>3l : zart, 
weich, tender, soft. 

X^Dil (hebr.) n. m. Hausierer, 
peddler. 

D31 vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. D3")K : 
verloren geben, &e /<wtf. 

KD"j vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. c. sf. 
T 3 s. f. HnDT; Impf. 2 s.-m. 
c. sf. 3 s. m. HOT; Imp. 
'EST, s. f. 3 p. if." Vt:W; 
Infl kdib!?, W&i>; Pt.act. 
s. ni.nri, i s.^Dl, pW; 
pass. s. f. *W1: werfen, 
erheben, gegeniiberstellen, 
throw, lift, contrast. | Itpe., 
Pf. 3 s. m. wnK, f. awnx, 

TOK; Pt. s. m. TO: 

sich ereignen, occwr. | Af., 

Pt. act. 1 s. KJWD , 1 p. 

•jj^DID : zusammenwerfen, 

cast together. 
1ST) vb. Pa., Pt. act. p. f. ) JD1D : 

winken, wink. 
KnCTl n. m. (f.) Speer, spear. 
KjD"1 n. m. Granatapfel, pome- 

granate. 



166* 



tf-i 



x^n^i 



ID vb. Pa., Pt. p. m. ^HD: 

murren, murmur. 
*xyi vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. 

^v? Inf - vyfr.i Pt - s - m * 

d - '^V*; p. TJ* iVV. wei- 
den, tend; Pt. act. d. Hirt, 
shepherd. 
2 xyi. X)$n n. m., xrj?y-) n.f., 

c. m$n : Wille, «#/. 

1 Vy^) vb. Af., Pf. 3 s. m. yiX ; 

Inf. WiX^ : Boses zufiigen, 
tfo ew7. I Ittaf., Pf. 3 s. m. 
■Vim ; Impf. 3 s. m. yirf?: 
sich versclilimmern , grow 
worse. 

2 yyi vb. Pe., Pt. pass. s. m. 

d. X^y.V, f. X^y/V. schad- 
haft, broken. | Af., Pt. 2 s. 
nyiD: schadhaft maehen, 

: - : it ' 

impair. 

*jyi. xns>n n. f. 7 sf. 2 s. f. 

^B , 1: Brot, Jr^. 
pSI vb. Pe., Pt. act. pDV. 
pfliigen, plough. |) Xj?D1 n. 
m. Pfliigen, ploughing. || 
XjPiDI n. m. Pfluger, plough- 
man. 



xm (hebr.) vb. Itpa., Pf. 3 
s. m. miX: Pt. s. m. nriD: 
besanftigt sein, be recon- 
ciled. 

X^pl (hebr.) n. m. Firma- 
ment, firmament. 

ppl vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. tnj?1, 
njP*!, ngj?1; Impf. 3 s. f. 
pin: speien, ap#. || X|?i 
n. m. Speichel, spittle. 

XIW'-l n. f., sf. 2 s.m.^)rw'1 : 
Erlaubnis, Darlehen, per- 
mission, loan. I xrw'l no : 
Schuldner, debtor. 

y.nsh adj., d. X^Bh; p. d. 

txjj^i, s y;t5(i: gottJos, 
wicked. 
nm vb. Pe., Impf. 2 s. m. 

nrnn ; Pt. act. s. f. xnm : 

pass. p. m. Tprn : sieden, 
in Zorn aufbransen , &<»7, 
&<? fotf with anger. | Pa., 
Pt. pass. p. m. inniD : er- 
ziirnt, <m#n/. || xnrn n. m. 
Zorn, anger. 
Xftm n. m. Ginsterstrauch, 
broom-plant. 



S3& — bxw 



167 



i* 



W 



ynfr vb. Pe., Pt. act. ynfr, 

l p. pnnfr, 2 s. nynfr: 

^ • - • : it ' : - : it 

satt sein, be sated. | Af., 



Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 1 p. , *-w m , 
Impf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 2 s. m. 
!J^3fcy?: sattigen, satisfy. 

inw v.' nno. 

K^KDfr n. m. Linke, left hand. 



KJfr v. KJD. 

*rW n. m., sf. 3 s. m.myfr : 

Haar, hair, 
arnyfr (arnyq) n.f., p.n^fr.: 

Gerste, barley. 
HnSfr n. f., p. c. sf. 3 s. m. 

nnisfr: Lippe, Rand, lip, 

edge. 



vf 



3Ktf vb. Pe., Inf. ntfD; Pt 
act. s. m. n*tf ; p. m. WVf 

•• T f * •; IT 

f.rtrt£: resorbieren, absorb 

natf vb.' T pa., Pf. i s. trnn£ 

2 s. m. RTtf : iibrig lassen 
tawe osw. | Itpa., Pf. 3 s 
m. tnttto : pass. || *W* n 
m. Rest, remainder. 

JOtf vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. 
sf. 3 s. m. rP3B>'; Pt. act. 
p. m. intij: gefangen neh- 
men, capture. | Itpe., Pf. 

3 s. m. "qntf K ; f. "ontf k ; 
p. f. i;anttte • pass. || ilontf 
n. m. Gefangenschaft, £#p- 
tfWfy. 

W vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. tnW, 
>*?«#, sf. 3 s. m. nnW', 
3 p.' m. irun W", in&xtf: 



1 p. K^Ktf *, Imp. s. m. hx&, 
p. m. &S#; Inf. hx&ph'] 
Pt. act. *W, p. m. fytfz 
pass. s. f. H7W': fragen, 
entleihen, ask, borrow. | 
Itpe., Pf. 1 s. ^BfaK ; 3 s. 
m. ^n«; Impf. 3 s. m. 
Vsfrp.; 'inf. ^n«j Pt. 
?E^nD : die Auf losung eines 
Geliibdes nachsuchen, apply 
for the dissolution of a vow. j 
Pa., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. 
m. nW; Impf. 3 s. m. c. 
sf. 3 s. f. ~h\Wh : 3 p. m. 
fy&b ; Imp. s. m. c. sf. 3 
s. m.' nW; Inf. ^W^; 
Pt. act. s. m. Wd, p. m. 
+V^^», 1 s. X&VfQ: fra- 
gen, ask; sq. 3 sich'er- 



168 ! 



Mir — araia 



kunden, inquire. || Af., Pf. 
3 s. f. TlhvftXi Inf. >*?1tfiK: 
Imp. s. m. c. sf. 1 s. "fcttfiN ; 
Pt. act. s. m. h&p ; p. m. 
^tfiB: leihen, /<?««. 
1 nn^'. armtf n. f., sf, 3 s.f. 
nnnn^"V' T p. c. sf. 3 s. f. 
Knn33tf: Nachbarin, wo- 

T V T JT " ' 

man-neighbor. || >tn}33&P' n. 
f., sf. l s. tvrtrafi?;* l p. 
innnt? : Nachbarschaft, 
neighborhood. 
2 33tf. K3tf n. m. , p. ''Stf : 
Span, splinter. 

rati vb. Pa., Pf. 3 p. m. 
"hrotf :■ preisen, praise. | 
Af. , Inf. *ni3Bte ; Pt. act. 
ri3^'D : verbessern, improve. 

vhz& n. m., p. *hripv Pfad, 

y3&> n.m., nj{3# n. f., 3tf 
n. m. et f. 7. ||" IMtf, IMtf , 
f. +rn^v. V3ttf,' ' *7.D3t£, 
nMtf 17. || VV3K/.n!"p. 
m. 70. ||'[K^3tg] (hebr.)n. 
m., p.>?*3BJ : Woche, week. \ 
V2&- vb, denom. Itpe., Pf. 
Is. :y3rW"X ; Impf. 3 s. m. 
V3Htt6 : schworen, swear. | 
Af.', Pf. 1 s. e. sf. 2 p. m. 



l3F)JDt8fr| : beschworen, ad- 
jure. 
p3tt{ vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s. m. et f. 
npnte( ; 2 p. m. tpnpintf; 
3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. np3tt£, 
3 p. m.in:|?3^; 3s.f.c."sf. 
3 s. m. anj?3tSf; 3 p. m. 
-hp3tf, sf. ls.Vp.^', 3 p. 
m. 1n^p3B!; Imp*- 1 B. c. 
sf. 3 s. m.'nj?3tfK, 3 p. m. 
imp2B>'X; 3 s.m. c. sf. 3 s. 
f. WpSB^ ; Imp. s. m. p*3fi?, 

1 s. lp_3^', 3 s. m. ftpJXf, 
3 p. m. *1rup3t£; s. f. 'p.^, 
sf. 3 s. m. rpp3tf ; p. m. c. 
sf. 3 s. m. rnp3Bf; Pt. act. 
s. m. p3«£, 1 p. I^p.^ 

2 s. P|j?3tf 5 pass. p. f. Kj?*3# : 
iibriglassen , hinterlassen, 
faliren lassen , zulassen, 
leave over, leave behind, 
let go, permit. 

nn3t£ n. p. m. Blindheit, 
blindness. 

VfoVf vb. Pa., Pt. s. f. d. 
mvfovfo : fehlerhaft, erro- 
neous. I Itpa. , Pf. 3 p. 
tttoRBto: sich irren, err. || 
Kljttfatf n. f. Irrtum, error. 

Nn3^" n. f., a. K3tf; p. *3tf, 
«rj3^ : Sabbat , Woche, 



Hnn^'U 



X113 



169* 



sabbath, week. \ K3tt£a in, 
'bo nn, 'bo «nVn, nijs'w 
'Bfa 'ufi Kttfon, Knit^" >Syti : 

7 t : -' t : - "-c iv 

Sonntag, Montag, Dienstag, 
Mittwoch, Donnerstag,Frei- 
tag, Sunday, Monday, Tues- 
day, Wednesday, Thursday, 
Friday. 

NrQ^tP n. Name eines Damons, 
name of a demon. 

mtf vb. Af., Pf. 3 s.m. nattte; 
3 s. f . t nnatf X ; Pt. act. na#D : 
sich kiimmern, care, mind. 

"lW vb. Pe., Pt. pass. s. m. 



d. KTJtf: heizen, heat. 
*ntf vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. Htf, 
sf. 3 s. m. PITPW ; 3 s. m. 
c. sf. 3 s. m. JTHtf* 3 p. 

inM, inntf; 3 s. f. c. sf. 
3 s?" m. nrhtf , phtW : 3 p. 

m. c. sf. 3 s. m. Hintf; 
Impf. 3 s. m. HBfi, sf. 3 p. 
in:n&6; Imp. s. m. Htf, sf. 
3 s. f. PPltf ; Inf.»Wb^; 
Pt. act. s.m. >W, f. KJ"Ttg, 
p. m.rn£>, 1 s. W^.V's. 
nHtf; pass. s. m. ntf, f. 
KH^' P- f -in^ : w erfen, 

"TO" vb. Pa., Pf. 1 s. c. sf. 

2 s. m. TPrrW', 3 s. m. 



nrrntf $ 3 s. m. Tl^; f. 
rn w, sf. 3 s. m. nrrw ,• 

3 T p. m. "hW, W'," sf. 
l p. ynw, 3 s.m. rnW; 

Impf. 1 s.TltfK; 1 p."nt£j, 
sf. 3 s. m, rtTj'tf J. ; 3 s. m. 
T&h ; 3 s. f. '"Wfi ; Imp. 
Tltf • Pt. act. s. m. "TO'D, 
p. m. 'TWO, 1 s. Kmttfo: 
senden, send. 
mtf. ntf n. m., NW' n. f. 6. || 

iD(-)ntf, f. "tnntefjrnts;, 

ncrntf 16. || t^ntf", nntf 

n. p. m. 60. || Krvntf n. f.£. 

KHtf vb. Pa., Impf. 3 s. m. 

c. sf. 3 p. IrontfJ : zuriick- 
halten, detain. | Itpa., Impf. 
3 s. m. , nntB^ : verweilen, 
tarry. 

1 XW vb. Pe., Pt. pass. W', 
p. ilBf: wert, preiswert, 
billig, wor/^, c^eqp. | Af., 
Imp. p. W'K : sq. vb. billig, 
cheap. 

2 XW vb. Pa., Pf. 1 s. W, 
sf. 2 p. iD^, 3 s. m. 

nrp^, 3 p. irmtf ; 3 s. m. 

c. sf. 3 s. m. mtf ; 3 p. m. 
c. sf. 2 s. m. ?JW; Imp. 
3 s. m. c. sf. 3s.m.n^^; 



170 



D*I1B — at 1 ?© 



Inf.^tt6, sf. 3s.rn.nW 1 ?: 
setzen, machen, set, render. 

UWf vb. Pa., Impf. 3 s. m. c. 
sf. 3 s. m. n&»tt^ s : ab- 
schatzen, estimate. 

VJW' vb. Pe., Pt. pass. p. f. 
1$W : verpichen , glatten, 
plaster, make smooth. | Itpe., 
Pf. 3 p. •hyttfaX: glatt wer- 
den, become smooth. || KJW' 
n. m., Knytf n. f. Mortel, 
Spund, cement, sealing clay. 

rpvf vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. c. sf. 3 
s. f. PTPBtf; Imp. tjltf-, Pt. 
act. p. m. teNtf ; pass. p. 
m. 'B*Bf, >BH£ :' reiben, ab- 
reiben, rub, wear out. \ 
Pa., 3 p. c. sf. 3 s. f. 
rnsnr/: id. 

x pw'. Ngltf n. m. Marktplatz, 

market place. 
2 pW. Kjjtf n. [f.] Schenkel, 

Fufi, leg. 
"W* vb. Pe., Impf. 2 s. m. 

ilttfo; Pt. act. W': sprin- 

gen, fefljp. | Pa., Pt. act. 

W"D: id. 
*TW n. m. Mauer, wall. 

T 7 

K^3tf1tP" n. m. Hocbzeitskame- 
rad, best man. 

xnM v. aytf 



inntsf n. m. Bestechung, bribe. 
ttn&>' vb. Pe., 3 p. e. sf. 3 s. 

m. nttsntf; Impf. 3 s. m. 

tthttti; Imp. p. m. c. sf. 3 

s. m. rttttnt^: schlachten, 

slaughter. 
10nt£ n. m. Last (eig. Er- 

hitzung), load (prop. heat). 
intf vb. Pa. , Pt. act. p. m. 

'HntP'D: fronen lassen, im- 

pose forced labor. 
Ktttf vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. m. d. 

.K'tDtf Narr, fool. I KnVBtf 

t : it ' # ' t : it 

n. f. Torheit, folly. 

ntDtf vb. Itpa., Pf . 1 s. Tltontf K : 
sich ausstrecken , stretch 
oneself. 

v\Vtif vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s. m. c. sf. 
3 s. m. PIFIBtttf ; Impf. 1 p. 
c. sf. 3 s. m. nBtDtfJ: weg- 
schwemmen, wash away. 

.ItDtf vb. Pe., Impf. 1 s. WN ; 
Inf. ItDtf/D : bestreichen, 
smear (apply a salve). || 
STW n. m., c. "NDtfi.sf. 1 

t t : " t ; ' 

s. ntst^; 2 s. yys&i p.c.sf. 

2 p. m. "tontDtf: Urkunde, 

r : - it : ' 

document. 
1W vb., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 3 
s. m. nzn/ttf ; Impf. 3 s. m. 
c. sf. 1 s. \ytyfo-, Inf.c.sf. 



KSi© 



rto 



171* 



3 s. m. nri[i]r^: erretten, 

deliver. 
Kytf n. m., p. ^tf : Flosse, 

fin. 
W^ fe r n. m. p. Seide, 

KBW n . m . Alabaster, «/a- 

baster. 
33tf vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. t^tf, 

p3tf; 3 s.f. K3ptf; 3 p.m. 

tW'; Pt. actls.'m. n3tf, 

f. anbtf, p. m. d. ^338% f. 

t : it' r •• : it' 

*j2Dt£: sich legen, liegen, 
schlafen, sterben, lie down, 
lie, sleep, die. 
r n^' vb. Pe. (Af.), Pf. 1 s. 
sf. 3 s. m. nnTDBto, f. 

annst?**, p. m. in:nrDtfx, 
injn/nst^K; l p. t^nstfx, 

ITOl^X; 3 s. m. rDEteJ sf. 
3 s. m. arDttte , 3 p. m. 
irurDssfc; 3 s.'f. c. sf. 3 s. 
m/anrDt&te ; 3 p. m. t nnstfi^K, 
ntotste, sf. 3 s. m. ainstfK; 

Impf. 2 s. m. nst^n;" Pt. 
act. TOt^'D, 1 s. KJrWD, 
2 s. nnstfito; pass. s. m. 

notf, f. xn'w, 2 s. nrrotf : 

finden, find; Pt. pass, sich 
befindend, antreffbar, found, 
frequent. | Itpe.,Pf. 3s.m. 



ronBte; inf. *nlDnt^«; pt. 
p.m. t^rWRtsto: gefunden 
werden, be found, be met 
with. 

2 n^(hebr.)vb. Pe., Pf. 1 p. 
instf, sf. 3 p. iniirDtf $ pt - 

act. 1 p. I^rptg: vergessen, 
forget. | Itpe., Pt. s. f. 
ansntsto, pass. 

hlVf. vhltifti n. m., p. ^>3Bto: 
Becken, basin. \ KJTOtrD, 
KmfetfD n. f. kleines Becken, 

t : - I- . 7 

small basin. 
ptf xnmtf n. f., p. Kn^Stf: 

' t : r : ' r tt ,- : 

die Gegenwart Gottes, the 
Divine Presence. || IStfitovb. 
pfanden, pawn. | KRjbBto 
(3) n. f. Pfand, pledge. 

K13t^' n. m. Rauschtrank, in- 
toxicating drink. 

X^" vb. Itpe., Pf. 1 p. yhntfH: 
vergessen, forget. 

rhw] vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. ante; 
3*p.f. tjntof; Impf. 3s.m. 
rhufh. ; 3 p." mW? ; Imp. 
n 1 ?^; Pt. paBB.'n^ttf, d. 

xryfa, «n^, sf. 3*s. f. 

nm^: 1. senden, send; 
Pt. pass. Bote, messenger; 
2. ansziehen, fafo oyf. | 



172* 



aVr 



2^2 ir 



Pa., Pt. act. p. T&tfD: 
ausziehen, $/n/? oyf. 
t^tf vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. 
tih&h: Pt. act. uhuf: herr- 
schen, rule. || *tt^?tf n. m., 
p. *&*?& : Herrscher, Macht- 
haber, rwter, potentate. || 
*|t^>tfn.m., d.NJtD^': Herr- 

1 T : T ' T T : T 

schaft, dominion. 
Nn^tf, Nn^D, W&D n. f. 

Nachgeburt, after-birth. 
hhti vb. Itpalp., Impf. 3 s. 

m. ^ttftnt^?: lose werden, 

&e loosened. || Kn^tW n. f. 

Kette, cto'w. 
D^tf vb. Pe., Pf. 3 p. tisW; 

Inf. D?B(t3: vollendet sein, 

#£ completed. | Pa., Impf. 

1 S. d£k/N ; 3 S. m. 0^6 ; 

Inf. nyfctf? ; Pt. act. 2 p. 

"pnD^O : bezahlen, pay. \ 

Itpa., Pt. DWp; 1 s. 

rjd^w'd, 2 s. 'nD^ntito: 
vergolten werden, bezahlt 
werden, be requited, receive 
an indemnity. || Af., Pf. 1 
s. 'EhufK ; 2 s. m. npW« ; 
Inf.c. sf! 3 p. m. 1n:D[i]!?tf J& : 
ausliefern, deliver. \\ nh& 
n. m., d. xvhvf: Friede, 
jt?eace. ? '# TDV Fried en 



stiften unter, make peace 
among, nna '# *Dy Frie- 
den schlieBen mit, make 
peace with, h 'w nrp be- 
griiBen, sa/wte. Tf?y KD^tP' 
Friede sei mit dir, jreoce 
#e wt'to wow. I KD*?Bte adv. 

* I tt : • 

recht , correct. (| NJEW n. 
m. Vollkommener , perfect 
man. 
pj^vb., Pt. {>ass. s. m. rpbtf, 
f. KD 1 ^': abziehen, draw off. \ 
X&W n. m., p. c. ^D"frtf: 

T IT ' -T "IT 

der (das Schwert) heraus- 
zieht, ziickt, he who draws 
(the sword). 

Xfttf n. m., sf. 1 s. W'; 2 s. 
m. T]DE>"; 3 s. f. natf ; 3 p. 
irpDtf : Name, name. | Dfefo 
praep. wegen, o» account 
of | ^ DtSto conj. weil, &£- 
cause. 

wpP. n- P- m., c. W' : Him- 
mel, heaven, Heaven. 

tfTDty' n. m. Verfolgung, perse- 
cution. 

ttW vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. 
sf. 3 s. m. PlBOtf; Impf. 3 s. 
m. c. sf. 3 s. m. ntoBtfJ; 
Inf. c. sf. 3 s. m. nBDBto^.5 
Pt. pass. p. m. ^ W"': los- 



SSfctt 



n^u; 



173 ! 



machen , ablosen , loosen, 
detach. | Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. 

c. sf. 1 s. ]tDDn^"K ; 3 S. f. 

c. sf. l s. intDDr)t^«; Pt. 
s. f. KBDfltf D, p. m.'^Dnty'D, 
f. KtJDn^D: sich ablosen, 
lose werden, entschltipfen, 
become detached, loosened, 
escape. || Pa., Inipf. 3 s. f. 
tttMtfa ; Pt. act. s. f. Ktt&ltfD : 
erlassen, remit. 

KSDtf n.m., p. 'DDtf: Zwiebel, 
om'on. 

•pstf adj. fett, /a*. || *OB#, 
XJUDtf n. m., sf. 3 p. in^Dtg', 
i.TJttW: Fett, fat. 

V&& vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. +nyDtf, 
>yotf; 1 p. t K:yp^*; 3 a.m. 
c. sf. PlVDtt/, f. KJW, p. 

iruy.Dtf; 3 s. f. rnjotf, sf. 
3 s. in.' nnyoty'; impf.' l p. 

c. sf. 2 s. m. tyyc&l ; 3 p. 
WBtt6; Imp. yDtf;Pt. act. 
s. m.' y&tf, d. ayatf, sf. 3 

- T' T : IT' 

s. m. nyntg, p. ">yDtf, 2 s. 

nyotf ; pass. s. m. y*Dtf, f. 
XJpDtf : horen , bedienen, 
folgern, /i^«r, ftsferc, attend, 
deduce. | Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. 
yDFltfK; Impf. 3 p. f. l^ntf 1 ?; 
Pt. p. f. l?On^O : gehort 



werden, be heard. | Af., 

Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf. 1 p. I^y DBte ; 
Impf. 1 s. yt?ttte, sf. 3 s'. f. 
nyo^'X ; 3 s, m. c. sf. 1 p. 

Vyppl ; Imp. p. f. ]ypvfx ; 

Inf. c. sf. 1 p. ^yiDt^xV; 
Pt.act. yDBto: ertonen' las- 
sen, verkunden, bedeuten, 
cause to be sounded, de- 
clare, tell, signify . || xny.Btf, 

anpyatf n. f., p. xnnyW: 

halachische Uberlieferung 
der nachtannaitischen Zeit, 
post-tanna'itic halakic tra- 
dition. || aUSJDBf n. m., p. c. 
sf. 3 s. m. n^Dtf: Ruf, 
reputation. 
^Dtfvb. Pa., Pt. act. W'Mfo: 
bedienen, attend. \ Itpa., 
Impf. 3 s. m. KtenB^; 

Inf. ^iant^ ; Pt, l " s. 

KJtfBntfD: sich bedienen, 

make use. 
2 tfD& KfiW n. f. Sonne, saw. 
XDEtotP' n. m. Sesam, sesame. 
NJtJttW, KJDttWn. m. Ameise, 

rW vb. Pa., Pf. 3 s. m. c. 

sf. 3 s. m. nnBtf; Impf. 
1 p. c. sf. 3 s. m. nntDttft ; 



174 : 



asir — "Stt 



Pt. pass. 1 s. Wn&tfD : in 
den Bann tun, excommuni- 
cate. || anatf n. f. Bann, ban. 

*Utf vb. Pe., Pt. act. >Jtf: 
verschieden sein, be dif- 
ferent. | Kjt^ *»D worm ist 
es verschieden ? wherein 
is it different? | Njt^ *6 
es ist nicht verschieden, 
it is not different. \\ Pa., 
Pf. 1 s. W"; 1 p. +k:w, 
+1^tf, V^', sf.3p. iHJW'; 
3 s. m. ytf ; Impf. 1 s. >ittte ; 
1 p. c. sf. 3 s. m. ny ; tft"; 
Imp. W' 5 Pt. act. s. W'b, 
p.m. iJEto, f. t^tifo: 1. an- 
dern, wechseln, change; 
2. einen Einwand wider- 
legen, remove a contra- 
diction, answer an objec- 
tion. | Af., Imp. "»:#>$: wech- 
seln, change. || NRtf n. f., 
p. t'pJtf, Vltf; c. ^; d. 
tN»Jt^: "sf. 3 s. m. PPJtf : 
Jahr, y^«r. | KJtf? nach 
einem Jahre, a/iter a year. 

pt£ X3tf n. f., p. ^#; sf. 1 
s. W"; 3 s. m. PP3ttf: Zahn, 
too*/*. | Knat&to n. f. Fels, 

>Ti3t£> n. m. Katze, cat. 



Knatf v. "jtf\ 

xnytg n. f., p. i "i^", nw': 

Stunde, #0wr. || XRtfn adv. 
jetzt, now. 
*W vb. Itpa., Pf. 3 s. m. 

^nt&to; 3 s. f. K'yptfx; 

3 p. m. iyPttte ; Imp. 'jJRtf K ; 
Pt. act. ^yptfp: erzahlen, 
rotate. || KPltf n. f. Ge- 
sprach, talk. 

*nny# v. iny. 

lyVvb. Pa., Pf. 3 s. m. iytf ; 
Inf. ntyB^ : abschatzen, 
estimate. || KJiyKjf n. m., c. 
"nytf: Mafi, measure. 

KJtDBttf n. m. Tor, /btf/. 

"}E>t£>* vb. Pe., Imp. t]Stf 5 Pt. 
TjDttJ : ausgiefien, /wwr awf. | 
Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. tjDRt^S, 



hW vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. *pW, 
"^Btf ; Imp. h&&: nach un- 
ten sehen, look below. | 
Af., Pf. 3 p. c. sf. 3 s. f. 
n^SBte: niedrig machen, 
lower. || ^*St£ adj. niedrig, 
low. || tf'jjBttfa bergab, down 
hill. II K&Stf'n. m., p. sf. 
3 s. m. R*?": Saum, skirt. 

ystf Pe., Pf. 3 p. ttyBtf: 
stromen, overflow. 



yaw — arna 



175 ! 



Y Btf vb. Pa., Pf. 3 s. m. c. 

sf. 3 p. f. ™*Btf; Impf. 
2 s. m. fSttto : ausbessern, 
repair. 
"IBt^ vb. Pe., gefallen, please.\\ 
iW adj., d. KTBtf, f. 
K"PBt2>', p. f. ITBtf : schon, 
beautiful \ TBt£ adv. recht, 
correctly. || KIDfi^' n. m., sf. 

2 s. m. T(1BW: Schonheit, 
beauty. 

1 Kpt^* vb. Pe., Pt. act. c. sf. 

3 s. m. ITW': ausschenken, 
give to drink; Pt.act.Mund- 
schenk, butler. | Af., Pf. 
1 p. sf. 3 s. m. n:PpBte; 
3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. Pl^p.t^«, 
3 p. m. 1nrp r ^X; 3 p. c. sf. 
3 s. m. WptfK ; Impf. 1 s. 
c. sf. 2 s. m. ^p#K ; Imp. 
c. sf. 1 s. URtJfc," p. c. sf. 
3 s. m. JTPptfK;' Pt. act. p. 
m. IpBto: zu trinken geben, 
give to drink. 

2 Nj?tf vb. Pe. ==' hp_&. 
h?U? : vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. tri>j?tf, 

>$gtf, sf. 3 s. m. nri^gtf, 

3 s. f. NnVptf, 3 p. m. 

in$?tf; i T p. c sf. 3 p. 

iru'?j?tf; 2 s. m. rftgtf, sf. 

3 p." iHttfrptf; 3 s! m. c. 



sf. 3 s. m. nbpuf, f. ?6ptf 5 
3 s. f..trAp*,'pfrjPtf, sf. 3 

s. f. nr^ptf- 3 p. c. sf. 3 
s. f. ni£ptf,' 3 p. iru^ptf; 

Impf. ypBte; 3 s. m. !?ptfj, 
sf. 3 p. 1nAptt6 ; 3 p. c. 
3 s. f. m^5;'lmp. hpvf, 
sf. 3 s. m. 'nVptf, 3 p. 
imVptt?; ; s. f. •%># ; p. m. 
^ptf '; Pt. act. !?j?tf , p. ^pt£ 

1 P- W^.R?> 2*8. i£p.t£; 

pass. s. m. £>ptf, f. K^ptf, 
p. f. "j^ptf: nehmen, /#&<?. | 
Itpe., Pf.' 3 s. m. $>£fltfK ; 
Pt. p. f. )hpnu?p^ pass'. ' 

1ptt>' vb. Pa., Pf. 3 s. m.*)gt£; 
Inf. ^TipB?, sq. 3 : betrtigen, 
deceive. \\ JOpt^ : Liige, /fc. || 
'inpfis? n. m. Ltigner, lian 

xr\& vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. 

T sf. 3 s. m. nnt?, f. nn#, 
antf, p. inritf; 3 s.'f. 

+ rvW; 3 p. m.' c. sf. 3 s. f. 

txrnncy", p . m . in:W, 3 p. 

f. WW; Impf.' 3 s. m. 
'!«£• Imp. ntf ; Inf. *WD; 
Pf. act. ntf, p. W; pass. 
s. m. ntf, f. Kntf: losen, 
erlauben, loosen, permit. \ 
Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. nntfK: 



176 ! 



am© — KMKtt 



Impf. 2 p. m. Mm'P : Er- 
laubnis erhalten , receive 
permission. | Af., Pf. 3 s. 
m. 'Httte: wohnen lassen, 
cause to dwell || Knntsto 
n. f., p. c.sf.i s. t-»nnt^D: 

Lager, camp; p. Truppen, 

froqjw. || anntf n. f. , sf. 

2 s. m. ?](^)nnt£-, Mahlzeit, 

meal. 
am# vb. It., Pf. 3 s. m. 

rainttte; Inf. ratanntfK: 

herabgleiten, slip down. 
iUTtf n. m., p. *:ntf : Lampe, 

lamp. 
Kpntf n. m., p. >p v "^' : Flecken, 

»tt ; \ 7 -r I .. T . ., 7 

Faden, spof, thread. 
Pptf vb. Pe., Impf. 3 s. m. 

P]W3: schlurfen, s^p. 
Tltf adj. p. f. Tjntg: fest, 

ntf v. mp. 
xn^' v. ajtf . 

T - 

W" vb. Pe., Pf. 2 s. m. rpntf, 

sf. 3 s. m. nrvntste ; 3 s. m. 
c. sf. 3 s. m. PPntf; Impf. 
1 p. nTOO;. 2 s. m. wn, 



p. tpnt^'n ; Imp. *n#,."»m#K ; 
p.m. intf, in tPX ; Inf. KntJfo, 
w'£& , " xjntsto 5 Pt. act. 

T)ti>, 2 s. rpfitP: trinken, 

.. T 7 .. T 7 

tfnw&. || wntfD n. m. Ge- 
trank, drink. 

hr\u? vb. Pe M Pf. 1 s. 'hm ; 

2 s. m. c.sf.3s.m.nnW; 

3 p. t l^ntf ; Impf. 1 s. Wn ; 
Pf. act. ^htf, p..^ntf, i s. 

.. T 7 r . : 1T 7 

*U7nj5J: pflanzen, plant. 

XSHtSf n. m., p. '•sntfif : Genosse, 
partner. || KniBflV n. f. Ge- 
nossenschaft, partnership. |J 
p]n^ vb. denom. Pa., Impf. 
3 s. m. ^nj2^> : zugesellen, 
associate. | Itpa.,Impf. 1 s. 
^nntste; 3 s. m. ^m'h- 
Infin. 'Dlnnt^K, sq..HrQ: 
sich beteiligen , take part, 
participate. 

pnvf vb. Pe., Pf. 1 s. yntf, 
'pntf ; 3 s. m. pntf, pntste; 
3 p.'tipntf, t'pni^K; Pt. 
act. pntsf: schweigen, 0£ 
ftfefrf. || KnipTOf n. f. 
Schweigen, silence. 



*OKJJ n.m., s.f. PUKR : Krone, I KFpXn n. f., p. VJKF) : Feige, 
crown. jig. 



Ktltaft 



a&fo 



177 



xnnn n. f. Arche, ark. 
KjQn n. m. Stroh, straw. 

y:>n vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. f. c. sf. 

3 p. m. irun^Dn : auffordern, 
ask, accost 
lin vb. Pe., Pt. act. s. m. c. 
sf. 3 p. m. innnn: zer- 

r : • : it 

brechen, break. | Itpe., Pf. 
3 s. m. ~inn« ; Impf. 3 s. m. 
Ttt£ : pass. || ionn n. m. 
Ungliick, misfortune. 

imn v. xi*. 

t : • 

*0;in (ass.) n. m. Kaufmann, 

merchant. 
nin vb. Pe., Pf. i p. t*unn ; 

3 s. m. DH ; Imp. s. f. ^in : 
zuriickkehren, return. \ Af., 
1 p. +^niN, sf. 2 s. m. 

^nnia, 3 s. m. njnrviK, 3 

p. m. in^nniX; 2s.'m.c.sf. 

1 s. innniK; 3 s. m. c. sf. 
3 s. m. PDYW ; Pt. act. s. m. 

nTiD , nniD ,' p. m . >:rnp, 

2 s. roryiD: Einwendung 
erheben, raise an objection. \ 
Ittaf., Pf. 3 s. m. nninK: 
widerlegt werden, be refut- 
ed. II Knn^n n. f., p. «nn^n : 

II t : i : 7 *■ tt i : 

Widerlegung, refutation. || 
M , ^n adv. wiederum, 
again. 

M a r g o 1 i s , Chr. Bab. Talm. 



KDin n. m. Knoblauch, garlic. 
*Oin n. m. Ochs, ox. 
«nnin (etym.?) n. m., p. 1 s. 
'3": Kleid, garment. 

ninn, viinn, viin praep., 

sf. 2 s. m. Sjrjl'n; 3 s. m. 

ppnin, p. m. irr^nin : unter, 
under. || Jinn^p adv. unten, 
beneath. || s nn, Knn adj., 
d. nKnn ; p. WW : lmterer, 
lower. || W?, TOp adv. 
unten, beneath. || tfnn vb. 
denom. Pa., Impf. 3 s. m. 
*Ij]n? ; 1 p. *Rn3 : nach unten 
bringen, 6n'^ dfown. 

^nn v. hhn. 

*©n n. m. Tiscb, table. 
K?Dn n. m. Kinderlosigkeit, 

childlessness. 
K?Dn n. m., p. ,J ?Dn : Schmerz, 

T s • 7 Jr .. . . 7 

pain. 
xrfon n. f. Purpur(farbe und 
-stoff), violet (color and 
stuff). 

«i?nDn, KjPtttp (pers.?) n. m., 
p. ^|p": Thronsessel, ctor. 

*6n vb. Pe., Pf. l p. tp^n ; 
3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. nf?n, 
p. f. TOta ; 3 p. ten ; Impf. 
2 p. m. i*?nn ; Pt. act. s. m. 
^n ; pass. s. f. X^>n : (auf-) 

iV 



178 ! 



j&n — &«n 



hangen, hang (up). | Itpe., 

Pf. 3 s. m. 'hm , p. i^nx : 
pass. ; angeziindet werden, 
be kindled. | Af., Pf. 3 s. 
f. ^n«; Imp. ^nK(«): an- 
zunden, %M 

y?T\ n. m., d. xAn : Schnee, 
snow, 

rrvfthft, xvc&n v. mh. 

XJSJHfj, XJ^iFJ adj. d. purpur- 

rot, scarlet. 
rhr\ n. m., xn'jn n. f. 3. || 
T t-it^v rfcn, TD^n, f. f n^n 

13. '[J yrihn n.p'. m. 30." |j 

TP^fi : dritter , dreifach, 
/Atr^^tf6/bW.||xn^n,Kn!?n 
n. m. ^5 drittgeboren, born 
third. 

*j&n 7 onn adv. dort, tfAere. 

non vb. Pe., Pt. pass. p. f. 
KiTpn : sonderbar, strange. | 
Af., Inf. 'niBnx ; Pt. nprip: 
sich wundern, fte astonished. 

X'VpF] (hebr.) n. m. das tag- 
liche Opfer, the daily sacri- 
fice. 

vm n. m. , K^DF) n. f. 8. || 

"ip^Dn, f. +rnfe>y *Jbfi, 

np "OOF] 18. || l^bF), "JJDF1 



n. p. m. 80. 



nx: s Dn n. m. 

tt r : 



achter, eighth. || NFpDh n. f. 

AchtelmaB, measure of an 

eighth. 
aqpn n. m., p. npn : Dattel, 

date. 
1 XJn. (1)nF) n. d. m., sf. 1 p. 

I^nn, 2 p. i^nn, 3 p. 
i.Trin, (])^n n. d. f. 2. || 
Wfrjj nn,ipnF); np ^n-in, 
np nn 12. || tjjfi adj., f. 
XIT^n: zweiter, second. \\ 
xiv:nD n. f., sf. 1 p. "prpjnp ; 
p. xrptflD: Misna. II XJR 

* tt : : - " t i 

vb. denom. Pe., Pf. 1 s. "OF) ; 

1 p. t«y s JFj, p_F] 7 sf. 3 p. f. 

mjm ; 2 p. c." sf. 3 s. f. 

rnrpjn ; Impf. 3 s. m. ^ni ; 
Imp. >in ; Inf. Vinp ; Pt. act. 
^P ; pass. s. f. XJJR : einen 
Lehrsatz der Misna, die 
Misna vortragen, recite a 
paragraph of the Mishna, 
the Mishna, | Pa., Impf. 3 
s. m. ^n: ; Inf. \vj3F) : e ine 
Erlauterung zur Misna vor- 
tragen, utter an inter- 
pretation of the Mishna. | 
Af., Pf. 3 s. m. c. sf.3s.m. 
FPttlX ; Imp. 3 s. m. c. sf. 
1 s.'l^n: ; Imp. p.UnX: die 



son — &nn 



179 : 



Misna lehren, instruct in 
the Mishna. || Kjn n. m., 
p. '■ion: Tanna (doctor 
Misnicus). 

2 >on vb. Af., Pf. 3 p. m. 
iJP.X : verabreden, make an 
agreement. 

mn v. nu. 

*U^n n. m. (f.) Seeungeheuer, 
^« monster. 

*nun n. m. , p. nun : Ofen, 

K^Vn n. m., p. ^yn : Fuchs, 
/or. 

anrjyn v. s xty. 

DBH vb. Pe., Pf. 2 p. c. sf. 

3 s. f. n*npsn, rmvosn; 

3 s. m. c. sf. 3 s. m. PtDBn 

(H^sn) 5 3 p. m. c. sf. 3 s. 

m. niDDn ; Imp. s. m. c. sf. 

3 s. m. nHjsn; p. m. c. sf. 

3 s. m. rnbsn , f. mosn ; 

Pt. act. s. m. DSn, p. m. 

+Vpsn, ^sn; l p. l^psn: 

ergreifen, in Besitz nehmen, 

seize, take possession. | Itpe., 

Pt. 2 s. npBnD: ergriffen 

werden, be seized. 
f]Sn vb. Pe., Pf. 2 p. ttVBn: 

speien, spit. 
1 ^gn vb. Pe., Pf. 3 s. m. c. 



sf. 3 s. m. P&pn ; Impf. 3 
s. m. h'pnh , Pt. act. hpT\ : 
1. wagen, weigh; 2. wiegen, 
aufwiegen, fttttgrA, be equal.\\ 
*6j?no(p), sf. 3 s. m. p6j?no, 
n?pnD : Gewicht , weight. 

2 hpr\ vb. Itpe., Pf. 3 s. m. 
hpnx, f. xhpm : straucheln, 
stumble. 

pn vb. Pe., Pt. act. p. f. $?n : 
gerade , recht , straight, 
right. || Pa., Pf. 3s.rn.pn, 
p. m. 1 1 jpn, ip n ; Inf / Jipn*? ; 
Pt. pass. s. m. 1J?nD, f. d. 
>tnjj?np: anordnen, richtig 
stellen, order, set in order. \\ 
xnpn n. f., sf. 3 s. m. Pin": 
Verordnung , Besserungs- 
mittel, ordinance, means of 
improvement, remedy. 

*]pn vb. Pe., Pt. act. p. m. 
s Dpn : stark sein, be strong. | 
Itpa., Pt. p. m JBpnD : sich 
anstrengen, strain oneself. | 
Af., Pt. act. *]pT)D: eine 
starke Frage stellen, ask 
a strong question. || XBpn 
n. m., c. *)j?F) : Starke, Hef- 
tigkeit, strength, vehemence. 

1 Kin vb. Pe., Impf. 3 p. nrf? \: 
aufweichen, dissolve. 
12* 



180 : 



son 



bia 



2 am vb. Af., Pf. lp.ynnw: 
verwarnen, forewarn. 

X2fin n. m. Fett, fat. 

DTlh vb., Pf. 3 p. m. "harp; 
Pt.act. lp. l^tDainO: iiber- 
setzen, erklaren, translate, 
interpret. 

Tin vb. Pa., Pf. 3 s. m. ?fiP\: 
verstoBen, repudiate. 

Din vb. denom. Af., Pf. 2 s. 

m. ncnnK; 2p.m.tpnpinx : 
sich wider setzen, oppose. || 
Dlin n. m. Widersetzlich- 
keit, rebelliousness. 



xn^in n. f. Cypresse, cy- 

press. 
K^jirin (*6iH"in) n.m. Hahn, 

coc&. II Krfcijrin n. f. Henne, 

" t : i : : - ' 

hen. 

X^in n. m. Tiir, door. 

pri vb. Pa., Pf. 3 s. m. c.sf. 
3 p. injs-in; Pt.act. Yirpj 
pass. s. f. d. xnmnD : zu- 

r t : - it : 

rechtstellen, richtig stellen, 
set aright, correct. 

V&J) n. m., n^'n n. f. 9. || 

ibttfa, f. trnfry. Win, V^F) 
no, nptfn (nptfn)"i9. 



B, 



Hebraisches Worterverzeichnis, 
Hebrew Glossary. 



Hgnx n. f. Fackel, forcA. 

nS™ n. f., p. ni^nx: tiber- 
dachung, covering. 

in« vb. Pi. Pt. pass. nn»p 
verspatet , belated, post- 
dated. 

*X adv. nicht, not. 

TJ^K adv. weiter, further on. 

X?D^K conj. wenn nicht, «/ 



1DK vb., Inf. "lDite: das will 

sagen, f&tf is. 
^DN conj. obwohl, although. 

ana. ^a n. m ., p. )W3: 

Liigner, fear. 
^2. Hariri n. f. Segen- 
spruch am Sabbatausgang, 
benediction at the outgoing 
of the sabbath. 



Kia — man 



181 



XU. rtion n. f. Untergang, 

setting. 
h\1 (gr.) n. m., p. ni*6l3: 

Ratsherr, councillor. 
mi vb. Ho., Pt. TOD: aus- 

erlesen, choice. 
ntsn vb. Ho., Pt. l s. ^ntsnD: 

gewifi sein, be certain. 
^n vb. Pi., Pf. 3 s. f. rfrtsn: 

unterbrechen , interrupt. || 

?ltsn n. m. Unterbrechung, 

interruption. 
B>pn vb. Nitp. = Hitp. 
JTQ: np3 n. f. Schopfung, 

creation. || nna n. f. Ge- 

schopf, creature. 
VD: 7TTH3L n. f. Sonderung, 

separation, selection. 
ns n. f. || hip n3 Stimme, 

twee, || nnx roa auf Ein- 
mal, atone and the same time. 

rQ3 vb. einziehen, collect. 
'fa n. m. Nichtjude, Gentile. 
*}W n. m. Korper, Wesen, 

frotfy, essence. 
mn n. f.: rw mia Ana- 

t •• : t t t •• : 

logie-Beweis, proof by ana- 
logy. 
IBa n. m. Vollendung, com- 
pletion. 



n-n/U n. f. Feige, /?#. 

TJ5"|4 n. m. Scblemmer, glutton. 

n&N (gr.) »• f. Gleichnis, 

likeness. 
p^ n. m., p. Vj?^: Flor im 

Auge, cataract.' 
hffi n. m. Palme, palm-tree. 

t]K\l adv. wie? Aow? 
Dinen (gr.) = vTiaQXOS. 

HI n. m., p. niK^]: GewiB- 
heit, certainty. || ni adv. 
gewifi, certainly. 

*3T adj., p. r«?I: wiirdig, 

worthy. 
\W vb. Ni., Pt. "jitJ : gespeist 

werden, be fed. 

Wi vb. Pf. 3 s. m. ^>H: fallen, 

fall 
Di^'l on Gott behiite, God 

t : t ' 

forbid. 

ngtn n. f. , c. ngm: Pra- 
sumtion, presumption. 

p^Tl vb. Ni. » verschiedener 
Meinung sein, be of a dif- 
ferent opinion. 

nan n. f. Sonne, sun. 



182 



^ran 



£Bt> 



iDn vb. Pt. pass, -nan:' 
schwer, heavy, weighty. 

nDnts praep. wegen, on ac- 
count of. 

^ItD vb. Hi. werfen, cast. 
T\*hp_ n. f. Mantel, mantle. 
^>Dtt vb. Ni. sich anschlieBen, 
attach oneself. 

hx\ 1 Vw*n conj. da, since. \\ 
^ph^T] adv. also, hence. 

yyiB\ n. p. m. Leiden, suf- 
fering. 

nny» n. f. Akademie, college. 

"ItS^ Pi. stark machen, zraa&e 
strong. 

"3 praep., sf. 1 s. *niD3. 

tt£ 1J3 conj. sobald als, nach- 

dem, as soon as, since. 
!]D adv. so, thus. 
]2 adv. hier, here. | "J3D von 

jetzt ab, /row now on. 
Dft vb. Ni. eintreten, enter. 
XEDn rP3 Abtritt, i?rfwy- 
•T)BD n. f. Siihne , atonement. 
"pD vb. umschlingen, wind 

about. 

1 T\\h vb. Pa. begleiten, ac- 
company. 



a mk nKl*?n n. f. Darlehen, 

Joan. 
"jitf 'j n. f. Bedeutung, meaning. 

HD. ^"HD dasjenige, welches, 
n©31 um wieviel mehr, Aow 

t- : ' 

wwcA flte wore. 
nio. nn"»D n. f. Tod, <fea/ft. 

r • ' 

"IP praep., sf. 3 s. m. U&n. 
riJO. ]\JD n. m. Zahl, number. 
IDS vb. Pt. act. 1 s. ^IDb. 
n^1D (gr.) n. f., p. ni^jTlD: 
Perle, pearl. 

711). "»nj n. m. Bann, excom- 
munication. 

htol vb. erheben, nehmen, /*/&, 
fa /re. 

0*nDfr 2 s : Oberlippe, upper lip. 

DJ n. m., p. *pDJ: Wunder, 
miracle. 

niD vb. Hi. zu Tische liegen, 

recline at table. 
12D vb. Pt. pass. 1UD mei- 

nend, of the opinion. 
ITD n. m. Eselsfiillen, foal of 

an ass. 
S)^D n. m. Ansatz, attachment 
pDD n. m., p. nipBD : Zweifel, 

doubt. 



:no — m-i 



183* 



DID vb. Pi. sich weigern, 
refuse. 

"HID vb. widersprechen, con- 
tradict. 

hty vb. Pi. einen Kreis bil- 

den, form a circle. 
T)V: Di* TlyaB wiihrend des 

Tages, while it is yet day. 
*py: YVJ} praep. nach Art 

von, after the manner of. 
It^'D^ adv. jetzt, now. 
ihv vb. bedriicken, oppress; 

Pt. pass, ungliicklich, elend, 

miserable. | Ni. pass. 
nhv vb. angerechnet werden, 

be counted. | Hi. nennen, 

name. 
nunuj; n. f. Bescheidenheit, 

Sanftmut, Demut, humility. 
W$V : 1 B25J ich selbst, fwy^//. 
rpa-fiJ n. f. Abend, evening. 
Thj? n. m. Wildesel, iw'W ass. 

p'^B (lat.) n. m. pugio. 

Q3S n. m. Verschlimmerung, 

deterioration. 
nriD verringern, lessen. 
& *JBD conj. weil, because. 
nJD vb. Ni. die Notdurft ver- 

richten, £«se oneself. 



ttflQ vb. sich absondern, £^pa- 

rafe oneself. 
TTVnB n. f. Taube, tfwe. 
nns n. f. Fruchtbarkeit, /rw#- 

fulness. 

hyovm (gr.) = ^n^n ons 

tiqoq flovXevzdg. 
ffivns n. f. Anfang, commen- 
cement. 

rnxo n. f. Gebot, command- 
ment. || Wohltat, good deed. 
nnu vb. Pilp. polieren, polish. 

Dip vb. vorangehen, #0 &e- 
/are. | Ho. Pt. D^Jptt ver- 
friiht, antedated. 

Dip. DipD3 praep. anstatt, «w 
the place of. 

Xlp. ITip n. f. Lesen, reading. || 
K"lpD n. m. Schrift, Schrift- 
vers, Scripture, Scriptural 

verse* [ground. 

Vplp n. m. Grund und Boden, 

HX1. HW n. f. Beweis, proof. 
nni. uzn : unser Lehrer, our 

teacher. 
nil. iTOI n. f. Mehrung, /ww/- 

tiplication. 
mi. PiTlD n. m. Schaufel, 

shovel. 



184 : 



qsn — "jpn 



*]B1. )\V_ v\lT\: Augenblick, 
twinkling of an eye. 

nBh. rW) n. f. Erlaubnis, 
permission. 

& : nota relationis. | *hp„ : mein, 

my. | ^tf: nota genitivi. 
^315^3 praep. wegen, flrc #c- 

intf n. m., p. inntsf, rpvjtf 

n. f.: Morgenzeit, dawn. 

Itttf n. m., p. rvhtetf : c.ntDtf 
(ntit^): Schriftstiick, docu- 
ment. 

rD^ttf n. f. Liegen, lying 
down. 



T\ytf vb. Hitpa., vergessen 

werden, be forgotten. 
tfDtf: nlt&Wn V^- Abend- 

d'ammerung, twilight. 
tPBttf vb. Pi., dienen, serve. 
rutf vb. Pu., Pt. ungewohn- 

lich, extraordinary. 
HJtf . nJBto n. f. Misna. 
tf n^iajD: von der Zeit, da, 

from the time when. 



?nn vb. denoin. Hi., 
anfangen, begin. 

^jn n. m. Bedingung, condition. 

"Jpn vb. Hi., verordnen, esta- 
blish, order.